Overcoming the me-self through relationships 


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Portia through Kim Michaels, March 23, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan

I AM the Ascended Master Portia. Hilarion mentioned the scales falling from his eyes and compared it to the scales whereby you weigh and measure. And of course, the scales is also a symbol for the Goddess of Justice, the office that I hold for earth. But of course, the Goddess of Justice is also the Goddess of Opportunity, for justice is actually an opportunity, an opportunity to transcend. For, how will you ever find justice on earth? Look at today,  look into the past, see how many conflicts there have been. How will you ever find justice if you are only looking at conditions in the world? You take the Old Testament credo, an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth. Is that justice? Well, some thought so back then, some still think so today, that if blood has been spilled by one part, then their blood must be spilled. And then, somehow the scales are evened out. But is it justice? Nay, for it just perpetuates the ongoing conflicts.

How can justice be found? Not on earth. You will never balance the scales by taking one thing in the material realm and putting it on one side of the scale, and another thing and putting it on the other side. How will you find justice? Only through the Christ mind. Only there is there justice. And what is the justice of the Christ mind? That is, that it washes everything clean. It washes away all the fear-based energies, all the desire for revenge, all the animosities, all the anger, all the non-forgiveness. Where is justice to be found? Only in unconditional forgiveness. Where is unconditional forgiveness to be found? Only in the Christ mind.

Relationships and your Divine plan

This is just to set the stage for what I want to talk about in this discourse, and that is relationships and your Divine plan. Now, many of you, many people who hear about the concept of a Divine plan are, of course, wondering what role your relationships play in your Divine plan. Have you defined in your Divine plan that you are supposed to meet certain people, have a certain spouse, have certain parents to begin with, have certain siblings, have certain children? Well, you have, and you have not, in the sense that, as we have explained, the main goal of your Divine plan really is the resolution of psychology.

You may say you are choosing to have certain parents because that will help you resolve certain aspects of your psychology, or at least force you to look at them. You may say the same about spouses and children. But the thing is, is it one specific person that can help you learn this lesson, or is there more than one person on the earth right now who can help you learn the lesson? And the reality is, of course, that there is never just one person. Obviously, you cannot change your parents, but still, some have lost a parent at a young age. Many today are divorced and lose contact with one parent. What I want to impress upon you is that nothing is ever lost. The opportunity for growth is never lost. Because surely there is another person who has a similar psychology and who can, therefore, help you reach the goal of resolving your psychology. The same goes for spouses. If one relationship breaks up, well, it is not the end of your opportunity, because there will be another person that can help you learn that same lesson.

What does it take to learn a certain lesson? Well, it is that you look at yourself. What is the one thing that prevents many people from learning the lesson from a relationship? They are always looking at the other person, thinking: “He or she needs to change so that I can feel better inside myself.” But of course, as we have said so many times, you will never get to feel better inside yourself by changing something or someone outside yourself, only by looking at the subconscious selves and changing them.

Relationships and levels of consciousness

Now, we are giving teachings for a broad audience here. Some are fairly advanced on the spiritual path. Others who will find these teachings are not as advanced. Let me talk about relationships for people who are below the 48th level of consciousness. There is not much you can say, because people are completely identified with their egos, their subconscious selves. They are in the School of Hard Knocks. That is why you see many of such relationships are very inharmonious. The people clash. They do not get along. And in many cases, they do not actually learn the lesson that they are meant to learn. They actually reinforce the psychology that they were meant to overcome.

When you go above the 48th level, things shift. Because now, you have at least some intuitive awareness that there is something outside your own mind that you are connected to. And that gives you a certain frame of reference. You realize, or at least you can begin to realize, that not everything that is going on inside your own mind is real. And not everything that is going on inside your own mind is you. And this means that you can now begin to look at: “Why did I want to have a relationship with this person? Most likely it was because I wanted to learn something about my own psychology. I wanted to see something as a result of me interacting with this person and the person bringing up my reactionary patterns that can show which selves I have that I need to resolve.” However, at the lower levels, this can still be difficult to do.

The me-self 

I have a suggestion to make. If you have difficulty dealing with relationships, take a step back. We have talked about the focus on self, which you definitely have below the 96th level, of course more so at the 48th level than at the 96th level. But nevertheless, you have some focus on self. If you can recognize you have this focus on self, that you find it difficult to free yourself from it, then step back from relationships and make a simple shift in your mind. Simply realize: “I am not having a relationship with this other person. I am having a relationship with myself. I am having a relationship with the me in myself, the self-focused self.”

If you can make this switch, which is not so difficult when you have all the teachings we have, then you can realize that you can take your focus off the other person. You can stop projecting at the other person that it is that person’s fault that you are reacting the way you are reacting, that it is that person that needs to change. And if only he or she was not so annoying, you would get along much better. You can realize that it is not the other person you cannot get along with. It is yourself you cannot get along with. It is the me-self that you cannot get along with, because the me-self cannot get along with anybody. The me-self cannot actually be in a relationship with another being.

You see many relationships in the world where people are clashing, they have constant conflicts. And it is because each person is identified with the me-self, and none of the two me-selves can relate to anything but itself. It sees everything colored by itself from its own vantage point. It thinks that it is the center of the universe. It might think it is right and that: “The way I look at things is the only way to look at things.” The me-self is totally focused on its own internal experience. That other person is just a trigger for the inner experience. But you are not relating to the other person as a real living person, you are relating to the person through those subconscious selves that form your perception filter.

Stepping outside the me-self

If you can make this switch, you can say: “Let me forget about the other person. It is not my role to change the other person. It will not actually help me grow to change the other person. It will not help me get peace of mind. Let me look at myself, the me-self, and how it reacts to situations, and how it reacts the same way again and again and again. And yes, it might be that I am reacting to this other person I am in a relationship with. But I am the one reacting, or rather, the me-self is the one reacting.” You see, if you can make this switch, what are you actually doing? You are activating the Conscious You’s ability to be conscious, to be self-aware, to look at itself, to step outside your four lower bodies and look at your four lower bodies from the outside. You are, so to speak, stepping outside the me-self. Because as long as the Conscious You is inside the me-self, it can only see what the me-self can see, which is that the rest of the universe revolves around the me-self. It is the center of the universe and everything else is just on the periphery.

But when you start looking at the me-self, you are really putting that me-self in an existential dilemma, because the me-self wants to control you, the Conscious You. And as long as you are not looking, it is easy for the me-self to control you, because you think you are the me-self. But once you step outside and look at the me-self, the me-self has this problem: “How will I maintain control, and at the same time stay hidden? I was hidden before, the Conscious You was not looking at me. It was looking through me, so it could not see me. But now, that it is looking at me, it can see me. And if I try to gain back control, it will see me even more clearly. What do I do?”

A tool from Portia

You might then come to see that the me-self will attempt to enact some kind of drama, and it will be very quick to use other people as an excuse for this drama. “Oh, there goes that person again annoying me.” And all it is trying to do, the me-self, is to pull the Conscious You into itself, so now you are again looking through the me-self. And therefore, you react as the me-self has always done. And now, you are back in an argument with your spouse, or in projecting or blaming your spouse, or whatever it may be. But if you can hold fast to this idea: “I am not having a relationship with my spouse or my parents or my children or my siblings. The me-self is having a relationship with itself. I, the Conscious You, am having a relationship with my me-self. And what kind of relationship do I want with my me-self? Do I want to be controlled by it? Do I want to be colored by it? Do I want to validate it? Or can I see how its dramas are limiting me, eating up my energy and attention, and I have had enough of it? I want to overcome it.”

I am only giving you a tool here to help you overcome these patterns that are so common in relationships. You see relationships where a man and a woman have pretty much been arguing every day for 40 years or more. Nothing seems to change. They are locked in a pattern. One person says something with a slightly raised voice, and the other person reacts with an even more raised voice, and so it goes back and forth like a ping-pong match. What is the ultimate outcome of a ping-pong match? Nothing really. The ball just keeps going back and forth. The only possible outcome is you put down the bat and walk away from the table. And it is the same with these kinds of relationships.

Choosing more

You need to look at yourself if you want to be free of this. Look at these patterns and then decide: “Do I want this to eat up my time and energy and attention? Because this will take away from fulfilling my Divine plan.” Yes, it may be that this relationship is part of your Divine plan, but it is part of it only in terms of helping you resolve the aspects of your psychology that are preventing you from fulfilling the creative aspects of your Divine plan, from giving your gift to the world. Saint Germain talked about how you might be able to help manifest his Golden Age. What is more important to you? To make your contribution to Saint Germain’s Golden Age or to win that final argument with your spouse, so you finally put him or her in his place? And finally, your me-self can say: “See, I was right all along. I knew it.” It is just a matter of choosing. Again, no blame, no blame whatsoever, but it is never too late to choose. It is never too late to break a pattern and decide: “I want more.”

Basically, if you are willing to look at your life, you can see that many relationships are run by these reactionary patterns, these subconscious selves. And you can see that you are really not relating to the other person as a living, breathing being. You are relating to yourself. There may be two subconscious selves that are fighting and arguing. The other person is just sort of the outer excuse for letting these two selves go at each other. But when you resolve this, when you rise above it, and when you go beyond the 96th level of consciousness, you have the potential to start looking at relationships in another way, where you are not seeking to change another person in order to have a different feeling inside yourself. You are not needing to push another person to change. And that means that you can come to a point where you can actually relate to another person.

And that is where you can have relationships where two people, whatever the nature of their relationship, if they can both have some freedom from the subconscious selves, they can actually relate to each other in a deeper way. Where you are acknowledging each other, because the me-self does not stand in the way. You can acknowledge each other as the living beings that you are. You can have a point where two Conscious Yous can connect and relate to each other at that level of pure awareness, rather than through the outer personality. And that is a deeper connection than you could ever have through the outer personality.

Relationships and free will

Now, I want to also talk about relationships and free will. We have explained very carefully, very deliberately, very step-by-step, how free will works. Hilarion said that you have a right to challenge other people. But of course, it is quite possible that the me-self wants to challenge other people, because the me-self wants to manipulate and control other people, so it can have some kind of feeling in itself, for example, being right. But as the Christ, you have the right to challenge other people, but it does not mean that you actually have to challenge them. You can just be yourself and express yourself. And if that is challenging for them, so be it. But you are not doing it deliberately to challenge them.

But what is it about relationships that causes so much conflict? Well, we can say that here you have two individual self-aware beings. Each person has an individual free will. Somehow these two people now decide: “We are in a relationship with each other. We cannot get away from each other. We cannot just walk away. We are somehow obligated to maintain a relationship, instead of just walking away, never looking back.” This, when people have a lower level of consciousness, very easily sets up this clash where each of the two people feel that the other one is violating their free will. Each of them feels forced by the other.

The me-self and free will

And you can say, of course, that many people in the world think that you do not choose your parents. You just happen to have these parents. You did not choose your siblings. “Where was my free will in this?” There are also those who actually feel that: “Well, I may have chosen to date this person originally. But I had no idea how annoying he or she is. And if I had known that, I never would have become engaged or married to that person. I didn’t know at the time, so how was I having free will?” And this is, of course, the me-self in people. Because what is it about the me-self and free will? Well, the me-self does not have free will. Why? Because it does not have self-awareness. Can a me-self step outside of itself, become aware of itself? And say: “Oh, you know, I don’t actually like me. I am going to change me.” No, it cannot.

Therefore, it cannot have free will. It cannot choose to change itself. The me-self does not see the value of free will, does not understand what free will is. The me-self thinks that: “Oh, free will means I can do anything I want and there shouldn’t be any consequences. And I can treat another person however I want to treat them, and they should still love me.” But this is not free will. Free will is an opportunity. But if you think your will is forced, where is the opportunity? But more than that, the me-self wants to have freedom to do anything it wants without consequences. But it does not actually want to make choices. Because in order to make choices, free choices, you have to take responsibility: “I am the one making this choice. I am the one who is willing to look at the consequences and see the feedback I get from the cosmic mirror. And then, when I see my reaction to the feedback, I am willing to change myself so I can send something else into the cosmic mirror.” That is exercising free will. But the me-self is not capable or willing to do this.

The me-self dramas

The me-self actually wants freedom, but it does not want choice. It wants to put itself in a situation where it does not have freedom of choice, because it has to react to this annoying person. This is what we have called ego dramas. And for many people, a relationship is an ego drama. The me-self decides: “I am married to this person. I am a good Catholic so I can never get divorced. So, I have to live with this person for the rest of my life.” And what is that decision? It is an excuse for not making any more decisions after that. You are just reacting to whatever subconscious selves you have that are creating the dynamic of the relationship.

Now, you can say: “Can the me-self decide to be in a relationship?” Not really. The Conscious You needs to make a decision. But in many cases, people’s Conscious You makes the decision through the filter of the me-self and therefore, it is not a free choice they are making. But why is the Conscious You doing this? Because the Conscious You itself is not willing to take responsibility for making choices. It gets itself, say it is a young man who is insecure about himself. Is there ever a girl that is going to love him? And here is a girl that seems to love him. He does not really look at: “What kind of personality does she have? There is a girl that does not run away. I am going to grab the opportunity.” Perhaps the girl is equally insecure, does not feel like she can really find a guy. But here is a guy who is not running away. They start a relationship.

And instead of happily ever after, it is naggingly ever after. Because only when they have committed to the relationship and the honeymoon is over, does their unresolved psychology come up and create these reactionary patterns that keep them on this spiral. And both of them are feeling: “Oh, how annoying this is. Why did I get myself into this?” But this was actually exactly what they wanted, both of them. Because they did not want to take responsibility for their lives and make a conscious decision. They made an unconscious decision, a kind of avoidance decision. And now, they are locked in this pattern so they do not need to make the decision to break out of it. They do not even recognize that they could break out of it. They just keep reacting and reacting and reacting. You see here that for many people, relationships become an excuse for not making choices, but just reacting through subconscious selves, these patterns.

Overcoming reactionary patterns

What do you do when you walk the spiritual path? Well, as you approach the 96th level, you become more and more aware, you resolve more and more subconscious selves. And there comes a point where now you have the potential, the opportunity to step back and look at your relationships, all of your relationships, and decide: “Do I want to continue this relationship, to be locked in this pattern? And if not, how can I change it?” Well, first of all, you need to look at yourself. Why did you in your Divine plan want to be in a relationship that brings out this pattern in you? There was a subconscious self you wanted to overcome, so you could be free of it to fulfill the creative aspects of your Divine plan. Get on with it, look at the self, use the tools we have given, be free of the self. 

Then, when you are free of the self, you may seek to help your spouse be free of his or her self. If your spouse is not willing to do this, you may come to a point where you say: “I do not want to continue this relationship.” The same for parents and children and siblings. But it is not a decision you make as an avoidance decision, because you cannot stand the other person, or rather, you cannot stand yourself the way you react to the other person. And you are not willing to look at the reactionary pattern in yourself, so your only option is to leave the other person behind so that your reactionary pattern is not stirred up. That is an avoidance decision. But if you have worked through your own patterns, it is not an avoidance decision, it is a decision you have a right to make. And this will many times mean that you leave a relationship behind, but you find a new partner that you can have a higher relationship with because you have overcome the psychology in yourself.

You can perhaps, if your partner is open to growth, you can grow together. You can help each other overcome these reactionary patterns. Two people who are open to the spiritual path can sit down and say: “Let’s look at our relationship. Do we see any patterns? How can we help each other overcome those patterns so we can come to the point where we are free to have a relationship that is not driven by reactionary patterns?” And in many cases, two spiritually open people can help each other resolve all the psychology you wanted to resolve in your Divine plan. This means your relationship will change completely. It may in some cases mean that you decide to go your separate ways, because you want to seek other relationships. It may also mean that your relationship goes into an entirely new phase where you can be creative together and support each other’s creativity rather than reacting to patterns.

Relationship: an excuse for not making decisions

A final thought on relationships and free will. All relationships that are based on these reactionary patterns, it is typical that the people feel that their partner is violating their free will. But that is not the case. Because again, when you go into this avoidance decision of not wanting to take responsibility, what are you actually deciding? You are deciding that you do not want to make decisions. You want external circumstances to force you, so you do not have to make a decision. And when two people in this state of mind attract each other, each of them is just fulfilling the role and giving the other person what he or she wants, an excuse for not making decisions. “Because I cannot get my partner to do this. You never want to go out and travel. You never want to do this. You never want to do that.” You have your excuse for not making decisions, creative decisions. How is that a violation of your free will?

Just like when the fallen beings are challenged by a Christed being. It is not a violation of their free will. It is actually what they want. You, when you approach the 96th level, what can you do? Well, you can look at relationships and you can say: “Am I using this or that person that I am in a relationship with as an excuse for not taking responsibility and making my own decisions?” And you can take back your power to choose. You may also say: “Is this other person using me as an excuse? And if I have transcended the psychology that I needed to work out, do I really want to continue to enable that person to stay in his or her reactionary pattern?” You can decide two things. You can decide, first of all, when you have resolved your psychology, you do not react to the person the way you used to and therefore, you do not reinforce the other person’s pattern. Or you may come to a point where you say: “I simply do not want that person in my life. I do not want to spend my time, my energy, my attention on a person who is not growing.” That is the decision you have a right to make.

 Leaving people behind

What is Christhood? Christhood is that you leave things behind. As you rise in Christhood, there will be things you leave behind. As we have said, that in order to ascend, you must leave everything on earth behind. This will seem very insensitive and cruel to some people, especially if they are not willing to take responsibility for themselves. And they want you to continue playing the role, if they have possessive love. But you see, when you ascend and you leave perhaps many people behind, does that mean you will never encounter them again? Of course not. When you ascend and when they ascend, you can have a relationship in the ascended realm. But in order to ascend, you have to leave every other person behind. You will ascend as an individual. Regardless of what you may have read about twin flames, you ascend as an individual being. And that means you leave every person who is unascended behind. It cannot be any other way.

But you see, once you have raised yourself above your reactionary patterns, once you have freed yourself from those subconscious selves, is it a loss to leave other people behind? Nay. Of course, if they have unresolved psychology, they may feel it as a loss. They may say: “You are violating my free will. You are abandoning me.” But look at what kind of a planet you are on. Your body could die at any moment for any number of causes, as happens every day. Can another person blame you for dying? Can another person blame you for ascending? This is the kind of planet you are on. Nothing lasts forever, not even relationships. Happily ever after? A figment of the imagination. A failure to see what kind of a planet you are on.

Is walking the path selfish?

There is, however, happily ever after in your own mind when you attain Christhood. But that happiness does not depend on any other human being, or any other being for that matter, except, of course, your I AM Presence, which is not really another being. The shift that you can make as spiritual people is that you can, as Jesus said, lock in to your Divine plan and see it as your primary priority. That means everything else simply must fit into your Divine plan. Your Divine plan is your primary priority. You cannot allow anything to distract you from it. That also goes for relationships. If a relationship is draining your energy, draining your attention in a way that means you do not have anything left over to fulfill the goals in your Divine plan, then it must be selected out.

Free will is individual. You do not have the right to force the free will of another human being. But neither does anyone else, including your spouse or parent or children, have the right to force your free will. What do I mean with forcing free will? People will say: “If you leave me, you are violating my free will.” No. Forcing another person’s free will is attempting to manipulate their mind, their emotional, mental and identity bodies. You are attempting to manipulate a person’s mind in order to get them to make certain choices. That is violating their free will. But you have a right to make choices that have physical consequences for other people, such as choosing to leave them behind. 

That is not violating their free will. It is claiming your own. Because even though you are physically leaving them, you are not interfering with their mind, trying to control how they should react to this. You are, in a sense, giving them a choice how they will react. And the choice you are giving them is, will they now look at themselves and overcome the reactionary pattern that they were not willing to look at while you were in the relationship with them, where you, in a sense, enabled them to not look at it? That is not a violation of their free will. And you have a right to say: “Now, that I have transcended the reactionary patterns that made it seem like I could not leave this person, now I have a right to move on. And I am taking that right.”

I know very well that many, many people in the world would, if they came across this teaching, say: “This sounds very, very selfish. You are being so selfish by leaving me.” But what are they trying to do when they say this? They are trying to get you to set aside your free will to accommodate them. That is selfish. You see, when you are talking about people in the world who are not living any kind of spiritual life, you could say that people can be selfish by leaving another person. But when you are talking about somebody who is walking the spiritual path and becoming more aware of their Divine plan, you are not selfish by pursuing the goals you defined in your Divine plan. And you are not selfish by choosing the ascension instead of staying in a dysfunctional relationship.

The ascension is not selfishness. It is the ultimate selfless act. Why? Because you have to completely give up any sense of me as it relates to earth. How can that be selfish? Selfishness is that you have the me, the separate self, that wants to have its way and wants to manipulate everybody into giving it its way. In order to ascend, you have to free yourself from all of this. There is no me, no earthly me left. That is the only way you can face that initiation of the demons of Mara and the prince of this world tempting you to react. There is no me that can react. How is that selfish? Oh yes, it is selfish to another person’s me. But does that make it selfish that a selfish person accuses you of being selfish? Does that make you selfish? Well, not from the perspective of the Christ mind.

Leaving duality behind forever

You could, of course, go one step further and say: “Is the Christ selfish?” And you could say: “Yes, the Christ is the ultimate selfish being.” Why? Because the Christed being sees the oneness of all life and it sees that leaving behind the separate self and ascending is the ultimate way to raise up the all. And therefore, you are in a sense being ultimately selfish by ascending, because you are doing what is best for yourself. You are to see that yourself encompasses everything and everyone. Again, the mind can play with words and ideas and images. The mind can take any teaching and twist and turn it and use it to validate whatever it wants to validate.

Christhood is when you see through all of these tricks of the mind and you decide: “Enough! I have had enough!” And you make yourself transparent to the demons of Mara, to the prince of this world. And then, you take that last look, let them parade whatever they want to parade before you, and you have no reaction. And you just walk away into the sunset or the sunrise of your I AM Presence. Call it selfishness, if you will, or call it the ultimate act of selflessness. Anyone who has ascended will realize that it required the death of any earthly self and therefore, it is an entry into complete selflessness as selfishness is defined on an unascended planet.

It does not mean the loss of self. For now, your sense of self is the one anchored in your I AM Presence, which was never selfish, the way it is defined on earth. Even though the I AM Presence was not ascended, it was not selfish, self-centered in an earthly sense. But by you, the Conscious You, traveling into an unascended sphere to an unnatural planet, experimenting with the consciousness of selfishness, your I AM Presence gained an invaluable perspective on the possibilities of free will. Which means that both you, the Conscious You, and the Presence can now make that fully conscious choice to leave duality, separateness, self-centeredness, selfishness behind forever. Because you feel you are done with it. And you know what you are done with, because you have experienced it. Therefore, you are consciously choosing it out, selecting it out, and you never need to revisit it again. That is the ascension. And that is the ultimate opportunity.

As the Goddess of Opportunity, I seal you in that flame of opportunity that I hold for earth. You can never lose your opportunity to transcend the self. I will never abandon you. I will always be there to extend that opportunity when you decide you want the opportunity to be more. I AM with you always. You need but reach for me and experience the opportunity to self-transcend.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page 

Embrace this embodiment as your opportunity to express the Christ truth that is always more


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Hilarion through Kim Michaels, March 23, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan

I AM the Ascended Master Hilarion. As many of you know, I did have the embodiment as Saul of Tarsus, also called Saint Paul, and I was for a time persecuting the early Christians until on the road to Damascus I had that experience of suddenly encountering the Christ light, having the scales fall from my eyes and I saw Christ’s truth. I experienced Christ’s truth. I was absorbed in Christ’s truth and I was willing to absorb Christ’s truth and let myself, the me, go.

What is Christ’s truth?

Christ’s truth. This did not mean that I dissolved all of my separate selves, all of my ego, but it did mean that I had grasped the significance of Christ’s truth. What is truth, as Pontius Pilate asked Jesus? What is truth? Well, let us go a step further and ask what is Christ’s truth? Christ’s truth is that which helps you unite with your higher self, with the ascended masters, with your Creator. Christ’s truth is that which unites the Creator with its creation. Not, of course, that the Creator needs Christ’s truth, but that the self-aware beings who are part of the Creator’s world of form need Christ’s truth in order to move back towards that not complete oneness or dissolution into the Creator, but where they individually reach the Creator consciousness. This can be done in only one way, Christ’s truth, that takes you beyond your current level and continues to take you beyond until you reach that Creator consciousness.

On a planet like earth, an unnatural planet in an unascended sphere, what is Christ’s truth? It is that which pulls you beyond this realm and the collective consciousness. And what is the collective consciousness enveloped in? Duality, the dualistic polarities, the scales. It can be seen as fish scales as many have thought, but it could also be seen as the scale that weighs, that measures.

The ego’s dream of the ultimate truth

Everything in this world can be weighed and measured and compared to some seeming standard, but it is the standard of the fallen beings. And when you look, there is nothing there. The emperor has nothing on. What is it that the ego, the fallen beings, have been attempting to do? They have been attempting to define an ultimate truth in this world. What are they always projecting? There is some idea, there is some expression in words, there is some scripture, there is some dissertation, some philosophical treatise, some political manifesto, and this is the ultimate truth.

But can anything in this world be ultimate? Nay. How could anything in an unascended sphere be ultimate? For that matter, how can anyone, anything, in the ascended realm be ultimate? Only the Creator is ultimate, but even beyond the Creator is the Allness. Is anything ultimate in the Allness? Nay. How can there be something ultimate in infinity? This is a dream, a dream that can only exist in an unascended sphere, on an unnatural planet where people are allowed to go into duality. It is a dream born from duality. The ego knows, not consciously, but it knows it is not permanent. But it seeks to achieve permanence by defining something in this world as ultimate, ultimately itself. But as part of this quest to immortalize the ego, the ego seeks to define viewpoints, ideas, opinions, ideologies, philosophies, religions, what have you, and say: “This is the ultimate truth against which everything else should be measured.”

Christ truth vs. relative truths

And look back at history, how many people have been caught up in this, and how it has led to conflict after conflict after conflict: “Christianity is the only true religion. No, the Quran is the ultimate scripture. Let us, therefore, kill each other in order to prove who has the ultimate truth.” But if the ultimate truth is that all life is one, how is killing each other going to help you get closer to that truth? It will only keep you trapped in separation, where you think that you as a separate being can kill that other separate being, and it will not affect you because you are separate. What did I see on the road to Damascus? I saw that I had been judging with the outer mind that the Christians, that this Jesus figure could not be right, could not be a true prophet, because it contradicted what I thought was the ultimate truth in the Jewish religion, the Jewish scriptures, and so I judged based on appearances, and I saw it. The scales fell from my eyes, and I saw the vanity of this, of thinking that I with my own mind could define truth. I experienced the Christ mind, not Christ truth, in the sense that I saw that this expression is the ultimate expression. No, I saw beyond all expressions in this world and saw that this is truth. What did Jesus say to Pontius Pilate? “I am the way, the truth, and the life”, and I saw on that road, I saw in a vision how all of my life I have been thinking I was following a way to the ultimate state of consciousness, knowing ultimate truth, having ultimate religion, qualifying for salvation, and I saw that it was all vanity, and I saw that the true way is to go beyond anything that can be defined in this world, and that truth is beyond anything that can be defined in this world, and that life only comes from that one unified mind, the Christ mind. Only there is there life. Everything else is death, the death consciousness.

What is the highest potential that many of you have in your Divine Plan? It is that you can have that experience of the scales falling from your eyes and experiencing the contrast between Christ truth and the many relative truths in this world, and you can then become exponents of that. You can express that, that there is always a truth beyond anything that can be defined in this world.

The Christ truth: The way beyond division

Look at history. Look at how many people in how many civilizations have attempted to define the ultimate truth, the Vedas, the Tibetan Book of the Dead, oh no, the Egyptian Book of the Dead, the Torah, the Quran, the Christian scriptures, the Communist Manifesto, the philosophies of this, that, or the next guy, capitalism versus communism. What is the ultimate economic system? There must be a truth somewhere, people think. No, the truth is nowhere to be found, for the truth is beyond here, there, or anywhere in this world. The truth cannot be expressed in a particular worded statement. You cannot reduce truth to something that can be defined as black and white, as this is right, this is wrong. You can debate issues, of course, you can debate all you want, but look at history. How many debates have been taking place about what is truth, what is the right way to deal with this or that situation, and where has it gotten people? Is the world not more polarized than it has ever been? Look at the public discourse in many countries. Look at what is happening on social media. Is the world not more polarized than it has been for a very long time? All of these people who are polarized, what do they believe? They believe there is an ultimate truth that can be defined in this world, and we have it, and the ultimate solution to all problems is that all other people come to accept our truth, and if they will not accept it, they should be forced, and if they cannot be forced to accept it, they should be killed, because if we get rid of them, then our truth will win out, and we will solve all the problems on earth.

Look how long people have been taking this approach. Has it worked? Has it ever worked? Nay, for if anybody on earth had found an ultimate truth, would you not think that their civilization had persisted to this day, and therefore, all the division and the polarization would have vanished, and all would have agreed that this is the wonderful truth, and when we live according to it, everything is just wonderful, and we have God’s kingdom on earth. How long will people continue to try to do the impossible before the scales fall from their eyes, and they realize it is impossible, and therefore, they say, is there a different approach? Is there a way, so that we can do something that all of these other people have not done? Is there a way we can avoid continuing what has been proven not to work time and time again? What is the way that leads to the truth that is life? It is the Christ mind, the One mind, the unifying mind, that does not seek to divide people against each other, but that seeks to unify people. That is the Christ mind. Paradoxically, for the duality consciousness is full of paradoxes, it will seem as if the Christ mind can be divisive, set brother against brother, but that is only as the Christ mind stirs up the polarization, magnifies the polarization in order to bring it out so it becomes more obvious, so that people can finally see the vanity of vanities. All is vanity.

That is what I saw on the road to Damascus, the futility of thinking that my religion was superior to any other religion. This did not mean that I now came to accept Christianity as the superior religion, for at the time there was no Christian religion. There were only these stories about this preacher who had been different, and I saw why Jesus was different, that he did not come to start a new religion that could compete with the other religions that he compared and stated that this was the ultimate religion. He did not come to give the ultimate religion. He came to give an alternative to all religions, philosophies, ideologies, viewpoints. He came to show the way that unites rather than divides, and that is truth.

The role of Christ

Any expression that divides people is not truth. It cannot be, for truth is that all people came from the same source, and the Creator is not a house divided against itself. It is not at war with itself, but of course you have free will, and as we have explained so carefully, as a result of free will you must be able to go into separation and duality where you think you can define your ultimate truth, and what have we explained? This is an experience. Surely, while people are completely immersed in that experience, they must believe that their truth is the ultimate truth. After all, that is the experience that here on earth, on this little speck of dust in the universe, we in our group, we have defined the ultimate truth of the universe. That is the experience you can have in duality, and free will mandates you must be allowed to have it for some time, but not eternally, for if you were allowed to have that experience indefinitely, then Christ would not have come into this world, for Christ only comes to pull you out of that experience to help you see that there is an alternative to that experience.

So when you have had enough of it, you have a way out, the way to the truth that gives you eternal life, and so what will the ego, the fallen being say to the Christ? It will say: “You have no right to challenge me, you have no right to come here and expose my untruth, you have no right to disturb me.” They might even say, “Well, if God will not leave us alone on this planet to maintain the idea that we have the ultimate truth, then we do not really have free will, for God is forcing us”, but you see, this is the lie that can only be thought up in duality, that can only seem reasonable from the viewpoint of duality.

You have free will, meaning your will is always free, but when you go into duality and lose all awareness that there is an alternative to duality, how is your will ultimately free? If you think you can only choose what you can see from duality, which is, after all, a complete illusion compared to the reality of oneness, so you have free will, you can have any experience you want, but if you go into duality and forget that there is an alternative, there is something outside of duality, then once you have forgotten that, your will is no longer free, because you do not know there is an alternative. What is the role of the Christ? To demonstrate that there is an alternative to duality, and that gives you back the freedom of will that you lost by going into duality. It is not a violation of free will, the law of free will, the principle of free will, which is, your will must always be free, so that any choice you make with your will can be transcended by making a more aware choice. And the Christ, therefore, comes into this world to make people aware there is a choice to choose to leave the death of duality and immerse yourself in the life of Christ.

Exposing the lie of the ultimate truth

As Jesus said, some of you, many of you, have the potential in your Divine Plan to manifest some level of Christhood. This does not mean you need to go out and preach an ascended master teaching as some ultimate truth, or any political opinion or philosophy as some ultimate truth. Christhood does not mean that you take a particular viewpoint defined in this world and you preach that as the ultimate truth. You preach, you demonstrate, you live, that there is an alternative, that truth is beyond this world, that truth cannot be pulled into this world and put in a mental box. Or when you try to put Christ in a mental box, Christ will say: “Get thee behind me, Satan, for thou art an offense to me that savors not the things that be of God, but the things that be of men” — the dualistic definitions of men, the dualistic definition of truth, which is death— that is your higher potential. However, that applies to you, your situation, your background, your experience, where you have an opportunity to express this.

There are many ways it can be expressed. The basic thing is, there is always a higher understanding. There is always a higher vision. There is always more to grasp. This should be the principle of science. There is always more to discover than what we have discovered so far. That is how science came up as an alternative to religion, because the Catholic religion had become rigid in defining a truth, a doctrine. Science then was an alternative: “Let us look at how the heavenly bodies actually move. Does it support the doctrine that the earth is the center of the universe? Nay, it does not. Then we must revise the doctrine. We must revise our absolute truth.” But then what happened? People who also had the desire to define an absolute truth define a materialistic paradigm, saying the absolute truth is there is nothing beyond the material universe. But that is not science. That is just another religion, ideology, another attempt to define an absolute truth, another mental box that science has been in now for a very long time. And I can assure you that scientific progress would have been far beyond where it is today had it not been for the materialistic paradigm. But then look at religion.

Is religion in its core meant to be an attempt to define an ultimate religion, an ultimate truth? Nay, it is meant to be experiential. It is meant to take you beyond. True spirituality, mysticism is going beyond, always going beyond, because once you lock into the Christ mind, you experience there is always something beyond your present state of mind. Always. Why did Jesus say, “I am with you always”? Because the Christ mind is always there to remind you that there is always something beyond your current state of mind. There is always more. The moment you take some insight, which may be a valid insight you have received, take note here, I am not saying that you cannot express something that has a certain validity, and I am not saying that you cannot have insights that come to you from the Christ mind. But the moment you take any expression and want to define it as an absolute truth, you have lost the Christ mind. You have stepped back into duality and separation, and that is the consciousness of Satan. That spirit should conform to matter. That Christ should conform to something defined in this world.

Challenging society and the status quo

When the real role of Christ is to always point there is something beyond this world. Many of you will have experienced as you grew up that you have been programmed to fulfill a certain role, accept certain boundaries. You do not go beyond these boundaries. You do not challenge your family members. You do not challenge people you meet. You do not challenge your society, the norms and ideologies and religions of society. You stay within the box. And when you go beyond, what will they say? “You have no right to challenge me. Who are you? What authority do you have?” And many of you have doubted your right to challenge others, to challenge society, to challenge the status quo. And you can say, yes, you, if you are coming from the viewpoint of the ego, you have no right to challenge others. What is it that takes place in duality? Two people, both have an ego. Both egos have a desire for superiority, to be the ultimate authority. Both of them are trying to validate their egos by getting the other to accept their viewpoints.

This is nothing but a power struggle. This is what has created all of the conflicts in the world. This is the vanity of vanities, all this vanity. From that perspective, you have no right to challenge other people. As we have said, as long as you have self-conscious selves, you are thinking that the way to change your state of mind is to change other people. And therefore, you are seeking to force other people. Yes, according to the law of free will, you have no right to do this. Everybody is doing it, but you really, according to the law, have no right to do it.

But when you work on your psychology, when you reach a certain level of resolution, where you have contact with the Christ mind, then you do have a right to express what comes to you from the Christ mind. You absolutely have a right to challenge people, to challenge society, to challenge religion and ideologies. Absolutely. Take a good Catholic who experiences a priest abusing a child. Anyone who has any contact with the Christ mind will know this is not in alignment with the Christ mind.

Of course, that person has a right to challenge the priest. And if the bishop will not hear it, but moves the priest to another parish, then people have the right to challenge the bishop. And if the pope backs up the bishops, then they have a right to challenge the pope. For if the pope is not in alignment with Christ, then those who are, have a right to challenge any authority figure.

Using the Christ to validate your mental box

Just be aware of one simple thing. You may look at a certain issue on earth. You may reach for some impulse from the Christ mind. And there may be a polarized issue that is black and white. And you may get an impulse from the Christ mind. There is more validity to one side than the other. And this is because, as we have said before, the Christ mind is not seeking to express an ultimate truth in this world because the ultimate truth cannot be expressed in words. But there are many situations where the Christ mind sees that one aspect of the situation, one viewpoint, can help people come closer to oneness and another helps them go further away.

Therefore, you may get an impulse ‘this is the better solution’. If you think in terms of black and white, right and wrong, truth and error, you might think, “Oh, what I got from the Christ mind must be the ultimate truth. What else could come from the Christ mind?” And now you fix your outer mind, “Oh, this must then be the ultimate viewpoint on this particular issue”. That is when you have done what Peter did to Jesus. You have taken something that genuinely came from the Christ mind and forced it into a mental box created by the mind of Satan, the mind of antichrist, and now you have lost the connection to the Christ mind. We have seen this many, many times. Many people have had the ability to tune into the Christ mind throughout the ages. As Jesus has explained, the first challenge of Christ is to recognize that Christ is more than the normal human expression. Then you reach for something. You get that recognition as Peter did, but then you fail to realize that Christ is always more. Therefore, you need to continually reach for more instead of thinking, “Oh, now I got the ultimate.” That is when you step into the consciousness of Satan.

Always reaching for more

Few, of course, are more trapped than those who think they have reached personal Christhood and Christ discernment, and therefore, no one should challenge them. How can you see when people have stepped into this state of mind? They are now very, very attached to the outer viewpoint that they think is based on Christ discernment. And therefore, they do not want it to be challenged. They do not want to think about it. They do not want to look at the consequences. The more attached people are, the more they seek to defend, the more trapped they become in the consciousness of Satan. What does the person who is dedicated to walking the way of Christ do? Such a person never becomes attached to a particular viewpoint or a particular issue. It always reaches for more. It always reaches there is more to understand. And instead of seeking to be right and make other people wrong, it always seeks to raise up other people by showing them: “But you know, there could be more to understand about this issue than what we see right now.”

You are always striving for more in yourself instead of thinking you have reached some ultimate viewpoint, some ultimate truth, because you realize there is no ultimate expression of truth, but there is the ever-flowing stream of the Christ consciousness that is the way, the truth, and the life. You are concerned about following that way to a higher truth that leads you to eternal life rather than defining some ultimate truths down here.

“You have no authority to challenge me”

What do you do when you define an ultimate truth? You put scales over your eyes. You put blinders on. You close your mind. You get tunnel vision. You only see what you want to see, and therefore, you shut out the Christ that always wants you to see more, that always wants you to look beyond. You are saying: “I am so glad you gave me this one insight, so I now have this ultimate truth, but now I do not need you anymore. Do not disturb me. Leave me alone. Do not bother me. I want more of this experience that I have the ultimate truth here on earth, that I am so superior on this little speck of dust because I now have the ultimate truth. Leave me alone, Christ.”

Of course, what must the Christ do? Well, the Christ must leave you alone, but the Christ might work through someone else who then comes to challenge you and say: “You have fallen asleep, as the sleeping beauty. May I kiss you and wake you up?” “No, leave me alone. Do not touch me. I want to stay asleep. I ate the apple, the fruit of the knowledge of good and evil. And I am so happy that I have this ultimate truth. Do not wake me up.” Sure, you are allowed to have that experience, but you are also allowed to be challenged. What do people do when they challenge you if you have stepped into this state of mind? You may say: “They are disturbing me. They are violating my free will. You have no authority to challenge me.” But they are actually giving you exactly what you want because if you want the experience that ‘I have a superior truth’ here on earth, how can you have that experience? Well, everything on earth is relative. For you to feel that you have the superior truth, there must be someone else who has a lesser truth, perhaps the lie.

When people come to challenge you, they are giving you the opportunity to intensify your experience that you are right, or they are giving you the opportunity to say, “Oh, maybe I have had enough of it. Maybe I want something more.” You see, again, they are not violating your free will. They are giving you exactly what you say you want.

Look at your reactions

You, many of you, have known people who are in this state of mind. They might even be ascended master students or at least claim to be. They reach a certain state of mind where they think, “I have Christ’s discernment,” and you come based on your Christ’s discernment and challenge them. You give them a choice. They can choose to accept that what you are giving them is an opportunity from the Christ’s mind. Or they can choose to validate their egos and stay in that mental box. How is that a violation of their free will? You are just giving them the option, and it is up to them what they choose. What do you need to do? You need to be non-attached to their reaction. You see, that is another trap for people who have started to attain some Christ’s discernment, who get some impulse from the Christ’s mind. They share it with others, but then, if people do not react the way they want them to react—if they do not validate what you are giving them, if they do not take what you are giving them—then you go into a reaction to that.

That is where you have to look at yourself and say: “I see that these people are attached to their viewpoint. Do I have an attachment to changing these people’s minds, to helping them see what they do not see?” And if you honestly see that you have an attachment, then you go after that. Because by resolving your subconscious self behind the attachment, you free your mind to receive a purer impulse from the Christ’s mind the next time.

No ‘me’ in the Christ mind

You see what Jesus so carefully explained: “Christhood begins at the 97th level, but you are not at the ultimate level of Christhood at the 97th level. You still have a way to go.” Therefore, always be willing to look at your reaction. When you resolve something, you go to another level up, and another level up, and another level up. You can come to that point where there is no sense of ‘me’ that can be rejected.

There is no sense of ‘me’ that has an intention of helping other people, making them see. So, you express, you are free to express what comes to you from the Christ mind. You set other people free to react or not react according to their choices. And you set yourself free to not react to their reaction. You become as little children. Every situation is new. You do not allow yourself to build some reactionary pattern with another person. You do not go into the outer mind and say: “Oh, he rejected me once. I am never going to speak to him again.” No, you just go back into neutral. Perhaps there comes a situation down the road where you meet that person again. Instead of having this wounded self with the outer mind saying: “Oh, I am not going to talk to him. Look what he did there 15 years ago.” Instead, you are neutral, and if something comes to you from the Christ mind, you express it. Perhaps the person is now ready to listen. Perhaps not, but that is not the concern of the Christ mind. The Christ mind is content to express and is not attached to other people’s reactions.

The Christ mind—what did Jesus say?—is with you always. It does not matter if you have rejected the Christ mind 10,000 times. The Christ mind is always there to express the 10,001 time. It will continue to be there for as long as it takes because the Christ mind is not attached to the outcome of its expression. It is like the sun shining upon earth. Do you think there is some mind in the sun that looks down on earth and says: “Look at all these people putting on sunscreen. They do not like my rays. I am going to stop shining. I am going to give them three days of darkness and then we’ll see how they feel”? Of course not, and so it is with the Christ mind. The Christ mind cannot feel rejected, cannot feel challenged, cannot feel ignored. Yes, of course, the Christ mind has been ignored billions and billions of times. It is being ignored billions of times every day, but it does not affect the Christ mind. Why? Because in the Christ mind there is no ‘me’. That is what you can strive for if it is part of your Divine Plan to attain these levels of Christhood. There is no ‘me’ that can feel rejected. Why? There is no ‘me’ that is the doer. There is no ‘me’ that has a need to accomplish something. I cannot on my own ‘me’ do nothing because there is no ‘my own me’.

What an opportunity!

I did not achieve that on the road to Damascus. I did not achieve it for the rest of that embodiment as Paul, but I did achieve it later in my last embodiment where I qualified for my ascension. I had to retreat to a cave to maintain some peace of mind. That was then and that was me. You have a potential in this age to express your Christhood and not have to retreat from the world but continue to express regardless of the reactions you get or do not get. That is why Jesus said, “Those who accept me shall do the works that I did.” Greater works shall you do because times have moved on. The Christ can express more today than it could two thousand years ago. The Christ will express more if you let it. And when you have ten thousand Christed beings and millions of more with some level of Christhood, naturally the Christ can do more than Jesus did, than the Christ did through Jesus two thousand years ago.

That is what we all look for. Of course, as an ascended master you cannot feel jealousy, but you can look back and say: “Wow, what an opportunity they have today compared to when I was in my last embodiment. The consciousness, the collective consciousness was so much denser. What an opportunity to be in embodiment today.” I hope, and we all hope, that you can also come to see that opportunity. You can come to that point where you are completely content, at peace, with being where you are right now in embodiment on earth at this time because you recognize this is the best possible opportunity you could have to express your Christhood, as the earth, the equation of earth, is right now. We all hope that you can come to see this and therefore embrace that opportunity that the rest of your life represents. With this, I hope I have actually helped you lock in to an aspect of the Christ mind, which is that the Christ is the great healer for overcoming the ‘me’, locking into the opportunity is the ultimate form of healing, the ultimate form of wholeness.

We all wish that you can be whole while you are still in the body on earth. For that is, in a sense, the ultimate demonstration of Christ truth. I seal you in my flame of Healing and Wholeness.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page 

From self-focus to Christ consciousness: Growing with your Divine plan

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Jesus through Kim Michaels, March 23, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan.

I AM the Ascended Master Jesus, and I wish to talk to you about the topic of Christhood and your Divine plan. But first, I want to make a few remarks about the topic, the title for this conference, Locking in to Your Divine plan. 

The essence of a Divine plan

What it is and how we make it

What does it actually mean to lock in, rather than to, for example, tune in? Well, what is it that is the essence of a Divine plan? Why do you make a Divine plan? The whole idea is, you are in between embodiments, you are free from the constraints of the physical body, the density of the physical body. You still have a certain level of consciousness among the 144 [levels], and this is sort of the starting point for your Divine plan, but you can see beyond it when you are not in the body. Once you reach a level above the 48th level, you are able to work consciously in between embodiments with your spiritual teachers, whichever ascended master may be close to you. Therefore, based on the guidance you receive from your teachers, you look to the highest potential that you are likely to be able to achieve in this coming lifetime.

Let us say this is ten levels of consciousness higher than what you have. Therefore, you can see more clearly what is the goal and how you might get there. You can also see more clearly what you, based on your previous lifetimes, desire to experience, what you desire to do. You can see more clearly what your I AM Presence desires to experience and do in the physical realm. Based on this, you make a plan. It is, as we have said, not locked down in every detail. It has an overall view of how you can get to that level of consciousness that is your goal. Now, this does not mean you cannot go higher if you really apply yourself. But when you make the plan, you set a realistic goal for what is your highest potential. 

Why we make it

Now, why do you make this plan? Because we all know, all of us who have been in embodiment on earth, that once you are down in the density of the physical body, looking out at life through the subconscious selves you have in your emotional, mental, and identity minds, you are overwhelmed. We are all overwhelmed by the density. And therefore, we cannot see clearly. The Divine plan is meant to be a frame of reference that can guide you throughout your life. 

And why does it need to guide you? Because once you are in the body, you have to go through childhood. You are exposed to whatever you are exposed to in childhood. You can so easily be overwhelmed. And what I mean by that is that as you grow up in a certain society, family, culture, you are exposed to all these influences from the outside, as we have talked about. You are brought up to take on a certain role, to look at yourself and life a certain way: “This is how we do things in our family, our society, our religion”, so forth and so on. 

And this means that as you grow up, your life is put on a track. And if you did not have a Divine plan, what would most people do? They would just continue on the track that they were set on as they were growing up. For they had no frame of reference. How would they know there is anything else?

Life on a track without any growth

What you see is that for most people who are at a lower level of consciousness, their lives continue on the track they were brought up to be on, and they rarely deviate from it. You all have family members, people you have known for a long time, and you can see how there may have been some learning, some growth, some open-mindedness up until a certain age in early adulthood. 

But then it was as if people accepted: “This is who I am, this is what my personality is, this is my potential, this is what I can do, and this is what I cannot do.” And now they live the rest of their lives with relatively little growth. It is as if their personalities, their psychology are set in stone, and they do not change. For some, it may be that some dramatic event, some crisis situation, forces them to change. But many people, especially in the more affluent nations, but even in poor nations, they live life at a certain level without growing. And that is because the density of the physical octave affects people’s minds so that they cannot see anything beyond the track they were brought up to be on. They are, so to speak, pulled by a gravitational force from the mass consciousness into following that track, living their lives the way they were brought up to live their lives. 

You can clearly see that if people did not have any frame of reference, how would a society, a culture, even humanity as a whole, progress? Because what is it that causes you to be brought up to see a track you are supposed to follow? Well, it is present conditions. Present conditions in your society define the track you are supposed to follow. And if you cannot see anything beyond it, what will you do? You will live your life the way your parents did. 

And if everybody lives the way that everybody has lived before, how is society going to become more? It just cannot happen. That is why you see in certain parts of the world there are people who are living largely the same way that their parents and their society have done for generations. This is essentially what you saw when I appeared 2,000 years ago in Palestine, a very stagnant society. In fact, had it not been for the Roman occupation, there would have been hardly any growth in society. 

Locking in to your Divine plan

The Divine plan, then, is the only way that people who are at a higher level of consciousness can break free from the track their lives are put on as they are growing up. Because you have an intuitive sense there is more to life than the way you were brought up to live. There is more to understand. There is more to grasp. There is more to see. Look back at your own childhood and youth. You all had some sense that you were not being told everything, that there was more to know, more to understand, that there had to be some kind of purpose for life. You all had that sense or you would not be spiritual people today. 

What does it mean, then, to lock in to your Divine plan? It means making that shift in the mind where you see the track you were brought up to be on. You look at your society and how you are constantly being inundated with these projections of how you are supposed to be as a human being in this society. But the switch you can make is to realize that regardless of all of this, you have a Divine plan that leads you towards a goal that is higher than what you were brought up to see, that is higher than your parents, your family, your society can see. There is a higher potential. 

And when you make the switch of consciously realizing this, grasping this, and it is not a intellectual reasoning, it is an intuitive inner knowing, then you can lock your life so that you are willing to reach for your Divine plan. You are willing to reach beyond the way you were brought up to live and contemplate, intuit: “What is the next step in my Divine plan? How are all of these projections from the outside working against me taking that step? What do I need to look at in my psychology in order to free myself from these outer projections so that I can intuitively know what is the next step in my Divine plan?” It is locking in, it is making that conscious commitment that your Divine plan is more important to you than following the track you were brought up to be on.

Freeing yourself from your upbringing

Look at my life 2,000 years ago. Even though my parents had a higher level of awareness than the average, I was still brought up in a certain culture and I was very much brought up to live life a certain way. If I had followed that, there is no way I could have fulfilled my Divine plan. I would have been living a relatively normal life as it was considered at the time.

You may have known about the concept of a Divine plan for a long time. You may have contemplated it, and some of you have already locked into it, but you can actually all benefit from taking these teachings and considering: “How is my upbringing, how is the programming from my society blocking me from seeing the next step in my Divine plan? And especially, how is it blocking me from seeing the highest potential of my Divine Plan?” For many of you have a higher potential that is far beyond what you were brought up to see as possible. 

You can look at the messenger and see how he was brought up in a working class family in Denmark. All of his family lived in the same town, worked in that town, lived there their whole lives; most of them are buried there. If he had followed that track, there is no way he could have done what he has done or rather that which he has allowed to be done through him. He was willing to move to another country to get away from that culture. I am not saying all of you need to do this, but I am saying you all need to consider, and you might use various ways to see this, but you could consider: “What chains were wrapped around me, my being, as I was growing up. And what do I need to do to remove those shackles so I can be free to actually consider my highest potential?”

The formula for growth: Start right where you are,  multiply the talents and take the next step up 

This is what it really means to lock in. I am not saying that by doing this you will see all of your Divine plan in one vision, because as we have explained, you see the next step when you take that, when you multiply the talents you have, you see the next step up and you continue this way. This messenger has never seen the end of his Divine Plan. He just sees the next step and he is willing to take it. 

And that is all we are asking from you. You start where you are. You see, you can never actually go wrong with your Divine plan if you are willing to transcend, if you are willing to start with what you have. Over the decades we have given teachings about a Divine plan. We have seen ascended master students react in different ways. And one of the ways is that you think: “Oh, am I worthy to even start my Divine plan? Look at my situation. Look at my psychology. Am I worthy to start my Divine plan? Am I ready?” 

But what have I just said? You start your Divine plan at the level of consciousness you had at the end of your last embodiment, and then your Divine plan takes you up from there. Even if you, at whatever age you are, hear about a Divine Plan, and even if you have not grown from the level of consciousness with which you came into embodiment, well, that is precisely the starting level of your Divine plan. 

How could you not be ready? How could you not be worthy? You do not need to reach any higher level to start your Divine plan. You need to start right where you are and multiply the talents you have. And then you will be given more, and you take the next step, and the next, and the next. And if you keep doing it, you will one day look back and say: “I have really come up higher. I have made progress. I have really raised my consciousness.” Many of you have already had that experience, but I am also speaking for the broader group of people that might find this teaching later. You are always ready to begin your Divine plan. You are, for that matter, always ready to lock into your Divine plan by realizing there is something higher than the way you were brought up to see yourself, your limitations, your potential.

I understand very well the danger of giving you examples. Many people throughout the ages have looked at Jesus as this only Son of God who was so beyond them. This is, of course, as we have explained, a deliberate distortion created by the fallen beings to destroy me as an example.

But nevertheless, they still look at how I gave teachings, performed miracles, did this, did that, and they say, they think: “Oh, I could never do that.” And maybe you could not, but that is not the point. The point of your personal Divine plan is that you transcend the level of consciousness you start at and reach your highest potential. And if you do that before you are ready to go out of embodiment, you can even go beyond the highest potential, for there is no limitation to your self-transcendence built into your Divine plan. It is not so that there is a fixed goal, and when you reach that, poof, you are out of embodiment! If you reach that goal 20 years before your lifespan is up, you go beyond it and you can go even higher. 

But it is not at all our goal to say that all of you should reach a certain level in this lifetime. It is the saying: “Well done, thou good and faithful servant. You have been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things.” That is the whole principle of multiplying the talents.

If you spend the rest of your life sincerely striving to fulfill your Divine plan and grow, you cannot do anything wrong. Whatever level you reach, it is much better than where you started. And this will help raise the collective consciousness, and as Saint Germain said, anything you do, any form of transcendence, will help manifest his golden age. 

Manifesting Christhood

Now, how does the concept of Christhood, personal Christhood, relate to your Divine plan? Well, not all who will ever hear or read this teaching will have it as part of their Divine plan to manifest Christhood, because Christhood requires you to be at a certain level of consciousness before you have that potential. But many spiritual people, as I have said since 2002—10,000 people—have the potential to manifest full Christhood in this lifetime. Millions more can manifest a high degree of it. For many people, it is a quite realistic goal to manifest Christhood. Of course there are levels of Christhood, but nevertheless, if we are to define the beginning point of Christhood, it would be when you pass the initiation at the 96th level of consciousness and go beyond.

The initiation at the 96th level and focus on self 

We have of course talked about this initiation before from various perspectives. It is not that there is only one way to look at this, but what I want to talk to you about here in this context is, as I said, you were brought up to see yourself a certain way, to see your potential a certain way, but you were also brought up to be very focused on yourself.

This relates, of course, to your past lifetime, what level of consciousness you were at when you left your last embodiment. But as we have explained, the result of the birth trauma is that you become focused on yourself. Well, Christhood is not focused on self. Christhood can only be attained when you overcome the focus on self and this can only happen through the resolution of psychology, the subconscious selves. But, it is not so that Christhood is the automatic result of overcoming subconscious selves. Why? Well, because as we have explained at this conference, the Conscious You can develop and does develop, over time, a certain overall view of life and itself.

Even if you resolve the subconscious selves that are wounded, that are pulling on you to identify with them, therefore be focused on yourself, even if you overcome those selves, you still need to make the conscious switch, the conscious decision to stop focusing on yourself. This is a delicate decision. You cannot do it with the outer mind, you cannot analyze and reason your way to it, but you can contemplate it and come to that inner resolution. You can come to realize that you have been focused on self.

You can have a similar experience to what the messenger has described. He was on the path for many years, he followed an ascended master teaching, he did everything right from the outer perspective, but one day he saw that he had done this from a self-centered, self-focused motivation. He saw the vanity of it and spontaneously from within there was this release that he did not want to walk the path anymore with this self-focus.

Becoming wise to the serpent and harmless as doves

You all have that potential. Some of you will have to resolve some subconscious selves before you are there, but many of you have the potential to reach that point in this lifetime. But what does it require to make that shift? Well, it requires that you become wise as serpents, harmless as doves.

Let us take the “harmless as doves” first. It requires that you give up the intention to do anything on earth, to change other people, to force a change, even to force people to stop suffering. You must give up any self-centered desire to achieve something, even the desire to have it be worthwhile that you came to earth. But the most subtle aspect for most people is to be wise as a serpent. Or rather, wise to the serpent, which in your personal mind is the ego.

Now, we have explained the ego from different perspectives going back to my original ego discourses, but later [we have] given the teachings about the subconscious selves that make up the ego. There is still an overall self that we can call the overall ego. It is based on duality and it is very much focused not on you but on itself.

Missing the initiation—again

This, let us call it the core of the ego, this ego is focused on itself as a separate self and it can be very subtle, it is not easy to see it. But the problem is that if you do not see it you can actually stand there at the 96th level or close to it and you can allow the ego to make you believe that you have now become the Living Christ, you have attained Christ discernment, or rather, the ego has become the Living Christ.

That is what has happened to many people not only in this time but in previous times as well. There are people who have spent lifetimes climbing to the 96th level, not passed the initiation, gone down again until they turned around, climbed back up and again missed the initiation. It was what I illustrated in the situation with Peter where he tells me what shall or shall not happen to me and I say “Get thee behind me, Satan.” This is the consciousness of Satan in your own mind, the ego, the self-focused self. 

“You have no right to challenge me!”

Now, some people who will find this teaching can safely ignore it because they are not at that level but I want to give this teaching because we still see that there are students who have eagerly followed the path for years or even decades but have not grasped this initiation.

They are still focused on themselves and one aspect of this is that there are students who come to a point where they think: “I have attained Christ’s discernment and therefore the way I look at the world, look at myself and look at certain situations, this is now an ultimate truth.” Therefore, they do not want to be challenged and they might even say to other people: “You have no right to challenge me!”

This is not an uncommon scenario, that people who have not passed the initiation I am talking about will be very upset if other people challenge them and will even say: “You have no right to challenge me. What authority do you have to challenge me?” Because they think they are the Living Christ and they think the Living Christ is the ultimate authority figure.

But, you see, the Christ never reacts that way. The Christ does not mind being challenged by other people because the Christ does not see it as a challenge. Even when you have passed the initiation at the 96th level and gone beyond it, you do not mind other people telling you something. If the guru be an ant, heed him. You are always looking for something that can help you take the next step up.

Seeing through the vanity of the ego

What is it that dreams about reaching an ultimate level where you do not need to be challenged? It is the ego. What else can it be? The ego’s ultimate dream is what? How many times have we explained it? To become immortal, to become a permanent being, to enter the spiritual realm, to gain some absolute authority in this realm, to become a god-like figure in this realm. This is the goal that the fallen beings have been pursuing for a very, very long time.

You need to come to see this at the 96th level. You need to come to see the vanity of it. It is not a matter of blaming yourself. Take note of how many times we have been telling you not to blame yourself, not to come down on yourself. What I am describing here is just an inevitable initiation on the path towards the 144th level. You cannot go above the 96th level until you see the subtlety, the vanity of the ego.

The levels of Christhood

You see the value of talking about the 144 levels. If you go back to previous dispensations, many students saw Christhood as some ultimate level of consciousness, some ultimate achievement. But Christhood begins at the 97th level, and then there are levels of Christhood up to the 144th level. We have even said, of course, that when you ascend you go to an even higher level and you can keep going to the Creator consciousness.

The level of Christhood you reach at the 97th level is not the ultimate—an ultimate state of consciousness. It does not make you an ultimate authority. It does not mean you are always right. This is the ego’s dream that you cannot be challenged, you cannot be gainsaid, nobody has the right to tell you that there is something you have not seen in your own psychology. But of course they do.

If you are in physical embodiment, then anybody else who is in physical embodiment has the right to tell you what they observe. It may be colored by their own state of mind, but they still have a right to tell you. They have a right to express themselves, as you have a right to express yourself. Look back throughout the ages. What have the fallen beings always been trying to do? Set themselves up as some authority figure—a king, an emperor, a pope. It is always so that nobody below them can challenge them and, of course, everybody is below them.

The servant of all

But, you see, what is Christhood? You are always looking to grow. You are not thinking you have reached an ultimate level, you are looking to take the next step up so you qualify for your ascension. You are willing to listen to anything that might help you see what you are not seeing at your current level. What is Christ’s discernment? Well, it is not specific viewpoints here on earth. It is not that you are always right in a discussion with other people.

There are people, ascended master students, who believe—truly actually believe—that their view of Donald Trump is based on them having attained Christ’s discernment, and anyone who disagrees with them about Trump is because they do not have Christ’s discernment. But, you see, Christ is beyond all of these outer opinions.

What is the Christ mind? Unity between the Creator and His creation. The vertical unity. And unity among all people, the horizontal. What is it the ego wants? It wants to be greatest among you. And what did I say to my disciples when they were fighting about who was the greatest among them? “He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all.” That is the Christ consciousness.

How can you being right in a disagreement with other people be an expression of Christhood? You transcend the desire to be right, so that instead of trying to get other people to agree with you, you are looking at them, saying, thinking, intuiting: “Could I help that person grow?” You realize that it is not a matter of these outer beliefs: “Could I help that person grow?” And if so, you speak out, and if you do not get a sense that you could, maybe because the person is closed-minded, then you move on.

Loosing your life for Christ’s sake 

In a sense you could say I do not care what you think about a particular issue on earth. What I care about is your willingness to transcend any issue on earth, any opinion on earth. Because, what have we said so many times? When you are ready to ascend, you will sit under that Bo tree and the demons of Mara will parade before you. If you are attached to a particular opinion, a particular position on earth, they will have something in you, the prince of this world will have something in you, and you cannot ascend.

There are people, unfortunately—and that is why I speak sternly—who think they are good ascended master students. They think: “Look at how long I have studied the teachings, how many decrees I have given.” But they have not grasped that everything on earth must be let go of in order to ascend. There are literally ascended master students who are doing the same thing that the fallen beings are doing.

The futility of perfecting your ego

Even though these students, some of them are not fallen beings, but they are still seeking to raise up the ego to an ultimate status, thinking this will get them into the ascended state. They have not grasped the essential initiation of Christhood. It is to let go of anything and everything that pulls you towards earth. “He who is willing to lose his life for my sake…” If there is something you are not willing to lose, well, you cannot go higher in Christhood.

I need to speak this into the collective consciousness so that there is a record of it, that I have done what can be done to put this before the people. They may never read it, they may never hear it, but it is still there so that they can pick it up if they are willing.

There is nothing you could do to perfect the separate self that would qualify it to enter the ascended state. It is not so that there is an ascended master who is the judge of whether you are ready to enter the ascended state or not. It is not that I, or another master, is standing there when you approach the pearly gate and saying: “You are not worthy, go back and try again.” We are not holding you out of the ascended realm. What is it that is holding you out of the ascended realm? That ego, that self-centered self that you have not been willing to see.

The essential initiation under the Bo tree 

Do you not grasp the essential initiation? You are the one sitting there in front of the Bo tree. You are the one who has to look at the demons of Mara, the prince of this world. And if they have anything in you that they can use to pull on you, you cannot ascend. It is not the ascended masters that determine whether you ascend or not, it is you.

It is not even the demons of Mara, they are just doing the only thing they can do. It is you. Do they have something in you that they can pull on? Then you will be pulled back, or rather, you will pull yourself back because you will look at some temptation that the demons of Mara are presenting to you and say: “Oh, I’ve got to do this, I’ve got to finish that, I’ve got to correct that mistake, I’ve got to prove that I was right.” That is what pulls you away from ascending. It is only what you have not seen in yourself.

Christhood: Raising all life

That, of course, leads to a higher teaching about Christhood. What is Christhood? It is not that you are right. It is that you are non-attached to any opinion, any viewpoint, any condition on earth. But it is more than that. “He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all.” Well, first of all, this was said in a specific situation where my disciples were fighting about who would be the greatest among them after I departed. And this, of course, shows their level of consciousness.

They had not passed the initiation at the 96th level because in order to go beyond the 96th level you have to let go of the desire to be the greatest, to be greater than other people. In Christhood, there is no such thing. Christhood is, in a sense, the equalizer. Not that it makes everybody the same, but that you transcend the desire to compare based on a dualistic scale with a value judgment. Greater or lesser, what does it matter in Christhood?

And when you overcome that desire to use the spiritual path to raise yourself above others, then you can be the servant of all. The servant of the all, where it is not a matter of doing something for which you take credit. It is just a matter of being the open door for raising all life. 

I know this will sound abstract to many people. What does it mean to raise all life? Well, in a very practical, down-to-earth sense, it means raising the collective consciousness. How do you do that? Raising your own consciousness, pulling up on everybody. But it can, of course, be more specific things as well. There are, as I said, many people with a potential to manifest full Christhood or a high degree of Christhood in this lifetime. And it is necessary to contemplate: “What would that mean? How would you express Christhood, given the situation you grew up in, given the world as it is? What does it mean to express Christhood?” And this is, of course, individual, but the general common denominator for Christhood [is that] you are always seeking to raise up, not put down anything. You may be exposing the unreality, the lies of the mind of antichrist, but you are not seeking to put down people. You are seeking to raise up people. You are seeking to raise up the all. 

And as you grow in Christhood, you become more and more focused on raising the all, raising everyone up, helping everyone start where they are at and take the next step. You do not give the same to everyone. Some are at such a low level of consciousness that what they need is a cup of cold water in Christ’s name. You do not seek to give them the highest truth you see. You seek to tune in to where they are at and what can help them take that next step. And you have no judgment about what they should or should not do. You give them something. You offer them something. You can bring a man to water, but you cannot make him drink, or at least you offer the water. But really, Christhood means you are not coming from a self-centered motivation. It is not about you. It is not about you. “It is not about me,” might be the motto you need at a certain time. 

Going beyond both the ego and spiritual “ME”

And how does this relate to your Divine plan? Well, what did I say in the beginning? You come down into embodiment, you get overwhelmed by all the projections, all the programming. What is this programming? It is all causing you to be focused on you: “This is who I am. This is how I am supposed to live my life in this culture. This is how I am supposed to be, and this is what I am not supposed to be.” Me, me, me, me, me. But your Divine plan is meant to help you go beyond this. And therefore, as you reach the levels of Christhood, you become aware that there is the ‘me’, and there is the all, and you become more and more focused on the all. You become less and less pulled into the ‘me’, and you become better and better at discerning when the ‘me’ raises its head and says: “Focus on me, focus on me, focus on me! Do not worry about other people! Do not worry about the ascended masters! Focus on me, me, me, me, me!” You become able to see it, to sense it intuitively. You just sense the contrast in vibration, and then you build this momentum of looking at the ‘me’, not condemning yourself, not analyzing, but just letting it go, letting it be. And you are being the greater ‘me’, the all. 

And as you develop this habit of dismissing the ‘me’ without engaging with it, you spontaneously begin to tune in to the real ‘me’, the I AM Presence. And we have given various teachings about the Presence at various levels, but when you begin to go into Christhood, you really begin to overcome the sense that there is you and there is the Presence. You begin to overcome the sense of being connected to this faraway Presence up there. You are blending the Conscious You with the I AM Presence to the point where you might not be able to tell the difference. And you do not need to tell the difference, because at the higher levels of Christhood, there is no difference. You are the Presence, and the Presence is you. There is no you and the Presence. 

And I know very well that this is difficult to grasp with the outer mind. It is difficult to put words on it, but still, it is valuable for you to have some concept to ponder. Basically, we can say, as we have said before, below the 48th level of consciousness, you are completely identified with the ‘me’, the separate ‘me’, the ego. At the 48th level, you have this intuitive experience. There is something beyond the ego, something beyond the mind. You do not see clearly what it is. In order to climb from the 48th to the 96th level, you build a spiritual ‘me’ that is different from the egoic ‘me’, but it is still a ‘me’. And when you come to the 96th level, you have to make that switch where you realize the spiritual ‘me’ was just a phase to get you to that level. And now, instead of seeking to glorify it and make it the Christ, you need to be willing to let it die bit by bit, just as you have to let the egoic ‘me’ die. And you might think: “Well, this means that, what? I build a new sense of self as the Christic me?” And in the beginning, you may need to have that concept. But as you go higher in Christhood, even that fades away to the point where there is really no ‘me’ anymore, at least not the kind of ‘me’ that can be defined in this world. 

The Christ is beyond right and wrong

That is why I said that the Christ consciousness, Christ discernment, is beyond all of these outer opinions in the world. You cannot take an issue and say, those who have this view of the issue are coming from ego, those who have this view of the issue are coming from the Christ. Because the higher you go in Christhood, the more you see beyond both positions. The more you see that they are polarized positions, often tied to a dualistic value judgment, and it only keeps people trapped in duality. I know very well how many students will say: “Well, in the previous dispensation of the Summit Lighthouse, you gave a very black and white view of abortion. Are you saying that was wrong?” I am saying it was black and white. And the Christ is neither black nor white nor gray. The Christ is beyond. The Christ looks at what keeps people trapped in duality, what helps them transcend duality. 

We have seen many ascended master students who took a particular political view in the world, became very attached to it, and they thought it was a result of their Christ discernment that they took this view, but it just kept them trapped in duality. That is not Christ discernment. That is not Christ discernment! Christ discernment is when you experience there is something beyond duality, and you say: “I want that experience rather than the dualistic experience of being right and making other people wrong. I want to go beyond right and wrong. Instead of being right among men, I want to be right with Christ. I want to be in Christ. I want Christ to be in me.” And that is the level of Christhood that many of you have the potential to reach in this lifetime. 

Ascended masters are validating you—not your ego! 

And we have given many teachings that can help you with this. We will, of course, continue to give you teachings, but for many of you, it will be enough to simply consider the switch where you suddenly see how you have been focused on the ‘me’, and you can consciously realize, accept, that the next step in your Divine plan is to overcome that focus on self, so you are focused on the all. That is what it means to be the open door. As long as you are focused on self, you are not the open door. You may still receive some intuitive insights, but you are not the fully open door. Because, as Peter wanted me to conform to his expectations and vision, you are wanting the Christ light, your I AM Presence and the ascended masters to conform, to validate the superiority of the egoic ‘me’. We will never do this. False masters in lower realms will gladly do it, and have done so with many students. There are students who have followed a valid ascended master teaching for decades, and are now switching into false masters in the mental realm, who are making them feel special, because they know this, and they have done this, and they are right and others are wrong. But we of the ascended masters will not validate your ego. 

And this is, again, one of these enigmas that you face from your viewpoint, that we face from ours. We are seeking to raise you up. We must start at the level of consciousness where you are at. Many of you have been severely wounded by the fallen beings, been wounded by your upbringing. Naturally, we give you comfort, a sense that you are worthy, a sense that it is important that you grow. In order to meet you at a certain level of consciousness, we need to validate you in a certain sense. And it is inevitable that people at a lower level will feel, without realizing it consciously, but they will feel that we are validating their egos. But we are not validating your ego. We are validating you. You are more than the ego, but when we validate you, and you are identified with the ego, the ego will think we are validating it. 

Make the switch, don’t judge yourself! 

And this is again one of these conscious switches you need to make at the 96th level, and to realize: “Oh, the masters never validated my ego, they validated me, and I am more than the ego.” Therefore, you can look at your ego without condemning yourself, because you can accept our love for you, the real you, the Conscious You. You see, if you go back to previous dispensations, many students had this very judgmental attitude. They were judgmental of each other, and it was because, as I said, they thought that Christhood meant, that Christ discernment meant, you were always right in a black and white way: “This is the right view, that is the wrong view.” And, therefore, when they came to see an aspect of their ego, if they came to see it, they would condemn themselves and feel bad. Because, as we have said before, you will judge yourself with the same level of consciousness you have judged others. If you are harshly judging others based on a black and white viewpoint, you will judge yourself the same way. 

We have seen many students over the years who somehow came to see an aspect of their ego, whether it was something we said in a dictation, something we gave them personally, or whether it was other people. And then they have been very condemning of themselves, which is, of course, never what we desire to see. We have also seen many students who, when they were confronted, when someone challenged them on an aspect of their ego, they became very angry, very defensive, rejected these people, and retreated into this ivory tower where their egos felt: “But I am the Christ, and these other people just do not see what I see. They do not have Christ discernment.” 

And this is, of course, what people are allowed to do. But all I can say is, this is not Christhood. And when a student goes into this state of mind, we must withdraw from them, because anything we give them will validate the ego’s sense of superiority and make them more and more trapped. And that is why we withdraw from such students. But then the false hierarchy impostors in the mental realm will step right in and validate: “Oh, yes, you are right. Absolutely you have Christ discernment. No, those other people do not have it.” People can stay in that ivory tower for the rest of their lives. 

Tune in to Jesus and his joy 

There is always more that we desire to give you. But I will just give you one thing. I hold a spiritual office as the Cosmic Christ for Earth. I do not judge after appearances. My only concern is to help people grow. I do not put down anyone. I do not reject anyone. I may withdraw if it is better for a particular person, but I am always willing to engage with that person again when the person becomes open and again has ears to hear and eyes to see, because when you go into this egoic state of thinking the ego is the Christ, you do not have ears to hear or eyes to see the Christ. There is no judgment in me. I am only looking at how can I help you within the constraints of your free will, your willingness to listen, your willingness to see, your willingness to multiply what you have. There is no choice you could make that would make me turn away from you. There are many choices you can make that will make you turn away from me, perhaps even accept a false Christ instead. But those choices are choices. They can be undone by making more aware choices. And I simply want you to realize I am always there for you. I am with you always. It is my joy to help you grow. It is never a burden for me. It is my joy. I radiate to you this joy of the Ascended Master Jesus Christ. And that joy will be with you for the rest of your time in embodiment and even future embodiments. If you will only once in a while seek to tune in, I am always with you.

 Be sealed in the joy of Christ.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page 

Your contribution to Saint Germain’s Golden Age — Free Will, duality, and choosing more


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, March 22, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain. What does my Golden Age have to do with your Divine plan? Well, the answer to that is, of course, somewhat individual. But nevertheless, I can say that anyone who will ever hear or read this dictation, my Golden Age is part of your Divine plan, one way or another.

How to help advance the Saint Germain’s Golden Age

Resolving your psychology

We can look at various scenarios. First, we can have people who may feel: “I am inadequate. How could I possibly help Saint Germain manifest his Golden Age?” Well, you could help me by looking at why you feel inadequate. And you can realize that this comes from some subconscious selves, probably more than one, and these selves make you vulnerable to these projections from lower forces, the fallen beings or other people who are projecting inadequacy into your mind. Why is it a lie that you are inadequate? Because you are like everyone else in embodiment. You have the same potential to transcend yourself as everyone else. And if you are willing to transcend yourself to resolve something in your psychology, you are helping the progression of my Golden Age. It is that simple. A vital element of my Golden Age is precisely raising the collective consciousness. When you raise your individual consciousness, you are helping to raise the collective. Already there, you are helping advance my Golden Age. 

Making the calls

There is of course more you can do, because you can realize a very simple fact. As we have explained, you, the outer being that you are, you are not the doer. Even Jesus recognized and stated 2,000 years ago: “I can of my own self do nothing.” What does that mean? It means that you can do nothing if you do not receive energy from your higher self and the ascended realm. Because then you have no energy to do anything with. Everything you do is done with energy. Even physical actions require energy. Feelings, thoughts, require energy. You may feel inadequate, you may feel: “What can I, one person, do”, but you can open yourself up to a greater flow of energy from your I AM Presence. And that flow will also help advance the Golden Age. You may say: “Why do I not have the flow now?” Because you have something in your psychology that blocks it, subconscious selves. We have given you the tools and teachings to resolve them, so there is something you can do. 

Now there may be others of you who say: “Yes, but it seems to me that your Golden Age requires changes in society. But look at me, look at my life, I don’t have any particular education or skills or experience with any aspect of society. I don’t feel I have the qualifications to go out and do something in society.” Well, that may be the case for you. It may also be a perception where you are limiting yourself. But nevertheless, even if you accept that this is the case for you, then can you not give the invocations and decrees so that you do not have to go out physically and do something out there? You can invoke the spiritual light from me and other masters, direct it into specific conditions that you are concerned about, and therefore, you can do something to help advance my Golden Age.

Becoming more knowledgeable 

Then you can say: “I don’t really have great knowledge in any particular field.” And that may be the case for you. You may not have that knowledge right now. But could you not look at life on this planet with its many varieties of facets and aspects? Could you not find some aspect of life that has a particular interest, a particular resonance with you? And then say: “I don’t need to go to school and get a formal education in that field. But I can study on my own. I can read books. I can watch whatever programs or videos I can find. I may be able to talk to some people. But even if I don’t know anyone, I can certainly study the topic and become more knowledgeable about the topic.” 

And why should you do this, you might say, if you do not feel like you are meant to go out there? Well, the more you know about a topic, the more precise calls you can make with your invocations and decrees. Grant you there are many different invocations that cover many different topics. But we do not have invocations that cover every topic on earth. And why do we not have them? Partly because the messenger cannot know everything. Therefore, you can educate yourself in a particular area. You can give the invocations that are there, directing the light towards that area. Or when you know enough, you can create your own invocation. You can take some of the invocations that are there, such as the invocation to Astrea that has already been adapted to various purposes. Or you can create your own invocation. You can see the matrix. You start in the beginning by invoking the masters. You have four sections of the master’s decree given the nine verses. And then for each of the verses, you have this short statement of what you are calling the light into. It is not beyond the capability of most of you to do this. And you could even share them with each other. 

Receiving and sharing ideas from Saint Germain 

Now then, we can go to another level. For some of you, it will be in your Divine plan to do something active in society. You may have an education. You may have particular experience. It can be on the job. It can be in other ways that you have experience with a particular field. And therefore, you may be able to tune in to me or to other masters and get certain ideas in that field. Again, some of you will feel inadequate. “Yes, I have some experience. Yes, I have some education. But am I really able to come up with these groundbreaking ideas?” Well, I am able to come up with these ideas, but I cannot implement them in the physical. I cannot speak them out. I need someone who is the open door, who is the mouthpiece. Let me propose this to you. You do not need to have a particular ability. If you will just empty your mind of subconscious selves and tune into me, then I will give you the ideas. It does not require skill to receive an idea. It requires an open mind and heart so you do not limit yourself and limit me. 

Now, of course, there are others who will be able to get beyond this sense that you are not really creative and who therefore, can be creative in bringing forth new ideas in a certain field. And again, you may be able to come up with ideas on your own, or you may be able to tune into me and receive the ideas from me. There are, of course, many of you who will find or feel that it is too intimidating to speak out publicly, but there are certainly some of you who either have the ability and the willingness to speak out or who can acquire it by working on some of the subconscious selves that are blocking you. As the messenger has explained, many people today are looking for something genuine, something that is not so slick and professional. They are looking for other people to share of themselves. Many of you can do this. Again, I am not telling you what to do, but I am telling you what not to do so that you do not limit yourself. If you could just stop limiting yourself and, aforehand, decide: “Oh, I could not possibly do anything to help Saint Germain.” Then you would be surprised at what you would be able to receive from me. 

Now, there will of course be a few of you that might be able to receive some bigger ideas, some really groundbreaking ideas. But it is important for you to realize that where some people are too imbalanced in the sense of putting themselves down, other people are too imbalanced in the sense of being overly confident. There is always a balance to be found. We have seen in previous ascended master dispensations how some students became literally obsessed with coming up with something so new and groundbreaking that they would be recognized in the history books as having been these important geniuses. And I am not saying this cannot happen to some of you, but it cannot happen if you are doing it from the motivation of the ego of being famous, being validated and this and that. Always remember what Jesus said: “He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all.” Be careful to watch yourself, see if you have such an ambition of being recognized, of doing something special, and then work on those subconscious selves that this is coming from. Most of you have subconscious selves that limit yourself, but some of you have subconscious selves that cause you to be not balanced, being overly enthusiastic, and dreaming of these grandiose things that very easily become delusions of grandeur. 

This does not mean you do not have the potential, but who is it that has the potential? Is it the outer self or your I AM Presence and the Conscious You? Get the outer self out of the way. Do not run on the motivation of wanting to be famous or unique, wanting to be recognized. Go within, tune in to your I AM Presence, tune in to me, and remember you are not the doer. You can of your own self, the outer self, do nothing. The Conscious You can of its own self do nothing, but it can be the open door for the I AM Presence and for me. Whether you are too far to the inferiority side or too far to the superiority side, you are not the doer. 

Helping others resolve their psychology 

Now there are some of you that have a potential that is more towards addressing specific areas of society, bringing forth inventions or new thinking, for example in the business world, in education, in many other fields. But there are also some of you that have it in your divine plan to bring forth something in the spiritual field or in the field of psychology, personal growth, self-transformation. And as we have already said at New Year’s, this release of light for this next 12-year cycle will give tremendous opportunities for those of you who have it in your Divine plan to work in this field where you help others resolve psychology. It can be done in many different ways. It does not have to at all even mention ascended masters. As the messenger has said, as we have said many times, there are universal ideas that we give you. You are free to use them, apply them to any field, and if it is not appropriate, you do not need to mention where they came from. You have great freedom to use these teachings, apply them into a specific field, and you do not need to give credit. The messenger does not need credit. I do not need credit. You are free to use the ideas. 

You are of course also free to work on your psychology so you can tune in to me or other masters directly and therefore receive something that has not come through the messenger. Many of you have the potential to do this. You understand, I hope, that the messenger does not in any way want to be a hindrance for your self-expression. The messenger is happy to see you come to a point where you can contact the masters directly without going through him. 

This is the potential that many of you have, something new in the field of psychology, helping people. Yes, of course, it may help if you have a certain education in the field. If you are to get credibility in the field, you may need a certain education in order to be recognized, and then once you have your foot in the door, so to speak, you can bring in new ideas. But not all of you need to do this, because in the next 12 years there will be tremendous opportunities for people who are wanting to work on their psychology, but they are not going to go to a traditional psychologist and pay hundreds of dollars or whatever it is per hour to have somebody who sits there and listens to them and does not really do much actively to help them. There are many people that simply will not spend the time that way. They want somebody who can help them directly, give them some practical tools, give them some practical steps: “Where do I start? What do I do?” And this, of course, is something those of you who can do who have worked on your own psychology. What better qualification for helping other people with their psychology is that you have overcome things in your own psychology. This is, incidentally, what is often missing from traditional psychology. You have psychologists who have an intellectual understanding of psychology but have not overcome a lot of things in their own subconscious minds. 

Manifesting Christhood

Then beyond that, there are some of you that can help advance my Golden Age by being more focused on the spiritual aspect than the psychological. This may be that you can bring forth teachings and ideas, you can even take the teachings we have given through this or other messengers, summarize them, put them into courses, classes that can help other people. But for some of you, you do not necessarily need to be outgoing because for some of you, what is in your Divine plan is to manifest Christhood, to reach a higher level of Christhood. Some of you belong to the 10,000 people that Jesus has talked about since 2002 that have the potential to manifest full Christhood in this lifetime. Other people, you can manifest a very high degree of it in this lifetime. Even by manifesting that Christhood, you are helping advance my Golden Age. But of course, part of Christhood is, as we have said, if you are not expressing it in helping others, it really is not the fullness of Christhood. Once you attain those higher levels of awareness beyond the 96th level, you might indeed see clearly how to express it in helping others. And here, there is a wide field that is open to you. 

There is no standard way to express your Christhood. It can take many different forms, from the personal level of working with people you meet personally, family members, people you associate with in other ways, to a broader perspective where you speak out. There is always the potential for speaking out in various areas of society when you come from that level of Christ discernment. You can say, of course, that even at that level you are not the doer. But nevertheless, when you attain a degree of Christhood, it is not that you need to tune into a master to receive ideas. They will simply flow through you whenever you open your mouth. And therefore, it is not quite the same dynamic as it is at lower levels where you do need to tune in to a particular master. There can be, when you reach this level of Christhood, where it is your I AM Presence flowing through you, or it is not a specific master, but more that the universal Christ consciousness finds expression through you. It is, of course, still facilitated by the ascended masters at higher levels, but it is not so that you are necessarily even aware of a particular master. 

Just based on this relatively quick summary, I hope that all of you can see that you can find some way whereby your Divine plan, your personal Divine plan, relates to manifesting my Golden Age, and how you can make a contribution, be aware that you are making a contribution and feel the fulfillment of knowing you are making a contribution. 

Naturally, there is more that can be said, but really, is it necessary to say it? Because what have we told you? At your current level of consciousness, you can see some aspect of your Divine plan. As you raise your consciousness, you will see more. But you will never really have it so that you see the fullness of your Divine plan in one vision, because it is something you discover as you raise your consciousness. Therefore, there is little value in telling you specifically. In other words, if I took each one of you individually and told you: “This is your Divine plan, and how it relates to my Golden Age. You do this, this, this, this, this, and this.” That would not be valuable, because it is not a matter of the outer results that are the primary goal. It is the raising of consciousness, including the raising of your consciousness. 

Making your ascension

 Then of course, ultimately, there are some of you that have it as part of your Divine plan to ascend. And there are some people who will think: “Well, how do I advance Saint Germain’s Golden Age by getting out of here?” But you see, when one person ascends from earth, it creates a tremendous upward pull on the collective consciousness and on the individual consciousness of many different people. We have before said that each of you has like a pyramid below you of people that you are tied to or that are tied to you. And therefore, when you raise yourself and ascend, you are pulling up of all of those who have this connection to you. And this, of course, helps raise the collective consciousness, and this very much advances my Golden Age. 

Multiplying the talents you have right now

You can see here, whatever level of consciousness you are at, there is something you can do. And what is it you need to do? You need to start where you are at, and you need to be willing to do only one thing, multiply the talents you have right now.

When you multiply the talents you have, more will be given. If you sit there and think: “Oh, I couldn’t possibly do something. Saint Germain is such a high master, he has such an advanced plan for the Golden Age. What could little old me do? I can do nothing. Let me dig a hole for myself.” Then you are burying yourself and your talents in the ground, and there is nothing to multiply. But anything you do, I can multiply. And when you feel that return current, you can do more, and then there will be more to multiply. And therefore, the rest of your life can become an upward spiral instead of being a downward spiral, or just status quo, equilibrium. 

What are the limits for how far you can go with such an upward spiral? Well, there may be certain outer limits, depending on where you live, where you have grown up, what your society and culture is. You may have still some karma from past lives. You have some psychology that needs to be resolved. But really, what are the limits? Well, they are largely the limits you have in your own mind. As my teacher, the Divine Director, explained to you in such depth, and with such a profound teaching that has never been given on earth before, it really is up to you what kind of an experience you want to have relating to my Golden Age. And I would hope for all of you that you will want to have the experience that you are part of manifesting my Golden Age. Whatever that means for you individually, again, I am not putting any pressure on you that you should fulfill this grandiose potential. I am only hoping you will feel that you are part of manifesting my Golden Age. And you will feel the return current for me multiplying whatever you multiply, so that you can feel my gratitude and my joy for everything you do. That instead of being a burden, as we have seen in previous dispensations where some people became obsessive-compulsive about bringing forth my Golden Age, I would hope that this would not be the case for you, because you will be able to look at yourself realistically and do what you can from your current level, and feel the fulfillment of that, even if it might seem insignificant. Anything you do is better than doing nothing. Nothing will not get you anywhere, and nothing will not get me anywhere. Anything you do is better than doing nothing. 

Bringing  about the golden age through people’s choices

Now, I will shift gears a little bit here, because I also have some remarks to make about free will. I am, of course, the Chohan of the Seventh Ray, normally seen as the ray of freedom. And naturally, when you hear the word freedom, you might think about free will. How does free will look from a Seventh Ray perspective? And how does free will relate to the golden age? Well, first of all, we need to recognize I am the ascended master who has been appointed to oversee the next 2,000 years of the Age of Aquarius. I have created a vision for how this period can become a golden age for earth. I have a vision, of course, of certain changes that can happen that will make life much richer, more fulfilling, more pleasant for humankind. And you may say, from a certain perspective, my vision would make life much more enjoyable for all people on earth. Would it not be better for everyone if my vision was manifest?

But you see, I have absolutely no desire or intention of forcing my Golden Age upon humanity. It does not matter that it would alleviate suffering, in fact, remove suffering from earth. I have no intention of forcing people to no longer suffer. Therefore, my vision of the Golden Age is something that can only be brought about through people’s choices. Take note, I did not say through people’s free choices because the vast majority of people on earth are not currently able to make free choices. That is why the primary element of my Golden Age is to help people raise their consciousness so they can make more and more free choices. And how can this happen? You cannot force people to raise their consciousness. You cannot force people to become more free. You cannot force them to become free. They must choose voluntarily to be free. 

Reaching a breaking point 

The enigma is, once people have fallen, descended to a state of consciousness where they are so enveloped in the dualistic value judgments and illusions that they cannot make free choices, how do you raise them to the point where they can make freer choices? And how do you help them keep going in this upward spiral of making their choices more and more free? Well, it cannot be forced upon them, so how can it happen? In two ways. First of all, that once you go into duality, you create a downward spiral. Your mind becomes more and more tense. It becomes a more and more unpleasant place to live. Eventually, all beings will reach a breaking point. Even the fallen beings, even though it seems like it takes forever with some of them. But all will eventually reach this breaking point. The problem is, of course, that they only reach this by suffering, by coming to the point where they cannot stand to be in their own minds anymore. Take note here, I am not talking about suffering that is imposed upon them from without. That is just a consequence of their state of consciousness. I am talking about the internal suffering of the enormous stress and tension in people’s minds. They must come to a certain breaking point. But of course, if I was to only wait for a critical mass of people to reach that breaking point, then my Golden Age might not be manifest for another 10,000 years. Therefore, the other element, the second element, is that they see people who are in embodiment like them, and who may also have been very stressed in their minds, but who have now risen above it.

Showing people an alternative 

You give them a frame of reference. You see the two elements. First of all, duality becomes more and more intense until people can’t stand it. And then the other element is that they see: “Oh, there is an alternative to duality, to my state of mind. There is a path. And there are other people who seem like me, who have followed that path.” And this is of course where all of you are playing your role, not only in this lifetime, but for most of you in previous lifetimes as well. Naturally, we are not starting at ground zero. The transformation I am talking about of people having enough of duality and seeing the alternative started a long time ago. It was certainly accelerated with the embodiment of the Buddha, and it accelerated again with the embodiment of Jesus, both of them demonstrating an alternative to the dualistic state of consciousness. We have, of course, made progress before we start the Golden Age. And that is why my Golden Age is not a delusion of grandeur. It is a realistic, doable, achievable goal. But as I said, it must be chosen.

And how can people choose what they cannot see? This is the essential enigma of free will. And that is why, as I said, you can come to see the limitations of your own state of consciousness. You can come to see that there is an alternative. And therefore, you can make the choice: “First, I want to get away from the stress and the tension in my own mind.” And then: “I want what I see these other people having. I want to be more free than I have been so far.” That is a voluntary choice that people can make. And then they can start that upward spiral, and as they overcome the blocks in their psychology, their choices can be more and more free. But what is the shift that must happen to people? It is they must realize: “What is it that makes me suffer? What is it that makes my mind an unpleasant place to be? It is not the outer conditions. It’s something in my mind. Because if my state of mind is to change, I have to change my state of mind. I have to change my state of mind, instead of projecting out that those other people have to change their state of mind so I can feel better.

Or that somebody is going to come in, riding on a white horse, changing my mind for me.” It is that central recognition. And you can all play a part in helping people make that switch. Many are ready for it. Many more than you think. 

Free will can only exist in a context

Now, let me shift again and talk more about free will. Many people have misunderstood the word “free.” They think freedom means no restrictions: “I can do anything I want. If I have free will, I can make any choice I want.” But if you could make any choice you wanted, what would that require? If there was nothing that limited your choices, where would you have to be? You would have to be in the void. Where there was no form, no structure. And then, what could you do there with this freedom that you have? If you could be absolutely anything, and there was nothing that restricted you, well, what could you do? Nothing. Free will can only exist in some kind of context, in some kind of environment. If you had nothing to relate to, you could not exercise will. 

You think about this. There are those who will say: “I’m suffering. I don’t like to be suffering. But I’m only suffering because God created me. God forced me into existence. I didn’t ask to be created. I didn’t have any say in the matter. God forced my existence upon me.” Yeah, absolutely perfectly correct. Why? Because before you existed, what was there that could make the choice: “Do I want to be created and exist, or don’t I?” There was no you to choose to come into existence. Perfectly correct. But does that mean God forced you? No. God gave you the choice of what you want to do with your existence. God gave you the seed of free will. Why is that something forced upon you? There was nothing that could be forced before you existed. Now that you exist, you have a choice. What will you do with your existence? But you only have the choice because you were created in some kind of environment where you as a new being can relate to something. If you were in a vacuum and if you were in a void, well, you might have existence, but you would have no choice. What would there be to choose? 

Now you are created. There is some kind of environment that you can relate to. And therefore, you can start creating your sense of self: “Who am I in relation to my environment?” And that is all you can do as a new being. You are not created with the fullness of the Creator consciousness. For what would be the point in creating you at that level of consciousness when your Creator worked its way up to that level of consciousness, therefore,  knows all of the levels that it took to get there. Your Creator started out like you, a point-like sense of self in a predefined environment. That is the only way you can grow. The only way. You started out in an environment. It was nothing like what you currently experience on earth. It was a natural planet. Nobody was created and put on a planet like earth from the beginning. You all started on natural planets where there was nothing that forced your will.

The exploratory and the co-creative phase

What does it mean to have a choice? Well, there has to be at least two options. I can go right or I can go left. If there is no right or left, well, you have no choice. What is the basic choice you have as a new being? I can expand my sense of self, or I cannot expand my sense of self. To be or not to be. Nobody forces you not to be. Nobody forces you to be. But when you are in a natural environment, there is no burden associated with being. Hallelujah! No new being ever sat there and said: “Oh, darn it, I was created. The Creator forced this upon me. Poor me. I wish I’d never been created.” All new beings start out looking at their environment with wonder and saying: “Oh, this is interesting. Let me explore that.” And then, they start an exploratory phase. You explore your environment. As we have said, you experience your environment. Then, after some time of exploring, you start wondering: “Could I change this? Could I bring forth something new that isn’t there now?” 

Then, you go into the co-creative phase. And then, as you co-create and experience the results of your co-creation, you expand yourself even more. And then, after a very long time on a natural planet, you get to a point where you feel like: “I have explored this environment. I have experimented with my co-creative abilities. I am getting the hang of this,” as they say. But then, not all co-creators, but some co-creators start thinking: “But what can I actually do with my will? What can I do with my imagination? Are there limitations? What are the options I have?” And as we have said, in this phase, which is the more mature phase, you have to wrestle with the potential to use your freedom of choice to go into the state of seeing yourself as a separate being. You have to wrestle with this possibility because it is part of your growth in self-awareness and your ability to exercise your will. 

Separation and free will

Now, there are fallen beings who will say: “We did not have free will when we were existing in some predefined environment, but all the rules were defined for us. It was only when we rebelled against God’s creation that we gained truly free will.” That statement is not a truth. It is not a reality. What is it? It is an experience. How can you have that experience? Because you have free will. If your will was not free, surely you would not have the option to go into separation. If God was restricting your will, wanting you to submit to His will, how could you have the option to rebel against what you call God’s will? Therefore, the statement is self-contradictory. It is a lie. But you are allowed to have that experience that by going into separation, you have now claimed the ultimate free will. 

Why is this a lie? What is the problem of going into separation? What is the difference between separation and the sense of being connected? In connection, you can see that you can expand your sense of self indefinitely. That is true freedom of will. You can become more and you can continue to become more indefinitely. Is that not freedom of will? Well, when you go into separation, you may think you are defining your own will, but you are defining it within your own mind. You are not relating to something. You see what I started out saying? If you are in a void, you do not really have choices. Now, when you reach the Creator consciousness, you can start with a void and create a world to form from that void because you have the experience to do so. But the fallen beings and those who have rebelled against the process of growth, they are thinking that—even though they are not even ascended, and therefore, very far from the Creator consciousness—they can still define their own reality. 

Why are they allowed to do this? Because they are allowed to have the experience. You have an experience by experiencing an environment you have not defined. That is how you start. But when you become more mature, you have to wrestle with this enigma. Could you not define your own environment, and therefore, define your own experience? And you are allowed to go into experimenting with this, but the consequence, of course, is you lose your connection to the whole, to your source, to your Creator, to your higher self, and therefore, your mind becomes a closed system. You become unreachable for your higher self and your Creator. The Conscious You becomes unreachable for your I AM Presence. 

Well, the Conscious You is allowed to have that experience of being separate. But this is where we need to recognize that free will always exists in a context. The Conscious You has free will, but not independently of the I AM Presence. For the Conscious You is an extension of the Presence, which is an extension of the Creator. And if the Conscious You could go into separation, deny the existence of its I AM Presence, and could do this indefinitely, this would suspend the free will of the I AM Presence. And that you do not have the right to do, because you are not the only being with free will. Your free will is exercised in the context, your I AM Presence has free will, other self-aware beings have free will. But you are allowed to go into separation where you can believe that you can define your own reality. 

How to get out of the maze

And you are given a quite wide time span where you can have this experience. And the purpose of this is that as your mind becomes more and more agitated, you can eventually come to that point where you say: “I’ve had enough of this, is there a way out?” And that, at that moment, where you become open to finding a way out of the prison that your mind has become, at that moment, there will be a teacher who appears and says: “May I make a suggestion?” And if you listen to the suggestion, follow it, you will be given more, and you can, therefore, climb out of it. 

Now you may say: “Well, why can’t you just turn around and say, I’ve had enough of this, I want to instantly get out of duality.” What would be the purpose? How do you reach the Creator consciousness? You start in a creation created by another Creator, and you explore whatever can be done in that creation until you understand how it works, why it was designed the way it was. And part of what you can do in this world of form that your Creator has allowed you to do, is go into separation, and this is like going into a maze. You take some turns, for each turn you make a decision, you create a subconscious self, and you go deeper and deeper into the maze. And you may say: “What are you learning while you’re going into the maze?” 

What works and what doesn’t work

Well, you are not consciously learning very much, other than perhaps learning what does not work, how to create more suffering and pain for yourself and others. But the moment you turn around and start climbing out of the maze, at that moment the Conscious You begins to learn valuable life lessons. If you were instantly catapulted out of the maze, you would not learn the lessons you learn from walking each of the steps up. And therefore, you, the I AM Presence, would not have the fullness of the learning experience. 

You might say: “Well, here we have earth, this unnatural planet, fallen beings in embodiment, people in the fallen consciousness, many people in the duality consciousness completely focused on themselves.” But you see, when a being turns around, no matter how low it has gone, even if it is at the lowest level of consciousness allowed on earth, when a being turns around and starts walking the path back up, that being is also contributing to the manifestation of my Golden Age. Because the Golden Age is about realizing what works in contrast to what does not work, realizing that duality leads to conflict between people and groups of people, that leads to warfare and all of these things. And as more and more people learn the lesson of why this does not work and why they do not want to do it anymore, that will, then, lead to the manifestation of the Golden Age.

A realistic perspective on the golden age

And it is not so, because it is not a realistic goal, that at the end of the 2,000 years of the Age of Aquarius, the earth will have fully returned to the natural state. But it is realistic that warfare and conflict and suffering and poverty can be overcome. But it will still be so that there will be a contrast between the present state of suffering and the better state of the Golden Age. And only in the next cycle is there potential that the earth can fully return to the natural state where the beings in embodiment have no conscious awareness of the dark past, because they have transcended it, they have internalized the lessons, and therefore they do not need to hold on to the past. The next 2,000 years will be a period characterized by contrast, and therefore, people’s free will will be exercised within those parameters: There is something that is undesirable, something that is more desirable. Only when you transcend that stage will people be able to make the free choices where there is no contrast, there is no lower. It is only a choice of becoming more and more and more. And this is the fully natural state. But you cannot rise to that state without having at least some experience with the duality consciousness. You must know it, you must experience it to some degree in order to consciously choose to leave it behind. Again, if you had no experience with it, you could not choose it away. 

Wrestling with duality

And therefore, to really attain free will, you must wrestle with duality and consciously choose it away. It does not mean you have to become a fallen being, it does not mean you have to go to the lowest level of consciousness possible on earth, but it means you have to have some experience with duality—see the dynamic, realize why duality does not give you free will, why it limits your will and binds you to a treadmill of ongoing suffering. You must see this consciously so you can choose to leave it behind. And then you rise to that level where you can exercise a much more free will of becoming more and more and more. But as I said, even an ascended master does not have free will in the sense that it can do anything it wants.

Free will in the ascended realm 

There are those fallen beings who will say: “But the free will of an ascended master is limited because you cannot choose to go into duality from the ascended realm.” Is your free will limited because there is a choice you cannot make when the reality is that you no longer want to make that choice because you have chosen it, and then, chosen it away. You have consciously chosen to leave that option behind in order to get something that is more. How is that a restriction of your free will? 

Therefore, you have a more free will in the ascended state, but even so you are choosing within the context of, for example, the sixth sphere. But then, your will becomes even more free when you rise to a level of the fifth and the fourth and so on. And only when you attain the full Creator consciousness is your will truly free, because now you have the experience so that you can be in a vacuum, but you have options for what you want to create in that vacuum. You are not starting with a point-like sense of self. You have the Creator sense of self, and therefore, you can create something out of the vacuum and that is when you have fully free will as to what to create in the vacuum. But you could, of course, say that you are still going to choose based on your experiences in the world of form where you reach the Creator consciousness. Therefore, we could say there is always a limitation to free will because you can only choose what you can imagine. And is there any limit to the growth in imagination? The answer to that question is blowing in the wind. And even though I have an answer, I will tease you by letting that answer blow in the wind. When you have ascended, you can fathom it. At your current level, I can give you an intellectual understanding but it will not do you much good. 

With this, I have stretched your imagination beyond limits. I have stretched your bodies beyond what they can handle at this time of day. But then again, if I did not stretch, how could I give you the freedom to choose more? With this I seal you in a great joy and a great love I have for you and the many, many people on earth who are making a contribution to manifesting my Golden Age. May my joy always be with you.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page 

It is your inner experience that limits you— and you have the power to change it!


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Divine Director through Kim Michaels, March 22, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan.

 

I AM the Ascended Master the Divine Director, and I wish to give you some teachings that can help you ponder this enigma of free will. For as you are beginning to understand, this is indeed the central challenge, both for the original earth inhabitants, but especially for avatars. And it is not that the free will of an avatar is different from the free will of an earth inhabitant, but as we have said, when you have the perspective, even a subconscious memory of an intuitive sense that there is a natural planet that is not as dense as earth, you have a different perspective on free will.

As an earth inhabitant, your will is still free, but your will is always limited by what you see. If you have not experienced an alternative to earth, you tend to think that you can only make decisions within the framework defined here on earth. Whereas as an avatar, you know that there is a different kind of planet where your will is more free because matter is not as dense.

Denser matter—new opportunities

Let us begin by considering the teachings we have given now many years ago, that there have been different spheres, a succession of spheres, starting with the first one, created by the Creator, which then ascended, then the second was created, it ascended, and so on and so forth.

What we have said is that the spheres have become gradually more dense. Matter in the spheres have become more dense. And this, of course, changes the equation of free will. We might say that from a certain perspective, when matter becomes more dense, it does, you can say limit, you can also say it just sets different parameters for how you exercise your free will. It depends on whether you look at it from the ascended perspective or from inside the sphere, because when you are looking at it from inside, you will feel that the density of matter limits your free will because you cannot as easily change the consequences of your choices.

Yet truly, from an ascended perspective, it is just different conditions for exercising free will. What we have not really taught you before is that as the spheres become more dense, it is not just a restriction, it is also that it gives you certain opportunities that were not there in the lighter spheres.

The appearance of permanence vs. constant self-transcendence

Let us, for example, look at earth. As conventional wisdom goes, 5,000 years ago, some king in Egypt decided to build a pyramid. This is not the actual time frame but let us just put that aside. My point is that at some point in the distant past, someone built a monument out of stone that is still there today. This could not have happened in a previous sphere, because the less dense matter is, the shorter of a time something can be sustained in the matter realm.

Now I am setting aside here that matter in the first sphere was very different from what it is in your sphere, to avoid confusing too much. But nevertheless, my point is, as the spheres become denser, as matter becomes more dense, it is possible to create something in matter that can be sustained over a longer period of time. And what that does is, it gives the potential that you can think, that you can create something in matter that has permanence, longevity, perhaps even eternality.

And this was something that could not be believed in the higher spheres, because when matter is less dense, as it even is on a natural planet in your sphere, there is a constant self-transcendence of the beings who live on a given planet, and therefore, matter cannot be sustained in a specific form over time, because even matter will transcend.

You have the concept on earth, the second law of thermodynamics, that breaks down that which stands still. But on a natural planet and in the higher spheres, there is a law of self-transcendence, so that things are being raised to a higher vibration instead of breaking down. You see, when the spheres become denser, when matter becomes more dense, it is possible to create structures out of matter that can be sustained for a long time.

Obviously, this does not apply to everything, but yet even in the biological sphere, even though the softer tissue breaks down, you know there is the fossil record where dinosaurs that lived 60 million years ago, their bones have been preserved, have been fossilized. You see that besides the pyramids, there are many other monuments built by humans in the past that are still there today. Even though they may have eroded somewhat, they are still there in a recognizable form. You could say, as the spheres become denser, there arises this potential that you can create something seemingly permanent in matter.

A monument to the ego

And this gives a different equation for exercising free will. You could say that it makes it more difficult to exercise your free will, but this only applies if you use your free will a certain way. We have made the distinction, you can see yourself as a connected being, you can see yourself as a separate being, going into duality. If you choose to go into duality, not just experiment with duality, but go into it so you become trapped in it because you lose your sense of connection, this is still a free will choice you are making. But on a dense planet like earth, it becomes more difficult to break out of this again. And part of what makes it more difficult is that it seems like matter has longevity. You can create something in matter that can be preserved over time.

And therefore, it becomes in a sense more seductive to believe that you can create a monument to the separate self that can last forever in the matter realm. And you will see that some of these monuments built in the past were based on this desire, not only of one person, but even of a civilization, to build something permanent, something that would exist as they saw it forever, because they did not quite have the concept of time that you have today.

And therefore, it was easier for them to believe that something could last forever because they had a shorter view of time. In other words, when they said forever, it would only be a few thousand years as you see time today. Whereas when you think forever, you are thinking about something so far into the future that you can hardly conceive of it.

You see that when matter becomes more dense, you can create this sense that something can be sustained. And this can have the effect of your ego thinking it can create this monument to itself that future generations will admire and look up to, and therefore, they will remember you and think about you. And this seems important to the ego.

But of course, the opposite side of the coin, so to speak, is that it also makes it possible to believe that you can make choices that have consequences that will endure for a very long time. You can have the concept of eternal damnation. You are forever punished in hell because you made the wrong choice. You see here that the more people become ensnared by this illusion, the more it limits their free will because it makes it easier for them to believe that a choice can have a consequence that has permanence in the matter realm, meaning they cannot free themselves from it. This is the primary limitation of free will in the matter realm on earth, the primary illusion about free will that you need to overcome in order to free yourself to ascend from the matter realm.

Nothing is permanent in the mind

What is the reality of free will? Well, as Kuan Yin explained to you, everything is an experience. The idea that because matter is more dense in this sphere than in the previous sphere is just an idea in consciousness, an experience in consciousness. The idea that you can create a monument out of stone that can last long into the future, what is that? You may say; “Well, the pyramids were built, however many thousands of years ago. And last I was in Egypt, they were still standing. Is there not an objective reality outside my mind?”

Yes, there is an objective reality. But let us say that there was a pharaoh called Cheops who built the great pyramid. Where is that pharaoh today? Not in physical embodiment. Is he aware who he was in that past life, and that he built the pyramid? Nay. What was it for him in that lifetime, just for the sake of illustration, I am not saying there was such a person. But what was it in that lifetime about the pyramid? It was for him an experience of building this monument that could endure.

Yes, there is an objective world, because the more dense matter becomes, there is the possibility of making an actual physical object that will last over time. Yes, but still, as you are making the object, it is just an experience. And the idea that this will last over time, and that future generations will look at your monument the way you look at the monument, that is just an experience in your mind.

The pharaoh had a certain experience. He thought; “5,000 years from now in 2025, when the people on earth look at the pyramid that I built, they will have the same experience of it that I had when I built it.” But that is, of course, not the case. You see, there can be permanence in the material frequency spectrum. But there is no permanence in the mind. The pyramid is still there. The pharaoh is not. His mind has moved on, does not remember who he was, has a different consciousness today.

In his mind, is anything permanent? Nay. In your mind, is anything permanent? Nay. It does not mean that you cannot form separate selves, beliefs, a certain view of life that you take with you from lifetime to lifetime. But our whole point of giving you all these teachings is there is nothing you could create in the mind that you cannot transcend, that you cannot free yourself from. It does not matter how many lifetimes on earth you have spent building and reinforcing the primal self that you created as a result of your original birth trauma. It does not matter. It has not attained permanence, an objective reality outside your mind.

It may have created layers that are hiding the original self. There may be energies that have accumulated, but nothing is permanent. Do you see, and I realize as I am saying this, tuning in to your reaction to what I am saying, I realize this is very difficult to see. As a being, as an ascended master who has not been in embodiment on earth, I see it from my perspective. But as I tune in to your minds, I see that from your perspective, this is difficult to grasp.

Direct manifestation vs. indirect manifestation

But you see, you have some spiritual teachers, even going back to Vedic times and beyond, who have come up with this idea that the world is just a dream. There is no world. Everything you see is just created in your mind. But that is a limited view. It is limited because it does not incorporate the density of matter.

We have taught you; you are co-creators. You can formulate a conceptual image in the mind. You can project it upon the Ma-ter light, and the Ma-ter light takes on that form. Because of the density of matter, you can formulate a conceptual image that you build a pyramid. But take note that there is a difference between formulating a mental image in the mind, projecting it upon the Ma-ter light, and having the Ma-ter light take on that form, and then formulating an image in the mind, and then using a physical material process to manifest the image.

There is direct manifestation by the mind. There is indirect manifestation where you use physical bodies, physical technology to build something in the physical. And this is possible because the ascended masters, the Elohim, are making it possible for you to create something in the physical that has sustainability and can survive the person who supposedly conceptualized it. Take a person on a natural planet manifests with the powers of the mind a house. When that person ascends from a natural planet, that house will dematerialize.

On earth it is more difficult to materialize a house with the powers of the mind. But if someone had the ability to do it, the moment that person leaves embodiment, the house would dematerialize. Unless another person was able to take over the matrix and hold the vision for it to be sustained. But on earth you have another possibility for materializing something. And that is, you can use a physical process, the physical body.

You can find a material that is so dense that it can be sustained over time, such as rock. You can physically carve the rock into blocks, stack them on top of each other. Well, you cannot do it personally, but with many people it is possible to do this. This is a physical process. And therefore, even though the pharaoh who came up with the idea is no longer in embodiment, even though the people who built the pyramid, they may still be in embodiment, but they do not remember who they were⎯ nevertheless the pyramid still stands.

Working with the images in the mind

The enigma is that you are living in a dense physical realm on a dense planet. There are certain things in the physical that have longevity. I am not saying permanence, but they can be sustained way beyond the people who created them. Even simple tools from the Stone Age⎯axes, arrowheads, so forth, have been sustained over time, even though the people who created them had very primitive technology. This is possible. There is a world out there. There is a physical world that you are experiencing. But what is obvious from my perspective and more difficult to grasp from yours is that you can only experience the world through your mind.

Yes, there is a wall behind the messenger. And it may seem as if he is touching it with his physical body. And it may seem independent on what he believes and does not believe. And you may say: “Well, all of you can come up here and touch the wall and you will still feel it is there and it is solid”. Yes, there is a wall. Somebody built this building through a physical process. But you are not experiencing the wall. You are experiencing an image in your mind.

And that means that what is limiting your free will is not the objective material world, but only the images in your mind. Technically, if you could free yourself from the image that this is a solid wall and your body is a solid body, you could walk through the wall. I am not recommending that you try it, nor am I recommending that you strive to develop that ability. For what is the use of walking through the wall when you could just as easily walk through the door?

I am just saying there are certain objective realities in the physical world. And you can have various yogis over the years who have developed this idea that you should be able to have this mastery of mind over matter. But quite frankly, what does it matter? Just accept the physical world as it is⎯but instead work on the images in your mind that make you think that the world can limit your free will, your self-transcendence, your experience of life.

What limits your free will

There are certain parameters in the density of earth. Correct. But do they really limit your free will? Does it make sense to say that the solidity of the wall limits my free will and I should rebel against this and try to find some way to walk through the wall? Is it a constructive use of the rest of your lifetime and potentially 15 future lifetimes before you develop this siddhi. Nay, the point is, the parameters on the physical world, even as dense as it is, this is not what is limiting your free will.

What is limiting your free will is the way you look at the physical world, the way you look at the choices you have made in the physical world and the consequences of those choices. And especially whether you think your past choices have set limits for how you exercise your free will in the now. You may have been in embodiment 5,000 years ago on this planet. You made a choice back then that had a severe physical consequence that caused your physical body to die and you left embodiment. But is your physical body still there? Nay, it has been dissolved.

What is there now? Only if you have a subconscious self, a structure in your mind that you have carried with you for 5,000 years. And only if you have come to think that that structure in the mind is not just a subconscious self that you took on and created in a specific situation. But instead, you have come to think: ” Oh, this is who I am. This is a permanent part of my identity, my individuality, my personality. And I could not possibly live without it. I would not be me without it.” That is what you carry with you.

And you could have people who had built the pyramid and become so attached to it that they had to embody in Egypt for 5,000 years and they would every day go and look at the pyramid and practically worship the pyramid. But even though the pyramid is still there, it is not the pyramid that physically keeps them tied to itself. It is only the subconscious self in their minds that keep them tied to the pyramid. And it is the same with all of you. What limits your free will is not the physical octave even with the quite heavy limitations you have on earth. It is not the drudgery of earning a living or taking care of your physical body that limits your free will. It is only the structures in your mind.

An experiencer

Why? Because what are you? You are co-Creators, yes. But there are two aspects of being a co-creator. You can bring forth something. You can co-create something that was not there before. But how do you know that you have co-created something? Because you experience it. You are also an experiencer. And that means that what you encounter, everything you encounter in the world of form is an experience. You may stand there in front of this pile of rocks, but you are not experiencing the pyramid. You are having an inner experience.

We could even say: “That you are standing there in front of a pile of rocks, but you name it, you label it as a pyramid”. And you attach some kind of meaning to it. And that is your experience. And it is that experience that limits you because this experience fills your attention. What have we said about the Conscious You? In reality, the Conscious You is who it is, pure awareness. In the here and now, it is who it thinks it is. It is who it experiences itself as being and how it experiences the world.

This is all that the Conscious You is. You are sitting here, each one of you. You are sitting here experiencing this release. But you are not your experience. You are more than the experience. The experience you are having right now is created in your mind. Surely, there is a person here who is speaking words that are coming from a real ascended master. I do really exist in the spiritual realm. But you are not experiencing me as I AM. You are experiencing what the flow from my being triggers in your consciousness. And that is what limits you.

But the Conscious You of each one of you has the potential to step outside of the experience you are having through the physical body, through the four levels of the mind. And you could experience my being as I AM this very moment. I am not saying you need to do this, or that you need to feel bad if you cannot do this. I am simply pointing out that there is nothing that inherently limits your Conscious You except the contents that exist in the four levels of the mind and your identification with these contents.

The messenger could step outside of his own mind and experience me as I AM. But then he could not continue this dictation because he would be so absorbed in the experience of my total being that he could not even formulate words. But my point for all of this esoteric abstract talk is⎯there is an objective reality that exists independently of your mind. You are interacting with this objective reality. But the interaction is a process whereby the objective reality triggers an experience in your mind based on the contents in the four levels of your mind. Even though there is an objective reality that you cannot change, you can always change your experience.

You may stand there in front of the pyramid and realize: “It is very big, I could not lift those stones. I could take a hammer and a chisel and start chipping away, but I would not really make much headway until they arrested me and put me in jail for desecrating the national monument.” Or still you can feel powerless to do anything about many conditions in the material world.

But you are never powerless to do something about the contents of your own mind. There is a saying: “When the way you look at things change, the things you look at change”. But it is actually not correct because the pyramid is still going to be there no matter how you change the way you look at it. But what is going to change is your experience of life. And what are you—an experiencer.

Switching from experiencing to co-creating

And what is the challenge as the spheres have become more dense⎯is that in a dense sphere, especially on a planet like earth, but even in your seventh sphere, which is much denser than the first one, you start out not seeing yourself as a co-creator, you start out as an experiencer. You are experiencing an environment, even when you as avatars came to your first natural planet, even if you are an original earth inhabitant when you first came to earth, you experienced an environment that was created by higher minds than yours. You did not see yourself as a co-creator: “Oh, I have co-created this”.

You experienced. And the challenge is always, and it was that way in the first sphere, and it is that way now. The challenge is always to move from seeing yourself as an experiencer to seeing yourself as a co-creator, to unlocking your co-creative abilities. And of course, the more dense the sphere is, the more difficult it is to make that transition.

We are not, you understand, trying to put any blame on you, trying to say that: “Oh, you are inadequate if you cannot do this.” There is nothing, no evaluation like that from our side. But if we are to give you something from our perspective, we need to give you an understanding of the dynamic you are finding yourself in. And this we would not be allowed to do for new lifestreams, for they need to have a period where they are just experiencing their environment without understanding this dynamic. But as lifestreams move higher and higher in self-awareness, there comes that point where the student is ready and the teacher is allowed to appear and give a higher teaching for those who have the potential to shift their experience based on the teaching, instead of shifting their experience based on their observations.

You see, in a sense you could say, the more dense the environment is, the more difficult it is for people to switch from experiencing to co-creating based on the experience of their environment.  Because the more dense matter is, the harder it is to see that this was created by mind, and therefore, it can be uncreated by mind and something new can be created by mind.

I have said there is an objective reality that your minds did not create, but even the objective reality on earth is still created by minds, by the Elohim and by many, many generations of human beings in embodiment who have lowered the earth from its original state. Everything is a creation of mind. Right now, you do not have the capacity of mind to change the density of this wall, but it could happen in the future that the earth was gradually raised to a natural state where it would be much easier to change the walls in a building or many other conditions on earth.

Feeling stuck

There is always a dilemma in giving a teaching. And for me, as an ascended master who has not been in embodiment on earth, as for example the Chohans, the difficulty is that it seems so obvious from my perspective, but of course it is not that obvious from yours. And that is why I am impressing upon you as much as I can that I am offering you a teaching that is an advanced teaching that has not been given on this earth in recorded history. But I do not want you in any way to feel inadequate if you cannot grasp the teaching, if you cannot implement it.

I am offering you a teaching that over time can help you transform your experience of life. I have no desire whatsoever to make it harder for you to transform your experience of life. And what can make it harder for you? It is this mechanism that you think your past choices are limiting your present choices. You think: “Here is this ascended master giving me this teaching. He is saying that my experience of his teaching depends on the contents of my mind. If I cannot grasp or implement the teaching, it means that I have contents in my mind that are blocking me. And I have created, he says, these contents myself in past lifetimes, and he is saying that I could just change my mind and be free of them. But what if I cannot? What if I cannot just change my mind? What if I cannot be free of this? What if my past choices really are limiting my present choices?”

You can feel even more stuck by receiving a teaching if you feel you cannot implement the teaching. And that is not my desire. But what is it that can make you feel that you are stuck, that you cannot implement the teaching? Is there an objective reality that prevents you from grasping the teaching? No, that is the teaching. There is no objective reality that can prevent you from changing your mind. Except those subconscious selves that you have not looked at and seen as subconscious selves and not something permanent. You can have a primal self that you have carried with you for a very long time since you first took embodiment. You have had it for so long that it has in your mind become part of your identity. You cannot imagine who you are without it. You cannot imagine how you could relate to earth without it. It seems as if this is some objective self that has permanence, but the whole teaching is nothing in your mind has permanence.

The Conscious You has permanence in the sense that it survives many, many lifetimes. But it does not have permanence until you ascend. And certainly the selves have no permanence, even if they have survived many lifetimes. They can still be changed. And when can they be changed? In the now. You can only change your mind in the present moment. Now you may say, “I cannot change my mind in this moment.” No, but there may be a future now where you can. There may be that you need to work on yourself, implement, grasp, internalize this teaching, and then at some future time, hopefully before you leave embodiment, you switch and say: “Ah, now I can let go of this self. Now I can let this self die.”

Changing your life experience

If you take nothing else with you from this dictation, remember this one thing. Everything is an experience. And an experience takes place inside my mind. And the actual experience, the form of the experience is created in my mind. There is an objective reality that triggers the experience, but the actual experience is created in my mind. And therefore, it can be changed in my mind.

Here you are on earth, a dense planet. What limits your free will? There is an objective reality that sets parameters. But you still have enormous freedom within that reality for what you will do with your life. You can say: “Yes, I cannot build a house on the water.” Well, if you live in Holland, perhaps you can. But generally speaking, but then look at the landmass, so many places you could build a house on land. Are you really limited because you cannot build a house on water or in the air?

With many other things, in other words, there are people who get obsessed with their free will, so to speak, thinking they mean they should be able to do anything they can imagine. But there is always an external environment and it does not make sense, it is not constructive to rebel against it. It is more constructive to accept this is the way it is right now on this planet. It does not mean you think it is permanent or the earth could not be changed. Well, what is the point in rebelling against the force of gravity, for example? But my point is that it is not the outer conditions that limit you. It is your inner experience that limits you. And that you have the power to change.

Your free will is, yes, limited by outer conditions, yes, limited by other people. But when it comes to your inner experience, the only thing that limits your free will is the contents of your mind that you have not looked at, you have not questioned. There is nothing in your mind that you cannot change. This is the truth that the fallen beings do not want you to realize and accept. Many other people would not want you to realize and accept it because that would mean you could choose to walk away from them. It is also a truth that your own ego and your subconscious selves do not want you to accept because that would mean you can let them die instead of continuing to feed them your energy.

Choosing your focus

Nevertheless, it is the highest truth that can be given on earth and in any unascended sphere regardless of how dense it is. And what makes it difficult to accept this truth on earth is this illusion that things can have permanence. And hopefully I have helped you question that illusion. Even though it may seem like the pyramid has some longevity in the physical realm, nothing in your emotional, mental and identity body has permanence. It can be changed by simply switching the mind because it was all created by choices you made and therefore, it can be uncreated by choices you make.

Why am I an ascended master? I did not embody on earth but I ascended like you have the potential to ascend. How did I ascend? By making choices. Why am I the Divine Director? Because I chose to unify with that God flame. It was a choice. I could have chosen other God qualities but there is so much to focus on in this incredible world of form that our Creator has created that you cannot focus on everything.

Well, you can when you reach the Creator consciousness. But even though I am an ascended master at a higher level than the Chohans, for example, I am still far from the Creator consciousness. I grow by choosing to focus on a certain God quality and then when I have fully internalized that, I will focus on another quality and then there may come a point where I ascend to the next sphere up and eventually I can reach the Creator consciousness.

You are essentially no different. You are not ascended but you are still choosing where to focus your attention. And the essential choice for you in an unascended sphere is: “Will I focus my attention on outer conditions thinking they are limiting my choices or will I focus my attention on inner conditions realizing that nothing in my own mind can really limit my choices?” And that is the essential choice on a dense planet like earth where there are so many outer conditions that pull on your attention and pull you into believing: “Oh, I cannot change my mind because of this and that and the next thing.”

Projections

But you can if you accept that you can. And if you see that all of those projections that you cannot are just projections. Where does a projection come from? They come from the minds of other people. They come from the minds of the fallen beings or some dark forces that do not even have self-awareness. What is that, a projection directed at you into your mind from another mind?

Well, why is another mind concerned about how you exercise your free will? Whether it is a human being or a fallen being, why is another mind concerned? Because that mind has not made the choice to focus within. It is thinking that other people can limit it, even the fallen beings, even though some of the think they have all this power. They are still feeling that you personally, you little you can limit them. That is why they need to project something into your mind so you limit yourself.

But why are they feeling this? Because this is their experience. What is the essential experience? It is the choice between are you projecting that external conditions can limit you or are you accepting that because everything is an experience and because the experience takes place in your mind, nothing can limit your experience.

You realize they are having a limited experience. They are projecting at you because they want you to accept their experience as your own. But you have no obligation to do this. You have a right because you are an individual being with free will to let your experience of life on earth be independent of the experience of any other being with free will. You have a right to have your own experience even if eight billion other people on the planet want you to accept theirs. You have a right to have your own experience.

You can decide: “I will not let other people’s limiting experience limit my experience. I will take command over my mind, throw out the structures that limit my experience and I will forge my own individual experience of life. I am claiming that right, right now.”

Could I only have you experience a glimpse of how from my perspective all of the limitations you feel are completely unreal? But the problem is that if you saw it from my perspective, it will be too overwhelming because you cannot instantly shift. You cannot instantly let go of all these structures in the mind because it takes time. That is why we have so carefully given you a path, a gradual path where you shift your sense of identity, you shift your experience so that you do not lose your continuity.

The sense of continuity

Why do you need continuity? Because you are on a planet where matter is so dense. If you change too quickly but you experience that matter is the same and other people are the same, it would be disorienting for you. Therefore, you need to gradually shift your experience so you have a sense of continuity. In reality, it is not a continuous process. You let a self die. You are reborn into a new sense of self. But because it happens in increments, you still have that sense of continuity which you need in this dense realm. For that matter, we even have a sense of continuity in the ascended realm, although different from yours.

As you can recognize, I am not bound by time and space. I enjoy sharing my Presence with you and could go on almost indefinitely, or at least until the Messenger passed out, which would be some ways away, I can tell you. But nevertheless, I will recognize time and space and I will simply express my joy of having interacted with you this way for this time. And I will seal you in that God-flame of Divine Direction that I hold for earth. Any time you will give my decree, read this dictation, listen to this dictation, I will be there with you and I will give you whatever direction you can grasp that can help you rise to the next level up.

With this, my deep gratitude for your choosing to put your attention on me for this time.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page 

Suffering is an inner experience based on a choice


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Kuan Yin through Kim Michaels, March 22, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan.

I AM the Ascended Master Kuan Yin. I have been called the Goddess of Mercy. I am in the East often seen as embodying the Bodhisattva ideal. What is a Bodhisattva? Well, it is said to be one who hears the cries of the world, and therefore, chooses to remain with earth to help alleviate suffering. As you have seen in this Invocation for Locking into your Divine plan, suffering is indeed one of the enigmas that must be solved before you can ascend from an unnatural planet, whether it be earth or one of the others. 

The enigma of suffering

What is the enigma of suffering? Well, when you experience suffering yourself or when you experience other people who are suffering, what is it that happens? Well, if you experience other people who are suffering, you might feel compassion, empathy. If you experience it yourself, you usually do not feel empathy or compassion for yourself. You just become so colored by the suffering that you are focused on yourself. This, of course, is not the Bodhisattva ideal. A Bodhisattva is not a being who is focused on itself. You must have transcended the focus on self. But in order to transcend the focus of self, you must, of course, transcend your suffering. But what causes your personal suffering is, of course, the subconscious selves that we have given so many teachings about. 

I am simply mentioning this so that those who might find this teaching and still feel they are suffering, can realize that we have given you the tools and the teachings that will allow you to gradually, over some time, raise yourself above suffering by resolving these subconscious selves. And when you resolve these selves, when you go through this process of resolving selves, you will experience something that many people have not actually realized—what the experience is, what it means. Think about yourself, how in this lifetime you may have experienced various forms of suffering. You may have taken these teachings, you may have used other forms of therapy, psychology, whatever has been available to you, but you have raised yourself above the kind of suffering you felt in the past.

Psychological condition is an inner experience

What is the conclusion you can reach when you raise yourself above this suffering? It is: Suffering is an experience. So many people in the world have not realized this. They look at people who are suffering, whether they are suffering from a physical illness, a mental illness, or poverty, slavery, imprisonment, other forms of physical conditions. They tend to focus on the physical conditions and say: “This is the cause of suffering and therefore, in order to help people overcome suffering, we must change these physical conditions.” There is the assumption that physical conditions are the cause of people’s psychological conditions, and that if you change the physical conditions, then automatically the psychological conditions will change. This can indeed happen in some cases, but as has also been proven by the more developed nations, it may not happen in all cases. For you have nations where people have grown up with physical conditions that really should have prevented them from suffering, but these people are still suffering now because of psychological conditions.

But what is a psychological condition? Anything that happens in your psychology, anything that happens in the psyche, what is it? An experience. It cannot be anything else. Of course, science in its current materialistic focus cannot really admit this, for they cannot explain what is an experience. They have been researching the brain for decades now with ever more sophisticated instruments—physical instruments mind you—and they have been trying to find a correlation between a specific measurable state in the brain and common experiences, such as the color red. And despite all this research, all this measuring of the brain, they have not found that correlation between a brain state and an experience. And that is why they are reluctant to admit that psychological conditions are experiences, because they will not make the leap, the quantum leap, to realize that there might be states of the mind that are independent of any physical condition. 

You see what scientists have been doing. They have been looking at people’s psychological state. They have been saying: “This must be caused by a physical condition in the brain and if we can only discover the correlation between what happens in the brain and what happens in people’s psyche, then we can change what happens in the brain, and therefore we can change what happens in the psyche. If we can find the suffering center in the brain and learn to manipulate it, we can remove the cause of suffering.” But the reality is that this will never happen. It does not matter how much you investigate the brain. You will never find a correlation between a brain state and a particular experience, because the experience takes place in what we have called the emotional, mental and identity levels of the mind and it is there you need to find the cause of suffering. 

The gap: the inner image vs. the outer reality

If we look beyond the brain, if we look beyond the physical world, then what is suffering? It is an experience. It is an experience in the mind. Certainly, it can be triggered by physical conditions. I am in no way trying to explain away that if people experience physical pain or poverty they will not be suffering. But I am saying it is actually possible to experience such physical conditions and still transcend suffering. This is not what most people can do, but many yogis and advanced spiritual people have certainly proven this. 

What is suffering? It is an experience. But what kind of experience? What is the essence of suffering? In its essence, suffering is the experience that there is something that is happening to you that should not be happening. Or there is something that should be happening, but that is not happening. You see, it is the inner experience that you have a mental image of what should or should not be happening in the world but the world is not living up to your mental image. There is no correspondence between your mental image and the world outside of your mind, or even the world inside your mind, so there is a gap. There is a discrepancy between what you think should be happening or should not be happening and what is actually happening. This is the simple psychological mechanism that causes all suffering, regardless of the outer form of the suffering, or rather the inner form, how the suffering takes place in an individual person’s mind.

It still all comes down to this. There is something that should be happening, something that should not be happening. But where is that taking place, that evaluation, that judgment after appearances, we might say? There are certain appearances that are good or right. There are certain appearances that are bad or wrong and when there is a gap between your judgment, your standard for what is good or bad, and what you are actually experiencing, then that is the cradle of suffering. What determines how intense the suffering becomes? How attached you are to your mental image, or what the world should be like, compared to what the world seems to be like. In other words, the greater the gap between the two, the more intense the suffering. 

But what is causing that suffering? It is your inner sense of what should or should not be happening. Your insistence on holding on to your mental image of what the world should be like. Your unwillingness to adjust your mental image based on what the world seems to be like. The more of a gap, the more of an unwillingness you have to adjust your inner image based on the outer reality, the more intense the suffering. 

But what determines the mental image you have, or what the world should or should not be like? It is something you have partly created in your own mind, but partly taken on from the outside. You may have grown up in a certain family, a certain culture, a certain nationality, religion, and so forth. You may have in your family: “There are certain things we do not do in our family, there are certain things that should not happen to us in our family. We have always been well-to-do in our family. Nobody should be poor. Nobody should criticize us because we are good people doing the right thing. In our nation, we are superior to those other nations that we might be in conflict with. They are the ones doing wrong to us and they should not be doing it. Our religion is the only true one. All other religions are false. Therefore, everybody should be converted to our religion.” 

The standard 

You have this mental image of what should or should not happen in the world, and the more the rest of the world refuses to conform to your image, the more you suffer. The more attached you are to the image, the more you suffer. There can be an image you have taken on from the world that causes suffering, but there is also, as we have explained before, the larger view that there is a standard against which everything on earth should be measured. As we have said, the fallen beings only had to do one thing to create a mess on earth—to project out that there is a standard. Mind you, nobody has ever been able to define the standard, but nevertheless, there is a standard and everything should be measured against the standard and the standard, of course, has a value judgment, right and wrong.

The fallen beings have never clearly defined a standard because they realize they do not have to, because people are so eager to create their own individual standard, such as Christianity is the only true religion. Then other people decide, based on the idea that there can only be one true religion, which is the standard, they decide no, Islam is the only true religion and so you have the Crusades and many other examples like that in history. The fallen beings did not have to define a universal standard. They just had to project the idea that there is a standard, and then people would define individual standards in different groups and therefore, the fallen beings knew they will always clash. 

You see, if the fallen beings had defined a standard that everybody should live up to, then everybody might have been striving to live up to the standard. And it could, of course, it would have been a dualistic standard, so it would not have led people to the ascension but there would not have been as much conflict because everybody was trying to live up to the same standard. But by not defining a standard, the fallen beings knew that people would define different standards for different groups, and therefore, they would clash and you would see all the conflict that then causes all the suffering, and so forth. 

The choice 

But what is the standard? What is it based on? Well, you can say it is based on the duality consciousness. The whole idea of a standard is dualistic in nature. There is a standard. There is a definition of what is right, and automatically everything that is different from what is right is therefore wrong. Clearly a dualistic polarity between right and wrong. And you can say this is the essence of the duality consciousness where there will always be two polarities. Yes, you can say that. But nevertheless, what causes people to accept the idea that there is a standard, that there must be a standard?

What causes people to accept a particular standard? It is that they make a choice. Yes, of course, you can have been brought up in a certain culture and family where standard has been put upon you from without, but you have still chosen to accept it—maybe in childhood, maybe in past lifetimes, because you have been embodied in that culture for several lifetimes. Many people in the world have embodied in the culture they are in right now for several lifetimes. They have chosen to take on that standard. They have chosen not to question it. And you may say, “But did they choose this consciously? Did they know what it entailed?” And that is where we must say yes and no. They may not have been fully conscious of the choices. They may not have been fully conscious of the consequences. But still, they chose with a level of consciousness they had at the time. 

The way out

As we have said, everyone starts at the 48th level, at least on earth, and you can choose to go below the 48th level. It is a choice. Are you fully aware what the choice means and the consequences? No, but it is still a choice. And the importance of realizing this is very simple, because you need to ask yourself a question: “Once people are in the state of mind where they suffer, are they condemned to remain there for all eternity? Are they, by their choice to go into duality, condemned to an eternity of suffering in the dualistic hell? Or is there a way out?” 

Well, if their suffering was put upon them from external conditions and external causes, there is potentially no way out if they cannot change the external causes. But if their suffering was the result of a choice they made, there is the potential they can escape suffering by making another choice. And even if their choice to go into duality was not a fully aware choice, there is still the potential that by becoming more aware, they can choose to go out of it. That is why it is essential to realize: Number one—suffering is an experience. The cause of suffering is inside the mind of the person suffering. Number two, the beginning of all experience—and the ending of all experience—is a choice. Any experience starts with a choice, and it can only be changed by making a more aware choice.

Suffering is not wrong

What does this lead to? It leads to the realization that suffering on earth is not wrong. When I say this in the physical and it goes out into the collective consciousness, there is an instant reaction, an uproar. “This can’t be right. Look at all these conditions. Look at all these children that were born into poverty or with this or that handicap. How can this be a choice?” But you see, you have two options here. If suffering is caused by outer conditions, if people do not have the power to change those outer conditions, they cannot escape suffering. But if suffering is caused by a choice made by the individual, the individual can escape suffering by making a different choice.
There is also, when I say that suffering is a choice, suffering is an experience, there may also be a reaction in the minds of many spiritual people, especially avatars. Many avatars chose to come to earth because they had reached a certain level of development on their natural planets where they felt they had learned most of what there was to learn on a natural planet and they were looking for some other environment where they might continue learning or continue expressing their co-creative abilities. 

Seeing suffering as a problem

Many of you who are avatars, myself among them, looked from a natural planet on an unnatural planet (in this case, earth) and looked at the suffering. But what did we decide? We decided: “Oh, suffering is a problem. People should not be suffering. It is unpleasant to suffer.” And mind you, when you come from a natural planet, you have not experienced suffering. You have experienced, mind you, that there is a gap between the mental image you hold in your mind and physical reality on a natural planet. This is the whole idea of the co-creative process. You are using the conceptual mind, as we have explained, to formulate a mental image that you project upon the Ma-ter light. And even on a natural planet, it takes a little time for the image to be manifest physically, so there is a gap for a time between your mental image and physical reality. But you have experienced on a natural planet that eventually you can manifest your mental image, or at least you can very easily adjust your mental image to something that can be manifest and you have never seen that as suffering. You have never seen the gap as causing you to suffer because you are in a positive state of mind where you are realizing: “It is just a matter of time or it is just a matter of adjusting my mental image, and then it will be manifest.”

You have never experienced what you see people on earth are experiencing, the kind of intense suffering and naturally, when you first see this, you are shocked. And you may say that from a natural planet you are hearing the cries of the world and you are saying: “What can be done? What could I do? How could I help change this situation?” This is all natural. It is understandable. It is not the highest view, mind you, but it is understandable that we have reacted that way. But you see, many others came to earth as avatars with this view: “Oh, suffering is wrong, or suffering should not be happening. People should not be suffering, and therefore, there must be a problem on earth that is not there on a natural planet and therefore, there must be a solution to this problem. And the reason why the inhabitants of the earth have not found that solution is that they are not able to see it, so somebody must go down there and see the solution and tell them how to get out of suffering, and then surely they will listen and the planet will be raised up to a natural state.”

Understandable to think this way from a natural planet. But is it the highest view? Now take what happens to us as avatars. We decide to take embodiment on earth. We come into the dense physical body, the density of this planet, which we could not grasp from a natural planet. We could see that it was denser, but we could not comprehend the immense difference between the density of matter, the lightness of matter on a natural planet, and the density of matter on earth. Even this was a shock. Even integrating with a physical body was a shock. But then we come here and we experience that the earth inhabitants, they are suffering. We are not suffering in our first embodiment. We are demonstrating that you can be even in the dense physical body and not suffer. But do they care? Do they even notice? Do they want to hear how to get out of suffering? No. They want to continue in their suffering. 

It dawns on us—we thought from afar: “Oh, they do not want to suffer. They want to get out of suffering and if we just tell them how, they will immediately embrace that”—but now we experience they do not want to listen to us. Do they not want to get out of suffering? We cannot understand it. Then we are attacked, viciously put down, hammered down, as Nada put it, by the fallen beings. Now we receive the birth trauma and what do we do? How do we reason: “Oh, this should not have happened to me. I am only here to help make things better. Why do they attack me? I have the best of intentions. Why are they seeking to destroy me? This should not have happened to me.” 

The problem solvers

And in that switch of the mind, what do we do? We buy into the standards of the fallen beings. There is something that should not have happened, something that should have happened, something that is right, something that is wrong. What does that mean? Well, we become trapped in the fallen beings and their mindset that there is a problem that must be solved. There are, of course, a myriad of problems that are defined on earth, a myriad of problems. But now we as avatars, we buy into this. We may still hold on to the central problem is suffering or we may be focused on different individual problems that we see as causing the suffering of a large group of people. So, religion is a problem. Politics is a problem. Poverty is a problem. Disease is a problem. All of these problems. And now what do we do? We go into this state of mind that we are the problem solvers. “We are here to solve specific problems and we are, in an overall sense, here, to solve the problem of suffering.” And this causes us to go into this mindset where we are looking, as I said about science, we are looking for a physical cause of the problem. We think that if we can discover the physical cause and solve it, we can alleviate suffering. But what did I say? What is suffering? It is an experience.

How do you change an experience through a physical cause? Yes, you can say there are nations that have become more affluent. They do not have poverty. They do not have enslavement. They do not have people being suppressed and not being able to speak their minds, and this has alleviated suffering. But has it changed the basic dynamic of people’s minds that they see a gap between what they think should be there and what is there? No. They just find another way to define a gap: “Something that should be there, but is not there. Something that should not be there, but is there.” And this can go on indefinitely and it will not change until people start changing the mind, which of course many people have started doing, especially in the more affluent nations where they have been willing to look at the psychology.

No physical solution to the physical problems

But why has that happened? It has happened because there are some avatars that started coming to this simple realization—there is no physical solution to the physical problems. Why? What is it that you carry with you from a natural planet that all of us forgot for a while after we came to earth? But what is it you carry with you? It is the simple realization that we have given before. Consciousness comes before the physical manifestation. Anything that is physically manifest is a projection from the identity, mental and emotional level. It is like the movie on the film screen being projected by the film strip in the projector, the three strips in the identity, mental and emotional. This is what we know on a natural planet. This is what people have forgotten on an unnatural planet and you can say that this forgetting is the cause of their suffering because that is why they cannot get out of suffering. They are looking for a physical solution where there is no physical solution.

The only solution is to change what is happening at the three levels of the mind, the higher levels of the mind. And many avatars have started awakening to this—re-remembering this realization. And that is why there has been this upward movement of people becoming more aware of their psychology. And yes, you can certainly say that in more affluent nations where people do not have to spend all of their energy making a living, feeding the physical body, they have more room to look at the psychology, which of course is Saint Germain’s motivation for releasing technology. But still there has to be that shift of the mind.

Considering the enigma of free will

What is it you can do as avatars? Well, you can do two things. Even those of you who are original earth inhabitants who are able to recognize these teachings, what can you do? You can realize that there is this tremendous movement that has started of people realizing that in order to really be happy and achieve peace of mind, you need to learn how to work with the mind. You can join this movement. You can become part of it. You can educate yourself. You can seek to help other people. But especially those of you who are avatars, but also earth inhabitants, it is important to consider many of the things we have said before, but what I am also explaining more directly in this discourse—the enigma of free will.

And what that means is two things. First of all, you can seek to help people, but you do not help people by forcing them in any way, even in subtle ways. Because many avatars, after the original birth trauma, we still had the desire to help other people. But now we got into a state of mind where we did not want to force people physically, but we wanted to push them psychologically because we had the mental image that people should not be suffering and even though they will not listen to us, they should listen to us, so we should find a way to push them into listening. But you see, this will not actually help, it will not actually add to the upward spiral.

You have to switch your mind so you are completely non-aggressive, non-forceful in how you approach other people, but that also means you have to make an evaluation, not a judgment based on a standard, a dualistic standard, but you have to evaluate, are people open to being helped by you or are they not open? If people’s minds are closed, you simply ignore those people and move on to people who are open and you do not feel that you are not good enough because you cannot help these people. The importance of realizing that suffering is an experience and that experience started with a choice and it is sustained by a continuous string of choices, is that you must leave some people to suffer because they want to suffer. Listen to what I am saying and then listen to your own reaction when I say this—there are people who want to suffer.

Seeing suffering as a problem is an experience

Many avatars will be thinking, but suffering is wrong, suffering is unpleasant, suffering is a problem. Yes, suffering is a problem for you because you decided that suffering is a problem. But when you acknowledge that suffering is an experience based on a choice and that people have been given completely free will as to what experiences they want to have, then how can you say that people’s choices are a problem? If they have free will, and if you respect that they have free will, how can their choices be a problem, regardless of the consequences?

You see, people who are suffering, they made the choice that is giving them their current experience. You can say that the difference between a natural planet and an unnatural planet is that on a natural planet nobody has chosen to suffer, but on an unnatural planet the majority of the inhabitants have chosen to suffer, but they did this by exercising their free will. Which part of free do you not understand? Suffering is just an experience. There is nothing wrong with choosing to have that experience for a time.

Is suffering, objectively speaking, a problem from the viewpoint of God or the ascended masters? Is suffering a problem? Nay, for we respect free will and when you respect free will the choices people make are not problems, the consequences of those choices are not problems. They are just consequences that people experience. Why do you see suffering as a problem? Where does the problem of suffering exist? Outside your mind in some objective reality, or is it perhaps that the problem of suffering only exists inside your mind? Why does it exist inside your mind? Because you made a choice to see suffering as a problem.

Am I saying you made the wrong choice? No, but what I am saying is that your seeing suffering as a problem is just an experience. The people on earth who are suffering, they are having an experience. You thinking that their experience is wrong because it causes suffering and that it should be solved, it is a problem that should be solved, that is also an experience in your mind. There is a problem and you are here to solve it. That is an experience. There is nothing wrong with it, but it was an experience you could not have on a natural planet.

A new choice

There is nothing wrong with you choosing to come to an unnatural planet to have the experience that other people’s suffering is a problem and you are here to help solve it. There is nothing wrong with it. I am only pointing out that it is not some objective reality that brought you to earth, it was your desire to have a certain experience, and why am I pointing this out? Because how can you ever be free of earth? How can you ever be free to ascend? Only when you realize that you chose a certain experience and now you have had enough of it, and therefore you can let it go. You can make a more aware choice.

You see, you have again two options. Either you keep focusing your attention on the suffering on earth and therefore you are saying, whether you are consciously aware of it or not, you are saying: “I cannot ascend from earth until all suffering is gone and earth is a natural planet.” Fine, then you are certainly not going to ascend at the end of this lifetime, even if you were born yesterday, or the other option is to realize that the only way you can ascend before suffering is removed from earth is by you deciding: “I no longer want to experience that I am here to solve the problem of suffering.”

Now, there may be many of you who will feel: “But I really do want to stay here with earth and help build Saint Germain’s Golden Age, manifest Saint Germain’s Golden Age.” There is absolutely nothing wrong with making that choice.

I am only pointing out that for those of you who have it in your Divine plan to ascend at the end of this lifetime, you must solve the enigma of suffering that brought you to earth, because until you resolve that enigma you cannot ascend. You are not free. You will be standing there looking that last long look at earth and you will focus on some group of people that are suffering and say: “Oh, I cannot leave as long as they are suffering.”

If you want to ascend at the end of this lifetime, you must be able to stand there, you are looking at this group of people that are suffering, that group of people that are suffering, and you must be able to have that release where you say: “This is not my problem to solve. I have had enough of the experience of seeking to solve that problem”, and therefore you can turn around and walk away.

Changing the consciousness, not the consequences

Now, it is clear that when I give you a very direct teaching like this, which you might not have expected from the Goddess of Mercy, but truly, an aspect of mercy is to clarify your choices. This is the highest aspect of mercy, is to clarify the choices you have. When I give a direct teaching like this, some of you will say: “But Kuan Yin, you are saying to me that my wanting to solve problems on earth is just an experience I am having and it is only in my mind, there is no objective reality to it, but what about Saint Germain wanting to manifest the golden age? Is that not an objective reality outside of my own mind? Do not the ascended masters who are still working with us, do you not want to raise up the earth? Do you not want to see progress? Do you not want to eventually alleviate all suffering and bring the earth back to a natural state?”

Well, yes, there is an objective process of raising the earth, alleviating suffering, bringing earth back to a natural state. There is that objective process. It is not that you came here just for subjective reasons, but you see, there are two aspects of this. You see, Saint Germain is an ascended master. He is an avatar. He came to earth as an avatar. He went through the exact same process you have gone through of receiving the birth trauma. If you have not realized it yet, there is a tendency, especially in previous dispensations of ascended master teachings, to see that we of the ascended masters are so high above you. That is the case for some of the masters who have not taken embodiment on earth, the Elohim, the Archangels, many of the higher masters, certainly, but those of us who are with earth, working with you more directly, we have taken embodiment on earth and we have gone through the exact same birth trauma that you have gone through. But we have raised ourselves above it and ascended, and therefore, we have transcended the view that suffering is a problem that must be solved. Let me try and explain this from a slightly different perspective.

You may look at people in a third world country who are born into abject poverty and you may say: “This is a problem, their poverty is a problem, we need to change the economy in that country so that people can become more affluent, that will alleviate their suffering.” And certainly, I am in no way saying that people on earth should not strive to improve physical conditions, but we of the ascended masters realize that changing the physical conditions will not necessarily change people’s state of mind.

Our goal is not to remove all poverty from earth from an outer perspective. There is often this magical thinking that: “Oh, God could just change everything on earth so there was no more poverty”, but from an ascended perspective we see that the only way to change things on earth is to change people’s state of mind so that they voluntarily change. They make more aware choices so that they see the correspondence between their state of mind and the physical conditions. That is what we are seeking to do from the ascended level. We are not simply seeking to change physical conditions at the physical level. For us, everything is consciousness. Shifting individual consciousness, shifting the collective consciousness, that is the solution, not the outer physical changes. We have transcended the view that suffering is a problem.

In a sense, you could say that as an ascended master, you look at earth and you do not see a problem. You simply see people at a certain level of consciousness. They are making choices based on that level of consciousness and those choices have certain physical consequences and psychological consequences. Instead of changing the consequences, instead of changing the effects, we are seeking to change the cause, raise the consciousness so people can make more aware choices, because for us, it is not, as Saint Germain has said several times, a matter of manifesting a golden age with elaborate cities and beautiful places and incredible technology.

For us, the goal is raising consciousness so people can make more aware choices. They are making the choice. They are not being forced to. We have no force, no desire to force. This gives you two options, both as avatars and as original inhabitants who are open to this teaching. You can seek to overcome the consciousness that there is a problem that must be solved, and therefore, when you do this you will be more able to tune into Saint Germain and receive his ideas and designs for the golden age.

If you want to stay in embodiment for several more lifetimes to help manifest the golden age, then by overcoming this consciousness of the problem, you are better able to tune in to Saint Germain and other masters and receive these ideas, and of course, by overcoming the consciousness of the problem you are free to ascend if that is what is in your Divine plan for this lifetime.

Clarifying your choice

You see the shift I am seeking to help you make. I am not seeking to in any way force this upon you, but let us just be honest, right? As long as you think suffering is a problem, you are suffering because as long as you see that other people are still suffering and the problem has not been solved, you are suffering, you are under stress, you cannot be at peace on earth, you cannot enjoy life on earth.

How do you help alleviate suffering? Well, if you are suffering, are you not adding to the suffering, the energetic burden of suffering? How are you alleviating suffering if you are suffering, and what is the only way to overcome your own suffering? It is to overcome the view that suffering is a problem and that you are here to solve it.

I completely respect your choice, but as an expression of mercy, I am clarifying your choice, leaving it completely up to you what you will do with this teaching. With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you, and I seal you in that pure, uncompromising, unconditional Flame of Mercy.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page 

Accelerate yourself and express your unlimited higher creativity


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Elohim Astrea through Kim Michaels, March 21, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan

I AM the Ascended Master Elohim Astrea. I am grateful that you have been willing to give this decree to set a platform for my release, allowing it therefore to go further into the collective consciousness. I am here to do many things, not just give you words and teachings, but also to release light, the light of the purification and accelerating factor of the Fourth Ray. You might sense this light or you might not. Do not worry about it. It is not a matter of stress. It is a matter of tuning in and feeling what you can feel. 

Common concerns about the Divine plan

What is, in a sense, the essence of your Divine plan? How precise is it? How much does it involve actual physical changes—physical results on earth? Do you need to meet certain people at a certain time? And if you do not, then you cannot fulfill your Divine plan? Many concerns that people can have when they hear about this concept of a Divine plan. I want to alleviate you of, hopefully, all of these concerns by helping you see that your Divine plan is not planned to the smallest detail. Now, there are different levels of people, different levels of consciousness that have different levels of Divine plans.

People below the 48th level 

Let us talk about people who are not open to the spiritual path yet and who have karma from past lives because they are below the 48th level. For such people, it can be that they have a very strong karmic tie with a certain other person or several persons, therefore, in order to make the maximum progress they need to meet these people physically. They need to have some kind of relationship, whatever the karma dictates that they will have because it gives them the best possible opportunity to start resolving the karma by resolving their own psychology. These people with whom they have the karma will bring out their reactionary patterns, so they have an opportunity to see them. For many people, we can say that the more karma they have, the more precise is their Divine plan in terms of them having to meet certain people. This does not mean that if they do not meet these people they cannot make progress in that lifetime. Some of the people who have the most karma, they have many people with whom they have karma, so if they do not meet the first person on the list, well, they might meet the 10th or the 20th person on the list. They will still have the opportunity to look at their reactionary patterns.

The original earth inhabitants

Now we go to another consideration, which is, are you an original earth inhabitant or an avatar? Because if you are an original earth inhabitant, then your Divine plan tends to have more of a physical aspect than if you are an avatar. And with that, I mean that you are more likely to have as part of your Divine plan that you bring forth something physical on earth. It may be important for you, as a way to do this, to meet certain people and to meet them at a certain time. This could be, for example, to start some business venture, to go into some form of education where you meet people with whom you might start a business, or you might go into a research field, or you might go into a practical field of building houses, designing houses, bringing forth some new invention in any field of life. 

For original earth inhabitants, it is more important that you meet certain people at a certain time because this can then lead to what you are meant to manifest physically together. Of course, for the original earth inhabitants, the resolution of psychology is also very important. Therefore, even if you do not meet these people at precisely the right time, you can meet other people where you can also resolve your psychology. In many cases, it is also so that other people can help you manifest whatever you are meant to manifest physically. 

We can say, in general, that for earth inhabitants, it is more important to be at certain places at certain times. It can happen that if you are not at the right place at the right time, you may miss a certain aspect of your Divine plan but there is always a backup plan. Again, even if you miss a specific aspect, there will be other aspects that you can still fulfill. What I am trying to convey here is that even for the original inhabitants, there is no such thing as a wasted embodiment. In fact, even for the people who have a very karmic Divine plan, even if they rebel against their karma and refuse to fulfill the learning aspect of it, it still is not a wasted embodiment. Because if you rebel against your karma, you will, of course, go through life reacting to other people, and you might create more karma, but nevertheless, you are still intensifying your psychology which then can bring you to the point where you cannot stand it anymore, and that can also bring about learning. In other words, the more karma you have, the more you are obviously in the School of Hard Knocks. Even if you spend an entire lifetime just making the knocks harder and harder, in the long run, that can still lead to growth. 

The avatars 

Now we step up to avatars, and avatars have a different dynamic. You may say, as an avatar, that it could be part of your Divine plan to bring forth something in the physical, some improvement of some part of life, some invention, some new idea, whatever it may be, but this is secondary for an avatar. Because for an avatar, the primary element of your Divine plan is the resolution of psychology, so that you move to that point where you are either free to leave the earth or you are free to be on earth without having reactionary patterns, so you are the open door for your I AM Presence, for the ascended masters, and so that you can choose to take another embodiment, or several, in order to help bring about Saint Germain’s Golden Age. 

What I am saying is that for an avatar, the primary goal is the resolution of psychology.Everything else is secondary. Again, even if you miss an opportunity to meet certain people, you will still fulfill your Divine plan by working on your psychology, and there may be other ways to bring forth whatever physical result you wanted to bring forth. 

It is never too late to resolve your psychology

Again, you may look back at your life, whether you are an avatar, an original inhabitant, or whatever, and you may have certain regrets. You may wonder: “There was that person I was attracted to in high school or in college, and I sort of felt we should have a relationship or a friendship, but then something came in the way and it did not happen. Did that mean I missed an important aspect of my Divine plan?” My beloved, there is absolutely nothing constructive about thinking this way. You look back at your life, there were no missed opportunities. There were no missed opportunities— if you are willing to look at yourself, look at your psychology, look at your reactionary patterns. You may say: “Well, I had difficult situations when I was younger and I certainly did not take the opportunity back then to look at my psychology.” Nay, maybe not, but what is to stop you from looking at it now? If you can remember that you did not take the opportunity, you can remember the psychology so you can process it now. It is never too late. That is the point I want to make very clearly. It is never too late to resolve something in your psychology and your reactionary patterns. Therefore, you can still meet the primary goal of your Divine plan. 

Demonstrating the path to the inhabitants of earth

Truly, for avatars, you could say the main goal is to come to a point where you can be yourself and share of yourself even on this very dense and difficult planet. This requires you, of course, to overcome the birth trauma and really look at how you reacted to earth. Not only what happened to you, but to the density of the planet, to the chaos on the planet, to the way people treat each other. How did you react to all of this? We have talked about the specific subconscious selves. We have talked about the overall way you look at life on earth and the way you look at yourself in relation to this planet. As you will see from the masters who have taken physical embodiment on earth and ascended, they all say: “We all made the same mistakes. We all had a birth trauma. We all reacted in certain ways. We were all overwhelmed by the fallen beings. We all felt rejected by the original earth inhabitants.” There is nothing to blame yourself for here. The thing is, what was your purpose for going through all of this? And it was in part, at least, that you are meant to demonstrate to the earth inhabitants that you can awaken from what is burdening them, that you can be as burdened as they are, but you can rise above it. You can process it. You can look at your reactions and you can free yourself from them. Yes, of course, there are certain differences between avatars who have experienced the natural planet and the original earth inhabitants who often do not remember the earth as a natural planet. But still, the whole purpose of you descending to the 48th level in order to take embodiment, the whole purpose of you being attacked by the fallen beings, going below the 48th level is that you have taken on exactly what the earth inhabitants have taken on. From that perspective, there really is not that much difference.

You have subconscious selves, earth inhabitants have subconscious selves. You have a Conscious You, they have a Conscious You. You have an I AM Presence, they have an I AM Presence. As you demonstrate the path of resolving the subconscious selves, setting the Conscious You free to be who it is, it can be an inspiration for the original earth inhabitants. Because they will see that you have had the same burdens and you have freed yourself from them. And precisely because you had the same burdens, they will not see that you are different in the sense that you came from a natural planet. You had some inner sense of what it is like on a natural planet, and therefore, it was easier for you to free yourself because you had a frame of reference that planets can be different than earth. Whereas the original earth inhabitants, they do not have a frame of reference that planets could be different but they will not see that difference in you. They will see that you were as burdened as they were, but you have risen above it and therefore, they will realize what one has done, all can do, which is still true. Even if it was easier for you, they still can follow your example and do what you have done. And that is why you can fulfill that aspect of your Divine plan, which is to demonstrate the path to the inhabitants of earth. 

Overcoming the desire to change other people

Now, in order to do this, you need to work on your understanding of free will, as other masters have already talked about before. You see, you are not here to change the inhabitants of the earth. You are not here to force them, to persuade them, to push them in any way. This is important to contemplate because all avatars come to a point where they have the desire to push the original inhabitants. But why do you have it? Because you have been exposed to the birth trauma, you have created these subconscious selves, and when you are looking at life on earth through the subconscious selves, you see all the suffering, all the murder and mayhem, you feel bad about yourself, you feel shocked that you could be on a planet like this, you cannot understand how you came to be here, what you did wrong, why you cannot persuade people, why you cannot reach them, why they will not listen to you, and therefore, you develop this desire to push them in order to feel better inside yourself.

But that is why we have given you all of these tools where you do not have to change other people in order to come to feel better inside yourself because you just work on your psychology, your subconscious selves, and when you overcome that birth trauma, when you overcome most of these selves, you overcome the desire, the need, the obsessive-compulsive drive to change other people. That is when you are just focused on being yourself, expressing yourself, sharing yourself, and that is what demonstrates the path to them. 

The dilemma of self-limitation

Now, there can come a point for many avatars, and for many of you, you have the potential to reach that point where you can say: “I have earlier in my life demonstrated the path, how I started with a certain psychology, freed myself from it. I have given the earth inhabitants an opportunity to see that this can be done but now that I have demonstrated that and freed myself from that psychology.” In other words, you have, as Master More has said, pushed through the forest and come out on the other side. Now you can ask the question: “Now that I do not have the psychology that limits me, should I now voluntarily limit myself so that I do not seem to be so far ahead of the earth’s inhabitants that they cannot relate to me anymore?” And that is an important question to start to contemplate. You do not need to think about this and in two minutes make a decision about it. It is something that can come in stages, but it is important to keep this in mind. When you reach a certain level of freedom from the subconscious selves, you can really consider: ”Is it necessary that I limit my expression, my self-expression, so that earth inhabitants do not feel like I am too far ahead of them?” 

There can be avatars who decide to limit themselves if they feel they are in a certain situation where they are dealing with many earth inhabitants, helping them. You could have become a public figure, for example, gone into some aspects where you appear publicly—it could be in education, politics, business, whatever. And therefore, you may decide: “I can do more good by working incrementally with people, therefore, in a certain sense limiting my self-expression to what they can deal with, what they can handle.”

Demonstrating a higher way to be creative

But there are certainly many of you who might come to the point where you say: “Now that I no longer have the psychology that limits my self-expression, why should I let other people’s psychology limit my self-expression? Let the barriers fall, let me be all that I can be, as the old silly saying goes, not in the army or the armed forces, but as an avatar on earth—as a creative being, where you say: “I am willing to let my I AM Presence express whatever it wants to express through me, I am willing to let the ascended masters express whatever they want to express through me, and I will not limit that expression in order to accommodate other people or their expectations.” This can be family members, it can be humanity in general, where you simply say: “I will demonstrate that there is a higher level of creativity that is beyond what you see of so many people in the world who are considered creative people, great organizers, or great business people, or even political leaders, where you can talk about there is a certain type of genius that people look up to because people supposedly have the ability to start businesses and run businesses or be political figures or this or that.”

But what you see among all of these worldly geniuses is that they are very much colored by ego and driven by ego. As an avatar who has worked through your psychology, you can demonstrate there is a higher form of genius, there is a higher form of service, which lives up to Jesus’ call: “He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all.” As opposed to: “He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of his own ego”, as you see so many people in the world. They are driven to achieve something, but they are driven by their ego’s desire to feel special, to feel unique, to feel better than others. And this, of course, is not the highest potential. We very much want some people to demonstrate that there is a different way to be unique, to be creative, to bring something forth. And this is something that some of you will feel that inner prompting to contemplate what that means for you, what you might bring forth. 

You might contemplate: “If there were no restraints, if I did not need to restrain my creativity, what might I bring forth? What might be brought forth through me?” You do not need to decide what it would be in your outer mind, but you might get some intuitive impulse that there is something you could bring forth, and then after you have brought that forth, you might see a higher level, and you might just come to a point where you feel that unrestricted flow of the River of Life or the creative expression, and therefore you can say: “All the limits are gone, I am willing to be the open door regardless of how people see this.”

What would you like to bring forth? 

Now, there is, of course, and we have seen this through various organizations, both ascended masters and other spiritual organizations, there are people who think they are doing this because they are spiritual people, but they are still driven by ego because you can very well have a spiritualized ego that is seeking to use a spiritual teaching. But what I am talking about here is the resolution of psychology. It is not something, again, that you decide with the outer mind. It is not driven by an outer ambition, but it is something you can contemplate when you reach that resolution of psychology and then just let it come to you without making a decision with the outer mind. It just comes from within. There is something to express. 

You might consider if there is something that you have always been dreaming about doing, but you have thought you could not possibly do it, or you have postponed it: “Ah, I cannot do it today, I cannot do it this week, maybe next month, maybe in ten years” and all of a sudden you are looking at your birthday, how many candles are on the birthday cake, and you are realizing that either you do not have room for more candles or you have to have a bigger cake, and that means that the end of the road is coming nearer, so if you are to express something, if not now, then when? 

Allow yourself to connect because many of you will have had a certain sense at some point in your life, perhaps childhood, perhaps not, of something you really wanted to do, but you were told: “Ah, that is not realistic.” I am not talking about boys wanting to be firemen or astronauts and girls wanting to be nurses. I am talking about something creative that you wanted to bring forth, that you had a sense that you could bring forth, but then this well-meaning so-called realism of the adults comes in and says: “Oh, you cannot make a living as a writer”, or any such concern. Well-meaning, well-meaning, but nevertheless not well-intuited. 

You might follow that. What was your sense? Is there something there that you can bring forth now? But do not limit yourself. It could be something you have not even dared to think of with the conscious mind, and therefore, it might take that contemplation where you go within, you are willing to tune in to your I AM Presence. What would your I AM Presence want to bring forth? Tune in to the masters. What would a master want to bring forth through you? Some area of society, whatever it may be. And then you say to yourself: “Well, what do I have to lose for the rest of this lifetime? If my life took an entirely different turn, what would I have to lose?” 

Perhaps you have gotten a lot of the practical things out of your way. The kids are grown. You have made enough money. Perhaps it is time to do something different that you have not even considered before. Again, we are not telling you what to do. We are just opening up your minds to the possibilities, because if you cannot see something as a possibility, how can you manifest it? And the greatest weapon that the fallen beings have is to limit your imagination, so you do not dare to look for the possibilities. And then, of course, there is always the: “I am not a pessimist, I am a realist” attitude—“Oh, this cannot happen. This is not realistic.”

Look where you were born: “We have always been workers in our family.” All of these things that you might have been exposed to, it is time to just look at them, see that you were brought up to have a certain general view of life, and just dismiss it and say: “Pessimism is not realism. Optimism is realism.” That is why the earth has progressed, because some people saw that the positive creative vision was actually realistic. But if you cannot see it, and if you cannot accept that it is possible, then you cannot manifest it. 

Accelerate, accelerate, accelerate, accelerate!

What can I, as the Elohim of the Fourth Ray, offer you that can help you lock into your Divine plan? Well, why have you not locked into your Divine plan if you feel you have not? Because there is something in your mind that blocks you from locking in. It can be the subconscious selves, but it can also be that certain general attitude that limits your imagination. So what do you need to do? You need to accelerate your view of life, accelerate your imagination—accelerate, accelerate, accelerate, accelerate in all four quadrants of matter. Accelerate your physical body, which you can do with various physical measures, but also with the decrees and invocations. Accelerate your emotions, so you overcome this pessimism disguised as realism. Accelerate your thinking, so instead of thinking about ways that it cannot be done, you think about the one way that it could be done. Accelerate your sense of identity, where you dare to see and accept you are not a human being with all the limitations that were put on that label in your culture and upbringing. You are a spiritual being, you are a co-Creator with God, you have a co-creative potential, and therefore, you can accelerate yourself to accept that, to open yourself up to it. “My Father worketh hitherto and I work”, as Jesus said, but you have to be willing to work.

You have to be willing to multiply and accelerate the talents you have been given, instead of waiting for some miracle to happen. There are people who have sat around for years looking at their treasure map, waiting for the things to drop into their turban, the orange to drop in their turban, but they have not been willing to accelerate themselves and take the measures both at the physical, the emotional, mental, and identity level that will make their vision manifest. 

Astrea’s gift 

That is what I aim to offer you as my final gift for this release, that flame of acceleration. I have been holding my hands like this quite a lot to radiate this energy, but what I offer you as a special gift for those of you who are here physically, is that after I seal this dictation, I will have the messenger stand with his hands like this, and those of you who are willing can come up, put your hands on his hands for a brief moment, and see if you can feel the accelerating energy that I am releasing through the messenger’s hands.

This is completely voluntary, not something you are forced to do. Do not have any expectations. If you do not feel it, do not come down on yourself. We do not want any kind of evaluation: “Oh, maybe I am not good enough. Maybe everybody else felt it, but I did not.” And then everybody goes around thinking, maybe everybody else felt it, but I did not. Put all of this aside. Come with no expectations. Be as neutral as you can possibly be. If you do not feel it immediately, you could feel it later if you just open yourself up to this energy. You may just touch the messenger’s hands for a minute. I am not going anywhere. I am not limited by time and space. You can at any time tune into me, give my decree, listen to this dictation, read this dictation, put your attention on me. And this, of course, goes for those of you who are on the webinar or who may read or hear this dictation later. If you are not physically here, I am just simply giving the opportunity for those who are physically here to do it physically, but you can also tune into me through the mind alone.

With this, I will seal this dictation and without any breaks, the messenger will stand. You will come up if you are willing. And then this will be the end. I ask you not to talk in here. You are welcome to go outside and talk, but do not talk in here. Simply remain quiet, remain quiet and focus within, focus on my Presence. Then leave the room quietly. You are welcome to talk outside. That is up to you. Or you can go to bed still focused within on this vibration of acceleration. With this, I seal this dictation and invite you to proceed.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page 

Setting your priorities: Is ascension your will after this lifetime?


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master MORE through Kim Michaels, March 21, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan

 

I AM the Ascended Master MORE and I come to talk to you about the concept of God’s Will in relation to your Divine plan because for a long time there have been people who have known about the concept of a Divine plan and who have thought that it was somewhat like a straitjacket, something that was put upon you. They have mixed this in with the concept of God’s Will as also a straitjacket that was put upon you. And neither of them, of course, is the highest understanding. Now, you need to understand here that there are many different levels of the spiritual path. At different levels you need different teachings because at the lower levels you cannot give a deep understanding of certain spiritual concepts. At lower levels people’s minds are still too influenced by lower forces, by lower energies, by many of the illusions that they have taken in, possibly over many lifetimes, and therefore it simply is not possible to give them a deeper understanding. There is a certain need at these lower levels of the path to give teachings that in a sense, you could say, shock people out of their inertia, out of their sense of equilibrium and make them realize that there is a higher understanding to strive for.

The will of God at the lower levels of the path 

Now, when you look back at this yourselves, you—who have been very eager to study spiritual teachings—may think that all people who hear about the spiritual side to life are as eager to learn new things as you have been, but that is not the case for most people. The minds of many people who find a spiritual teaching of some kind are not really open to learning something new because they are very attached to the sense of security they have, and their sense of security is based on a certain sense of equilibrium. And they do not want to lose that equilibrium, they want a spiritual teaching to validate their sense of equilibrium so they can feel more secure in their ego’s false sense of security. Actually, at these lower levels it is necessary to give people teachings that somewhat shock them out of this security.  Even though you would say from your perspective they are not particularly advanced, they do not have a particularly high understanding of the spiritual path, they feel they have a high understanding of life and the spiritual path, and this is precisely what makes it difficult for us to reach them with a higher teaching.

One of the tasks we have at these lower levels is to make people realize that there is something outside of their own state of mind. We have done this with the concept of God’s Will to make them realize there is a higher will for their lives than their current sense of will because their current sense of will was, of course, very much based on their egos and their ego’s sense of equilibrium. And how do you at these lower levels maintain a sense of equilibrium? Well, your sense of equilibrium is based on ignorance. You do not know very much, but you think that what you know is accurate or enough, and so you do not want your ignorance to be challenged and disturbed. People are clinging to their ignorance. In previous dispensations many people had this idea that their will, the outer will of the ego, was good enough or perhaps even superior.  Therefore, it was necessary to give them this concept, a very firm concept, of the will of God that is a higher will than their outer will, the ego-based will.

And this was helpful for some people to go through this phase of realizing: “Maybe my ego’s will, my outer will, is not the highest will for my life, maybe there is a higher will for my life, maybe God has some kind of will for my life.” This, of course, as you can see from your perspective, was not a very high understanding because it is based on this old view of God that many people were brought up with going back to the Christian traditions and even to the Judeo tradition of the Old Testament—that there is this Almighty God, All-Knowing God up there in heaven, who has a superior will for all people and is looking down upon earth and has a personal will for each person. And this, of course, is based on the ancient view that goes back to when people had a very localized awareness. 

They did not even realize the planet is round or that the world is big. They just were aware of their localized area and they thought that they and their area were the center of the universe.  They thought they were so important that the God who created the entire universe, the highest God, was personally concerned with this little tribe running around the Middle East, killing their neighbors and stealing their land. Therefore, the Almighty God of the universe justified the actions of this little tribe running around in the desert. 

And you can see how localized that view was and how this was transferred to this idea that God, the Almighty God, has some will for you personally. Do you see the effect of this? First, you have people who are totally trapped in their ego-based will, but now they get the idea that there was God’s Will, a higher will than their personal will. They needed to feel that this was the ultimate God who had this important will for their lives so their egos could still maintain some sense that they were special, that they were important to God. 

The will of God at the higher levels of the path

You see how, even in this relatively short period of time since the 1930s and the I AM movement, we have had to adapt our teachings to people’s level of consciousness. This was, of course, something we did not talk about in previous dispensations, but we are able to talk about it in this one because so many of you have been willing to wrestle with these difficult concepts. So many of you have been willing to work on your psychology so that your lives are not run by your egos wanting to maintain its state of illusion. And that is why I can even give you this discourse, because I can assure you that if I had given this in previous dispensations, many people would have called it a false teaching and said this cannot be the real El Morya. He would never change his name. He would never become more than the Morya we had put in a little box where we thought we had him under control. 

What I want to bring out here is this—God’s Will. What is God’s Will? In the understanding we have given you here, is there an external God who has a will for you personally, what you should do in this embodiment? Of course not. First of all, who is the external God of the Old Testament? Well, an entirely man-made god. It is not the Almighty God. Look at what you know today. Go outside on a clear night, look up into the Milky Way, look at what science has discovered. New telescopes being put out, they see that the universe is even bigger, even more vast than they had expected before. Do you think that the being who created all of this is intimately concerned with people living on this little planet in the middle of this vast universe?

As we have explained, first of all, the Creator did not personally create your unascended sphere. It was the ascended masters in the level above you. The Creator does not look at what happens in an unascended sphere in the sense that it does not look at it directly. It looks at it through its representatives going through the hierarchy of ascended masters to us who are right above you. Could we then say that we the ascended masters represent the will of God and we have a will for you personally, what should happen and what you should do for the rest of this lifetime? Well, you can say that you might need that at a certain level of the path, but the higher understanding that I wish to give you is we do not have an external will for you. It is not so that when you prepare for coming into this lifetime that we sit there as these authority figures telling you: “This is what you need to overcome in your psychology, this is what you need to learn, this is what you need to bring out.” We are not dictating anything to you. We are helping you see, and then you choose. 

The will of God for this embodiment for you is your will. It is just a clearer will than what you have after you come into this dense physical body. But it does not mean that the will, the vision you had when you made your Divine plan for this lifetime, was some ultimate vision. It does not mean that we sat there and told you: “Here is every problem you have in your psychology that you need to work on.” We worked with you at the level of consciousness you were at when you left your last lifetime. We attempted to help you see what you could potentially overcome in your next lifetime, what you could potentially bring out, but only within the parameters of what you were able and willing to see. It was not that we forced you in any way, shape or form. And that is what I want to impress upon you here. There is no external will that seeks to force you. Well, there is, but not in the ascended realm. There are the dark forces, the fallen beings, the lower forces and other people, but in the ascended realm there is no external will that seeks to force you to see something or to do something.

How your Divine plan works

We are simply there. We are helping you see as much as you can see in between embodiments. But perhaps you have not quite understood. It is not so that you can see everything in between embodiments. It is not so that you see your entire potential for what you could bring forth in this lifetime. It is not so that you saw this before you came into embodiment. You saw what you could see based on the level of consciousness you had, and you could see a few steps ahead, but not many steps ahead. That is why your Divine plan was based on your level of consciousness that determined what you could see from that level. And then you decided what elements to put in your Divine plan in terms of outer conditions you wanted to be born in, other people you wanted to meet, what you wanted to study, what kind of job or field you wanted to go into. It was these kinds of things you decided on. And why is it that you were not given a complete vision of it? Because what does it mean to resolve psychology? If you knew ahead of time, if I took one of you up here, sat you down on a chair, and said: “Here is what you need to overcome in your psychology, bam, bam, bam, bam,” and outlined it for you, how would that help you?

It would not, because you are not transcending your psychology by being told from without. It is not intellectual understanding. It is experiential, where you experience it from inside your outer mind. How do you overcome a subconscious self? You must experience it from the inside, then experience there is more, there is a higher vision. But if you are told from the outside, it is not going to be that shifting experience where you resolve the self and you are free of it because you saw it. Intellectual understanding will not help you shift. We have said this before, many of you have grasped it, but there are always new people coming in that do not quite grasp it. That is why I say it again. 

Back to your Divine plan. You are not seeing everything ahead of time. You are seeing a general outline. You are, so to speak, setting your life on a certain course, a certain track, but you do not know exactly what is ahead. We may say you are standing in front of a forest with lots of trees, and based on what you see from the clearing which is the space in between embodiments, you are choosing. There is a path that goes into the forest. “I will choose that path.” But you cannot see very far ahead.

Following and transcending the path

And then when you start, when you come into embodiment, you grow up during childhood and adolescence, you set your life on that track. You follow that track, but only when you go deeper into the forest do you see the challenges ahead. And the reason is, as I said, that you need to experience a self, a condition, from the inside for you to truly resolve it so that it becomes integrated into your being. If you look at worldly psychologists, you will see many who have a deep and valuable intellectual understanding of psychology, but they still behave as teenagers in certain aspects of life because they have not applied it to themselves. They can understand it. They can tell other people about it. Some of them are lecturers in universities that educate other psychologists. They can tell them this from an intellectual perspective, but they have not shifted because they have not applied it to themselves. And that is not what we are seeking to do with your Divine plan.

We are seeking to help you choose a certain track, and then you follow that track, and if you integrate the lessons you learn, then you move deeper into the forest. Now, it may be possible for some of you at least, if you are open, if you are willing, if you really apply yourself, to go through the forest of your psychology and come out on the other side. And then you may be able to see that: “Now my life is not actually on a track. I have an open plain in front of me and I can go in any direction I want to go in because I have accomplished what I wanted to accomplish in this lifetime with resolving psychology.” And of course, you could say we have the will for you all to come to that point where you have worked through it and now the field is open for you. But again, this is not something we are seeking to force upon you. We are seeking to do everything we can to help you walk that path, to come to that resolution because, I can assure you, until you resolve things, you are not moving through the forest.

Transcending a self-focused will

And for some people there can actually come a point where you have this intellectual understanding of psychology, perhaps even an intellectual understanding of the spiritual path, but you are still in the forest and you have not moved through it. And that is when the path can become turned into a downward spiral. As we have said, some people have approached the 96th level of consciousness, not passed the test you can pass at the 96th level, and then started going down, becoming more and more self-focused. If you have not left the forest, you are focused on self. You might even come to a point where you actually think that some of these selves are not selves you need to resolve, because now you think that this self actually is a higher self that shows you have resolved something and therefore you need to continue to look at life the way you do now for the rest of your life. This has happened even to people who followed an ascended-master teaching where they never overcame the focus on self.

What do I mean by saying you go through the forest? You overcome the focus on self, as we have talked about over the last couple of years. And when you overcome the focus on self, that is when the field is open for you because now you can begin to say: “Well, what is my will for the rest of this embodiment?” So far, your will has been to make progress on the spiritual path, to resolve psychology, to achieve certain outer goals, but this was based on the vision you had when you made your Divine plan. But if you go through that forest, now you are open. You can go in any direction you want because you are not focused on self anymore. That means you can now step back and say: “Do I actually have an outer will anymore? Do I have a self-focused will? Do I have self-focused desires? Or am I at a point where I can say: Is there a higher will than the outer will? Where then would that higher will be?” 

Well, it could be the Conscious You who now does not have to let its will be directed by the subconscious selves, but the Conscious You may have certain desires for certain things it wants to experience in life, whatever it may be. The Conscious You may have certain things it wants to express, based on what Mother Mary called your “general view of life,” your general view of yourself in relation to this planet. You may have something stored in your causal body from past lifetimes that you did not get to express, and now you have the option to express it. Another higher will might be your I AM Presence, who also may have certain experiences it wants to have or certain things it wants to express. 

Another option would be to say: “Is there something I can do for the ascended masters?” If you come to a point where you realize you do not have any personal desires that you need to fulfill, you could consider: “Is there something I could do for the ascended masters that would help their teachings, that would help other people?” And this might not be some grandiose design of bringing forth some technological invention that changes the world. It could be at the very personal level where you could help other people who are not as far advanced in resolving psychology as you yourself are.

Qualifying for your ascension

There are many, many options when you get to that point. And in order to help you get to that point, we have given you all of these teachings, the resolution of selves, all of these methods for doing this, but also the teachings we are giving you at this conference. As Mother Mary started to say, you can tune in to what is in your causal body, what is in your I AM Presence, what your I AM Presence might not have resolved, what you might not have resolved. And that is also a higher will to get that last resolution where you are free to ascend, if it is a possibility for you to ascend after this lifetime. 

Let us talk about this. When you—I am talking about you at the level that you are at now recognizing these teachings—met with us before this lifetime, did you define your ascension in your Divine plan? Well, some of you did and some of you did not because it depended on, as I said, the level of consciousness you had and your openness to see beyond that. And there were some of you who did not come across the concept of ascending in previous lifetimes because you were not able to grasp it. You could just see that: “There is a track into the forest that I want to follow.” And that was fine. That was the vision that you came down into this embodiment with. But this does not mean you cannot ascend after this lifetime, but it is something you will have to decide on when you have worked your way through the forest of the subconscious selves, and now you have the option. 

Now, for some of you, it may indeed be that you will choose to have another lifetime because you want to help Saint Germain manifest the golden age. Or perhaps you decide that there are still things you want to experience or express on earth. That is perfectly fine. But it is good to be at the point where you have the option to ascend if that is what you want. We could say, if you did not put the ascension in your Divine plan, but you have still found these teachings that talk about the ascension, then it is because you have made so much progress that you can actually qualify for your ascension in the rest of this lifetime, if you are willing to apply yourself.

Now, there are of course others of you who may have heard about the concept of the ascension in a past lifetime. Some of you even heard about it in The Summit Lighthouse, the I AM Movement or previous dispensations. Or you may have been willing to hear about it in between embodiments because it is a new concept that has not been taught on the outer for so long, but you were still willing to hear about it. Therefore, you grasp the significance of ascending and you locked into the desire to ascend, to be free of earth, to transcend earth, and rise up higher. And that of course means that you will find it probably a little easier to accept the possibility of ascending after this lifetime, and therefore, it will not require as much of an adjustment as if you had not considered it before. But nevertheless, all who are willing can make that shift and decide. 

But then again, even if you had heard about the ascension, you may have put in your Divine plan: “I want to qualify and then when I have qualified, I want to look at myself, I want to look at the state of the earth, and then I will decide: Will I ascend, will I stay with earth to help Saint Germain manifest the golden age?” I am not trying to say you should decide this right now. I am just outlining the scenarios for you who have said: “I am not going to decide ahead of this embodiment. I am going to wait and see, and then decide before I leave embodiment.” 

But there were also some of you who grasped the potential for the ascension, who saw it, and were able to look back at some of your past lifetimes and formulated this deep inner decision: “I want to ascend after this lifetime.” And if that is the case for you, then it is important for you, well it is important for all of you, to at least ask the question and consider: “Where do you stand regarding ascension?” And if you get this very strong inner sense that you decided: “I want to qualify for my ascension after this lifetime,” then your priorities need to come into alignment with that decision, if they have not already.

Shifting priorities

And you need to be very clear that if the goal is your ascension after this lifetime, then everything else is secondary to that goal. There cannot be anything that is more important than that goal. Now be careful about what I am saying here. When you are in embodiment you have a right to decide: “There is something I am not finished with.” You may have decided before this lifetime: “My goal is my ascension.” Then, you come down here, you experience the earth, and you feel: “There is something I am not finished with.” You have a right to decide that. But it does mean you will postpone your ascension. You cannot have it both ways. You cannot serve two masters. There is nothing wrong with it. I am just saying, if you are clear you want to qualify for your ascension after this lifetime, then everything else must become secondary. This does not mean that you need to now neglect family and friends and obligations and responsibilities. I am not telling you to quit your job and sell your possessions and go meditate in a cave in the Himalayas.

I am just talking about shifting priorities, so that whatever activities you participate in are helping you move towards the end goal, which is your permanent leaving of this planet. We have said it before, but we have not emphasized it as much in this dispensation. But I want to bring this out as clearly as I can. When you are ready to ascend, you will face the dispensation illustrated in the story of the Buddha sitting under the Bo tree, and the demons of Mara parading in front of him. You will face that initiation where the demons of Mara, the prince of this world and the forces of this world will be allowed to do anything they can to tempt you into reacting, into thinking there is something you have to fix, something you have to do, something you cannot leave behind. They will be allowed to tempt you in any way, shape or form, and you will have to experience it. And then you will need to stand there, look down at earth and know if you turn around and walk through the door behind you, you are leaving this planet behind permanently forever.

You will not come into embodiment again. It is a permanent step, more permanent than the death of the physical body. And I am not trying to make it sound ominous, I am just trying to clarify that if it is your goal to ascend, then you will need to set your priorities for the rest of your lifetime, so that you are working towards that goal where you can look at anything on earth and the prince of this world has nothing in you whereby he can pull you in any direction. Therefore, you can stand there, have no reaction, no reaction whatsoever and therefore, you can come to that point where you feel you are looking, you are feeling and it is not a decision, it is not an act of willpower. Even though I am the Chohan of the First Ray of Willpower, it is not an act of willpower, it is one last surrender. It is one last letting go where you feel from the very core of your being there is this letting go: “Ah.” And without any thought, any analysis, any decision that you can call will, you just turn around and you look into the ascended realm and you walk towards that flame that you see and that is it.

The act of final surrender

Now as an ascended master you can choose to continue to work with earth as all of us that you know have done. But certainly, many have ascended from earth and left the earth behind. But again, that is the choice you cannot make now, you make it once you have ascended. But in order to ascend, you have to come to that point. And how do you come to that point where there is nothing that pulls on you? Well, you have to be willing to look at anything and everything that pulls on you. As I said, in previous dispensations we had to adapt to the level of consciousness. We gave a simplified version of the ascension process: You study ascended-master teachings, you give violet flame, you sit down in the atomic accelerator chair, you go to Serapis Bey’s ascension retreat at Luxor and you go through some magical process. There is some machinery that is whirring and buzzing and suddenly, phew, you ascended. That was a simplified version, but think about it. How could it work in a universe where everything revolves around free will?

It has to be, as I said, not really an act of will but more of an act of surrender. And if you want, you could say that surrender is the ultimate act of will. But there has to be that completely free choice to turn around and walk away. And in order to come to that point, is it enough to give three hours of violet flame a day for 30 years? Is it enough to go into some retreat and go through some initiation process? Nay, the initiation process is right here on earth in embodiment. That is the initiation where you constantly look at your reactions, you look for those subconscious selves because what have we said? You came to earth, you reacted to conditions on earth. No blame, we all did it, but you created the subconscious selves here on earth. Well, what did Jesus say 2000 years ago? Only the being who descended from heaven can ascend back to heaven. Only the Conscious You in a state of pure awareness descended, and only in a state of pure awareness can you ascend. Everything you took on here on earth must be left behind, but you can only leave it behind when you consciously see it and let it go.

What is the essence of resolving a subconscious self? It is to stand there, look at it and instead of deciding with the outer will: “Oh, I am letting you go, I am letting you die, I do not want you anymore,” you have that inner letting go and you just walk away from it. You feel it is not you, it is not part of you, it is not real. For every time you work on these subconscious selves and resolve them, you are preparing for your ascension because you are integrating the process of letting go until you have come to a point where you are at the 144th level. You are not really letting go of a self as such, even though there is a sense of self at the 144th level, but there really is not a structure in that self. It is more a focus—a focusing of your attention at a certain point in the material frequency spectrum—identity, mental, emotional, physical. It is a focusing of yourself at that point where now that point is the center of your universe as you experience it because you are experiencing the material world from that point, that vantage point.

As the messenger is sitting here looking out, you are all sitting, facing the opposite direction, looking towards him. You all have an individual physical vantage point, but you have in your identity body that individual focus point from which you are experiencing the entire material universe. And at the 144th level, that is what you give up. You are no longer having a fixed vantage point in the material world. You are letting it go and then walking into the ascended realm. You are not, of course, walking. I am giving you an illustration as if you are standing there with a physical body and then letting go, turning around, walking through the door. Of course, that is not how it is. You let go and then you are instantly in the ascended realm. And in order to have that final release, there cannot be anything unfinished. You have to, in a sense, come to that resolution: It is finished. It is done. There is nothing more. There is nothing more in this realm. There is only something more in the ascended realm.

Returning to your natural state

And then your focus shifts. The sense of self, as focused in this world, in a sense dies, and you are reborn as a focus in the ascended realm. Now in previous dispensations, we also gave the view that this was some glorious process and there would be angels with trumpets and this advanced ceremony. And it is not that there are not ascended masters there to greet you, and there is a certain ceremony. There is pomp and circumstance. Nevertheless, in your mind, it is not that this is a grandiose shift. It is a return to what feels like the most natural state. And some students in previous dispensations thought that this would be like the ultimate peak experience. But you see, a high experience must be contrasted with a low experience. And that is what you experience in the unascended state. In the ascended state, where is the contrast? Therefore, it feels like the most natural experience. It is like: “Ah, this is who I am. This is who I am.” And you can look back and see how, in a sense, manifesting yourself as that focal point in the material realm was an unnatural experience.

It was not that you forced yourself to do it, but still it was not the natural state. It was something you took on and it is a relief to let it go and return to the natural state. And that is why, when you have ascended, it is not like you run around screaming and yelling and high-fiving Saint Germain and high-fiving Jesus. You actually take some time and you just adjust—adjust to your new sense of self, your new focus, your new reality. And then you realize that your I AM Presence is who you are. But of course, from the unascended state, you could not explore the fullness of your I AM Presence, but now you can. You take some time to adjust to that, gradually exploring another realm in your I AM Presence and experiencing: “I AM this and I AM this and I AM this.” And then when you have explored the fullness of your I AM Presence, then you can look into the ascended realm, see what opportunities are there that you might be attracted to, or perhaps even look back to earth and say: “Do I want to stay with earth as an ascended master?”

Serving as an example

But I am, of course, getting slightly ahead of myself here. I just wanted to give you a more realistic impression of what it feels like to ascend, because you are ready for it. The planet is ready for it. The collective consciousness is ready for this to be put into the physical. Again, it is not that the old descriptions were wrong. We are not trying to in any way put them down or replace them. But for those of you who are walking the path that we have outlined in this dispensation, it is what we might call the conscious path to the ascension, whereas what we could give previously was a veiled path. The goal was correct, the ascension, but it was veiled. What it really meant, what it would take to get there, was veiled. And now you have a much more realistic view so that you can walk this path consciously. I am not saying, you understand, that there were not people who used the previous teachings to qualify for the ascension. This did happen. Not nearly as many as some people would like to believe, but it did happen.

But they were not as conscious of what they were doing. And therefore, it was not as easy for other people to follow them. But by you becoming more conscious and walking the process consciously, you can leave a trail that is easier for others to follow. And that is one reason we have encouraged you to share your experiences and your process with others, because it has value. And of course, we want to come to a point where it becomes easier for people to discover the spiritual path, to discover the potential for the ascension, and to walk that path. What have I said? There was a time when we could not even talk about ascension, even though it was briefly mentioned in the story of Jesus. But the Christian churches, the Catholic church, of course, completely distorted it to make it seem like Jesus was the only one. But what is our motto? What one has done, all can do. But you see, the people who call themselves Christians today, do they see Jesus as an example of anything or as an exception to everything?

He was the only son of God. You dare to think you are a son or daughter of God? Blasphemy! You will be cursed and go to hell for all eternity. So, Jesus cannot serve as an example. Well, who then will? 

If not you, then who? If not now, then when? With this, I will say, this is the now for me to withdraw, and I thank you for your attention. And I hope that you have found a new appreciation for the will of God that is not some ominous thing, and that the First Ray is as full of joy as any ray you could imagine. I AM as full of joy as any master you can imagine. It has been my privilege and my joy to share myself with you. With that, be sealed in my joy.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page 

Dare to be You: Integrating with the Presence and the Conscious You’s observations of life

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, March 21, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary and it is my privilege and my joy to open this conference. Naturally, we are gratified that so many of you have decided to join, both physically and via the internet, so you can all add your momentum together and form this Antahkarana of light, as we might call it, and which I wish you could see as I see it from the ascended level of how you are all connected in this grid around the planet. And this of course, means that as you give your invocations and decrees together, as you listen to the dictations, you are invoking the light from the ascended realm that then spreads throughout this Antahkarana of light, this web of light, this net of light, and therefore is released wherever you are in your local areas, and therefore, has a much greater impact because you are all connected.

We have of course, even here in Holland, previously given teachings about your Divine plan. They are of course still valid. They can of course still help you tune in to your Divine plan, but what we desire to give you at this conference is kind of the next step up. If you are very new to the concept of a Divine plan, we recommend you start with the first book and work through that book, and then you can take the teachings that will be released here and use them to uncover, sort of, the higher phases of your Divine plan.

Do all people on earth have a Divine plan?

Now what I wish to open up with here is to give you a certain view of how you have actually been brought up to ignore, push aside, or even sabotage your Divine plan. This of course was not done deliberately by your parents, your family, your society, your teachers in school, but it was done unwittingly because at the present level, of course, there is no society on earth that incorporates the knowledge that you have a Divine plan. Even the societies that believe in reincarnation do not have this concept that you have a plan before you came into embodiment.

Let me first say a few general things here. You might ask, as some people have asked, do all people on earth have a Divine plan? And the answer is yes and no. All people have a plan for what they could accomplish in their present lifetime. But for people below a certain level of consciousness, they have not participated in making that Divine plan because they are not able and willing to communicate with the ascended masters. Now there are some beings who in between embodiments can communicate with beings in the lower identity, in the mental, or the higher emotional realm. These people can form a Divine plan along with these beings.

We have taught you that there are beings on all four levels of the unascended sphere and many of these beings in the emotional, mental, and lower identity realms are benign. They are not deceptive, they are not seeking to manipulate people or steal their energy, so people can work with them if they are at a lower level of consciousness. There are, of course, people that are on such a low level of consciousness that they cannot even work with those beings. In between embodiments, they are in the lower emotional realm and therefore, they cannot consciously work with anybody. So the ascended masters will create a certain plan for that lifestream and it basically means: Would it be possible for a lifestream in its next embodiment to grow in consciousness where it could start consciously walking the spiritual path, find some kind of spiritual teaching that it might lock on to that could help it at least raise its consciousness somewhat so that when it goes out of that embodiment and in between, it can make a better life plan and therefore, it can get on a progressive path from embodiment to embodiment? We always make this, which we might call a contingency plan, for all lifestreams. Quite frankly, most of these lifestreams never lock into it, never really progress in one lifetime, but there are of course, those who do. You actually see that there are people in embodiment today who have come to a point in their lives where they became more conscious, more aware and they found some kind of way to look at their psychology to see whether they could change something.

This can be many different things for people. It can be martial arts, it can be mindfulness, some kind of spiritual teaching, yoga, it can even be working with the body. Basically, any activity in the world that seeks to improve yourself means that you can get on a positive track for the rest of a lifetime. You can therefore grow and even if you do not find something that is openly spiritual you can still make progress, which means that in between embodiments you can make a Divine plan for your next lifetime that does incorporate finding a spiritual teaching of some kind.

You can really look at people and I encourage you when you look at people you know, not to have this view that they should find a spiritual teaching or they should find an ascended master teaching because for many people this is not a realistic goal in their present lifetime. But you can at least seek to help them if it is possible or hold the vision that they will find something that helps them improve themselves. And in today’s age you see that there is more awareness of the possibility of working on your psychology, improving your psychology in some way, therefore improving how you experience life.

We can say that there are, at the lowest level, there are people who do not change their state of mind, do not change their approach to life for an entire lifetime. But then there are those who are improving and then of course, there is a third group who have the potential to find a spiritual teaching in this lifetime. And then there are various levels of what people will be able to discover where there is a relatively small number of people who are able to discover ascended master teachings. But that number might be bigger than most of you think it is.

Spiritual teachers with no self-interest

There are actually many people who in this age have the potential to discover an ascended master teaching, not only this one, but just even the concept that there are spiritual teachers that are beyond the physical realm and that are beyond any kind of self-interest.

They do not need anything from you. They are not seeking to deceive you, manipulate you, get your energy, get your attention, your adoration, your obedience, but they are only offering to give something to you. That is the central distinction we could say between ascended master teachings and any other teaching that is out there. We do not need energy from you. Even now where you could say that there are several hundred people around the earth who are tuning in as I am speaking, I am not receiving energy from you even though you are putting your attention on me. I am not receiving. There is no energy going from you to me. There is energy going from me to you and if you open yourself up to it, you will feel this flow. And you will also, if you are sensitive to energy, be able to feel that I am not taking anything from you. Why? Because I do not need it.

You can look at the sun and you can say if you take the most powerful light projector invented by man and you take it outside and you turn it on and you shine it at the sun, would the sun need that light? Of course not. No amount of light that could be projected from the earth to the sun would make any difference to the sun because the sun is self-sufficient and therefore, the same with ascended masters. When you are ascended and connected to the entire hierarchy of ascended masters that reaches up to the Creator, how could you possibly need anything from a lower level?

What are you capable and willing to receive?

It is our joy to give to you and we have only one condition—will you receive it or will you not receive it? And if you receive it, it is given because it is given before you even make the decision to receive it or not. It is the rain that falls upon the just and the unjust, the sun that shines upon the evil and the good. The only question is whether people receive it or not. For those of you who are aware of ascended masters, it is really only a matter of expanding your willingness to receive from us. We are not the ones who are choosing what to give you or not to give you. And even this is, of course, a statement with some modifications because it is not so that people can come with their conscious ambition and awareness and say: “I want to receive as much light as possible”, and then we automatically give it to them because we only give that which people are able to receive, that which they are able to handle because of course, too much light could burn out people’s chakras. And that is not what we will do from the ascended level.

There are beings in the lower identity and mental and emotional realm who might do this and that is why you can see there are people out there who have had various experiences, whether they call it Kundalini rising or not, but where it has been too much. They have shattered their sense of identity, they have burned out their chakras because they have, as Jesus said, attempted to take heaven by force. You can come to us and say I want to receive, but we will give you only that which you can handle depending on your level of consciousness, the purification of your auras and chakras so that we do not overburden you. And that is why there have been people who have come to ascended master teachings with this outer ambition that they want this peak experience or they want to have certain powers and they want us to give them the light that gives them these powers. But we see of course, that this could be detrimental to them and therefore we give them only the amount of light they can handle.

But there is no limitation on what we will give if you have the ability to handle it. And most of all, what I want to convey to you is there is no limitation from our side that judges you based on these standards in the world that are defined by the fallen beings. You see, the whole concept that you are sinners puts this limitation on you. What are you worthy to receive from above? But we do not look at it as what are you worthy to receive, just what are you capable of handling and what are you willing to receive? If the willingness is there, we will release to you what you are capable of handling and as you then use that light and multiply it to purify your auras and chakras, we will give you more. That is the parable of the multiplication of the talents.

“Nobody wants who I really am”

This leads to my main topic. And the main topic is, as I said, you have been brought up to sabotage your Divine plan and it has two aspects. First of all, there is this projection that you are just a human being like all the other human beings in the society you grew up in and therefore, you are either not worthy or you are not capable of tuning in to ascended masters in a higher realm and receiving light from us. Or there can be this projection upon you that you are just like all other people, therefore, you do not have anything special to give to this world. You have the alpha of what you can receive from above, the omega of what you can give to this world, and you have been brought up to deny both—to deny that you are able to receive, to deny that you have anything to give.

And if you think about yourself, you think about how you were brought up, you will see this very subtle projection. You may never have thought about it before, but it is a very subtle projection, and it can take a little to expose it because it is not that you have been brought up that you have nothing to give, but you have been brought up to think that what you have to give must fit into the framework of how things are done in your society. There is a certain image in your society, individual of course, depending on where you are from, but there is a certain view of what it means to be a normal person in your society. Yes, they want you to go to work and give your labor. Oh, that you are allowed to give. You may have family members who want you to give to them attention, help, love, many other things like that. You are supposed to fulfill a role and as long as you fulfill the role, then you are allowed to give within the parameters of the role, and people will want what you give within that.

But beyond that, beyond the role, you are being brought up to think you have nothing to give. And what is it especially that you do not have, where you have nothing to give? Your self, your higher being, your I AM Presence, your divine individuality. You have all been brought up, no matter where you grew up, you have all been brought up to think, I know you have not been brought up to think this consciously, but you have been brought up to think: “Nobody wants me here, nobody wants who I am.” That is the message we have all received when we were in embodiment on this planet, because that is the message you receive on an unnatural planet: “We want you to fill the role, beyond that, you have nothing to give, nothing anybody wants.” That is the unspoken subconscious message projected at you. It comes originally from the fallen beings, of course, but it has been built into every culture.

The subconscious message: Play the role

Many of you who have worked on your psychology, you are ready to start looking at this. And you can perhaps, when you look at your life, you can see that there have been certain people that have been important in your lives. It could be a parent, a sibling, a spouse, a child, people you have met in other contexts. But in most cases, it will be family members. And you can see how they have put this matrix upon you in the emotional body, the mental body, and the identity body. That this is who you are in relation to that person and that person wants you to fulfill that role and not go beyond it, not disturb them, not go outside the role of what it means to be a good person in your family or environment.

And the subconscious message there really is that even though this person has interacted with you, perhaps since childhood, knows you quite well supposedly, they still do not want you to express who you are and some of them will feel quite threatened if you do, if you go beyond what they want from you. What is the subconscious message you are getting? “Oh, we do not want you as you really are, suppress who you are, fit into the role, give us what we want, but nothing more. Do not disturb us, do not rock the boat, do not try to follow this ascended master teaching and do what might be in your Divine plan if it goes beyond what we have defined for you.” Many of you will recognize this. In fact, all of you can recognize it because all of you have been exposed to it. I was exposed to it in my last embodiment. In previous embodiments, most of us have been exposed to it. Well, even Jesus was exposed to it to some degree, even though not from me and Joseph, but he was exposed to it from other people.

Your primary gift to this planet

In order to walk the path of Christhood that Jesus demonstrated 2,000 years ago, you have to be willing to go beyond it as Jesus did, and as I for that matter did, because having a child at the age I had Jesus was certainly not what my society and my parents had defined for me. It takes that willingness to tune in to your Divine plan and see that regardless of what you were brought up to be and how you were brought up to live your life, you know there is something else that you need to do, to tune in to, to achieve in your life. And we have in our previous teachings about your Divine plan, we have talked about there are two phases of your Divine plan. First, there is the work phase, which is you acquire outer skills, you work on your psychology, so you come to the point where you have now achieved a certain freedom to bring forth the gift you want to give to this planet. And we have talked about how this may be some improvement of some area of society and this is, of course, completely valid.

Yet, from a higher view, what is the primary underlying gift that you can give to this planet? It is yourself, being who you are and expressing that. And I know very well, and I can of course, sense the return current from you that when I say this, the first question is: “Well, who am I?” And it is understandable because, again, you were not brought up to consider who you really are. You were brought up to fit the role, to play the role, to play the game that was defined for you and it does not matter who you really are, as long as you fulfill the role. That is what most people want from you. When we talk about this, of course, you have the question: “Well, who am I then?” But you see, who you are is a mixture of the individuality in your I AM Presence and how you, as the Conscious You, have come to look at yourself in the many embodiments you have had, both on natural planets and here on this unnatural planet.

Your attitude to life on earth

I know we have talked about having the outer selves, the subconscious selves in your identity, mental, emotional bodies that form your outer personality. And of course, it is part of your Divine plan to resolve these selves. But we have also explained that beyond just the selves, the Conscious You can create a certain general view of life on earth and a general view of yourself and as we have explained, these views are anchored in the subconscious self. But it is the subconscious self that is more broad than the more specific selves you have in reaction to specific situations. You can have selves that are created in reaction to, for example, a traumatic situation from your past. But you have selves that over a long period of time form, sort of in the background, based on your general view of life on earth, your general experience of life on earth. These selves are more subtle and therefore, can take a little more work for you to discover.

However, many of you have already started to discover such selves as you have used the teachings and tools we have given in Healing Your Spiritual Traumas and the other books in the series. You have started discovering some of these selves where you feel perhaps a certain attitude to life on earth. Perhaps you are tired of certain things. You have had enough of certain things. You feel that life is just too much of a struggle, too difficult. It can be individual things for you, but it relates to how you approach life on earth in general. These selves will prevent you from knowing who you actually are. They will prevent you from tuning in to the individuality in your I AM Presence, but also tuning in to how the Conscious You has come to look at life.

The Conscious You’s observations of life on earth

Now I know this is a subtle topic, so I need you to contemplate this teaching several times and see how it applies to you. So, I am talking about specific subconscious selves created in response to specific situations such as your birth trauma. I am talking about more general selves created in response to the experiences you have had on earth. But you see, beyond this, the Conscious You is capable of making observations without creating subconscious selves. This is not something we have talked about before because we have very carefully graded our release of teachings.

You might say we have taught that when the Conscious You steps outside the outer personality, it experiences itself as pure awareness. And then if you are pure awareness, where is this observation of what life on earth is like? Where does it reside? In other words, in the outer personality you have subconscious selves. Then you have the pure awareness of the Conscious You. Where is there room in the Conscious You, as we have explained it so far, for these observations of life? Well, there is not room in the Conscious You, but there is in what we have called your causal body, which is a part of your I AM Presence. As the Conscious You experiences life on earth from the inside, you are making observations.

These are not observations based on duality and separation, for example, they are not observations that are tied to a specific level of consciousness. They are just general observations of life on an unnatural planet. You also, of course, did the same on natural planets. But you are making these observations of life and they become stored in your causal body in a special compartment that is there for the use of the Conscious You. And what many of you have started doing is you have started reconnecting to that. You have the concept that you have your treasure laid up in heaven.

Well, part of that treasure is the Conscious You’s observations. And I am not talking about an observation that makes you feel like: “Oh, everything is so difficult on earth, I do not want to deal with life on earth.” This creates a subconscious self. But you can have an observation where you see that certain things do not work on an unnatural planet. For example, in contrast to a natural planet, life is so dense, matter is so dense. You can have an observation that selfishness does not actually work. It works better when I am not focused on what is supposedly good for me as a separate self, but I look at a broader perspective. There can be many of these observations and you can come to a point where you, for example, feel: “I have had enough of pursuing material goods for its own sake. I want to have a higher purpose in life, such as my spiritual growth.”

You can have many of these observations that are stored in your causal body and there are many people on earth who have made such observations over many lifetimes, but they do not have a conscious connection to it. Most of you, when you came into this lifetime, you did not have a conscious connection. But as a result of finding the spiritual path and following it, you have started connecting to this. That is why you can sometimes have these experiences where you look at a situation and you suddenly see something. You are just seeing the situation without the normal filter. You are not looking at it through the linear mind and analyzing and judging. You just observe. One aspect of this can be to read the vibration. You meet a certain person you have never met before. You sense there is something wrong with their energy. There is a lower energy coming from that person. This is because you are drawing on the experiences, the observations in your causal body, of how beyond the outer facade that people put on, you can learn to read their energy and therefore, get a feel for their intention.

The learning process

Many of you have started doing this. And my purpose for this release, of course, is to make you more aware of this. If you want to be philosophical or theoretical about it, you can say: “Is there room in the Conscious You for learning anything on earth? Is it the Conscious You that learns or the I AM Presence that learns?” And the reality is that it is both. But as we said, you have the outer personality, the subconscious selves, the Conscious You steps into a subconscious self, experiences a certain situation through that self until you resolve the self and you are free. But if the Conscious You is pure awareness, where is the room in the Conscious You to learn? And as I said, that room is in the causal body.

This brings us to the point that is also mentioned in this latest invocation that you can begin to question: “What can I as the Conscious You learn from my I AM Presence? And what can my I AM Presence learn from me, the Conscious You?” Because you have made these observations as the Conscious You and they are stored in your causal body and in many cases, the I AM Presence will take the observations of the Conscious You and learn from them, but not necessarily and not in all cases.

What you see in many people on earth is that there is a certain, what can we call it—barrier, disconnect—between the Conscious You and the I AM Presence, where the Conscious You has learned certain lessons, has made certain observations based on being inside the earth, being inside the energy system. But the I AM Presence may not have incorporated them fully into itself. Therefore, it is actually possible when you reach higher levels of awareness that you can start working with your I AM Presence and seeing if the Presence really has integrated the lesson you have learned by being down here in embodiment.

The disconnect

Has the I AM Presence really looked at life on earth through you? Or has it only looked at it from the bird’s eye view, so to speak? Because as we have said, your I AM Presence is always looking at life on earth, but it is not necessarily looking at it from the inside. And you can have truly, I know this will be difficult to believe for some of you, but you can have situations where a person has gone through such a difficult trauma, for example, the birth trauma on earth, where the Conscious You experienced great pain and suffering, created the subconscious self, the primal self. And the I AM Presence also experienced this as unpleasant, and therefore withdrew itself from it. And basically, you can have a situation where the I AM Presence has withdrawn itself from the Conscious You, basically saying: “Oh, I am not going to look through that Conscious You until the Conscious You has resolved some of these subconscious selves that causes it to experience constant suffering.” And therefore, the I AM Presence is only looking at life on earth from a bird’s eye view.

It is learning certain lessons, but it is not learning the same lessons as the Conscious You, and it is not integrating the lessons from the Conscious You into itself. And this is the case for most of the people on earth who are not spiritually aware. There is that disconnect between the Conscious You and the I AM Presence, where the Conscious You is making certain observations based on life on earth.

Integrating the conclusions of the Conscious You

Now, for many people who are at lower levels of consciousness, especially those below the 48th level, where all of their subconscious or most of their subconscious selves are based on duality, for such people, it is limited what the Conscious You is learning, because it is always reacting through the subconscious selves.

But still, they will be making certain observations that: “This is not working.” or “I have had enough of this experience.” And this is what basically we have talked about, you go below the 48th level, you can keep going down until you reach some kind of turning point where you do not want to do this anymore. And this is the Conscious You. It is not a subconscious self that reaches this turning point. It is the Conscious You that reaches the turning point and says: “I have had enough of experimenting with selfishness”, for example. It is not deciding this consciously, but it is just a recognition that the Conscious You comes to.

Let us say a certain lifestream has descended to the 18th level of consciousness, and it says: “I have had enough, I do not want to go any lower.” This is what I am talking about, an observation, a conclusion, an epiphany, a resolution of the Conscious You. This gets stored in that person’s causal body. But if the I AM Presence has withdrawn, the I AM Presence has not integrated that lesson, so now the Conscious You starts going up from the 18th to the 19th, and it can continue to go up to the 48th level. And maybe at the 48th level, the I AM Presence is now willing to again look at the experiences of the Conscious You, but it is still not willing to look at the most painful experiences.

That is why I am saying, when you get to these higher levels of the path, when you have worked through the other books we have given on healing the more severe trauma, such as the original birth trauma, you can start considering: “What could I help my I AM Presence see that my I AM Presence has not yet seen?” Up until a certain point on the path, you are feeling as if it is a one-way street. You are receiving light from your I AM Presence. Your I AM Presence is the more advanced part of your being.

Progressive revelation

In previous ascended master dispensations, especially with the I AM movement, it was seen that your I AM Presence was almost like a god-like figure. People from that dispensation would look at this teaching and say: “This must be a false teaching, because we are used to seeing the I AM Presence as some perfect being.” But this was the teaching that could be given at the time. The reality here is that as you raise your awareness, you become aware that things are more complex. That is the whole idea of progressive revelation.

If you think back in the 1930s, you lock into this I AM movement, ascended masters, ascended masters can give direct teachings, and you see that this is progressive revelation compared to the Bible, for example, which was written down so many hundreds of years ago. This is now a new higher teaching given directly from the ascended level. And you call it progressive revelation, you see it is important, but you somehow think that in the 1930s, the ascended masters could give you the highest, most advanced teaching that we have to give. This is simply unrealistic.

What could be given in the 1930s was based on people’s level of thinking at the time and it was a simplified teaching. Nothing wrong with it, but it was a simplified teaching that made it seem simpler than it was, made it seem easier than it was to qualify for your ascension. And as we go towards higher levels of progressive revelation, naturally, what would make it progressive is that it reveals more and more teachings and therefore it becomes less simple, less black and white, more nuanced, deeper layers of teaching. That is what progressive revelation really means. What I am saying is that when you step up, and certainly when you go beyond the 96th level, you can begin to see that your relationship to your I AM Presence is more complicated and you can begin to see that it is a two-sided process.

The two-sided process of learning

Why did the I AM Presence send the Conscious You into embodiment? In order to grow, of course. Your I AM Presence wants to grow. But as I said, the I AM Presence is looking at it from a bird’s eye view, and it can withdraw so it does not experience what the Conscious You is experiencing. Therefore, there can be this disconnect and this means that there can come a point where you, as the Conscious You, can begin to consider: “What do I have to teach my I AM Presence?”

And in order to really integrate that, you have to let go of this belief that your I AM Presence is an almost god-like figure that is perfect. You have to realize that the I AM Presence sent you into embodiment because it wanted to grow and it sent you into embodiment on an unnatural planet because it wanted to grow, because there were certain lessons that the I AM Presence had not learned on a natural planet. Naturally, you, as the Conscious You, can have something to teach to your I AM Presence. And it is possible that you might have made observations down here that the I AM Presence has not yet integrated.

Sharing your observation of life

How does it relate to my topic here? What is it that is the highest gift you can give as part of your Divine plan? Well, it is, at the immediate level, these observations and lessons and conclusions that you have come to as the Conscious You that are stored in your causal body, and that you can connect to and release. And many of you have already done this. Many of you can see that when you talk to other people, whether it is about spiritual topics or something else, you will see that you are sharing something. You are sharing something with other people. You are sharing from the heart, as you often say. Well, that is your observation of life. From your causal body, you are sharing, and there is probably nothing more valuable you can give to other people who are open to it.

Now, as I said, some of your family members may not be open to it because they want you to continue to play that role they have defined for you. But then you can go and find other people and just be aware of how the dynamic is. There are some people where you can have these conversations, free-flowing, they do not feel threatened by you, you do not have to watch every word you are saying. You are just sharing of yourself and that can change other people more than the actual contents of what you are saying—because you are sharing yourself. It is not a matter of coming up with intellectual arguments. You are just sharing of yourself and suddenly that person senses there is something genuine in you and it can help that person connect to what they have learned in their causal bodies. But they need you to show them in many cases.

Integrating with the Presence

This is, for many of you, a step you can at least begin to contemplate. And then you can of course, see that beyond sharing what the Conscious You has stored in the causal body, there is of course, also the I AM Presence. Because we can look at it this way. You cannot be in a physical body looking through that physical body and at the same time having the bird’s eye view looking down from above. Your I AM Presence has also made observations of life on earth from the bird’s eye perspective and you of course, at the Conscious You level, can tune into that.

You can learn to tune in to both what you have stored in the causal body and what your I AM Presence has stored in the causal body and therefore, you can have that bigger perspective. Many of you again have already done this as part of your spiritual path. I am simply making you aware of it so that you can become more conscious and develop it more. You can see that many times when you look back at your life, you have had these visions you might say, where you have stepped back from a situation, looked at it almost from the outside, or where you look at things happening in the world and you just have a different perspective, almost like you are seeing a bigger perspective than most people are seeing.

Many of you will see how you are not as pulled into these strong political debates and opinions that you see. You are sort of standing back a little bit and realize that it is not for you to be pulled into this. And why are you on the spiritual path? Because you have integrated over many lifetimes that you are not primarily in embodiment to partake in physical pleasures or physical experiences or to store material goods. You are here for something broader, a wider perspective. You are here to learn, to grow, and as you become more aware of this, you can begin to integrate. You can begin to integrate more with your I AM Presence.

And this is a delicate topic, a delicate balance, because we have given teachings, and again you can go back to the 1930s when we first started talking about an I AM Presence, and you can even look at these charts of the Presence from the I AM Movement and the Summit Lighthouse where there is the lower figure and high above it is the I AM Presence and it reinforces the sense of distance.

We have given teachings in this dispensation that you need to overcome that sense of distance. But you see, how do you overcome it? By integrating with your Presence. And how do you integrate? Well, by beginning to think about this, contemplate, there are things that the Conscious You has learned that the I AM Presence has not yet fully integrated. Then there are things that the I AM Presence has seen from above that you have not fully integrated here below and therefore, it can be this symbiotic process, the figure eight flow. And you realize, of course, that when you are considering the process of the ascension, it is a two-way process but it is the Conscious You that comes up, that ascends to the level of the Presence, because the Presence is in the spiritual realm. The Conscious You is the one that must approach the Presence. But of course, this also means that the Presence must open itself to reintegrating the Conscious You into itself, and in order for the Presence to do this, the Presence must integrate the lessons and observations made by the Conscious You.

That is why the process is a symbiotic two-way process. And what you can do from the level of the Conscious You is to do what I have described here. Begin to contemplate. What can you teach your I AM Presence? Has the I AM Presence really seen what you see from here from below? Have you seen what the Presence sees from above and can you integrate the two in your being from the vantage point of the Conscious You?

Experiencing your divine individuality

I know, because I can feel your minds, how your intellectual linear minds are trying to sort this out but it is not an intellectual process. It is a process of shifting your consciousness. I am not asking you to try and understand this intellectually, to label it, to categorize it. I am giving you the teaching so you can begin to work on it intuitively and shift the way you view your I AM Presence and begin to contemplate how you integrate with the Presence. It is, we might say, if you look at the figure eight, a vertical figure eight, you can say the Presence is the upper figure of the figure eight, your outer personality is the lower figure, and the Conscious You is in the nexus.

All I am talking about here is the Conscious You dissolving the subconscious selves that pull your attention into the lower figure so that you are more free to put your attention on the upper figure and extend the Conscious You, like you have extended the Conscious You into the lower figure of the figure eight. Now you are pulling it away from the lower figure and you are extending it into the upper figure, becoming much more conscious of the Presence, what it is, the divine individuality that is anchored in the Presence.

But you understand that as long as you are unascended, it does not do you any good to say: “Yeah, here I am in the nexus and now I am looking up there on my I AM Presence and I am seeking to conceptualize and understand my divine individuality.” That is not what I am asking you to do. I am asking you to integrate so that you can express, you can become the open door and let your divine individuality be expressed through you so that, pay attention now, it is not that you are looking up at your I AM Presence, seeing your divine individuality and then letting it express through you. Nay, you integrate, you become the open door and as your I AM Presence expresses itself through you, then you experience your divine individuality. You do not look at it from a distance as a concept in the mind. You experience it as it is being expressed. And that, of course, is another thing you can give to people, and that is also extremely valuable when you can give that to people.

Dare to share yourself!

And this is the highest gift in your Divine plan. Give of yourself. Dare to give of yourself. And how do you do it? Well, it can be done in many ways, but it can be done in just talking to people who are open and becoming more aware of allowing this flow and really daring to be yourself, share yourself. We do not want to always use the messenger as an example, but you look at his YouTube videos and all he is really seeking to accomplish there is to share of himself. And of course, there are people who have a negative reaction to this because people will always feel threatened. But you just ignore the few people who are negative towards you when you express yourself.

I am not saying you have to do it on YouTube. I am just saying when you dare to express yourself, you will have a negative reaction from some people, especially often family members. But then you find other people where you can be yourself. But it is really a matter of daring to be yourself because, as I said, you have all been brought up that the one thing you do not do is be yourself and express yourself. In order to break that, break the chains that are holding you from expressing yourself, you will have to make a conscious decision. You will have to try and in order to make that decision, you have to break through the resistance and dare to express. It is like you are standing there, like you might have seen in a Shakespearean play, Hamlet standing there with a skull—to be or not to be. That is the question you are facing, to dare to express yourself or to stay in your little shell where you feel that if you live up to the expectations and the role, then at least you will not get a negative reaction, or at least you will not get a negative reaction all the time.

You have to dare to break through. And I understand, of course, that many of you have been hurt in previous lifetimes. You have built subconscious selves. But that is part of my purpose for this dictation, to make you aware that you need to look at this self. You need to draw this self or this conglomerate of selves that are telling you why you cannot express yourself. And if you will, when you reread, when you read this dictation, when you re-listen to it, if you will pay attention, you will see that these selves probably cannot quite contain themselves as I am saying this. They are screaming at you: “Oh no, this is dangerous, do not listen to this. You know what will happen, you know people will get angry with you. You know they will say this and they will say that and they will put you down and they will ridicule you and you are not going to like it and you are going to be hurt like you have been hurt before and therefore, you should be careful and be safe and not do what Mother Mary says. She does not really mean it. I think she does not mean it. I hope she does not mean it. Maybe she does not really mean it. She does not know you the way I know you”, and all of these things that will come up. And you need to be willing to look at this and work with the tools we have given you to resolve these selves. But for some of you, there are not even any selves to resolve.

What have I said here? Listen carefully. The Conscious You can have these general observations of life. Some of them are positive observations that are stored in your causal body. But some of them are just a decision you have made and yes, there is a subconscious self, but it may not have as strong of a pull on you as you think. It may be just a matter of making a different decision, becoming aware that you made this decision and then consciously switching that decision—I am willing to share myself. Some of you have selves you need to resolve, but for others it is just a matter of making that decision. I am willing to share. And then when you start sharing, you look at the reactions you get from other people, you see if there is a reaction in you and if there is, well okay, there is a subconscious self to deal with, and then you deal with that and then you feel more free and then you are more able to express yourself and you can keep going until you come to a point where you have set yourself free to express whatever comes to you.

Setting yourself and other people free

And the reason why you have set yourself free is that you have set other people free to react to what you are sharing any way they want. You are allowing them to be who they are at their present level of consciousness. They have a right to be stupid or angry or jealous and react based on those subconscious selves. But you have a right to express yourself completely independently of their subconscious selves. You have no obligation to adapt to other people’s subconscious selves. It is only your own subconscious selves that want you to think that you should pay attention to other people’s subconscious selves because when you are paying attention to other people’s selves, you cannot see your own at the same time so they can continue to hide from you.

Just see this whole circus of human interactions and say: “I will no longer play that game. I will dare to be who I am to express my observations and to be the open door for my Presence to express itself through me.” That is the highest gift that is part of your Divine plan.

When a student is ready, the teacher appears

How can you know if this teaching applies to you? Well, you are listening to it, are you not? Do you think you could have been here if you were not ready to at least consider this teaching? Do you think you would have found it in a written form if you had not been ready for it? When a student is ready, the teacher appears. Not a universal statement, but it applies to you in the sense that you are ready to at least contemplate the contrast between the way you were brought up to suppress yourself and who you really are. You are ready to contemplate that there may be people who are projecting at you that they do not want you as you are. They do not want you here. They do not want you to be different. But there are other people who do want who you are, who do want you to be different, who do want you to share of yourself because it can inspire them to do the same.

Listen to what I am saying. When you have a planet that is an unnatural planet, what happens? What happens is that everybody on the planet gets limited. They are put in a certain prison. How is the planet going to improve? Well, some people have to dare to break free of the prison and demonstrate that it can be done. Otherwise, nothing ever changes. There is no way to break the downward spiral on an unnatural planet unless some people dare to do something different, dare to not follow the crowd. You are those people who are in embodiment, in this embodiment, and have found a spiritual path and ascended master teachings because in past lifetimes you had dared to be different.

I am not trying to push you into doing something you do not want to do because if you can hear this, you put it in your Divine plan that you wanted to break free of this barrier. Now you may have outer selves that are screaming at you that we do not want to be free. We want to stay in the prison. We want to bury our heads in the sand. But who are you then? Are you the outer selves or are you more? I am only seeking to reconnect you to the more that you are because I ascended by reconnecting to the more that I AM and everyone who has ascended reconnected to the more that they are.

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you. Accept my joy for interacting with you, for it is my joy to express who I am on a planet like earth. Otherwise, I would have moved on. There are so many other things you can do as an ascended master than remaining with an unnatural planet. But still, those of us who have chosen to remain is because we do find joy in helping people on earth.

I thank you for giving me the opportunity to share who I AM. Mother Mary I AM, and I represent the Divine Mother for all people on earth. And what does a mother want for her children? For them to be more, to be all they can be, to be free to share themselves.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page 

Unleash your creativity through stillness


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha  through Kim Michaels, January 5, 2025. This dictation was given during the 2025 New Year’s Webinar: Accelerate yourself and the planet with the Masters of the Fourth Ray.

I AM the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha.

The thoughtform for 2025

Let me begin by giving you the thoughtform for 2025. You visualize that there is a tree with a thick strong trunk. At the foot of the tree is sitting a Buddha figure. If you feel comfortable, visualize that it is you who is sitting with legs folded in a Buddha posture at the foot of the tree. If you have difficulty with this, visualize that it is I, Gautama, sitting at the foot of the tree. In front of the tree is a large body of water, the ocean. You know all oceans of the world are connected and they go all around the globe. The water is turbulent. There are waves, some choppy, some frothing. It is chaotic, it is turbulent. The roots of the tree extend into the water and form this very fine net where they become thinner and thinner reaching into the water. The top of the tree are the branches that reach very high into the atmosphere. They do not reach into the heavens, into the spiritual realm, because no trees grow into heaven. But they reach up high and the branches become thinner and thinner forming this very thin net, this filigree of branches.

Now, you visualize that in the spiritual and higher identity realm are the archangels. You can visualize them as human figures that are holding out their hands with a palm downward and radiating light from their hands. Or you can visualize them as spheres of light where perhaps you only see the eyes. This is again up to you. But they are radiating this white Christ light that then goes into this fine filigree net of the branches of the trees, gradually concentrating in the trunk. Going downward, going into the roots and going out through that fine filigree of the roots spreading into the water, where they illumine the water. And as the light spreads, the waves subside. And gradually, the water becomes like a mirror. And what does it reflect? The archangels up there. You see out-pictured in that mirror-like ocean: “As above, so below.” And this is the thought form for this coming year.

The double shock

Now, what can we add on to the many things that have already been given at this conference? Let me reach back to Serapis Bey’s magnificent discourse at the beginning. There was a time before you came to earth where most of you were avatars. You had, as we have said, grown tremendously on natural planets. How had you grown? By being creative. You came to that point where you decided that you would volunteer to descend to this unnatural planet of earth. You did have some idea that things would be different on an unnatural planet compared to a natural planet. But you had not really paid that much attention to it because, as we have said before, you had only experienced on a natural planet that by being creative you could solve whatever problem. You could manifest whatever you wanted to manifest. And you really saw no reason why things should be different on an unnatural planet. It might just require a more creative effort to bring forth something on an unnatural planet, because you knew matter was more dense. But you did not see why it should be fundamentally different.

Here you are, you descend into embodiment and now you experience—which you really could not grasp before, which none of us could grasp before—the density of a physical body, the density of matter on earth. And even that experience was shocking for us, because it was so different from a natural planet. And you felt confined, restrained, oppressed by the density of matter itself. But still, you maintained an optimistic view that you could have a positive impact on this planet through your creativity. Through doing what we have described here. Locking in to your built-in desire to be more. Locking in to the Christ consciousness. Being willing to look at current conditions and conceptualize something more.

In the beginning, you were, of course, shocked by how different current conditions on earth were, compared to a natural planet. But still, you thought: “Well, whatever current conditions are, it is always possible for them to be accelerated and to be more. I just need to visualize, based on current conditions, how to gradually raise them to a higher level.” But then, you were exposed to a double shock. First of all, you had expected that when you showed people on earth who are suffering, who are oppressed, that there is a way out of their suffering, they would grasp it, willingly and thankfully.

And then, even though you had some idea what fallen beings are, you did not realize the extent to which they are willing to go in order to stop you from disturbing status quo. You did not quite realize why they saw you as a threat, because you could clearly see that the fallen beings were suffering, even more than the original inhabitants. And you thought that they also wanted a way out of their suffering. “The more intense the suffering, the more eager beings should be to escape it,” you thought. We all thought. And all this is understandable, and all this is logical. I am not trying to find fault. I am not trying to criticize you. I had the same approach when I came.

Limiting our creativity

I am simply stating the fact that you were exposed to this double trauma that the original inhabitants either ignored you or aggressively wanted to silence you, and the fallen beings aggressively attacked you, attempted to silence you, even destroy you. What was the result of this? Well, we have talked about the birth trauma, the creation of separate selves. But really, what was the result in terms of your creativity? Well, you, we, all of us, went through this shock that caused us to either completely shut down or severely limit our creativity. And the reason for this was that we came to doubt that creativity is the solution, that creativity can bring forth a better situation on earth, that creativity can change the status quo.

And why did we come to doubt this? Well, because we faced what we might call an existential problem that we had never faced on natural planets. And it is a problem that really only emerges after beings go into duality and separation. And the problem can be said to be the tension between the individual and humanity as a whole, between the free will of one being and the free will of the broad population. You came to realize that you thought that your creativity could solve the problems on earth, as they could do on a natural planet. But on a natural planet, you had people who were willing to grow. And who, therefore, embraced your creative drive and your creative solutions. But on earth, you realized that if even the original inhabitants did not want to embrace your creative solutions, how could you use your creativity on earth? There were individual reactions. It was not that all avatars reacted exactly the same way. But all of us made certain decisions, created certain subconscious selves that justified that we either shut down or at least greatly reduced our creativity, our creative drive.

Holding spiritual balance

Now, this does not mean that we became passive. Because we still reasoned that: “If I cannot express my creativity outwardly, I can at least express it inwardly by raising my consciousness. And so, if I cannot bring forth new solutions on earth, I can at least hold the balance.” You see that there are stories in the East, such as described in Yogananda’s book, that there are beings with a high level of consciousness who live in remote locations in the Himalayas. Some have maintained a physical body for hundreds of years. But they are just living there unknown to the people. They are not taking active part in society. They are holding a spiritual balance. And this was the mindset that many avatars went into: “If I cannot do anything outwardly, then I must be satisfied with holding the spiritual balance.”

But what does this mean? Well, it means you are holding a balance so that the fallen beings cannot destroy earth. But if the people are not willing to grow, if they are not even willing to grow when they see the fallen beings out-picture their warfare and conflict and, therefore, intensify the suffering, then you are really only maintaining status quo. And this may allow the earth to continue. It may even allow a slow progression, because the earth is being pulled up by the rest of the universe. But it is not manifesting Saint Germain’s Golden Age. What you need to do here, if you want to ride the wave of this coming 12-year cycle—and I know we have given you a lot. I know that some of you have not really finished working on your birth trauma—but really, what I am saying here is part of your birth trauma. Because what you need to do in order to ride the wave of these next 12 years, is take a look at the subconscious selves you created when you decided to reduce your creativity.

Seeing through the excuse for limiting creativity

What were the reasons for it? There were individual reasons, but they can be grouped into two categories. One was you did not want to be attacked and destroyed by the fallen beings. You decided not to threaten them. Another was you saw that the people just ignored you, felt disturbed by you, did not want to shift into seeing themselves as co-creative beings. You decided that you either would not disturb the people or that instead of being so creative, you would dial down your creativity so you could blend in with the people, thinking that if the people could accept you as part of them, their group, maybe they would listen to you. Maybe you could have some impact. Maybe you could still bring forth creative solutions on a small scale.

And this has had a positive effect. There are many avatars who dialed down their creative vision, their creative drive as a result of facing the harsh realities of the planet, but they have still expressed some kind of creativity that has gradually brought society and humanity forward. That is one of the reasons why you do see a progression towards freer societies, more affluent societies, democratic societies, so that we are at a point where we can even talk about manifesting Saint Germain’s Golden Age, which we could not have done if there were not so many avatars who had been somewhat creative.

If you want to make the most use of this 12-year cycle, you will want to take a look at these subconscious selves you created and the reason you decided on to justify shutting down or reducing your creativity. And you need to look at these selves and see that the reason was just a reason. It was just a reason you decided on. It was not that this was some absolute objective reality. It was just something you decided on in reaction to this traumatic event of coming to earth. As we have said before, the initial birth trauma was a shock because of the contrast. But now, you have been on earth for so long, you have experienced so much here, that you can never again be so shocked. Even if you today unleashed your full creativity, and even if it was again rejected or ignored, you would not be as shocked as you were the first time.

Unleashing full creativity

And when you acknowledge this, you can take a neutral look at the reason you decided on for shutting down your creativity. You can see that it was just a reason. There was no cosmic necessity. There was not even a material necessity. It was an illusion. And therefore, you can dismiss it and let the self die. And you can decide that you are willing to be creative. Some of you will still limit your creativity in order to avoid standing out too much. Others are at a point where you can see this is your last embodiment on this planet—why not unleash the full creativity in the time you have left? What do you have to lose, as they say? If this is your last embodiment, why be afraid to question status quo, to challenge status quo? And if this is your last embodiment, why would you want to look back with regret, wishing you could have been more creative?

Why not let those barriers dissolve, disintegrate, tumble? And just be the open door for your I AM Presence and the ascended masters. Why not dissolve those subconscious selves that make you think you have to limit yourself, you have to adapt to people, to society, to what they can accept or not accept?

You look back at my time as the Buddha and you will say: “But Gautama, this was your last embodiment. Did you unleash your full creativity?” And the answer is: “No, I did not.” I adapted to current conditions, to the collective consciousness. And this was partly because it was my task to bring forth a new philosophy, a new approach. And obviously, it had to start where people were at in consciousness and take them somewhat higher. We have talked many times about progressive revelation. There was a limit to what could be brought forth 2,500 years ago because of the collective consciousness. I decided to fill a certain role. Could I have been more creative? Yes. Does that mean I look back with regret? No. Because when you ascend, you give up all sense of regret. Otherwise, the demons of Mara would have had something in me that would have caused a reaction. And I would have had to take another round on earth to bring forth that creativity.

Stop adapting—just be creative!

Today, you are facing a different situation. The collective consciousness is higher. Things can be brought forth that could not have been brought forth back then. Just look at what has been brought forth through this messenger. It is far beyond anything brought forth in recorded history, in some ways beyond anything ever brought forth. The collective consciousness is higher. And I am only saying this because I encourage you to consider what it would mean for you to just let it all flow and be as creative as you can be. Perhaps you can look at your upbringing, your path in life, and see how you have adapted to other people, to situations. And then say: “Maybe it is time to stop adapting and just be creative. What is my wildest dream? What would I really like to do in this final lifetime?” And then, deal with the selves that come up challenging your ability to do this. Dismiss the selves.

I am not asking you here to decide with the outer mind: “Oh, I am going to quit my job and sell my house and become a painter who paints impressionistic paintings.” I am not asking you to decide with the outer mind to do this or that. I am asking you to stop deciding with the outer mind to not do anything creative, to dismiss those selves. And therefore, become an open door. What does your I AM Presence want to express while it still has a platform here in the physical realm?

You may look at the messenger and say: “Well, he has decided to be a messenger. He is the open door for bringing forth these teachings. Surely the teachings are creative, but is he personally creative?”

Well, the book, My Lives, was certainly a book that, although inspired by ascended masters as well, was really what his I AM Presence decided to bring out, desired to bring out. There are other things that his I AM Presence desires to bring out. The same for all of you. I am simply asking you, do not worry about what other people should do or should not do. Look at yourself. Clear out the obstacles to your creativity. Let them fall by the wayside one by one and then go into this neutral, pure awareness, where you are willing to let the I AM Presence express something through you.

Your I AM Presence is a creative being. And the highest form of creativity for the Conscious You is to blend with the I AM Presence, so that the creativity of the I AM Presence is expressed through the Conscious You and your four lower bodies here on earth. What would creativity look like for you that you may never have really dreamt about, that you may never have really dared to envision or conceptualize? What might it look like? It does not have to be something wild and crazy. You do not have to become one of these bohemian artists. But what would it look like that you dare not really envision today? I am just asking you to ponder this and use these tools to deal with the subconscious selves that are limiting your creativity.

 

 

 

 

 

[sustained silence]

What is silence? When I am not speaking, what happens in your minds? Is there not a process that wonders: “Why did he stop speaking? Is the dictation over? But it did not last that long.”  Is there not an aspect of your mind that has trouble dealing with silence?

The monkey mind

You see, what happens to most people on earth is that over many lifetimes, and certainly in this lifetime as well, there has formed these structures in the mind that look at what should or should not happen. It is the standard of the fallen beings that has crept in. And you have, especially at the mental level, this constant thought process that is evaluating everything. Is this okay? Is it not okay? Is it the way it should be? Will I be punished for this? Will I be rewarded for this?

There is this constant evaluation process. Some of it comes from subconscious selves that you can deal with by using our tools to resolve them. But some of it is just the mind at the mental level. Buddhists have called it the monkey mind, because a monkey has trouble sitting still in the tree. It is always jumping around. And likewise, what has happened on earth, especially since the advent of science and what has been called the age of reason, is that the mental mind has become so active for most people that their attention is always pulled into all of these thoughts.

Going into silence

I have before talked about ways to still the mind. But still, I want to talk somewhat about this. Because what has actually happened, and what happens on all unnatural planets—there is that in the collective consciousness forms these beasts, these entities, that are afraid of silence. And that project this fear of silence into people’s emotional bodies, their mental bodies, even their identity bodies. And why is this? Well, it is because the key to being creative is to tune in to the creative drive, to look at current conditions. To realize that the creative drive shows you that they could be more. Then, you use the conceptual mind to conceptualize what could be created that is more. But then, before you project it out, it is preferable, it is optimal, if you do not rush into projecting. But instead, you go into a state of silence.

And silence really means that you withdraw your attention from the world. In other words, normally your attention is going out. Even when you are observing current conditions, your attention is going out. When you are conceptualizing what could be done better, your attention is going out. But when you withdraw your attention away from the world, you can go into that point of stillness, as Saint Germain has called it, which is another way of describing what we have called pure awareness. The Conscious You steps outside the four lower bodies and now directs your attention upwards to the I AM Presence. And the Conscious You can then receive an impulse from the I AM Presence that gives you a frame of reference for evaluating the concept that you have formulated. You might say that you are reaching for the “As above, so below.” You bring your creative drive into alignment with the I AM Presence. But for this to happen, you need to withdraw your attention from the world, not direct it out. And go into the silence, so there is room to receive.

The silent mind: a chalice for creativity

This is the holy grail, the chalice raised up where something can be poured into from above. And that chalice, contrary to what students of previous dispensations have reasoned, is not a sophisticated mind. It is the quiet mind, the silent mind. Certainly, it helps to have knowledge of the world. If you are seeking to bring forth a creative solution in the field of education or medicine, you need to have knowledge of what is already there in the scientific field. But as many scientists have proven, having all this outer knowledge is not the source of creativity. It is something that the creativity can be expressed through. But to really receive a creative impulse from your I AM Presence, you need to go into that silence, so there is room for it to enter your mind. For as long as the mind is busy monkeying around, there is no room for the impulse from the Presence or the ascended masters to enter.

Then, of course, you project out an impulse upon the Ma-ter light, upon society, and you receive a return current. In the ideal scenario, when you receive the return current of your creative drive, you again go into silence. The Conscious You goes into neutral and you reach up to the I AM Presence: How do you look at this? What most people do is—they are observing current conditions through their subconscious selves. They are reacting to current conditions. They often have a compulsion to change things. Or they are seeking to escape some kind of suffering. They are so focused on current conditions, they cannot really be creative in a qualitative way. They may be able to try and change things at a quantitative level, but they cannot be creative.

Why? Because the subconscious selves cannot be creative. They are created in response to current conditions. They cannot conceive of transcending current conditions. They can only continue to react to them in the same way. You can, of course, dissolve the selves. But in order to really be creative, you need to reach that moment of silence. Now, many times the selves are what prevents people from going into silence, so you need to resolve a critical mass of them. But many of you have done this, so you can still benefit from taking this teaching I am giving you. And once in a while taking the time to at least attempt to go into silence, so that you can receive a creative impulse from the Presence.

And then, when you are facing situations in your life where you get a reaction from the world, from other people, from society, you can make an effort to not react through the subconscious selves, this constant evaluation of what should or should not be. But instead strive to go into silence and ask the Presence: “How do you look at this?” And when you get the frame of reference of how the Presence looks at your creative efforts, you can use that to evaluate the reaction from the subconscious selves you have left, or from other people. And you can, therefore, avoid reacting to it through those outer selves. You can react like the Presence would react which means, in many cases, that you are not moved, and so you dare to be creative again.

Challenging status quo: the silent mind vs. the separate mind

There is, when you look at artists, creative people—there is a tendency for them to become very eccentric, very bohemian, very rebellious, rebelling against society and rebelling against status quo. And it could be legitimate to ask the question: “Does being creative on planet earth necessitate you becoming a narcissist or a sociopath where you have no sensitivity to other people and you just do whatever you want?” But it does not. The alternative is that you resolve the psychology. What are some of these artists doing? They do not know how to resolve their psychology, so they go into a state of mind where they think that it is epically important that they rebel against society, that they challenge status quo. And they create such a strong subconscious self that it suppresses the other subconscious selves that are afraid of being creative or that are sensitive to other people’s reaction.

In other words, they become insensitive. And that is why you see them many times bringing forth something in art, for example, that is completely disharmonious, that does not have any beauty in it, that really is not creative. It is just disruptive. But they think that this somehow serves a purpose, and in some cases it does, by challenging status quo. I am not saying that there are not some of these so-called bohemian artists who have not had an effect on challenging status quo. But it has not been done from the Christ mind. It has been done from the separate mind. What you can achieve, as spiritual people, is to resolve enough psychology that you are able to go into this silence and tune in to the Presence. And bring forth something from the Christ mind that is truly creative, because it frees people from the prison.

You see some of these artists that have been famous artists, have been known for their rebelliousness. How they have been so agitated, so disturbed in their minds, because their minds were always so active. It was an obsessive compulsion for them to paint or sculpt or do whatever they did. Some of them have been so disturbed in their minds that they have expressed something that really has no value, is not really art. It is just chaos. Some of them have gone into drugs or alcohol to have some relief from the intensity of their minds.

I am not asking you to become like these artists. I am actually asking you to consider an entirely new view of what it means to be an artist or a creative person, in general. And it is that your creativity does not spring from a disturbed mind, an overactive mind, but from a mind that is so resolved that it is able to go into silence. And instead of bringing forth something from inside the mind itself, you are bringing forth something from a higher realm, the I AM Presence, the ascended masters. Therefore, instead of being here below and doing whatever you want here below, you become “As above, so below.” And this is true creativity, because this is the only way to bring forth something truly new on a planet like earth, something that will help people, society, transcend the current conditions that are so limiting.

Riding the wave through stillness

I know that few people will look at the Buddha and connect the Buddha with creativity, but the stillness of the mind is truly the source of higher creativity. It is also a key to riding the wave of these next 12 years. For if you cannot go into the stillness, how can you avoid being pulled into the turbulence, reacting to the turbulence? We have used the image of surfing a wave. But when a surfer is up on the board, is inside this barrel roll of the wave, there is actually stillness, there is balance. It is the only way to stay upright. And many surfers feel that the greatest value of their activity is that they go into that stillness. For it is the only way to maintain the balance.

And it is the same for these next 12 years. The only way to maintain balance in the turbulence is through stillness. For in stillness, there is not room for the evaluations, right and wrong, good or bad, this or that. There is just stillness. And I am, of course, the ascended master who represents stillness for earth, so I simply offer you my Presence, my Being, as a help for these next 12 years. You can give my decree, you can give invocations, but I encourage you to learn gradually to just tune in to my Presence in the stillness.

The Buddha’s assistance in stillness

We can say that tuning in to the Buddha is not an activity of the mind. It is through ceasing activity in the mind that you tune in to the Buddha. And that, when you experience this stillness is how time loses its hold on the mind. As you see how this dictation has lasted almost a full hour, even though the messenger, at one point, wondered if it would fill up the time. And suddenly his mind was so focused on the stillness of my Presence that he did not realize that time had passed and time is up.

With this, I wish to express the gratitude of all of us who have been part of this release. As always, many more Masters have been involved than have spoken. And we are all grateful that so many of you have participated and been part of the flow “As above, so below.” With this, I seal you. I seal this conference, which has been a tremendous breakthrough from our perspective. And I seal you in the stillness of the Buddha. Gautama, I AM.

 

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

Reimagining reality: The shift from passiveness to creativity


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Master MORE through Kim Michaels, January 5, 2025. This dictation was given during the 2025 New Year’s Webinar: Accelerate yourself and the planet with the Masters of the Fourth Ray.

I AM the Ascended Master MORE and naturally it is my task to inaugurate this 12-year cycle on these lines of the Psychological Clock as it is beginning with the First Ray.

The drive to be more

The purpose of this clock is, of course, to help people resolve psychology individually and collectively. Therefore, we need to take a look at the First Ray from a more psychological perspective. We need to recognize here that when the Creator decided to create a world of form, create self-aware extensions of itself starting with a point-like sense of self and giving them imagination and free will, the Creator knew that it is possible that beings can experiment with their free will and get stuck. That is why the Creator created, defined, the Christ consciousness as the source of all form and built into the Christ consciousness the drive to be more. Ultimately this drive to be more, of course, leads you to reach the Creator consciousness in which you can fully appreciate and experience your Creator. But at the more immediate level when a new life-stream starts out with that point-like sense of self, it is experienced as a drive to be more because a new life-stream cannot conceive of the Creator or even attaining the Creator consciousness.

We know well that when we talk about attaining the Creator consciousness, many people on earth cannot conceive of this either, but at least some of the more spiritual people can lock into what this means. But for the vast majority of humankind, they are not ready to even contemplate that they could grow to that consciousness. And then of course we have the fallen beings who believe that they have already attained a god-like state of consciousness where they know better than the Creator. Yet for most people, as I said, for most life-streams, they experience this built-in drive to be more.

How we co-create

Now you may say that you are designed to be co-creators, so you have a drive to co-create. But what does it mean to create something? Well, it means to create something that is not there now, meaning true creativity is to create something that is more than was there before. Now how do you create something that is more than was there before?

Shifting from passive observer to active co-creator

Now take the situation as we have explained. As a new life-stream, you have a point-like sense of self. Therefore, you have limited abilities to co-create because co-creation requires you to envision something with what we have described as the conceptual mind and then project that upon the matter-light. If you were in a completely empty environment, you would not know where to begin this process. That is why a co-creator is placed in an environment that is already created by beings with a higher level of consciousness than the new co-creator, namely, in your case, the Elohim who created this unascended sphere, including planet earth in its original form. A new co-creator is placed in an environment.

Now a new co-creator is able to observe its environment and it usually takes some time for a new co-creator to get used to its environment. In other words, a co-creator does not get a running start and immediately on day one starts to co-create. Most co-creators have to orient themselves, experience their environment and try to gain some insight into how their environment works, what is possible in that environment. Of course, you are not placed alone in that environment, so there are other people you can interact with and therefore, discuss and learn from each other. But you also, in the original pure state, you have access to spiritual teachers, the ascended masters, who can teach you about your environment as you become curious and willing to ask questions, for you are not forced to learn from us.

We now have a co-creator who has taken some time, become accustomed to its environment. And a co-creator clearly experiences that it did not create the environment it is in. It was created by some larger minds and the co-creator was placed there. In the beginning, the co-creator sees itself as an observer, as an experiencer, and it can take some time for a new co-creator to consider itself as a co-creator who has the ability to create something.

What does it take to make this shift? Well, it takes that you tune into the Christ mind in yourself and the drive to be more. In a sense, there is a possibility that a new co-creator could come to a point where it has gotten used to its environment, it is enjoying being in its environment, and it simply sees itself as an observer, as an experiencer of that environment. And it could not even conceive that it could bring forth something that it cannot observe. In other words, creativity means that you go beyond just observing your environment and what is already created, to envisioning that you could create something more and in order to make that shift from passively observing, experiencing your environment, to actively co-creating it, you need the Christ mind.

The co-creators on earth

Now, of course, a new co-creator on a natural planet has access to the Christ mind but it still requires a choice from the co-creator. When we look at earth, we have explained to you that there were originally three waves of lifestreams, new co-creators, that took embodiment on earth in succession, of course. Most of those first three waves  lifestreams participated in a co-creative process, made the switch to be co-creators, and most of them eventually ascended. We have also explained that the first wave descended to the identity realm, the second to the mental realm, the third to the emotional realm and then the fourth wave of lifestreams descended to the physical realm and took physical bodies.

Now, because the physical realm is the densest, there are still today some of these original inhabitants of the earth from the fourth wave who have not made the switch to see themselves as co-creators. Certainly, it was more difficult for the fourth wave than the previous three because of the density of the physical realm. But earth was a natural planet. It was not an unnatural planet, as you see today. The difference is so big that you can barely imagine it and that most people could not at all accept it. Because the kind of nature, the kind of life forms you see on the physical planet today were not there when the earth was in its natural state. There were bodies, but they were in a much more pure form. Even though it was more difficult for the fourth wave than the first three, it was not nearly as difficult for them as it is today. But there were still many of them that did not make that switch of actually accepting themselves as co-creators.

Denying the drive to be more

Now, when that happens, and it has of course happened on other planets throughout the history of this unascended sphere, when that happens, what happens is that, as we have said, your lifestream is actually created out of the Christ consciousness. Built into your lifestream, your I AM Presence, is the drive to be more. This means that, as I said, in order to make the switch and accept yourself as a co-creator, as opposed to a passive observer, you have to make a decision. Well, in order to not make that switch, you also have to make a decision. You have to find a way to deny, to ignore, to explain away the inbuilt drive to be more. You have to come to create, with a conceptual mind, a self-image that you are not a co-creator. Now this is possible on a natural planet. It has happened on a number of natural planets. But what always happens is that some people, some lifestreams, decide to make the switch and accept themselves as co-creators, and others do not. This means you now have a mixture of those who are creative and those who are not, those who are denying or at least postponing their creativity.

Development on earth 

What happens is that those who are choosing to deny their creativity cannot avoid observing that other people in their environment are being creative. Again, they have to come up with this explanation in their minds for why they are not being creative, they are not transcending themselves. The question now becomes how far this goes on a planet. There are different scenarios on different planets, but let us focus on earth. There was this fourth wave of lifestreams, all started out with the same potential but a majority of these lifestreams chose to remain passive and a minority chose to be creative. These co-creators did bring forth many new things on earth, and this meant that even at the physical level on earth, there was a clear progression. Life became more organized, societies began to form. This was before recorded history, mind you, but if you look at it, at what you have seen in recorded history, you can go back to the Stone Age, where you had these very small groups of people. And then gradually, over time, into the Bronze Age, the Iron Age, and so forth, larger groups of people formed, they became more organized. You eventually saw the formation of certain, what we can call civilizations, that were quite sophisticated. This is similar to what happened on the original natural earth, only of course at a higher level.

Formation of the creative elite

What you saw was that there was this formation of what we could call an elite, a creative elite, that raised civilization, raised societies, to a much higher level of organization, sophistication, culture, and so forth. What they did not have, when the earth was a natural planet, was armies, or even a police force, because it was not necessary. But the point I am making here is that you saw a clear division between the creative elite and the majority of the population who became followers of the creative elite. Then after more time had passed, there started to appear even a division in the creative elite, where there were those who saw themselves not just as co-creators who were here to co-create on earth, but locked into the potential to raise their consciousness and even ascend from earth.  And there were also those among the creative elite who came to see themselves as leaders of the people. You saw in a sense a division in the creative elite between those who started focusing on the spiritual aspect of life and those who started focusing on the more physical, worldly aspect of life. Again, this is by no means the same that you see on earth today, but you can compare it to having a division between a religious organization with a hierarchy of religious people and a worldly organization with worldly leaders such as kings and emperors. This is what you saw starting to happen in these societies as they became more sophisticated.

Ascension of the spiritual elite

Now what then started to happen after some time was that those who became what we might call the spiritual elite, as opposed to the worldly or secular elite, they became more and more connected to the Christ mind. They integrated, united with the Christ mind, and therefore, they did not see themselves as an elite. This is just a term I am using to illustrate. They began to lock into their potential to ascend and then there came a point where a very large part, a majority of these, the spiritual elite, actually ascended from earth within a relatively short period of time. Who was left to run society? Well, the worldly elite. But when the spiritual elite ascended, what started happening was that what scientists call the second law of thermodynamics, became activated at a higher level than it had been before. We can say that when the original inhabitants, many of them, decided to deny their creativity, then the second law of thermodynamics was activated. But because there were so many people that were still being creative on earth and striving to grow spiritually, the second law of thermodynamics did not lead to a breakdown in society.

The breakdown of society

When the creative elite, the spiritual elite, ascended, there was not the creative spiritual people to counteract the second law, which then meant that society started breaking down. Now the solution to this would of course have been that some of the worldly elite would transform themselves into becoming spiritually focused and some among the people would transform themselves into seeing themselves as co-creators. Then the breakdown of society could have been counteracted, so society was still transcending itself. But this did not happen in sufficient numbers, and therefore, these quite sophisticated civilizations started breaking down. And of course, the leaders could not understand why, and the people even less could understand why.

Now, what did the worldly elite do? Well, as I said, they had the potential to transcend themselves. We can go into all kinds of talks about why they did not, but the bottom line here is, they chose not to do so. And again, they had to explain to themselves why they did not. Then they had to explain to the people why the people did not have to transcend themselves. And therefore, they had to find a way to explain why society was breaking down, why society was deteriorating from its fairly high level to a lower level. What they did, what they chose to do, was that they came up with the explanation that there were natural processes on the earth that were so big that human beings could not counteract them. This means that they now shifted into a state of mind where even the worldly elite were not focused on being creative and transcending current conditions.

Seeking to maintain status quo 

You understand here, I am assuming, that the second law is not a negative force. It is not a destructive force. It is only activated when there is not self-transcendence. The purpose of it is actually to awaken people to the need for self-transcendence, which is built into the Christ consciousness that they are created out of. It is not a destructive force; it is an opportunity for growth. But because so many among the worldly leaders and the people on earth were not willing to transcend themselves, they had to explain the second law so that they did not acknowledge that it was an opportunity for them and they explained it as an external force, this is simply the way the world is. What they actually shifted into was a state of mind where they saw creativity not as the key to growth, but as a threat to the status quo. Because as they started seeing civilization deteriorate, they became obsessed with maintaining what was there instead of transcending.

You see what the second law does. It seeks to maintain transcendence.  When even a high civilization transcends itself, it is better for everyone. But when the second law is activated, it breaks down society that will not transcend itself so as to point out the need to get back to self-transcendence and creativity. But if people are not willing to do that, they shift into wanting to maintain status quo and prevent further breakdown. This is then, as we have explained before, what caused the emergence of these civilizations on earth that were fixated on maintaining status quo by preventing people from being creative, from being different. They wanted people to follow the norm, the standard for how you were supposed to be.

Leaders and their followers 

There emerged this worldly elite who thought they had the power in their minds to define how the world actually works and there emerged this majority of the population who were not willing to activate their creative drive and therefore, they blindly followed the worldly leaders. It was not that they did not have warnings. There were still some spiritual people in embodiment, but they gradually became ostracized from society because they were seen as a threat. Again, this was different from what you have seen in recorded history, but it is parallel to Jesus appearing in Palestine and the people rejected him and wanted a murderer rather than the Living Christ to be released.

Fallen beings and avatars 

This is then what led to the point where a self-destructive spiral had been created where the second law would have broken down not only civilization, but it could even have gone to the point where the planet had disintegrated. That was when the ascended masters then decided to allow two groups of lifestreams to embody here, the fallen beings as one, avatars as another. We have given many teachings on this, so I will not go into it more here. If it is a new concept to you, you need to study our previous teachings.

The earth today

The point for this long explanation is to show you that when you look at the earth today, you see that there is still a majority of the population who are the original inhabitants of the earth and who never activated their creative drive and made the switch to accept themselves as co-creators. This is a condition that is not created by the fallen beings. It is created by the choices, or lack of choices, of the original inhabitants in the physical realm. But it has of course been greatly reinforced by the fallen beings. Because the fallen beings have, by and large, replaced the worldly elite that was there when the fallen beings came to earth. They have set themselves up as the leaders because they are absolutely convinced that they can define how the world works. Now, as we have said, you never allow just one fallen being to descend on a planet. You allow a number of them, so you can be sure they form dualistic polarities and therefore end up fighting each other. And this is what breaks up the monotony, or the sameness, that you saw on earth.

The initiations in 2025

What is the point for telling you all of this? Well, it is to show you that the initiations that humankind will be facing, in this year of 2025, is precisely the initiation of will people make this shift and see themselves as creative beings or will they continue to deny their built-in creativity and seek to maintain status quo? And you can see that this is a development that has been going on for some time on earth, obviously, but the descent of the light from the archangels and Elohim will greatly accelerate this development.

The will to experiment

The only way that humankind can pass the initiations of this coming year is through creativity. But how are you creative? Well, you need to first accept yourself as a creative being who has a creative potential. You have to develop the will to experiment. Experimentation is the source of creativity.

What does that mean? Well, if you are not willing to experiment, you are looking at current conditions and you are saying: “Oh this is just the way it is, nothing can be changed, nothing can be done about it—certainly not by me.” And then you become afraid that you can lose what you have and you seek to hold on to it. Even if it is very little, even if it is causing you the suffering, the tension, the sense that you are oppressed, that things could be better, you still seek to hold on to what little you have, because you are afraid that you could lose it, and things could get worse. In other words, you are looking at current conditions and thinking this is the only way things can be, this is the way things have to be, this is the way God created it, this is the way the natural laws created it, or whatever it may be that is your ideological explanation for this.

And the fallen beings, of course, want to keep people in that state because this allows the fallen beings to control them and get people to follow them blindly. They are reinforcing this view that the majority of the people are not creative beings, they are powerless, and they need the fallen beings to lead them and tell them how to live, what is possible, what is not possible. In order to be creative, you have to accept that you have a potential, and then you have to look at current conditions, and as other masters have explained, ask yourself, is this the only way things could be? Is this the natural way? Is this unavoidable? Could there be something else? You need to be willing to imagine, to conceptualize, a state that is not manifest now. This is the essence of creativity. You are looking at conditions in your environment, you are feeling the drive that they could be more, and you use the conceptual mind, your imagination, to envision something that is more. You cannot do this if you are attached to the status quo, to current conditions, if you believe that is all that is possible. You cannot do this if you are in the fallen consciousness because, as a fallen being, you cannot be creative.

More of vs. more than

This may sound contradictory, because you may point to world leaders in history who have been fallen beings but who have achieved supposedly great things, such as expanding the Roman Empire or creating an advanced civilization with huge buildings and this and that. But this is not creativity, because it is not looking at current conditions and envisioning that they could be more than they are. You see, we have explained before, there is more of and there is more than. And fallen beings are perfectly capable of envisioning that they could have more riches, power, sex, luxury, control. They are perfectly able to visualize this, but this is not creativity. This is just more volume, more quantity, not an improvement of quality.

Rethinking creativity

What you will see in this coming year is that people will be challenged to rethink creativity, to rethink status quo, to ask these questions. Is this all our lives can be? If we are born in Russia, have grown up in Russia, have been exposed to Russian society, have been oppressed, are afraid to speak out and even afraid to have an opinion about the future of our society, is this all our lives can be? Do we have a choice to either submit to current conditions in Russia, or leave the country, as many have done, the creative people have done? If we have grown up in a poor part of the United States, is that all life can be? Can we do something ourselves to improve our lives, or do we need to look for the strong leader, whether he is called Donald or something else, who will do it for us?

Who can we help?

This is the challenge in 2025. Many people will, of course, not even notice this challenge. But I am giving you this long explanation because I want you to grasp, as the spiritual people, as ascended master students, that there is a large part of the population on earth that you cannot help. There is no point in making calls or invocations for them. But there is a part of the population that you can help. First of all, there are avatars who have been so burdened by their birth trauma that they do not see themselves as creative beings anymore, that they have in many cases almost given up on life on earth. You can make the calls, hold the vision to awaken them. But there are also those among the original inhabitants who have grown and who, therefore, have the potential to make the switch I am talking about ask the questions, consider what could be done better.

I am not saying that all of them will be ready to look at what could be better in civilization overall or in a particular society, but many of them are least willing to consider that there are some aspects of their personal life or some aspect of their work life that they could improve, where they could be creative, bring forth something new that is qualitatively better than what is there now. It does not really matter what it is. It can be, as the popular saying goes, to invent a better mousetrap or a more comfortable form of toilet paper. It does not matter, as long as it activates the creative drive where people make the shift and realize: Oh, there is something I can do. There is something creative I can bring forth.” And this is what you can make calls for, hold the vision for.

Questioning the status quo

Creativity is locking in to the drive to be more that is built into the Christ consciousness. Locking in to the fact that you, in yourself, in your own being, have a drive to be more. And then activating that drive by looking at current conditions, being willing to use your imagination to conceptualize something that is better than what is there now.

Now, it may not be that all people need to bring forth something new and creative. There are many people who can accept the creativity of others, support the creativity of others, and accept that certain things are possible. As we have said before, how could democracy come into being? Democracy cannot be forced upon people who are not ready for it, which the American experiment in Iraq has proven. There must be a critical mass of people that come to the point where they accept that a better form of government than tyranny is possible, and that it could actually function. Well, the same way, in order for new forms of energy to be brought forth, there must be a critical mass of people who can accept that it is possible, and who will not buy into the fallen beings’ propaganda that this ‘free energy’ is a completely ridiculous idea, that is in contradiction to the laws of nature, of the preservation of energy.

There is no law of the preservation of energy on a cosmic scale, because everything in the material realm is created from energy from a higher realm that has been reduced in vibration. There is, on a very local scale, as the First Law of Thermodynamics talks about, a certain preservation of energy. But at the larger scale, there is no preservation of energy. There is an inexhaustible supply of energy in higher realms that is just waiting to be reduced and expressed in the material, physical realm.

What we look forward to seeing, in this coming year, is that more and more people will open their minds to new ways of looking at current conditions, looking beyond current conditions, looking beyond status quo, challenging, questioning status quo. And you, of course, can do this yourselves by studying whatever topic appeals to you. Study what is there. Use your intuition to tune in to us so we can give you new ideas of something that is possible that is not there right now.

But at least you can hold the vision and make the calls that those who have expertise in a certain area will be willing to think beyond. For example, thinking beyond the materialistic paradigm, thinking beyond what is politically possible, even that people in the Muslim world can think beyond the Sharia law and can dare to think that Islam could actually progress. If this happens to a critical degree, then the earth will make it successfully through 2025 without any major negative events. If this does not happen to a critical degree, then there will be various events that will shake up people’s view that the status quo can be maintained.

Freeing people from limiting conditions

You understand that this is not some form of punishment. It is not out of a desire for destruction. It is actually out of a desire to free people from the state of mind that keeps them imprisoned in current conditions. Why are they imprisoned in current conditions? You take this prison that was discovered in Syria, where there were people who had been kept there for years, in the same cell, that had no windows, they were living in darkness. Would you say that breaking down the doors to that prison and letting people out was an act of destruction or was a threat to these people? Well, for some of them, it was a shock to go out into the bright daylight. For some of them, it is still a shock psychologically, to adjust to life where suddenly they have to make choices. But was it really detrimental to free them rather than to allow them to stay there for the rest of their lives? But you can see that there are people on earth today, many populations, who are living in oppressive situations, limited situations, but they do not even acknowledge that they are imprisoned. They think life could not be any different. And they will see it as a threat, as a negative, that current conditions are challenged or break down. But is it, from a larger perspective, a negative?

The force of Shiva vs. spoilers

You have in the traditional Hindu mythology, Brahma, Vishnu, Shiva, the Creator, the maintainer and the destroyer. But Shiva is not the destroyer. Shiva is the liberator, who destroys current conditions in order to liberate the souls, the lifestreams that are trapped in those conditions. In a sense, you could say all ascended masters are part of the force of Shiva. In a sense, you could say all creative people are part of the force of Shiva. What you cannot say is that the fallen beings are part of the force of Shiva, for they are not seeking to break down current conditions in order to liberate the people. They are seeking to keep the people under control, even more control, or they are in the category of the spoilers that are simply seeking to destroy. And therefore, they too will be subject to the second law. Their power, their hold on power, will break down.

You will see this among leaders around the world who are in this state of mind, thinking they know best. Those who are most intent on maintaining their power, maintaining their self-image, they are the ones who think they know best, better than the people, many of them even better than God. And their vision that they know best must also be challenged. And it will be challenged by themselves, by the fact that they are in the duality consciousness where they will polarize and become more and more extreme, more and more unbalanced, therefore more and more contradictory in their behavior, in their viewpoints, in their statements, in their policies, until it finally becomes so pronounced that more and more people will begin to see it.

I do not need to name names here. You already know some of the people I am talking about. But there are many more that we have never mentioned. There are, for example, those in the scientific, materialistic establishment, whose materialistic worldview will be challenged. There are those in the traditional religions whose worldview will be challenged.

You may think I sound serious, perhaps stern, but as other masters have said, I am really joyful about this development because I see the potential. I see the potential to liberate so many people who are today trapped. And truly, I know something about being trapped. In my embodiment as Thomas More, I was imprisoned by the king and then I was executed. There is a story that I joked on the way up the scaffold because I actually saw my execution as a liberation because I saw that there was no way to change the status quo in that situation. But today, there is much more possibility to change the status quo. And this is what I hope that you can lock into so that you can see this as an opportunity and not as a threat. So that no matter what happens, you can see it as an opportunity, as the work of Shiva, that breaks down in order to liberate.

Locking into the positive

The Christ consciousness is in everything. Right now, the Christ consciousness is crucified in matter, on earth, in so many ways. Jesus’ crucifixion just being a symbol of the Christ consciousness being crucified in matter. Even the breakdown of the cross is a liberation of the Christ consciousness. If you can lock into that, you can navigate not only this coming year, but many coming years, and maintain a positive attitude where you see beyond the events that are happening. We tried to help you do this with the corona pandemic. Some of you did, some of you did not, but you still have another opportunity now to lock into the positive, to lock into the opportunity, to the potential for growth. And if you can do this, you can make your own life much more enjoyable. And you can unlock your creativity so you can improve your own life, even help improve society.

Naturally, I could go on almost indefinitely. But I will restrain myself, being satisfied that I have given you the impetus I wanted to give here, and then, perhaps, I will give more teachings through this year, about how you can help society make this transition from status quo to the willingness to experiment, from holding on to status quo to being willing to experiment in order to manifest something that is more.

With that, I seal you in the joy of Master More. My joy is full, but that does not mean it is static, for my joy is always more—more full.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

The Psychological Clock: A new cycle of spiritual acceleration

Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, January 5, 2025. This dictation was given during the 2025 New Year’s Webinar: Accelerate yourself and the planet with the Masters of the Fourth Ray.

 

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary and given that I am the representative of the Divine Mother for earth, I am naturally on and associated with all of the rays, the seven rays and the eighth beyond it. I am, as Saint Germain, overjoyed by this release of light by the archangels and the Elohim. Truly, this is a turning point that I have been looking for, for a long time hoping that a critical mass of people would bring about this turning point by responding, by raising their consciousness, looking into their own psychology and using some form of spiritual teaching and technique to raise their consciousness, thereby contributing to raising the collective consciousness to that critical mass, that tipping point where this light could be released.

It has for some time been my plan to release a teaching that can help you in general, navigate the psychological challenges you face on earth, and given that we are now moving into this 12-year cycle, I have found this to be an opportune moment. Some ascended master students will be aware that in the previous dispensation of the Summit Lighthouse, I released something called the Cosmic Clock, which is basically a tool for charting your personal psychological cycles, but also karmic astrological cycles based on plotting the 12 signs of the Zodiac (the precession of the equinoxes) on the face of a clock. Each line representing one of the constellations and a corresponding God quality and the perversions of that quality.

The Psychological Clock

However, what I desire to release now is not really a continuation of the Cosmic Clock teachings. It is not meant to replace the Cosmic Clock teachings for those who may still find those valuable. I am not necessarily saying that this is a more advanced or higher teaching, but it is perhaps a more practical teaching for dealing with psychology. What you can do with this clock, this we might call it the Psychological Clock, is you can use it to see certain cycles in your personal life. What we will do for the Psychological Clock is that we will not use the equinoxes, we will use the rays, all 15 of them.

The full circle 

You can envision that you are looking at an old-fashioned clock face, where you have the 12 o’clock line on top, then the one, two, three, four, five and so on until you reach the 11 o’clock and again you are at the 12. But what we will envision here is that the 12 is also the zero point, the starting point. At the zero line, the zero o’clock line, you start the First Ray. From the zero to the one, that space is represented by the initiations of the First Ray. You can say that you can start when you were born, this is the zero o’clock line, and for the first year of your life, you are facing the initiations from a psychological perspective of the First Ray of God Power, God Will, God Creativity. Now of course, I realize fully that when you are less than one year old, this will not do you a whole lot of good. But you will see that we have to start somewhere and work our way up until you reach an age where you are able to consciously take advantage of this teaching, whatever that age may be.

From the one o’clock to the two o’clock line, you are dealing with the initiations of the Second Ray. You can, of course, for each of these lines, which we will do, plot the qualities of each ray, the challenges you are facing on these rays, and this can give you some idea of what challenges you are dealing with at a particular age, at a particular year. From the two to the three o’clock line, and so forth, fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh. You have from the sixth to the seventh, you are dealing with the Seventh Ray. From the seventh to the eighth, you are dealing with the Eighth Ray of Integration. From the eighth to the ninth, the Ray of Equilibrium. From the ninth to the tenth, the Ray of Transparency and from the tenth to the eleventh, the Ray of Transcendence and from the eleventh to the twelfth, the Ray of Rebirth. This has completed one complete revolution of the clock. However, have we not told you there are 15 rays? What about the last three secret rays? Well, let me just finish a thought first.

The last three secret rays

You can start at your birth. Start the cosmic clock, the first year, the First Ray, and so forth. You get up to when you are 12 years old, and you now have completed a round on the clock, and now the question is, what do you now do? Well, for most people who are 12 years old and going into the teens, you will take another round on the clock with the 12 lines. Then you end up at the age of 24. It is still not easy for most people to do anything other than take another round on the clock. But as you become perhaps aware of the spiritual path, using an ascended master teaching, using our tools to start transforming your psychology, you can come to a point where you have now reached the 12 o’clock line again and then you have the potential to break out of the circle. And you do this by realizing that the 12 lines on the clock are on the circumference of the circle, but there is a center, represented by the 13th Ray of Creative Flow. What you can do at this point is, you can go to the center, and when you are at the center, you can look at the 12 lines of the clock, and you can sense intuitively, is there a particular line where I still have something unresolved? And then instead of going in a linear way, you can go directly from the center to that line.

Say you feel you have something unresolved on the 8th Ray, or the 8 o’clock line. You do not have to go to the one, the two, the three, the four, the five, the six, the seven to get to the eight. You go directly from the center to the eighth. Then when you have been in the center, however long that may take, and it could ideally take a year, it could take more, then you can take the next step. You can realize that so far you have been focusing on the individual lines of the clock, but the lines are drawn on the circle that forms the outer boundary of the clock and this is represented by the 14th Ray of Sharing Your Presence. Once you are on that circle, you realize that the lines of the clock are fixed, but the circle itself could be turned, it could be rotated and that means that you can now go to any line of the clock where you feel you have something you want to share, some aspect of your Presence you want to share on that line. In other words, you do not have to at this point share your Presence first at the one o’clock or the zero o’clock and then at the one and the two and the three and so forth. You can go wherever you feel moved to go to share your Presence on a particular ray.

And then when you feel that you have done this sufficiently, you can become aware that there is a 15th Ray, which we have not actually described and which we have been reluctant to put too many words on to avoid you forming mental images. But we have used the word unconditionality. What does that correspond to on the Cosmic Clock? Well, what is the clock face drawn upon? A white sheet of paper. The 15th Ray represents the cosmic background that everything, every form, is fashioned out of. It is unconditional, unconditioned by any form that is expressed because it comes before the forms and therefore, there is a flow of energy from the unconditional into the world of form, but there is not a flow or projection from the world of form upon the unconditional. But you can tune into this flow and this can help you then even more deeply share your Presence.

What I am saying is that as an ascended master student, you can look back at your life, you can plot your age, where have you gone to on this cosmic clock? Which line are you on right now? Which initiations are you facing? Then you can focus on passing these initiations until you have gone another round and you can now consider: Am I ready to step into the center or do I feel I need to take another round?

Now you may say that when you reach a certain point, and for many it will be when you reach the age of 36 where you have gone around the circle three times, it is possible that at any line of the clock you can step to the center. I am not asking you to be completely rigid about this, but on the other hand I am also asking you not to decide with the outer mind that now you are ready to step to the center. Just let it come intuitively from within.

The planetary Psychological Clock

Naturally we will give more teachings on this, but I wanted to sketch the outline of what I am releasing here. What can you use it for? You can use it to compare it to the 12-year cycle. You have your personal cycle starting when you were born, but the earth starts a new cycle here at New Year’s at the 12-zero line.

 The Year of the First Ray

This next year, 2025, will be dominated by the First Ray. You can, therefore,  take advantage of that by making calls to the masters of the First Ray and making the calls that these masters will help people pass this initiation. There has to be a will to be creative and creativity starts with thinking beyond your current mental box, questioning your mental box, reaching beyond it, and the Christ light that is descending will challenge people to do this. You can hold the vision, you can make the calls that people will be able to tune in to this need to question the old, to look beyond the old. And then next year (2026) it will be the Second Ray, Wisdom, but also a certain balance, where many people in today’s world have started looking beyond what they were brought up to believe in, their, we might say, ‘native mental box’ but now they are open to anything and everything, and they get pulled hither and yon by all these far-flung theories. There is a need for the balancing wisdom that keeps you tuning in to the Christ mind so you can evaluate all of these alternative ideas and sort out the ones that are clearly unbalanced and that pull you into a fear-based reaction.

And then, of course, you can continue this way up through the various rays into the secret rays, and you can see how you can provide a great service to the planet in this coming 12-year cycle by making these calls for other people. You can, of course, also make the calls for yourself, and you can contemplate how you yourself can better tune in to this cycle. What should you then do? I encourage you to focus on the 12-year cycle of the planet first. Spend your time and energy on this but if you have time and attention left over, then use the teaching to plot your personal cycle. Where are you at based on your age? And then, if you have time, do both so that you are passing both the personal cycle and the planetary cycle at the same time. But as I said, if you do not have the time and attention for this, focus on the planetary.

Now, I am not saying you need to spend hours and hours to do this. It can be enough to give some simple calls. For example, one day you can give the calls to the Chohan of the planetary ray, and the Chohan of your personal ray. The next day, the Archangel, the next day the Elohim, and so forth. It does not have to take that much time. You can also, when you step back, you can actually use this teaching to take a look at what is happening in the world and you can see, for example, that in this coming year, 2025, those leaders who are abusing power will be challenged. There will be a rising awareness that we need leaders who are not abusing their power, but who are respecting some kind of higher principle than their own ideological worldview and you can do the same in coming years. This will allow you to better understand what is happening, it will also allow you to better make calls on it, as you see the need to do so.

The need for balanced approach

Now, the reason I have waited some time to release this tool is that I have, of course, observed how people used the Cosmic Clock and for some people, it became a very rigid way that they were looking at it. Some even attempted to plot the hours of the day on the Cosmic Clock. You could even go down to five-minute segments of each hour but this becomes too much to deal with. It is simply not practical. Others focus more on the perversions of the twelve lines than the positive qualities. They were more focused on avoiding the perversions than actually manifesting the positive qualities and this is not the optimal approach either. Others lost interest, did not use it, but primarily because it became too much for them. They were too rigid about it. I am hoping that you can find a more balanced approach to this, and the reason why I am calling it the Psychological Clock is that it really is primarily a tool for resolving psychology.

This goes for you personally, which is easy enough to see, but also on a planetary level, because when you are making calls on this, you are helping other people, who are willing to tune in, resolve psychology. And of course, this is part of growing on the path of Christhood, that as you approach the 96th level, you reach beyond yourself and seek to help others, thereby raising the collective. First you raise yourself above the collective, and then you seek to raise the collective by helping other people raise themselves above the collective. You are not raising yourself above the collective in the sense that you are not part of it, but you are not pulled down by it, and by not being pulled down by the collective, you are naturally pulling up on the collective and this is, of course, the purpose of the release of this light. It is not to bring about chaos and upheaval. The larger purpose is to raise the collective consciousness so that things can begin to change on a planetary level. This concludes my remarks about this Psychological Clock.

Acknowledging the progress

But I also wish to take the opportunity here to talk a little bit about other issues. And let me start by talking about you, who are our direct students, who are using this dispensation. We have, in past dispensations, attracted quite a number of people who had this need to feel special, to feel they had done something special for the planet, for the ascended masters, they have the need to be recognized, to be acknowledged, to be praised, and so forth. In this dispensation, we have not attracted as many people with this need. But of course, some of you have the need, but you have also the tools to overcome it. But what I am saying is that in this dispensation, we have people primarily who are willing to work on yourselves, and you do not need to be guided and goaded and pushed forward at every step of the path. You are more self-driven, self-motivated.

Nevertheless, I find it appropriate to let you know that as a worldwide movement, even though you do not have a clearly organized movement, but still, all of the students who have made use of this dispensation, our teachings and our tools, you have made a considerable amount of progress over these last few years, so that you have reached a critical mass where we can say that as a movement of people, the Christ is ready to be born in you. This does not mean that it is automatically born in each and every one of you. But I am pointing out that you have made progress to the point where you can consciously acknowledge that progress and you can allow yourself to consider what it means for you personally that the Christ is born in you. If you do not feel you are quite ready to accept this, then consider,  what is it you need to resolve before you reach that point?

Some of you will need to consider that you are ready to say right away: “Yes, yes, I am ready!” but you are not actually ready. You still have something unresolved that you have not seen. Well, then work on seeing it, ask other people, ask us to give you inner direction. Without any big fanfare, I simply want to let you know that you have reached a turning point where you are ready to accelerate your path to another level. What that means for you individually is up to you. What that means for you, whether you start coming together more, cooperating, working together, helping each other, that is also up to you.

Accelerating  spiritual movements to a new level

We have deliberately not created an organization like we did in the Summit Lighthouse or the I AM Movement that had a rigid organizational structure where people had to fit into it or leave. We are attempting here to create a more diversified, inclusive movement where it is up to you to decide. I am simply saying that perhaps it is time for you to at least consider how you could accelerate your path, your movement to a new level. I also want to say that this is not something that is only the case for your movement. There are other spiritual movements on the planet who, even without knowing about ascended master teachings, are still attuned to the cycles, are still attuned to the energies we have been releasing and therefore, they have also made considerable progress. There is a certain worldwide phenomenon of a diversified group of spiritual movements that also have reached a certain critical level and although most of them would not even be willing to listen to what an ascended master is saying through this messenger, I am still putting it out there that it is actually an opportune moment, with the start of this 12-year cycle, where spiritual movements could begin to look beyond themselves and consider what they might achieve by cooperating in some fashion.

Could you achieve more for the earth? Could you achieve more in terms of helping people by cooperating? One aspect of this could be that there are movements who would look at certain teachings from other movements, certain tools from other movements. There are organizations out there who could benefit from using some of the teachings we have given through this messenger, some of the tools, decrees, invocations, meditations, and we are of course giving people permission to do this, there is no exclusivity. Although the material is copyrighted for practical reasons, anyone who wants to can get permission to use it.

Time to question why life is so difficult

Beyond this, there is a large group of people who are not in any spiritual movement, who are not aware of the spiritual path, at least consciously, who are not aware of spiritual teachings. They are not necessarily negative towards it either, but it just has not been the focus of their attention. There are many people around the world who also have raised their awareness to a critical level where they are ready to serve in society in some greater capacity than they have done so far. Many of these people have already engaged themselves in various aspects of society, but many of them have not quite dared to step out. And therefore, I am sending, of course, as with everything we say, these impulses into the collective so that people can pick up on them and realize that it is time to engage. It is time to go beyond your own shell and take active part in society. This is especially, of course, easy to do in democratic societies, but there are people everywhere who are at that point where they are ready to go beyond.

Now, when you look at all of these people, ascended master students, spiritual people, and the people who are not in a spiritual movement but have raised their awareness: what is it they are all ready to do? Well, they are all ready to question what we have talked about: Why is life so difficult? Why is there such hardship? Why are there all these limitations and poverty and conflict and warfare on earth? Is it the only way things could be? Is it natural? Is the earth a natural planet? Is what is happening on earth natural?And many are ready to realize that this cannot be natural. It cannot be inevitable so why is it that way?

A shift in consciousness

And many of them are ready to recognize, as we have already explained, that things are that way because of the machinations of a small power elite. They do not need to call them fallen beings, but they do need to see the narcissistic personality disorder, the sociopathic and psychopathic tendencies among some of the leaders of history and some of the leaders today. And then they need to begin speaking out that this cannot go on, we have had enough of this form of leadership. Again, I am speaking this into the collective consciousness magnified by your chakras to awaken those of these people who can be awakened so they can tune in to the light that is being released, and so that they can in their own way, without being consciously aware of the light being released, but they can still ride the wave. They can feel a shift. They can feel that something new has happened. There is a new opportunity, a new day dawning. They see the dark clouds parting and there is a ray of light shining through and they realize something has shifted and it is time to move forward.

That is what will allow people to take the light that is being released, to accept it, internalize it, multiply the talents and change society so that we do not have to see these hard knocks in order to awaken people. You can say: What is it that awakens people? Well, it is always a shift in consciousness. What brings about the shift in consciousness? Well, in the School of Hard Knocks, it is the school of hard knocks, it is outer physical events. Why is this so? Because an outer physical event is harder to deny than some impulse that comes in the emotional, mental or identity bodies. Would Germany have changed as it has if it had not had the loss of the war and the exposure of the Holocaust? It took that kind of a hard knock to shift the consciousness of many Germans.

But could it have happened without it? Well, yes, of course. Because it did in other nations that did not have to go through the same hard knocks. Can it happen today without the hard knocks? In many nations, it can. But how will it happen? It will happen by the people who are most aware, what we have called the top ten percent, riding the wave, pulling up so that more and more people are able to shift and ask these questions and recognize: “We have had enough of the hardships, enough of the drudgery.”

The questions to ask

Now, you can ask yourself many questions in this regard, and this is what we ask you to hold the vision for, make the calls for, that people begin to ask these questions. Of course, there are the obvious ones: Why is there war on earth? Why has there been war when we look back at known history? Why is war getting worse and worse, the weapons getting more and more powerful? Is it really necessary? Is it unavoidable? You can ask yourself, why there is torture, why is there crime?

But there are also more subtle questions. Why is there poverty? Is it just because that is the way it is? Is it just because in some countries the physical conditions in nature are not able to provide abundant food for the people? Is it because the people are lazy or not creative enough? Or is it actually partly because there is a small power elite that are concentrating wealth into their own hands? And this is even going on in the democratic societies where you almost across the board see the rich getting richer. Is poverty really a man-made condition? And how can we continue to accept that a few people have now gotten so rich that they have more money than all of the nations in the world, or at least more than the general population of those nations? How can we continue to accept that a few nations are so rich that it allows people to become billionaires whereas so many nations still have the majority of their people living in poverty.

But then you can ask yourself more subtle questions. Why is life difficult? Why is life a drudgery? Why does it seem like the physical planet, nature, resists progress, resists growth? Why do you have to work out the living at the sweat of the brow instead of having fruits ripe for the picking on the trees? Could it be partly because there is this power elite who is seeking to concentrate power, privilege and wealth into their own hands and they want it to be difficult for the majority of the population? But could it even be that there are beings beyond this who are simply seeking to create chaos? I am of course talking about the fallen beings, which most people will not recognize the existence of in the near future but nevertheless, people can begin to ask these questions.

The hidden link

Then they can go beyond this and realize and begin to ask the question: “Does it have something to do with our consciousness?” As we have said, the real question here is: “Are the physical conditions on earth completely independent of the minds, the consciousness of human beings? Or is there a link between the two?” And is it possible that this link has been known by a small power elite who have taken advantage of it by deliberately lowering the collective consciousness so that most people on earth accept as inevitable that they are poor, that they have to struggle, that they cannot have the wealth of the elite, that they cannot have the power of the elite because the elite are special and the people are in a lower class?

And, is it possible that this lowering of consciousness has had a direct impact on the amount of natural resources? Of course, also the distribution of natural resources, but even the amount of natural resources? So that this is part of the explanation for the poverty you see on earth. In other words: “Is poverty a natural condition or a man-made condition?” You can even go beyond this and ask a whole other set of questions. Many people on earth have never really asked the question: “Why is there so much conflict and opposition, warfare and so forth? Is it possible that this is not an inevitable condition, that this is not even a human condition but that this is brought about because most people have a naive view of what it means to be a human being?”

People who seek to create chaos

Most people assume that other people are like them. You look at the earth and most people just want to focus on their personal lives. They want to have as good of a life as possible. They want to provide a good life for their children and many people assume that all people must be like that but there can come a point where people begin to see that this is not a viable assumption because you can look at history and say that: “Was it people like me that precipitated all the wars and the murder and mayhem?” Because if everybody was like me, we should all live and let live but when we look at history, when we look at the world today, we see that there are people who cannot live and let live. They have to interfere with other people so is it possible that there are people in embodiment who are not like most human beings? Who are not only deliberately seeking power and privilege and riches, but some of them are simply seeking to destroy, to create chaos, to break down society? Is it possible that there are people who are acting like spoilers?

They have really no ideology. You can look back and see that communism was an aggressive force that attempted to conquer other nations through force and make them all communist. But there was at least some kind of ideology there. But is it possible that there are people who do not have an ideology? They are not trying to bring forth a better society, even through a misguided ideology like communism. They have no ideology. They just want to break down anything that is good for people. In other words, there are people who are completely destructive. They may use an ideology like communism if it can help them gain followers, but really their agenda is destruction, opposition, obstruction. They are simply seeking to destroy what the majority of people are seeking to build and this can then bring about this deeper question.

As we have said, all people have a sense that certain conditions are not the way they should be. They feel oppressed. What does it mean you feel oppressed? Well, even if you are not able to formulate this consciously, you are feeling that something from outside yourself is forcing you into a situation you would not be in unless you were forced. It was not something you would have chosen. Implied in this feeling of being oppressed or limited is a certain recognition that this is not normal, this is not natural, this is not inevitable and this can lead you then to question again, why is it that way? And you can then realize it is that way because there are certain people, perhaps even certain forces, that are seeking to destroy what the majority of human beings want to build.

In other words, the majority do not want to be oppressed, they want to have a good life but there are those who are deliberately working against people having a good life. You see it, obviously, in dictatorial nations but you also see that there are those both outside democratic nations and inside democratic nations who are seeking to destroy or limit democracy. You see those inside democratic nations who are using their democratic freedoms to create these elaborate financial instruments that siphon wealth upwards, takes it away from the working population, concentrates it in the hands of those few noblemen sitting in their elaborate castles or sailing around on their elaborate yachts. Or sitting in their elaborate bomb shelters because they are so paranoid they cannot stand being out in society.

But nevertheless, there can be that recognition: “We, the vast majority of people on earth, want to build a better life and a better society for ourselves and our children. Why do we not have it?” Because there is a small minority who are aggressively working against it. When will we have had enough of this? So we first of all decide in our minds enough is enough, but so we also become willing to take active measures to free our society from this elite of those who want power, those who want privilege, those who want wealth, and those who want destruction for the sake of destruction.

The potential for change

And this is a potential for the next 12 years, that these questions will be asked, that the realization will break through. You have seen it in previous ages. Many of you who have grown up in democratic nations cannot really imagine what it was like for the peasants and the working people of feudal Europe where they lived in a country that had an almighty king, supported by a group of noblemen who owned the land. If you were born, if your parents were peasants, you were born as a peasant, you were the property of the nobleman. What options did you have? You could not move unless you had the permission of a nobleman. You could not marry. You could not have children. You could not change your vocation. You could not get an education. You could not even, in most cases, learn to read. They were so oppressed that you could hardly imagine it if you had grown up in a democratic country. But still they overthrew their overlords and manifested democratic societies.

Now there are people today in the world who have grown up in dictatorships like Russia, North Korea, many muslim nations with sharia law and they know what it was like, what it is like to be oppressed. Some of them may know that there was a time where the peasants were oppressed, but they still threw off the feudal elite, but they cannot imagine that they could do the same to their rulers. But, of course, it is possible. How else would it have been done? You see other societies that were oppressed, for example, by the Roman Empire. For a time, the Roman Empire seemed to be an indestructible empire. But where is it today? Where is the Soviet Union today?

Of course, things can change, and this is another realization that can spread among the oppressed people on earth, whether they are here or there or everywhere. Things can change! But it starts in the mind by asking the questions and by realizing, deciding you have had enough and things must change. Because until you have that decision, nobody can take action and you see this in history as well, that there is a situation that is frozen. Clearly, it is unbalanced. Clearly, there is a small elite that controls the people. Clearly, the elite does not have the physical means to control the people, so they are controlling them through their minds, but there is a veil over people’s minds. They cannot see that they could throw off the yoke. They could rise up against the power elite, because if they all rose up, what could the power elite do? Nothing.

You have recently seen this in Syria, where after so many years of civil war, different factions, the dictator had to leave, seemingly out of the blue. Can this happen in other countries? Of course it can. Can it happen in Putin’s Russia? Well, it did happen in Soviet Russia, did it not? This is what you can make the calls for, hold the vision for, that the oppressed people come to see this, so they can overthrow these obvious dictators. But you can also make the calls that the democratic people come to see their dictators, the hidden power elite, and overthrow them as well. Of course you can have a functioning world economy without this small elite that are siphoning wealth into their own hands. Of course the economy can function, and it will function much better, and the general population will have a much higher standard of living.

This is what the light will do. It will accelerate a breakthrough in people’s awareness that change is possible, change is needed, and they want it now. Truly, when you look at this, and you look at the collective consciousness of some of these nations in Europe that were oppressed by the feudal lords for centuries, and you look at how there was this lid, this veil over the collective consciousness and it seemed for a time as if nothing could break it, because the society was so rigid, so locked in this power structure, and yet it broke. It broke by individual people beginning to question, raising their consciousness but it also broke simply because of the upward movement of the earth being pulled by the entire unascended sphere. It broke because of the release of light from the ascended realm. There are several factors there, but all those factors are there today.

It is not like people of today have to do something that has never been done before. What they have to do, though, is continue the upward movement and take it to a distinctly higher level. That is the challenge of the people today and for many it seems like it is something that has never been done before, but it is not. There is, in this respect, nothing new under the sun. It is the same process, it is just taking it to the next level.

With this, I have had my say and I am grateful for this opportunity, that so many of you were willing to tune in, open your minds and chakras to broadcast this message into the collective consciousness, where it has had effects that you cannot grasp with the conscious mind, with a linear mind. I am grateful for your willingness because if you were not there, I could still speak this message through the messenger, but it would not have anywhere near the effect on the collective consciousness and although it would still have an effect, you have multiplied it many times. For this, you have my gratitude and I seal you in the unconditional love of the Mother of God that I have for each one of you.

I hope you can feel that love, for it is the ultimate transformation. And what is transformation? Is it not acceleration? Mother Mary I AM and I represent the Divine Mother for earth. What does the Divine Mother want for her children? For them to accelerate.

Be sealed then in my love, the accelerating love that I AM.

 

****

 

We’re excited to share a beautiful graphic of the 2025 Planetary Psychological Clock created by Sandy Singer. It offers a clear and creative way to connect with and reflect on its profound meanings.

Thank you, Sandy, for bringing this concept to life! 💙💙

 

 

Psychological Clock (by age)

 

 

by Sandy Singer

 

 

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

The acceleration of matter: Shifting the spectrum of consciousness on earth


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Elohim Astrea through Kim Michaels, January 5, 2025. This dictation was given during the 2025 New Year’s Webinar: Accelerate yourself and the planet with the Masters of the Fourth Ray.

 

I AM the Ascended Master the Elohim Astrea. We are of course fully in unity with the archangels and this release of a new cycle, the release of the Christ light. But what does this mean from the Elohimic level?

The effect of Christ light on matter

You may say, in a somewhat simplified view, that the archangels have the task of reducing the light from the spiritual realm into the four levels of matter. The Elohim have the task of using that light to actually create structures in the four levels of matter. And therefore, the archangels are releasing light into the individual energy fields of people who are attuned to it. They are also releasing light into the collective consciousness. But we, the Elohim, take that light and release it into, or magnify it into, the matter realm. This means not only the planet, it means matter itself.

What exactly does that mean? Well, it means that in the next five to 12 years, the release of light will have a multitude of effects in the matter realm. Now, there are, of course, levels of this, but there are certainly the level of nature, which we might define as living organisms.

Living organisms

As a result of this release of light, there will be effects on all living organisms on earth. There will be, in some ways, an increase of disease. This is not because things are getting worse, but because the light will flush out impurities and imbalances. And therefore, this is a temporary phase. But you will see it in humans, you will see it in animals. You will see more erratic animal behavior, you will see more erratic human behavior. You will also see some species that will either be greatly reduced in numbers or will become extinct completely, because they cannot adjust to the light.

As we have hinted at before, the current animal species that you see on earth were not created by God in some initial creation event. Many animal species are a product of the unbalanced collective consciousness of human beings. They are, so to speak, a manifestation of this. We have mentioned before that all poisonous animals is not a creation of the Elohim. Parasites are not a creation of the Elohim. There will seem like certain things are getting worse, an increase in parasites, for example, but this will also be a temporary event that will peak and then be reduced.

Weather patterns

You will also see in nature more erratic weather patterns. You already have seen this, but you will see it more, and it will not be because of global warming, as the scientists or the propagandists will immediately claim. It will simply be the increase of light. But again, this is a temporary mechanism.

You know, if you have ever done any cleansing of your physical body, that when you do some kind of cleansing, you can have severe symptoms for a while until the cleansing has reached a critical mass, a critical level. There will be a cleansing of nature, natural systems, including weather patterns. There will be areas that become drier, areas that will become hotter, areas that will become colder.

You may look, as scientists always want to do, for a single cause of this, but there is no single cause other than the light. The light has different effects depending on the imbalances in particular areas. See, this is, to take a slight detour, it is one of the problems that you see in science today, is they are always looking for this theory of everything.

They think there is some ultimate cause or some single cause, such as global warming, CO2 release, or whatever it may be they are looking for. But there is not always a single cause other than, as I said, the release of light is definitely a single cause, but the effects are varied. Various effects in various areas, depending on the imbalances in those areas. Then, of course, we can go beyond the living organisms. We can go beyond the weather on the surface. We can look at the planet itself.

The planet itself

If you increase the light, what is bound to happen? Well, the body of the earth mother will go through cleansing symptoms. There will be an increase in earthquakes. How severe depends very much on how people in particular areas respond to the Christ light. The more people accept the Christ light, the more they are willing to transcend themselves, the less severe the earthquakes will be. The more they resist the Christ light, refuse to transcend themselves, the more powerful an earthquake will be. This, of course, can lead to tsunamis. Then there is volcanic eruptions. Again, the severity or lack of that depends on people’s willingness to transcend themselves.

Acceleration of matter 

But we can go beyond even this. What about matter itself? And as a result of this light, matter itself will begin to vibrate at a higher level. We have explained many times that the earth was created as a natural planet by us, the Elohim. We defined a planet that had a lower density of matter than what you see today. I am not saying that the earth will go back to the status of being a natural planet in the next 12 years. I am only saying that the increase of the light will raise the vibration, accelerate the vibration of matter itself.

This will have the effect that it will be easier for people to disassociate, disidentify their minds from the physical body. It will be easier for people to go through the process that all spiritual people have gone through of realizing you are not the body. You are not the physical body. You are a soul or lifestream embodying the body. This will make it easier for people to see themselves as spiritual beings, even to accept reincarnation.

 It will be easier for people to accept that: “My psychological issues could not possibly be the result of my childhood in this one lifetime. They must have a deeper cause that reaches back into previous lifetimes where a cursory look at the history books will show you that all people could very well have been exposed to various traumas, including wars and torture and conflicts.” This in itself can bring a shift.

It can accelerate the shift that has already been happening so that more and more people will begin to accept that they are spiritual beings, that we are only limited by our psychology, and that therefore, a major focus on our life should be: “If we want to be free and at peace with ourselves and at peace with living on this planet, it should be the resolution of psychology.”

Many people have of course already started realizing this. Many more will come to realize it in the next 12 years. And this is one of the shifts we are looking for. We are looking for a shift where more and more people wake up and realize, regardless of your outer situation, you are not powerless because you can always do something about resolving your psychology.

The new approach to healing 

This process does not depend on outer conditions and therefore, there will be a greater interest in this, a greater interest in self-help, the resolution of psychology, even spirituality. Incidentally, you who are the forerunners among the spiritual people could very well see a business opportunity in this, various business opportunities, whereby you can combine the need to make a living with helping other people. Therefore, accelerate your own growth, accelerate the growth of others, and balance any karma you may have with other people. I am not telling you what to do individually, just pointing out that if you ride the wave, you can experience tremendous growth from this.

Then of course there is the effect that when you accelerate the vibration of physical matter, those people who can accept this at the identity, mental, and emotional level, will also increase the vibration of their physical bodies. After an initial period of cleansing, your bodies can become healthier. And this will happen for many people around the world.

There will be diseases that will increase for a while, then decrease. There will also be a great increase in the recognition that the healing of physical diseases cannot be approached as a physical mechanical thing. But you must take a more holistic approach, look at a person as a whole, and realize that healing the physical body can best be achieved by also working with the psychology. Many people have naturally already realized this, but I am talking about this becoming more mainstream, this becoming much more recognized. And therefore, there will be a need for cooperation between physical healthcare practitioners and mental healthcare practitioners.

And eventually, an entirely new approach will emerge where you have healthcare practitioners who are both educated in the physical and the psychological aspects of healing. Again, of course, some people have already started this, but this will increase. Again, there is an opportunity here for those who are willing to dedicate themselves to that field. Again, not telling you what to do individually, just pointing out the opportunity.

Breakthroughs in science

Then, of course, the raising of the vibration of matter itself will lead to breakthroughs in science, where science will begin to see new forms of technology. We have before talked about the fact that at the present moment, much technology is what we have called force-based. Saint Germain has talked about the emergence of technology that is not force-based, and this will be accelerated over the next 12 years. Exactly what breakthroughs will happen will very much depend on how many people respond to the Christ light and are willing to accelerate themselves.

Receiving energy

But certainly, there is a possibility for the emergence of new technologies for generating energy, or rather receiving energy, that are not based on force. However, as we have said before, this also requires changes in society because naturally you cannot allow a small power elite to monopolize this kind of technology as they have monopolized the force-based technology. Now, it is more difficult to monopolize technology that is not force-based, but it can be suppressed or delayed.

There is, again, if people respond to a critical level, then the power elite will not be able to monopolize or hold back this technology. And therefore, there will be new energy sources that will be discovered, or it will be discovered how to harness the energy sources that are already there.

This does not mean that necessarily there will be completely free energy within this 12-year cycle. There will still be a need for what is called sustainable energy, solar power, wind power. There will be a need to research fusion and take other measures, but these will be temporary. And there will come a period, perhaps after the 12-year cycle, but there will come a period where energy will become completely free and available anywhere. There will be no need to distribute.

The idea of a distribution grid that distributes energy from a centralized power plant will fade away. There will be resistance to this from the power elite who wants to continue making these truly insane amounts of money off of energy. But if enough people respond to the Christ light, they will not be able to hold it back.

Seeing that matter is vibration

Then, of course, there will be, as the vibration of matter is raised, there will be the discovery, or really, we could say, the full realization of what the theory of relativity and quantum physics has already indicated. Namely, that matter is vibration. When you go to the deeper levels of matter, you cross a boundary where there are no more particles, but only energy waves.

This means many things, of course. It means, for example, that it now becomes possible to see that the physical body can be healed by vibration. This is what you are doing to some degree when you are giving invocations and decrees. But naturally, scientists will look for a more mechanical way to do this. There are already some scientists who have made certain discoveries, but this will become much more mainstream as scientists will develop instruments, physical, mechanical instruments, for producing a higher vibration that can heal the cells, free them from cancer, free them from toxins, and other things.

But there will also be a growing awareness that the ancient alchemists were not completely insane when they talked about converting base metals into gold. The only thing is, that it could not be done through chemical means. It can be done through vibration.

Now again, I am not going to say here that in the next 12 years, humankind will be able to take dirt and convert it into gold and pave the streets. But nevertheless, there will be a recognition that matter is far more pliable than has been recognized so far. And therefore, it is actually possible to use vibration to change certain forms of matter into other forms of matter.

I am not saying they can change lead into gold, because that is a big step to achieve in the next 12 years. But if you can at least realize that it is possible to expose one form of matter particles to a certain vibration that transforms them into another form of matter particles, then that will be a significant progress in the next 12 year cycle. And of course, the release of light by the Elohim will make this discovery easier to make and easier to accept and easier to implement. But again, how people respond to the Christ light will have an impact on this.

The scientists

And with people, I not only mean the spiritual people, I mean the scientists. For, if scientists are to discover this technology, they must raise their consciousness beyond the materialistic paradigm. Now there are of course scientists who have already started doing this. But this needs to become much more mainstream. And it will be easier for scientists to do this as a result of the release of light. But it is not a given, for free will, of course, reigns supreme.

You can hold the vision for this, you can make the calls for this, you can study, find the scientists who are already talking about this, talking about consciousness being a fundamental feature of the universe, because this is what needs to be recognized. It needs to be recognized here that force-based technology is mechanical in nature. In other words, once you have created a steam engine, it does not matter what the level of consciousness is of the person who shoves the coal into the boiler. It is still going to burn, create the steam that can produce work.

But what you do need to realize is that the steam engine was an incredible step up for humankind compared to horse-drawn carriages. And that step up could only have happened because some scientists raised their consciousness. If you are to step up from force-based technology to non force-based technology, a critical mass of scientists must raise their consciousness, their awareness, so they can accept that consciousness is a fundamental feature of the universe. Because non force-based technology can only be discovered and implemented by scientists who recognize the role of consciousness in the creation of the matter world.

And as I said, some scientists have started to recognize this. You can study them, you can make the calls for them to be cut free, to be empowered. For them to be accelerated, to see how to implement this because, naturally, there are many scientists who will not be convinced until you are able to create some kind of technology that can produce visible results.

This is entirely possible in the next 12 years because of this acceleration. But it will require a step up that is bigger than the step up from horse-drawn carriages to steam locomotives, or the step up from chemical reactions to splitting the atom.

Consciousness as a fundamental feature of the universe

There is a great need for scientists who will step back, first of all abandon the materialistic paradigm, and then start looking at: What does it actually mean if consciousness is a fundamental feature of the universe? How can we then bring our minds into synchronicity with a greater mind that must exist if consciousness is a fundamental feature?

You see what I am saying here. The materialistic paradigm says your consciousness, all that is going on in your mind, is the result of physical material processes in the physical brain. It is an epiphenomenon. The entire world started without consciousness. A mechanical, unconscious process of evolution brought forth the earth and human beings, and only with the emergence of the sophistication of the human brain did consciousness come into creation.

But if consciousness is seen to be a fundamental feature, what does that mean? This is the question that a few scientists have started asking. Many more need to start asking it. Many people who are not scientists need to start asking it, so that it builds a momentum in the collective consciousness and it leads to the abandonment of the materialistic paradigm. And as you reach a certain critical mass, there will be scientists who can tune in to Saint Germain and other masters and use their knowledge of science, practical science and technology, to create technology that is not force-based.

Free energy

You already know there is such technology. Wind power, hydropower, solar power is in a sense non-force-based technology, in the sense that you are not forcing or you are not using human-generated energy to make the wind blow, to make water rise up behind a dam, or to make the sun shine. Naturally, if consciousness is a fundamental feature of nature, scientists will begin to realize—certainly can begin to realize, which is why I am speaking this into the collective consciousness—that consciousness is what actually produces the energy that drives the world.

But this comes from a higher realm, what we call the spiritual realm, and this energy is reduced through the intercession of consciousness, first to the identity level, then to the mental, then the emotional, then to the physical. And when you realize this, you realize that you can tap into this flow of energy and create technology that brings energy from the three higher realms into the physical, where it can produce physical work, including electricity but not limited to electricity.

There is actually the potential, perhaps not in the next 12 years, but there is the potential to realize that there are forms of energy that are more fundamental than electricity, but that can produce mechanical work in a more powerful way than electricity can do so. This is, of course, we might say elementary to us Elohim, but it requires a huge leap in consciousness and in technology for it to be implemented.

You who are spiritual people can hold the vision, make the calls, that those who have the technical expertise will be able to make that leap. Because naturally, once you start having energy that is not monopolized by a power elite, that is not produced in order to generate profit, this will have incredible ramifications on society.

Just imagine, and you can see this, you do not even have to imagine, you can simply look at every time the oil prices go down: There is a boom in the economy. When the oil prices go up, there is a slowdown in the economy. Now imagine that energy—for lighting, for heat, for transportation, for manufacturing—was free. What kind of a boom in the economy would you see? A boom that most people cannot even imagine.

Just take, for example, a country like India. It is beginning to have a much better economy. It is beginning to lift some people out of poverty. But there are still many villages in India where they do not have electricity. Just imagine that all of these villages, all of these remote places around the world, had power available at the local area that was for free. What new opportunities would spring up? Imagine what people could do with this.

Imagine that the transportation of goods from one place to another was not entirely free, but at least it would not require a fuel cost as it does today with ships and trains and automobiles. Just imagine what this kind of reduced transportation cost could do to commerce around the world. How there could be people living in the remote areas where their only option right now is agriculture, which is difficult to achieve because of the climate, just imagine that they could start some kind of manufacturing process because they had the power to do it, and it was much cheaper to transport their goods to bigger cities where people would buy them.

Suddenly, huge parts of the human population could be lifted out of poverty. There is no need for them to come to the cities to work in large factories. Suddenly, everything could be much more decentralized so that you avoid this concentration of people in the big cities with all of the complicated logistics that this entails.

People who are afraid of change

There are many, many positive ramifications that can come out of this release of light. But as we have said, some will still see it as a threat, and everything depends on the balance between those who see the opportunity and are willing to accelerate themselves to take advantage of the opportunity, and those who see it as a threat because they are afraid of losing whatever they have.

It is one of these aspects of an unnatural planet that, on an unnatural planet, most people are living in very limited physical circumstances. But despite that fact, many of them are attached to what they have, are afraid of losing what they have, are afraid that change could only be worse.

I talk about these remote villages, whether it be in India or in the Middle East or South America or Siberia or wherever. There are people there who, in some cases, live like their ancestors did several hundred years ago and who do not really want to change. Well, they might want to have a smartphone, but otherwise they do not want to change their basic lifestyle.

The other aspect that needs to be taken into consideration by those of you who are spiritual people, so you can make calls on it, is that on an unnatural planet people are oppressed. As Saint Germain talked about, that people are trapped, they all are suffering, they all know their situation is limited, but are they willing to accelerate themselves beyond it?

Feeling oppressed

And what needs to be understood, and which will become easier to understand because of the release of light, is that on earth right now the majority of people are living in limited physical conditions, but they are also living in very limiting psychological conditions. They are oppressed psychologically, we might even say spiritually.

The curious mechanism here is that all people have some sense of how things should be and how they should not be. This is not necessarily for many people a conscious thinking process, it is a largely unconscious process. We might call it intuitive or instinctive, but intuitive is probably not the right word for many people who are in a lower state of consciousness. But nevertheless, you go and look at some people that are living in a dictatorship, for example.

To take an obvious example, let’s look at Russia. We have talked before about the Russian people being oppressed by tyrannical leaders in many, many generations going thousands of years back. But if you look at the average person in Russia, they do sense this is not right, this is not the way things ideally should be. Things could be better. Maybe they do not even think clearly about it, but they feel oppressed, they feel burdened, they feel pushed down.

It is just that the fallen beings have managed to insert this mechanism in their minds whereby they will not acknowledge their feeling and ask a simple question: “Why? Why are we oppressed? Is it necessary that we are oppressed? Is this the only way we can live?”

And the Russians have their reasons for not asking these questions. Other people around the world who are oppressed have other reasons, or perhaps similar reasons, but for different outer conditions. People who are oppressed by Islam, for example, they look at it as a religious thing, whereas the Russians look at it more as something related to them personally.

“Why are we oppressed?”

You see, around the world you have these populations that are deeply oppressed. They sense they are oppressed, they feel oppressed. And what will happen in these coming 12 years is that the increase of light will force these people, and I use the word force deliberately, to confront what they have not been willing to confront. It will, on the one hand, make it easier for people to ask the question: “Why are we oppressed? And is it necessary? And could we be free of the oppression?”

But it will also force them to confront that question, because the mechanism is that the more people are oppressed, the more layers of denial they have built, preventing them from asking the question “why?” and from considering how we could be free.

What kind of leaders do we want? 

This, of course, again relates to recognizing that what is oppressing people around the world is the power elite, not only the physical power elite, but the fallen beings in the emotional, mental, and identity realms, where people need to decide: Do we want these kind of beings on earth, or do we want the earth to be free of them? In the short run, they need to decide: Do we want this kind of people as leaders of society or do we want to be free of them?

But you see, this requires people then to confront the question: If we do not have a dictatorial leader, who is then going to make the decisions? Are we willing to step up, like the people in democratic nations have done, where we take part in the decision making in society, we are willing to educate ourselves, we are willing to look at ourselves, whether we are knowledgeable enough, whether we have the level of awareness where we can actually make good decisions? Or are people not willing to raise their consciousness, to accelerate their consciousness?

An opportunity or a threat?

As we have said, some people will see this next 12-year cycle as an opportunity, others will see it as a threat. They will see, some will see it as a tremendous opportunity for growth and creativity, others will see it as a threat because existing structures and organizations will crumble. The net effect of this is really a separation in consciousness, as Jesus talked about separating the sheep from the goats, and some will go up in consciousness, some will go down.

The result of this will be that the earth will be accelerated, the collective consciousness will be accelerated to a higher level, at least if enough people embrace the changes. And this will mean that, as we have said before, the entire level of the 144 levels of consciousness can be shifted upwards. This will happen in the next 12 years, if enough people embrace the opportunity.

Mass acceleration or mass extinction?

But what will be the result of that? Well, first of all, some of the fallen beings at the lower levels of consciousness will not be able to embody. But there will also be some of the people who are holding on to the old, who will not be able to stay in embodiment. And the ramifications of this is what Saint Germain provoked you by saying that there will either be mass acceleration or mass extinction. Saint Germain did this deliberately, because he wants you, who are the spiritual people, to look at your reaction to such a statement.

If you have a strong emotional reaction, well, where does it come from? Well, you have the teachings about the subconscious selves. Where can a strong emotional reaction come from except from a subconscious self? Now, we are in no way blaming you. It is very understandable that many of you still have these subconscious selves, because you have experienced in past lifetimes these mass extinction events, whether it be war or other causes.

But what Saint Germain did was deliberately provoke you, so you can have an opportunity to look at these selves and use our teachings to overcome them. They are selves. And if you are to make the most of this 12-year cycle, you need to leave them behind. You need to be willing to say: “Whatever may come, let it come.” You need to simply go into these selves and consciously dismiss them and be willing to look at the earth without having this idea that a mass extinction should not happen.

Look at your reactions

Now, some of you have a completely unbalanced reaction to this word, mass extinction, because you think it means some major cataclysmic disaster. Like the wiping out of the dinosaurs or the downfall of civilizations. Again, this is understandable as we have explained, there have been civilizations that disappeared in what we can call a cataclysmic event. Some of you have read about Atlantis and the sinking of Atlantis.

But you need to recognize here that a mass extinction is not at that level, at that scale. You are inflating it in your consciousness, making it worse than it actually is. You have already experienced in your lifetime several mass extinctions. How many people died worldwide as a result of the corona pandemic? Was that not a mass extinction? Did it totally disrupt life on earth? Nay. What about the opioid crisis or the fentanyl crisis in the United States? Is that not a mass extinction?

What about the war in Ukraine? Is that not a mass extinction event? Even though the Russian people in general have not realized how many Russians have been killed. Look at what Israel has been doing in Gaza for the past year. Is not that a mass extinction event? What about the Second World War? Clearly mass extinction. But the world survived and moved on.

I am not predicting there will be an event in the next 12 years at the magnitude of the Second World War, although there of course are dark forces who would like to see that happen. But if enough people respond to the increase in light, then it will be transcended. You will accelerate the planet beyond it.

You need to recognize here that as spiritual people, if you are to ride the wave, you need to overcome these fears. The messenger has described how he was disturbed by the war in Ukraine, because he could see the disastrous consequences for both Russia and Ukraine. And he had a desire to spare people from this experience. But he had to work through this and realize this came from subconscious selves and even from some attitude he brought with him when he came to earth, that he did not want people on earth to suffer.

The School of Hard Knocks on earth

But you all need to look at this, your approach to earth, your view of earth, why you came to earth, how you have responded to conditions on earth through the birth trauma and witnessing other events. You can come to a point where you can be at peace and say, come what may. If people will only learn through hard knocks, then I must accept that sometimes the knocks will become so hard that people finally wake up and say no more. This is the School of Hard Knocks.

You start at the 48th level of consciousness, you go into separation, you create this maze, you are walking deeper and deeper into the maze, reacting through your sense of self to conditions on earth, conditions that are created by other people in separation and their separate selves.

People are reacting to each other, going deeper and deeper into separation. They are not willing to listen to anybody. How many people on earth are willing to listen to the ascended masters? They are unreachable. What will change them is that they go so deeply into the maze that they become so oppressed by their own psychology that they reach that breaking point where they say: “I cannot do this anymore. Is there an alternative?” When the student is ready, the teacher appears, whatever kind of teacher that people can recognize. Very often, of course, not the ascended masters. We cannot appear directly to people at the lowest level of consciousness, even if they turn around and ask for help, but we can send them something that can help them take the next step up. 

Shifting the entire spectrum of the 144 levels upwards

You need to recognize here, as this messenger wrestled with for a while before he accepted it, that if we are to manifest Saint Germain’s golden age in a reasonable time frame, there needs to be some upheaval. You need to stir the pot. You need to shake things up. Otherwise, it will take generations, perhaps centuries, certainly decades.

What we have decided, the Archangels, the Elohim, the Chohans, certainly Saint Germain, is to increase the light, to both give people an opportunity to accelerate or give them an opportunity to judge themselves and decelerate themselves out of embodiment. Because the simple fact is, that for the earth to move into the golden age, the collective consciousness must be raised. And yes, certainly we have talked for a long time about you who are the spiritual people, you raise your consciousness, you pull up on the collective. And you can pull up on the collective.

But what about those who are resisting any change? You are pulling up on the collective by stretching the collective, not by raising the bottom line. At some point, you have to shift the entire spectrum of the 144 levels upwards. You raise the bottom line. And those people who are not willing to accelerate their consciousness as this happens, well, they can no longer stay on the planet. There needs to be other beings, other souls who are willing to rise, who are given an opportunity to be in embodiment.

Work on your psychology

If you are to ride the wave over the next 12 years, if you are to be at peace with being in embodiment, you need to look at these subconscious selves you have. Again, it is very understandable that you have these subconscious selves based on your experiences in past lifetimes. But it has been quite some years now where we are giving you the teachings about the cosmic birth trauma. You have had time to work on this. If you still find yourself having a powerful emotional reaction to Saint Germain’s statement, it is because you have not resolved it. Use the tools. Because you are not seriously believing, are you, that when we release light, it will only affect other people. It will only affect people at the lower levels of consciousness.

Because if you believe this, you need to make a shift here and realize that when we release light, it will affect the people at the highest level of consciousness the most. Because you are able to tune in to the release of light. But this also means it will flush out from your subconscious mind what has not been resolved.

This is, of course, an opportunity for you to grow and take your growth to a higher level. Will your ego and the subconscious selves see it as a threat? Well, of course. Will you see it as a threat? Well, that depends on how much you still identify with these subconscious selves, or whether you are willing to shift, which many of you can do instantly, and say: “Oh, I thought I was having a reaction to Saint Germain’s words. But of course, it is a subconscious self that has the reaction. And I have overcome many subconscious selves already. Surely, I can overcome this one as well. It is just another self. It is unreal. It is based on an illusion. Let me use the tools to work on this and dismiss that self, so that I can look at these next 12 years as a tremendous opportunity for personal growth. And I can look at the future with a positive attitude, with an acceptance that upheaval is necessary to bring growth.” 

Just as you see a woman giving birth, being in pain in order to give birth to the child, well, this is what the earth will be going through, birth pains before the birth of a better age.

Being part of accelerating the earth

Of course, this would not happen on a natural planet. But as you have probably heard us say a thousand times, earth is not a natural planet. And therefore, there will be contrast. And as the contrast between light and darkness becomes more pronounced because the light is increased, well, the earth will shake, and things will be shaken up.

With this, I hope I have given you both a positive vision and a practical, realistic evaluation of what it will take for you to embrace that positive vision and ride the wave over these next 12 years. It is truly a unique opportunity. You may look back, and earth has not had this kind of opportunity in what is called recorded history. And therefore, you might be able to tune in to your Divine plan and say: “Was this really my main reason for wanting to be in embodiment at this time?”

Now, of course, when you made your Divine plan, you could not know that this acceleration would actually happen, because as we have said, it was not a given even a few years ago. But still, did you have in your mind that it could potentially happen? And therefore, you wanted to be in embodiment, because if it did happen, you wanted to be part of it. We hope that many of you can make that shift and see this as really a defining moment in earth’s history, a defining opportunity to accelerate yourself and be part of accelerating the earth.

Truly, Saint Germain knows that there is only one way to bring the golden age. It is not through evolutionary measures and gradual changes. It is through revolutionary measures based on acceleration. And as the Elohim of the Fourth Ray, acceleration I AM. If you cannot lock into that, give my decrees, give my invocations, ask me to help you experience the flame of acceleration that I hold for earth.

The flame of Acceleration

How did the earth become a physical planet? There was a point where the three Elohim of the first three rays had brought forth a certain matrix. But then there was that nexus where in order for it to become more physical, it had to be accelerated. And that is the role of the Fourth Ray. And then the three Elohim on the higher rays can take over and make the matrix even more concrete.

But of course, at every step of the process, all seven Elohim are involved. And therefore, you can say that anytime a new idea is brought forth, anytime a change happens, the flame of acceleration is involved. And I AM offering you that flame of acceleration, for it will never run out.

You cannot extinguish the flame of acceleration. You cannot exhaust it. It is not a finite amount. There is no limit to acceleration. There will never be a point where something cannot be accelerated, or rather where self-awareness cannot be accelerated. But even a physical universe will never come to a point where it cannot be accelerated. It can come to a point where it is accelerated into the ascended state. But even in the ascended state, there is acceleration until you reach the Creator consciousness.

But when you as an individual being reach the Creator consciousness, how do you do it? By accelerating yourself. Well, where did you come from? You are an extension of the Creator’s being. By you accelerating yourself, the Creator is accelerating itself. By the time you reach the Creator consciousness, your Creator has gone even higher. And therefore, there is that constant acceleration in the Allness, constant acceleration, not the same as what happens in a world of form, but still acceleration.

Why? Well, where does the world of form come from? From the Allness. When a world of form is created and accelerated, there is acceleration in the Allness. Everything is acceleration. Everything is accelerating.

I know of course that I am painting the picture here that the Fourth Ray is very important. But of course, I know it is no more important than the other rays. But still, as the Elohim of the Fourth Ray, I AM allowed to expound on the virtues of the Fourth Ray. And therefore, for me, acceleration is just the most joyful experience you can have.

And therefore, I seal you in that joy of the Flame of Acceleration.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

The schoolroom of earth: From hard knocks to growing awareness


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, January 4, 2025. This dictation was given during the 2025 New Year’s Webinar: Accelerate yourself and the planet with the Masters of the Fourth Ray.

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain and I want to take this opportunity to build on what Archangel Gabriel has told you about this new cycle, this 12-year cycle we are moving into. It is, of course, something that I have been looking forward to, that I have actually been asking for, for some time because I clearly saw that if we are to manifest the beginning stages of the golden age within a reasonable time frame, then we need to do something to accelerate the cycles. But clearly there are still so many people on earth that are trapped in the School of Hard Knocks that the only way they are going to learn is that the knocks become harder. And this is precisely what the descent of the Christ light can achieve, by forcing people, so to speak, to either accept Christ or reject Christ. 

The earth is a schoolroom

Now you may think, is this not a violation of people’s free will? But it is actually not, because right now the fallen beings have manipulated the vast majority of people on earth to such an extent that they do not have free will.

The descent of the Christ light is the beginning of an opportunity for people to regain their free will if they accept Christ and seek to use this frame of reference of the Christ light to evaluate their beliefs, their worldview, their mental images, then they can free themselves from the lies and illusions of the fallen beings and thereby recapture a greater freedom of will. 

You look at the earth today and you can say: “What is the purpose of earth? What is the purpose of what is going on on earth?” Well, you can either take the fatalistic view that some religious people and some materialists have that there is no purpose, that it is all random, it is all nonsensical, that nothing here makes sense. Or you can say: “Well, if there is a purpose, what might that purpose be?” And this is when you can open yourself up to the teachings we have given. And there are many, many people on earth who are ready to open themselves up to this idea that the earth is a form of schoolroom, a kind of educational institution, and that the purpose of what is going on earth right now is to raise people’s awareness.

Now this, of course, has a broad, general aspect of raising awareness so they become more aware of how the world works, and they become less aggressive towards others. You can see if you look back to a thousand or two thousand years ago, people have a much greater awareness of how the universe works, how big it is, how certain natural laws work than they had back then. They also have, many people, less aggression than people had two thousand years ago. There has been that general raising of awareness. 

Why is life on earth so difficult?

But if we look at what it will take to manifest a golden age on earth, what is the primary lesson that people need to learn? Well, let us look at earth in its present state. Let us step back. Step back from specifics. What is the biggest question that most people have on earth? Now, I admit that many people will not be able to formulate that question as I am going to formulate it. But still, in the back of their minds, what is the biggest question that people have? And there are many ways to formulate the question, but in a general sense we could say: “Why is life on earth so difficult?” Why is it so difficult for people to just survive, make a living, take care of their families? Why are so many people living in suffering, in an endless drudgery, when nothing ever seems to improve? Why is life so difficult? 

And why is life on earth so difficult? You can take the religious approach, that many religious people, in fact most people on earth are in some form of religion that talks about some form of deity, and they usually portray that this deity has special powers. It might be almighty, all-knowing, all-good. Well, hallelujah, if you believe in this kind of God, you must look at current conditions on earth and say: “Is this the best God could do? This almighty, all-knowing, all-good God, who has supposedly created the heavens and the earth, is this mess on this planet the best that this God could do?” Because if it is, how can you say this God is almighty, all-knowing and all-good? No almighty, all-knowing and all-good God would create this kind of a planet. 

Then you can take the opposite approach, or the other approach: scientific materialism, atheism, agnosticism, and then you believe in a process of evolution. And then you must still ask the question: “How could a process of evolution result in the kind of mess you see in human life on earth?” Look at these animal life forms that were supposedly the precursors for human beings. Is life a struggle? Well, for most of them, it is not. They walk around on the savannah, eating grass all day, and there is plenty of grass. They swim in the sea, eating food that is readily available. They do not go to war with each other. They are not trying to enslave each other. They are not trying to kill or destroy each other. You never see a forest where there are dozens of anthills, where suddenly the inhabitants of one anthill decide to go over and destroy the anthill of another population of ants. They are busily trying to build their own anthill and coexist peacefully, even though they are in the same forest and there might be some competition for food. They do not go to war with each other. How could a process of evolution that has brought forth all of this animal life bring forth the mess you see in human affairs?

Seeing through the hidden power elite

When you look at this logically, neutrally, you see that there must be some deeper explanation somewhere because this clearly does not make any sense, no matter how you look at it, from the existing thought systems. And this is the one breakthrough that can set the foundation for the golden age, is that people begin to ask these questions. Where does the mess seen in human society come from? The suffering, the conflict, the warfare, the poverty, the exploitation, the crime, where does it come from? And again, you could say: “Well, if God did not create the mess, it is because God has a counterpart, the devil, and the devil is responsible for the mess.” Or you can say: “Well, since it is all brought forth by the process of evolution, it must mean that evil is part of human nature.” But again, does this really explain the mess? Because are all human beings creating the mess? Are all human beings committing crime? Are all human beings planning and executing warfare? Are all human beings exploiting others?

Nay. When you ask this question and look at what is actually happening, you can come to the conclusion that the mess created in human affairs is not created by God, not created by a process of evolution, not created by the general population, but by a very small elite of people who do not have what most people have: some respect for the value of human life, some respect for the rights of other people. You can take this in various directions. One of them is the Golden Rule. Almost every religion on earth says do not do unto others what you do not want them to do to you. And by and large, the general population is following this. But clearly, when you look at human society today, when you look at the past, you look at history, you see that not all human beings have been following this. In fact, you can quickly come to see that a very small power elite, not only are they not following the Golden Rule, they are deliberately and aggressively violating the Golden Rule and then trying to, number one, hide what they are doing, hide their existence, but even blame the general population.

When you look at the mess in human affairs and why life is so difficult, the logical answer that you can reach is that life on earth is so difficult because there is a small elite that is deliberately trying to exploit, manipulate the general population and that are willing to destroy anyone who objects to their rule. This is what makes life difficult. This small power elite.  

And this is the realization that needs to break through in the next 12-year cycle here, where a critical mass of people, in fact, a majority of the people, begin to realize and consciously acknowledge this. And therefore, they begin to decide that we will no longer allow our societies to be led and controlled by this group of people. There is already an awareness of narcissists, psychopaths, sociopaths, but this can very quickly grow to a different level where you realize that this is not just a psychological condition as a result of an unhappy childhood. This is a much deeper condition that is not inherited from your parents, that is not a result of your childhood, that is not a result of cultural influence.

It is an inherent condition in specific souls that goes back far into the distant past. In fact, many people can come to accept reincarnation as an explanation not only for evil, but for many other things. But it is not far-fetched that people in the next 12 years, a majority of people, can come to accept this and come to accept the existence of a small power elite of beings who are different than the general population because they have that aggressive intent, the level of aggression. Therefore, they have exploited the population. They have created warfare. They are creating warfare. They are the ones who have created a completely unbalanced economy that funnels riches upwards towards the small elite that already have too much. They are the ones who have used economic means to, in democratic societies, create a division based on wealth that approaches the division you saw in the feudal societies of medieval Europe, a division that it was one of the primary goals of democracy to overcome. But now it is being recreated through financial instruments, but previously was created through physical power.

It is not unrealistic that this realization can break through in the next 12 years. And I ask you, who are our direct students, to hold the vision that this will happen, to make calls that this will happen, and to speak out wherever you can about this. Surely this is not all roses. Surely there is a downside to this, that people can begin to blame the elite and therefore, refuse to take responsibility. But the higher potential is that a majority of people, especially in democratic nations, will take responsibility and say: “We see that the elite is the cause, but we cannot blame them because we have allowed them to be in power. But we will no longer allow this, therefore, we will engage in our democratic societies and demand better leadership.” 

Without wanting to go into too specific of a prophecy, I can assure you that this lesson, the exposure of the power elite, and the willingness of the people to demand better leadership, must and will be learned in the next 12 years. 

The hard knocks 

The only question is, how hard do the knocks have to become before people learn the lesson? In other words, how extreme does the behavior of these narcissistic leaders have to become before people start saying: “This is enough.” You look back at history and you see the havoc wreaked by these narcissistic leaders. You look at today’s world and you see the havoc being wreaked right now, and the potential for even greater havoc. Yes, of course Vladimir Putin is a prime example of a narcissistic leader. Of course, Xi Jinping is an example of a narcissistic leader. Of course, Kim Jong-un is an example of a narcissistic leader. Of course, the ayatollahs in Iran are examples of narcissistic leaders. Of course, Netanyahu in Israel and the leaders of the Palestinians and the leaders of Hamas and Hezbollah are examples of narcissistic leaders. Of course, Assad in Syria is such an example. Of course, Donald Trump in the United States is such an example. Can people see this? No, many people cannot. What is going to help them see it is that these leaders will act out their unbalanced psychology in more and more extreme ways until they shatter the veil of denial hanging over the minds of the people.

Nothing can prevent this from happening. It was already in the process of happening, but it has now been greatly accelerated by the descent of the Christ light. Not only will it force these leaders to decide, will they moderate and balance themselves or will they become more extreme, but it will also force the people to decide because, as we said, when you increase the light, people can see what was hidden in the darkness, and so far, for thousands of years, the fallen beings in and out of embodiment on earth have managed to hide themselves from the people. This cannot be sustained over the next 12 years. It does not mean that the majority of the people will start talking about fallen beings. It does not mean that they will recognize ascended master teachings, but they will start recognizing that the murder and mayhem on earth is caused by a small group of people who are not behaving like human beings, but as some other kind of being: self-centered, inhuman beings. 

Accepting that a better future is possible 

I may sound serious, I may sound stern, but that is because I am speaking this into the collective consciousness and I am seeking to imbue the words with enough energy that it can penetrate the veils around people’s minds, at least the minds of those who are ready to wake up. But in reality, I am overjoyed by this release of Light from the archangels. I am overjoyed with the potential of this cycle of the next 12 years to accelerate the manifestation of the golden age, to bring it forward with many, many decades. I have said before that my vision for the golden age is not to manifest specific physical conditions. Of course, I see specific physical improvements, but it is not that I am having a fixed vision, because the physical conditions are secondary to the raising of people’s consciousness. And what am I seeking to achieve? Well, in the short term, I am seeking to achieve that people, the general population, will overcome the doom and gloom that has snuck into their consciousness, especially after the pandemic and the wars. I am seeking to help people accept that the earth is moving into a better age, and that they have a part in it, meaning their lives will improve. I would like to see all people accept this, but certainly a majority of the people. They do not have to know about Saint Germain. They do not have to know about Saint Germain’s Golden Age. I want them to look at the future with optimism and confidence, because, as we have said before, they realize they can build a better society for their children than they themselves have had, and this society is sustainable, meaning nobody will come from the outside and seek to destroy it through warfare, or nuclear warfare, or whatever it may be. 

Realizing that mind influences matter

They can have confidence in the future, in building a better future, a better society. What will it take to do this? Well, it will take an awareness of the power elite and a decision to not let the power elite continue to manipulate society, because this will only create more and more suffering, more and more hardship. But beyond that, it also takes a beginning awareness of the fact that mind influences matter. And again, I do not expect that in the next 12 years, a majority of the people will start recognizing ascended master teachings, but you see many types of spiritual movements that are teaching some version of this, that your state of mind has an influence on your outer situation and on your experience of life.

Some of these are superficial, but they are still a beginning awakening of the awareness that human beings are psychological beings, and that everything revolves around your experience of life. And your experience of life is determined not primarily by outer conditions. It is determined by inner conditions in your psyche, because it is those inner conditions that determine how you react to external conditions. And therefore, there is that breakthrough of awareness that beyond the physical welfare societies, beyond the physical affluence that you see in some modern nations, it is necessary to shift into a well-being society where society is focused on the psychological welfare of the people. 

The questions to ask

Now, you may say: “Well, that certainly seems to be far off when we look at certain countries in the world.” Let us refrain from naming names. But it is not as far off as you might think. For as I said, the countries that are furthest from considering the psychological well-being of their citizens are primarily not exclusively, but primarily dictatorships of some form, some form of autocracy. Or at least, they are led by clearly narcissistic leaders. And these leaders in the next twelve years only have two basic options. Well, they have three basic options. They could reform themselves and change the way they govern. They could withdraw from leadership. Or they could act out their unbalance in more and more extreme ways, so they demonstrate that they absolutely do not care about their own people. I admit, there are many people on earth who will only see the problem with narcissistic leaders when those leaders bring so much suffering upon them that it finally dawns on these people that the leaders, despite what they may claim, do not care about them whatsoever. And why should you allow your country to be led by people who do not care about you? 

There are people who are not able to ask that question right now. Therefore, the suffering must become more and more intense until people become willing to ask that foundational question. Many people in the democratic countries asked that question generations ago, even centuries ago. And they also asked the question: “Why should we allow our societies to have so much suffering, so much hardship for the general population? Could we not create a society that is focused on achieving the best possible life for all people? Why should we continue to have this society where there is a clear elite that has a privileged lifestyle, that has all the power, and the general population are for practical purposes the slaves of this elite? Why shouldn’t we be able to create a society that is focused on giving all people the best possible life?” 

The true measure of greatness for a nation

How hard is it to ask that question? Well, why are some people not asking that question? Because they have been deceived by the power elite into thinking that there is some kind of epic cause that is more important than their own well-being and the well-being of their children. Sometimes they have even been deceived into believing that life could not be any better than it is. “That is just the nature of life on earth.” These are the illusions that must be shattered in the next 12 years, so that people realize that it is possible to create a better life for all people, and that all of these epic causes that make it seem like we have to continue doing this unbalanced thing that prevents the welfare of the people, because the people have to sacrifice for some goal, some epic goal, that this is all an illusion. 

How can the greatness of a nation be more important than the welfare of the people of that nation? How do you measure the greatness of a nation? Look at the empires of the past. How many empires have attempted to conquer the world by force, thinking this would give them greatness?

Where are most of these empires today? In the trash bin of history. Where will the empires who are trying to gain greatness through force be tomorrow? In the trash bin of history. This is what you realize if you really study history. What is the true measure of greatness for a nation? It is the welfare and the well-being of its people. He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all. The greatest nation is the one who takes the greatest care of its own people without exploiting other people. How is that so difficult to see? Only because there is this veil of ignorance over people’s minds. Their eyes are covered with scales. But what happened to Paul on the road to Damascus? He encountered the Christ light and the scales fell from his eyes. This is what can and will happen over the next twelve years with more and more people, unless they decide to deny Christ. But in that case, they cannot remain in embodiment on earth. There will either be a mass awakening or a mass extinction. Naturally, I hold the vision, and I want all of you to hold the vision, that it will be a mass awakening.

Aspects of free will 

But I, of course, cannot withhold the simple fact that it is either or. Or rather, it is more likely to be a mixture of the two. Again, you may say, but you are sounding so serious, you are sounding so stern. Yes, but I want to project this into the collective consciousness so it penetrates the veils over people’s eyes and reaches those who are ready right now to awaken. There are those who are not ready, who may become ready next year, or the year after, or in 2035, or in 2036. But my primary concern right now is to awaken those who are ready to see this and start asking these questions. 

Again, what is my experience as the Chohan of the Seventh Ray, as the Hierarch of the Age of Aquarius? I am overjoyed by this change of the descent of the light, because, as we have said, the descent of the light does not interfere with people’s free will, it frees their will, or at least it has the potential to do so if they choose to accept it. And I ask you to not in any way try to interfere with people’s minds, but to still hold the vision.

And this requires you to use a certain Christ discernment. You can reason with the analytical, linear, dualistic mind that anything you do to improve things on earth interferes with people’s free will. If you give decrees and invocations, does it not interfere with people’s free will? We have, of course, addressed this before by saying, you are not interfering with people’s free will by making their will more free, by helping them see what they cannot see right now. 

But do not overlook a simple fact. Free will reigns supreme on earth, yes, but free will has an individual and a collective aspect. You can say, by giving the calls for the judgment of Christ upon the fallen beings, are you not interfering with their free will, their right to do whatever they want? Well, but have we ever said that your individual free will gives you the right to harm other people or take away their free will?

Have we ever said that the freedom to exploit is a divine right? Nay, because the free will of the individual must always be balanced with the free will of the whole. This goes for a relationship between two people. It goes in a family. It goes in a nation, an ethnic group, a race. And it goes for humanity as a whole. Therefore, the free will of the fallen beings on earth must be balanced with the free will of the population of earth, the original inhabitants and the avatars. For that matter, the free will on earth must be balanced with the free will of all self-aware beings in this unascended sphere and the free will of all ascended beings in the previous spheres and the free will of the Creator. You see, the fallen beings do not have a right to enslave other people. They do not have a right to interfere with the minds and thereby the free will of other people. And given that the fallen beings have violated that, you have a right to make the calls to the ascended masters for the judgment of Christ and for the removal of these fallen beings from the identity, mental, emotional and even from physical embodiment. This is not a violation of the law of free will. As long as you are not seeking to project thoughts or feelings, psychic energy into the minds of fallen beings, but you stand back, you make the calls according to the vision of Christ and you allow the ascended masters to do the work. 

The realistic sense of accomplishment

This is, of course, what I ask you to do over these next 12 years. We will, of course, give more teachings on this. We will give you different tools, different invocations and decrees, and we will give you more insight. For now, I am grateful. I am grateful for your Presence, for your willingness to engage with these teachings. Now, there is always a balance to be found because we know that the ego can take anything and misinterpret it and inflate it. I am not seeking to give you the impression that ascended master students alone have brought about this change. There are many other spiritual people. There are many other people who are not in any spiritual movement or teaching, but who are willing to change, willing to look at themselves and their psychology, willing to ask these questions, who have all brought about this.

But what I want you to realize is that, yes, the archangels made a decision to inaugurate this cycle and start releasing these energies. Nothing forced them to make the decision. It was not something they had to do. But the foundation for them making the decision was that there are so many people who have been willing to raise their consciousness using whatever tools they had. And of course, the people who have raised their consciousness the most are the people who had the most impact. And of course, those who have our direct teachings and have made use of them to overcome the subconscious selves in their own psychology have had the greatest impact in this regard. I want you to have a realistic sense of accomplishment, a realistic sense of accomplishment, that you do not allow your ego to inflame, as we have seen in previous ascended master organizations and that we see in many other spiritual organizations. But on the other hand, you need to allow yourself to acknowledge that you have been instrumental in raising the collective consciousness to the point where it was meaningful for the archangels to inaugurate this cycle.

Accelerate your service

This was not a given. It was not predetermined. It was not something that I could have said ten or five or even three years ago that this will happen. I, of course, hoped it would happen, but it was not a given. I want you to have that sense of accomplishment, which then, as we have said, is the reward for service is more service, can bring you on to doing even more. And it is, as we have always said, work on your psychology, make the calls, speak out in society, do whatever you can. But what I want you to achieve is to overcome any sense of deficit. Where you feel, as so many ascended master students have felt in previous organizations, you feel you are inadequate. You are not good enough. You are not doing enough. Do what you can do, given the practical realities of your everyday lives. Be content with that, but also be open to the possibility that you could accelerate your consciousness, your service, especially your speaking out.

Many of you have it as part of your Divine plan to speak out in some capacity. Many of you are still reluctant to do it. Some of you are overcoming this and are daring to speak out, even though you are not perfect in doing so. But you are willing to learn from it and grow from it. Consider how this applies to you. I am not asking you to force yourself. I am simply asking you to stop forcing yourself to not speak out, because that is what many of you are doing, because you have these subconscious selves that make you so afraid of what is going to happen. Let me just give you one final thought here. Spend a little time on this interesting phenomenon called YouTube. Look at what people are talking about out there, and then look at the far-flung theories that are out there about this or that or the next thing, and then ask yourself, is what I could talk about really so much more weird than what these people are already talking about? How bad a reaction could I get? 

Now, there are not all of you that it is in your Divine plan to speak openly about ascended masters, but even if you were to speak about ascended masters, how could that be more strange than some of the other stuff that is out there?

And then look at some of the videos where you have people who are clearly not professional television personalities, but who are just sitting in front of their camera or their laptop and recording themselves talking. Look how many people are doing this, and then ask yourself, how much worse could what you are doing possibly be? And then realize that you are witnessing an incredible phenomenon, a new phenomenon in the world today. More and more people are willing to speak out, even though they are not living up to the professional standard of the broadcast industry, even though they are not PhDs who have some expertise recognized by society. They are willing to speak out. And then recognize more and more people are tired of the slick television personalities, the experts. They want to listen to authentic people who are daring to be themselves. There are people out there who want to hear what you have to say. They want to hear it from you.

The fallen beings do not want to hear from you. They do not even like you, but why would you care? There are real people that will like you, that will want to hear what you have to say. And you can learn tremendously from saying it and monitor your reactions, so you can expose whatever subconscious selves you have left. You can even look at the messenger who started almost two years ago with his YouTube channel. Look at some of the early videos, how he was much more uptight and self-conscious and how he has become more relaxed. How did he do this? Did he do it by sitting in his room theorizing? No, he did it by doing and monitoring his reactions to doing. If he had not done it, he would still be as uptight as he was two years ago. What I am saying is, part of the coming cycle is, as we have said, the opportunity, a greater opportunity to express your Christhood. And in order to do this, you just need to overcome that reluctance that prevents you from doing it right now. Whatever it is for each of you, my desire, my vision for you is that you overcome that, so you are comfortable expressing yourself.

With this, I have given you what I think you can handle. There is much more I would like to give you. But then again, there is, of course, time in this rather unique cycle in earth’s history. And you might want to ponder this and perhaps capture a certain feeling that it is really your joy to be part of this cycle. It is part of your Divine plan. It is something you were looking forward to, being part of a cycle of change that is leading towards the golden age. Why else would you still be on this crazy planet? 

With this, be sealed in the joy of Saint Germain, the Hierarch of the Age of Aquarius.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

Embrace the new 12-year cycle: Accelerate and express your Christhood


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master  Archangel Gabriel through Kim Michaels, January 4, 2025. This dictation was given during the 2025 New Year’s Webinar: Accelerate yourself and the planet with the Masters of the Fourth Ray.

I AM the Ascended Master Archangel Gabriel. What does the planet look like from the viewpoint of an archangel? You may think that from your viewpoint it looks dark, it looks like things are getting worse, things are getting darker. Conflicts upon conflict is springing up around the earth, global warming, threats of this, threats of that. But that is not how it looks from my perspective. For I am looking at it entirely differently. I am looking at one thing only, the rising of the Christ light in those who are embodied on earth. 

The annunciation of the Christ’s birth on earth

Therefore, I have, as you know, been called the Angel of Annunciation and I come, indeed, to announce that this New Year’s 2025 marks a turning point in the recent history of earth because the Christ light has been increased to a critical mass, whereby I can announce the birth of the Christ on earth. 

Now, before you get too overly enthusiastic about this, we might need to look back at this situation almost 2000 years ago, where I appeared to Mary and announced to her that she had found favor with God and that she had the potential to give birth to a Christed child. What most of you have not really considered is that this was not a given. She had free will. She could have and she started objecting. She could have objected. She could have refused to give birth to such a special child knowing that it would be a larger responsibility that she had imagined taking on. There is always that element of free will. Just because I announce the birth of the Christ on earth does not mean it is actually going to happen to the maximum degree. But what I am announcing is that earth has reached a point where the 10,000 beings that are in embodiment, who have the potential to manifest full Christhood in this embodiment need to accept that the Christ can be, is being born in them. And the millions more who have the potential to manifest a high degree of Christhood in this lifetime, they need to accept that the Christ can be and is being born in them. And if a critical mass of these people do it, then it will have a major impact on the future of this planet and the manifestation of Saint Germain’s Golden Age.

The inauguration of a 12-year cycle

What I am announcing today is the inauguration of a 12-year cycle starting here on the 1st of January 2025, ending on the 31st of December 2036. This 12-year cycle is brought about, not of some inevitable law, not exclusively because of the progress made by the spiritual people on earth, but because we, the archangels, have decided to give this assistance to earth. Nothing forced us to do it but we saw the possibility that this could provide a major turning point for the earth. Therefore, these next 12 years will be a cycle, where more and more people have this opportunity to give birth to the Christ within themselves. It also means that we, the archangels, and of course, many other ascended masters working with us are going to be releasing specific energies to assist people in giving birth to the Christ within them, in letting the Christ be born in them, in overcoming their objections to the Christ being born in them and therefore,  saying with Mother Mary: “Be it unto me according to thy will”, not according to some external God but to their own I AM Presence. 

An extraordinary opportunity and challenge for the earth

It is really not “thy” will but “our” will that you are submitting to. It is the will that you put in your own Divine plan before you took this embodiment if you belong to one of these people that I am talking about. Nothing is, of course, forced upon you but the reality is that this represents two things. It represents an extraordinary opportunity for growth for these millions of lifestreams that have the potential. It also represents an extraordinary challenge for the earth, for the original inhabitants of the earth, who are in many cases not willing to give birth to the Christ in them but simply want to continue their lives as usual or want to see them improve a little bit but not in a revolutionary way. 

It also represents an extraordinary challenge to the fallen beings on this planet, who now have an acceleration of the judgment of Christ that they are going to be facing in these next 12 years and this, of course, starts right now. It is not that if they do not respond within a certain time, then the judgment of Christ will descend. It is already starting to descend. There are many of these fallen beings in embodiment, in the emotional, mental and identity level that will be faced with the judgment of Christ and it will be increasing in the coming years. 

And therefore, you will see some extraordinary events happening, where people that you thought were going to be around forever or at least for a long time will go out of embodiment, where you see that structures, organizations, nations, ideas, ideologies that you thought were going to be around forever will suddenly fall apart, dissolve, collapse. Do not expect this to be a period without its challenges. 

But it is an extraordinary opportunity for the earth to be accelerated so that the golden age can be manifest much faster than otherwise would be the case. If we had not released this opportunity, it could have taken another 50 years before there would be this critical turning point, where a critical mass of people could see and accept the manifestation of the golden age. Now there is a high probability that a critical mass of people will see it before the year 2036 runs out.

Letting go of your expectations 

And this is truly an example of how the time is shortened for the elect. You may, if you are to really roll with this cycle, you may need to take a critical look at yourself, your expectations of what this planet is, what it is like, what it should be like, what the future should be like, what growth should be like and you may need to recognize that you need to give up the desire to have a smooth transition into the golden age. 

You have, of course, already seen since the pandemic that there has been more upheaval than most people expected but this can only increase in the next 12 years. I am not thereby predicting any dire circumstances but I am predicting upheaval and changes that will be sudden, that will be abrupt, that will be unexpected, that will be extremely challenging for people. But it is, as I say, for the acceleration of the earth into the golden age much quicker. 

Accelerating into the positive up-going spiral

And you, who are the spiritual people, listen to me now. We need you to accelerate yourselves into the positive up-going spiral and we need you to be very, very clear in your minds that you will not allow yourself to be pulled down in any of the negative spirals that many people will start to create as the pessimism creeps in.

You need to stay firm, fixing your goal on the target, not the immediate conditions. You need to avoid being pulled into this negativity, as so many people were pulled into negativity during the pandemic, as so many people were pulled into negativity because of the war in Ukraine, the war in the Middle East, because of challenges here, challenges there. You need to be very clear that you will not allow yourself to be pulled into giving up the vision. If you think it was easy for Mother Mary to give birth to Jesus and raise him to the age of 12, you can think again. She had many challenges, many more than she has ever explained and that she, for that matter, needs to explain but you need to be aware that the first 12 years after my annunciation to Mother Mary were very challenging. And then you see the period or the situation where Mother Mary and Joseph took the young Jesus to the temple, presented him in the temple. Well, that was 12 years, a little more from the annunciation but 12 years from his birth. You see here 12 years from now to 2036.

The acceleration of the judgment of Christ

And then if a critical mass of people respond to this opportunity we are releasing, then the golden age will be so manifest that a critical mass of people can overcome the negativity and accept that the earth is finally moving into a better future. Much depends on people’s willingness to accept that the Christ is born in them, to be willing to challenge their egos, their subconscious selves, their way of looking at life. But this is not all, there will also be that acceleration of the judgment of Christ, because as people allow the Christ to be born in them, then we, of course, will respond by releasing more and more Christ light. And that Christ light, when it enters the energy system, the four lower bodies of earth will bring forth the judgment of Christ. And you can look at it in various ways, but you can simply look at it that if you have a dark mine, where people are able to hide in the dark and you increase the light in the mine, then obviously as the light is increased, people can no longer hide and this is exactly what will be happening on earth.

All those people, who are not willing to transcend themselves, can no longer hide. All those people, who are deliberately hurting others, can no longer hide. All those people, who are seeking to deceive and manipulate others, can no longer hide and, of course, the fallen beings can no longer hide. 

Choose life or death! 

Do you think it is a coincidence that the messenger decided to start doing YouTube videos and talk about the power elite and fallen beings? Of course not. This was directed by us to put some material out there that people can find in these coming years and therefore gain a deeper understanding that there is this group of beings on earth, who may appear to be human beings but who are not human beings and not spiritual beings either, but a group of beings who are dedicated to control and destruction, who are willing to destroy anyone that they cannot control. And that it is time for the people of earth to stand up and decide: “We no longer want these beings to be our leaders! We want the Christ to be our leaders!” And where is the Christ to be found? Within ourselves.

Instead of looking for the Christ from the outside, as Christians have been doing for 17 centuries due to the perversions of the Catholic church, people begin to look for the Christ inside and they realize that it is time for the people to take a stand and to involve themselves in their societies, in the leadership of those societies. But they need to do it with Christ discernment, not based on conspiracy theories and other nonsense and thus, you will see that you can look at this in two ways. 

You can look at it as the greatest opportunity for self-transcendence, for self-acceleration that the earth has gone through in recent history or you can look at it as a threat. It is a threat to your ability to maintain status quo, to feel that you have your life under control and certainly the fallen beings will look at it as a threat, as they are already doing. Right now, they are sitting there having sensed that something was coming, not knowing what it was but as I am releasing these words, the fallen beings in the identity level, the mental level, they are listening, they are realizing what is going on and they realize, more than most of you people are doing, exactly how significant this is and therefore, they know they cannot stop it.

As above, so below

Of course, they cannot stop an archangel from releasing light but they think they can stop many of these people from embodying the light, from allowing the Christ to be born in them and this is what they are already plotting to do, as they, of course, have been plotting since the birth of Jesus. In fact, since before the birth of Jesus, they had plotted to kill all the male children, all the Christ children, before they could grow up and become a threat. This is what they will try to do to all of the people who have the potential and that is why I am saying it is extremely important for you to decide: “I will not allow myself to be pulled into any negative spiral, no matter what happens in the world. I will stay focused on the Christ reality within me, the Christ reality from the ascended masters, so that I can be as above, so below.” This is the byword of the Christ in embodiment, what we have called the Living Christ: “As above, so below”. And this will be extremely important to keep in mind for these next 12 years. Now you can, as I said, you can embrace this opportunity and if you are willing to accelerate yourself, as Serapis Bey explained so beautifully, you will not feel the next 12 years as a burden, you will see it as a grand opportunity. 

Riding the coming wave of the Christ light 

To give you a visual image, I know that most of you have not been on a surfboard in the ocean, but you have surely seen it on television, and you can imagine, here you are on your little surfboard made up of the teachings and your internalization of the teachings. There is a giant wave coming, nothing can stop the wave, it is heading right for you. What do you have to do? Well, you have to accelerate yourself so you can get up in the necessary speed to ride the wave or if you do not accelerate yourself, the wave will roll over you, turn you upside down, tumble you around and it will be very chaotic before you get up to catch a breath. But if you accelerate yourself, you can ride the wave, you can keep riding it until it runs out of steam, as it will and then the ride can be enjoyable. Now, you know that even though you are riding the front of the wave, the wave is turning over behind you upsetting the ocean and it will be upsetting the apple cart on earth but as long as you are riding it, what is it of your concern what happens behind you. That is why I am saying: Do not look behind you, look forward.

This will require you to work on your psychology throughout these 12 years. You will need to be willing to look at yourself and see what reactions you have whenever something turbulent happens on earth, whenever something unexpected happens on earth, whenever something falls apart that you thought was going to keep going forever. Whether it be nations, stock markets, the economy, institutions of society, ideas, belief systems, religions, whatever it may be that collapses, you need to be willing to look at your reaction and see: “If I have a reaction to this happening, I must have a separate self that has built its sense of security on this structure here on earth.” But the Christ does not build its sense of security on any structure on earth because any structure on earth is a house built on sand. The Christ builds his house, her house on rocky ground and when the storms come, the rains fall, the house still stands, because your sense of identity is based on your I AM Presence, not on the outer personality, not on any conditions on earth. 

They always say, one man’s trash is another man’s treasure, well, one man’s threat is another man’s opportunity or woman’s opportunity. This coming cycle is a tremendous opportunity to accelerate. There are those who will think, it will be a period of deceleration, because the towers of Babel, the houses of cards that men have built, will crumble but it is nevertheless a period of acceleration for those who can tune into it and who are willing to accelerate themselves. 

Resolve your psychology to ride the wave of the Christ light with joy

What does it mean that the Christ is born in you? Well, it means that there is a light that starts shining in the dark mine of your subconscious mind and this will expose all that is unresolved, all of the subconscious selves that you have, that is created in reaction to your experiences on earth. We have given extensive teachings about avatars, the birth trauma, how to resolve these subconscious selves, make use of them if you want to ride the wave, because the Christ light will expose these subconscious selves, will expose your attachments, will expose how you have built your sense of self, your sense of security on these outer things on earth. If you can do this, if you can make this shift and I am not saying you have to make it today, but you have to make it as soon as possible in order to ride that wave, then the next 12 years can be a tremendous opportunity, a tremendous joy. Whereas for many people, most people on earth, it will be a very shocking, disturbing time. 

The need for balance of the Christ mind

Now again, you need to find balance here because this is actually what the Christ is. The Christ is balance. We know very well that there are people who find our teachings, as this messenger did when he was young and as many of you have done, who become overly enthusiastic about applying the teachings, overly optimistic, thinking you are more advanced than you are. This is not what I am advocating. I am advocating a balanced approach, where you realize that you are not the fullness of the Christ right now but that you are building your Christhood over the next 12 years. You are not denying it, but you are not thinking you have reached the fullness of it either. You find a balance. In a sense, the Christ is the balance between the two dualistic extremes that are there in any situation, so we are not talking unrestricted optimism thinking everything is wonderful and denial of any problems. Neither are we talking depression and focus on the problems. We are talking the Middle Way of the Buddha, which can really only be attained through the Christ mind, the Christ discernment.

Do not think you already have Christ discernment, be willing to work towards sharpening it. Of course, you have some Christ discernment, but we constantly see students, both in this and previous dispensations, and people who have never heard of ascended master teachings, who think that now they have reached some ultimate state, state of mind, state of consciousness, ability to discern what is real and unreal. This is not what I am advocating either, be willing to work on yourself, dissolve the subconscious selves, strive for higher and higher Christ discernment for the next 12 years. 

You have a unique opportunity here to go around the clock in these 12 years and each of the lines of the clock have some particular meaning, which we will give more teachings about. You realize here that what I am saying is simply this, do not react to what I am saying here with the outer mind. Take what I am saying here as an opportunity to go within, look at your psychology. Do not make these pompous declarations in your own mind or to others that you have now reached some level of Christhood. If you have a need to declare your Christhood, you have not attained it, it is that simple. 

There is a balance between denying the Christ in yourself and denying the Christ by letting the ego define what it means to be the Christ and define that you have already attained it. Strive for that balance, it is individual, but it is doable for all of you. Look at whether you have a tendency to be pulled towards extremes, whether it was the pandemic, the election in the United States, the war in Ukraine, the war in the Middle East. Look, if you have a tendency to be pulled towards these conspiracy theories or negative views, or even thinking that one is the absolute truth, one way of looking at a situation is the absolute truth. Be willing to reach for the Christ perspective, that is what you have an extraordinary opportunity to do. If you do not do it, then the Christ will not be born in you during these next 12 years. You will actually build on to the separate self that you created in order to climb closer to the 96th level of consciousness. You will spiritualize this self and therefore, not walk the path of Christ but start walking the path of anti-Christ, the left-handed path. This is a risk I am simply warning you. I am not saying it is a great risk, but it is a risk.

Let your light shine and do its work

When I talk about the Christ being born, I am talking about people in many different areas of society. I am not talking about all of these people coming to know ascended master teachings or this specific dispensation. You, who are part of this dispensation, you have a better opportunity than most to ride the wave because we have told you but do not think that everybody else has to recognize this messenger, this teaching or you. Just pursue your Christhood, share it as you feel moved to share it but do not have the expectation of a particular outcome. Share the light, let the light shine, let the light do its work. Do not become missionaries.

You increase the light and when you increase the light, people can see what was hiding in the dark, what is beyond the darkness. They can see what is in the light and what was in the darkness. Just let them see, let them make their own decisions. The Christ does not have an intention because the Christ does not need to have an intention. Why? Because the Christ simply shines the light. If people choose to accept the light, they grow. If they choose to reject the light, they receive the judgment of Christ and either way moves the world forward. 

Dare to express your Christhood!

Be non-attach to how people react but also be aware, as we have said before, Christhood that is not expressed is not Christhood. Christhood that is not expressed in helping others is not Christhood. Look at the world, look what opportunities you have for expressing your Christhood in the measure you have attained now. This is the multiplication of the talents, you start with what you have, you express that with a purpose, with the intent to help others, then you look at the reaction you get from others, you look at the reaction in yourself, you use that to overcome the separate selves, then you can express a higher degree of Christhood. This is how you grow. If you do not dare to express anything, how can you get a reaction? And so, how can you grow? 

Instead, you become more and more sure you have reached some superior state. You sit there in your ivory tower, as we see many religious people around the world doing, many spiritual people around the world doing, in fact many students from previous ascended master organizations, sitting there feeling “holier than thou” because they have the highest teaching and therefore, they are more sophisticated than anyone else. This will not help you ride the wave. You will be overrun by the wave. Dare to express your Christhood, find ways to do it and be willing to look at your reaction. Better to express something, even if it is unpleasant or disturbing and use it to grow and overcome something in your psychology than to sit there, not really daring to let the Christ be born in you. 

Mother Mary could have sat there waiting, not really daring to let the Christ child be born, be conceived in her womb. She could have still been sitting there 2000 years later if she had not made that decision: “Be it unto me according to thy will.” What is the will of your I AM Presence? What is the will of yourself, the Conscious You that you made before you came into this lifetime and put in your Divine plan? Surely, if you have found these teachings, it is in your Divine plan that at some point you make that decision to allow the Christ to be born in you and you make the decision to dare to express that Christhood. Surely, it is in your Divine plan. When is it time? Well, I am announcing to you it is time now! If you have not tuned in to it before, it is time to tune in now! See what is in your Divine plan, how to express it and then dare to do it. 

I breathe out the light of the Fourth Ray. 

I breathe it out upon the earth. 

I breathe it out in the identity realm. 

I breathe it out in the mental realm. 

I breathe it out in the emotional realm and I breathe it out in the physical realm. 

It is therefore complete. 

I have achieved what I wanted to achieve with this release of light and I shall leave it unto the free will of those who are in embodiment, how they will respond. With this, I am grateful for you who have been the physical instruments for radiating this into the collective consciousness and I seal you in the joy that I AM. You may not associate an archangel with joy but we are all joyful. How could we not be? Nothing on earth threatens us, so what could steal our joy?

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

From the Allness to our world: The drive to be MORE


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master  Serapis Bey through Kim Michaels, January 4, 2025. This dictation was given during the 2025 New Year’s Webinar: Accelerate yourself and the planet with the Masters of the Fourth Ray.

 

I AM the Ascended Master Serapis Bey, Chohan of the Fourth Ray, the Fourth Ray of Acceleration. Life is a process that can lead to progress or regress, and the key to progression is acceleration. “What is acceleration?” you might say. And there always comes the question from the human level of consciousness, can progression go on indefinitely? Is there not a limit? Does it not run out? Well, that is what I will discourse on.

The cosmic law of acceleration

What is acceleration? It is going beyond the present state to a higher state. But is progression, acceleration, just a concept, an idea in the human mind, or does it have a deeper reality? Well, science has discovered what they call the second law of thermodynamics. You have heard us talk about this before, and you know that according to science it means that in a closed system, entropy, meaning disorder, will increase until all structures have deteriorated, have broken down, and there is the lowest possible energy state.

It is always illustrated by scientists that if you take a steam locomotive it can drive only because there is pressure in the boiler that is converted into steam, that is converted into work and in order to keep the pressure going you need to put fuel in and if your fuel runs out the locomotive will stop. And if it sits idle without being maintained, it will rust, fall apart, and eventually, from dust to dust, it will return to the dust of the earth from which supposedly, according to some Christians, everything came. Of course, the reality is that everything did not come from dust. But let us not get ahead of ourselves.

What is it that has been discovered by this second law of thermodynamics? It is actually that there is a cosmic law. It is even beyond a natural law. It is a cosmic law that there is no standing still in the world of form. You must either accelerate or decelerate. There is no still state. What is this very principle? Well, this principle is actually the Christ consciousness. We have explained that when the Creator contemplated creating this world of form in which we are all a part, it saw that the only way to achieve its goal was to give self-aware extensions of itself free will. But as we have explained, when you have free will, you have free will, meaning you can create any experience you can imagine. And this means you can, in order to explore the fullness of free will, go into separation. You can use the duality consciousness to think that you have created something that is set apart from the whole of the Creator’s creation.

The Creator saw the dilemma, the existential dilemma of free will and self-awareness—that you could become lost in your own creation. You could literally create in your mind, mind you, the illusion that you are a separate being. You can even create the illusion that if you make that separate being powerful enough, sophisticated enough, it will become immortal and therefore, you could be lost indefinitely in separation. Now, why is this a problem if beings have free will? Well, because the purpose of giving you free will is so that you can experiment with whatever your mind can do, but you can never be trapped in one of your own experiments.

Imagine you have a scientist who is in a laboratory doing a chemical experiment. Why is the scientist doing the experiment? To try and discover some deeper principle for why these two chemicals, when combined, produce a certain effect. But what if instead of discovering this principle, the scientist now got caught in a loop, in a time warp, where the scientist had to keep repeating that experiment forever and forever and forever. Would that actually be what the scientist wanted?

The purpose of a world of differentiation

The purpose of giving you the free will to experiment is so you can discover the very principles that our Creator used when it defined our world of form, whereby you expand your sense of self until you eventually, by experimenting and by experiencing all levels of the world of form, you reach the same level of consciousness as the Creator. If you got stuck in a loop, this would obviously abort that purpose. Therefore, in order to avoid this scenario where you can become stuck in your own creation, the Creator defined what we have called the One mind or the Christ mind. And then everything, every form that was created, was created out of that Christ mind.

Now we have described the Christ mind in various ways, but in reality, the deeper understanding that I wish to give you here is that the Christ mind is defined to maintain unity between the Creator and its creation. But what does that mean? Well, it means that there is a movement built into the Christ mind. The Christ mind is not standing still. There is a movement in the Christ mind of returning every form created out of the Creator’s being to the Creator.

Now, this can be very confusing to people, especially many people who come from an Eastern tradition because in the East they have reasoned that this world of form is not ultimately real and therefore they have reasoned that since this world of form, first of all, has differentiation into many forms, but also has constant change, then ultimate reality must be something that does not change. And therefore, there must be a state which they call the Atman, the ultimate self, or Brahman, the undifferentiated principle and this must be the source of all the differentiated forms and all movement.

And this is, in a way, an understandable reasoning. But it is not the highest reasoning because it fails to take into account why there is a world of differentiation. And the purpose for this is what I have just described: that you start out with a localized sense of self, interact with your environment, keep expanding your sense of self until you can ascend from one environment, an unascended sphere, ascend to the ascended realm, where there is another environment you can interact with, until you can ascend to a higher level of the ascended realm, and you keep going until you reach the Creator consciousness. This is the purpose. And this is missing from most Eastern spirituality, and of course, from Western spirituality and religion as well. Therefore, it has seemed to those in the East that ultimate reality is that which never changes, is that which has no differentiation. But this, as we have attempted to explain many times, is not the case.

Unfathomable individuality of the Creator

Your Creator is a distinct being. You cannot take the individuality you have here on earth and project that upon the Creator and think: “Oh, the Creator must have a form of individuality that I can recognize.” The distance between the unascended sphere that you are in, even the unnatural planet of earth, is so great in vibration that you cannot fathom with the mind that you have on earth what the Creator’s individuality is like. Nor can I, as an ascended master in the ascended realm right above the unascended sphere, fathom what the Creator’s individuality is like based on my own individuality. But I have ascended, so therefore I am not projecting that I know what the Creator is like.

When you do not grasp this, you fall into a particular trap of the duality consciousness. We have explained from many different perspectives that the central feature of the duality consciousness is that you can create a mental image, but you are in your mind projecting that it is not a mental image, it is reality. This is how the world really is and this is what explains Eastern spirituality.

The flawed reasoning of the Rishis

The Eastern seers saw a long time ago the transitory nature of the world. They realized that nothing is permanent. Nothing is unchanging. They also saw the suffering that you have on earth and they thought this cannot be the ultimate state of the world. In a sense, correct. But now they reasoned that suffering is caused by the constant change and the differentiation and therefore, beyond this world that is constantly changing, there must be an ultimate reality that is not changing, that is constant, that is perfect. And in order for this ultimate reality—Brahman or whatever you want to call it—to be perfect, it could not be differentiated. This is an understandable reasoning but it is understandable only for people who have not grasped what I just said—that the distance between the vibration of earth and the vibration of the Creator is so great that you cannot on earth fathom what the Creator is like and therefore, the entirety of Eastern spirituality is based on reasoning from inside earth, inside the energy system of earth.

Now, many from Eastern spirituality would of course dispute this and say: “But the Vedic rishis received their teachings from a higher source.” And again, this is actually not wrong. They did receive them from a higher source, but it was not from an ascended source. It was from beings in the mental and lower identity realm and they are also inside the energy system of earth, for they have not ascended. These beings, and I am not here talking about fallen beings, I am simply talking about beings who were benevolent, who were seeking, who were part of the energy system of earth, some of them seeking to grow, some of them having stopped their growth, but they were not ascended. Therefore, they were reasoning, as I said, there must be something unchanging beyond this ever-changing world, there must be something that is perfect beyond this imperfect world that causes so much suffering. And therefore, they reasoned, as is expressed in this saying: “Only Brahman is real. The world is an illusion.”

Non-changing state of pure awareness?

Now, this has caused some people to think that beyond this ever-changing world there is this state of the absolute pure being, pure consciousness, the undifferentiated, never-changing Brahman. Is there such a state? No, there is not. Why did they reason this way? Why do many people, even in today’s world, claim to have experienced this state of pure awareness, non-changing? Because there is no state, but there is the experience of such a state from inside the earth.

When you are in embodiment on earth, you are experiencing the energies of the earth, the ever-changing movement. As we have said before, when the Conscious You is inside your four lower bodies, you are experiencing life through the four lower bodies. But the Conscious You has the potential to step outside of the four lower bodies. And what happens when the Conscious You steps outside? Well, at first it will experience, directly experience, that it is not the four lower bodies. And what does that experience feel like? It feels like a contrast. There is a contrast between your normal experience of life through the four lower bodies, through the perception filter of those bodies, and the state of pure awareness, neutral awareness. There is a contrast, in the beginning, a great contrast.

The constant movement as a threat

What is it you experience through your normal state of awareness? It is that everything is constant movement. You even know, when you think about this, that the earth is not standing still. You are not standing still. You may be sitting here in a chair and you think: “My body is not moving.” But you know the earth is rotating around its axis. You know that the entire earth is orbiting the sun. You know that the sun is moving. You are not thinking about this consciously, but I can assure you that your physical body, your emotional and mental identity bodies, are experiencing this constant movement. And when people go into duality, they not only experience it as movement, they experience it as a threat. All of this constant change seems chaotic.

What is it we have said many times you want to do when you go into duality and create the ego or the subconscious selves that make up the ego? Well, you are trying to elevate the ego to an ultimate status, to a god-like status. And that essentially means that you want to control everything. But just by the fact that everything is moving, you cannot control everything in your life. You cannot control the earth’s rotation around its axis. You cannot control the earth’s movement around the sun. You cannot control the sun’s movement throughout the galaxy. You cannot stop all of this movement. And in a certain sense you know this. But the ego will not accept it and therefore it is in this perpetual drive to create something that it can control.

The contrast

Now what happens when a Conscious You steps outside of your four lower bodies and experiences itself as pure awareness? Well, what is it that the Conscious You is experiencing? It is experiencing the Christ Consciousness, but only one aspect of the Christ Consciousness for many people. And this means that after people have had the experience of pure awareness, they now go back into their four lower bodies, and now their egos instantly start wanting to control the experience. And this means that the ego superimposes its own interpretation upon the experience of pure awareness, and therefore it reasons that because there is such a great contrast between a normal state and pure awareness, then this pure awareness is the ultimate reality.

And this is the central feature of the duality consciousness that we have attempted to explain so many times. It always has two opposite polarities. In a sense, the ego wants to control everything in its environment and since it knows that everything is moving, it is trying to control the movement, or at least the direction of the movement, at least where you are going, and this is what the fallen beings are doing—have been doing since they fell. They are trying to control the movement of the universe.

But there are those beings, both fallen and not fallen, who have grown tired of this. They have had enough of this experience of trying to control the movement. But they have not seen through the duality consciousness, so now they use the duality consciousness to project an interpretation upon the experience of pure awareness. And therefore, they say: “Well, there is this contrast between the normal chaos that I experience through my four lower bodies, and this experience of pure awareness and therefore, this means that pure awareness—undifferentiated awareness—is the ultimate reality. Only Brahman is real, the world is an illusion.” But this is simply flipping from one dualistic extreme to the opposite dualistic extreme. Neither of them are real. But people are convinced that they are real, because they will say: “But I have experienced this undifferentiated state of consciousness”. But they have not. They have experienced an aspect of the Christ consciousness.

The Creator’s choice

And you see, the first—what shall we say—thing, but you cannot really call it a thing, but the first act of creation of our Creator was to create the Christ consciousness. Now you may think that the Christ consciousness is then undifferentiated in itself, but it is not. You see, the Creator, before it decided to create this world of form, before it even started deciding on the specific forms that it wanted to create, the Creator had to make choices.

We have so far given you a rudimentary view of the Allness, what we have called the Allness. We have said there are Presences in the Allness. You have even received dictations from some: the Presence of Infinite Light, the Presence of Unconditional Love. But there are many more Presences that represent certain qualities. And this is very, very difficult to explain in words on an unascended planet. But let us just say, that just as you know there are seven spiritual rays that represent different forms of energies, there are Presences in the Allness that represent different—what we might call—God qualities and it is not possible to incorporate all of these God qualities in one creation. Therefore, your Creator, our Creator, had to choose some of these Presences upon which it based this creation, this world of form. This means that when the Creator then created the Christ consciousness, it was based on these Presences that it had selected. Therefore, even the Christ consciousness was not undifferentiated.

The limitation of the linear mind

What am I seeking to explain to you here? I know very well that I am giving you a higher teaching than we have given before, and it requires you to stretch your mind. But what am I seeking to explain? I am seeking to explain that there is a fundamental difference between how our Creator views its own creation and how you view creation from inside that creation. You will not know the fullness of how the Creator views its creation until you reach the Creator consciousness. But you certainly cannot know the fullness of the Creator’s creation from an unascended sphere and certainly not from an unnatural planet like earth.

What this means is that when you are trying to understand these very subtle cosmological questions from inside an unnatural planet, you need to come to a point where you have enough humility to admit that you cannot grasp and understand this with what we have called the linear mind, the analytical mind, the reasoning mind. Because what you will do is you will take what you see around you and project it upwards. But how was the world created? We have explained this over and over.

The world was created by a projection downwards. First the Creator projected the first sphere. After that ascended, the ascended masters of the first sphere projected the structures in the second sphere and so forth. You cannot look back up and know everything because when you are inside creation, you are so affected by what you experience that when you start projecting up, you are projecting what you experience upwards. But this cannot work because what you experience, first of all, was projected from a higher state of consciousness that you cannot grasp. But second of all, what you experience on an unnatural planet like earth is partly created by your own consciousness—the duality consciousness, the separate mind, so you are now reasoning with a mind of separation and projecting onto oneness.

Experiencing the Christ consciousness behind the contrast

So, back to what I said. When you first have an experience of stepping outside the four lower bodies, experiencing pure awareness, you are first experiencing an aspect of the Christ consciousness. You could say that the Christ consciousness can be compared to a blank sheet of paper, a blank page, and then all of the forms that you see in your world are drawn onto the blank page. And if you think about yourself when you are reading a book, what are you doing? You are focusing on those little black scribbles, the letters on the page and you are reading the letters, and you are interpreting the meaning of those words. Have you ever, while you were reading a book, stopped and said: “Oh, let me look beyond the words, let me focus on the blank page?” No, why would you? The purpose of reading a book is to get the words. If you want a blank page, you can get a blank sheet of paper and stare at that, which not many people do for entertainment. But you see what I am trying to explain here. Without him was not anything made that was made. Without the Christ consciousness was not anything made that was made. But there is an element of the Christ consciousness that is the blank page, where nothing was yet made out of the Christ consciousness.

When you are inside an unascended sphere, especially on an unnatural planet, and you experience pure awareness, you are experiencing the great contrast between your normal state of awareness—your awareness of all the movement in the world—and pure awareness and it will seem as if this pure awareness is undifferentiated, never moving. And for some people, all they experience is the contrast. They just experience contrast.

Now, if you think about this, you will know that, if let us say, you are driving your car and you hear the engine, and then you drive into the forest and now you turn off your engine. What is your experience? “Oh, it is so quiet.” You are no longer hearing the engine, and the silence of what you hear now seems like complete silence compared to the noise of the engine. But then, when you sit there for a few seconds, all of a sudden you hear: “Oh, there is a bird singing in that tree. Oh, there is another bird singing.” All of a sudden, what you thought was the silence of the forest is not completely silent.

This is one reason why people have these experiences of the undifferentiated, the silent, that is so different from their normal chaotic state of awareness. And the more chaotic their normal state of awareness is, the bigger the contrast, therefore, the more silent the Christ consciousness will seem. But I am not saying this is all people have experienced, because there are people who have gone deeper. In other words, the first few times you experience pure awareness, you are focused on the contrast. But if you experience it more and more, then you can experience that behind all of the forms there is that aspect of the Christ consciousness that is silent, undifferentiated, because nothing has yet been written on it. But what is it that has not been written? It is the particular kind of forms that you see around you in your environment. And therefore, you are again, as I said, reasoning that the suffering, the chaos is caused by differentiation, therefore, the ultimate state must be undifferentiation.

But even what you are experiencing there is just the contrast. Suddenly you turn off the noise of the engine, you experience the Christ consciousness, and you think it is complete silence. But as you then experience it more and more, become more used to the experience, you realize there is not actually silence or undifferentiation in the Christ consciousness. For in the Christ consciousness is built in the drive to draw everything, at least every self-aware being, back to its Creator. And there also is in the Christ consciousness these choices of the God qualities that your Creator selected as the basis for this world of form.

You see what I am saying. Eastern spirituality has some valid basis in going beyond the outward, the outer mind, the chaos of the outer mind, but because they do not fully grasp the duality consciousness, they have not gone far enough beyond. And they have not gone far enough beyond because they have reasoned that ultimate reality is the undifferentiated Brahman and therefore, they also reasoned that the goal of spiritual growth is to return to the undifferentiated Brahman. And that is why they reasoned that the ultimate reality of you is that your sense of self is unreal because your self can only be a separate self. Any differentiated self is a separate self.

The drive to be MORE

But you see, your sense of self, the Conscious You, is created out of the Creator’s being ultimately, even though it was not created directly by the Creator, but by ascended masters in the ascended sphere right above yours and it is created with a unique individuality that is not dualistic. It is individual and it has the potential not to return to its Creator in the sense that it becomes dissolved into the undifferentiated, but that it achieves the Creator consciousness by experiencing all the levels of the Creator’s creation by experimenting with its co-creative abilities, its imagination and free will. Therefore, it comes—instead of returning to nothingness, we might say, you are actually, you are not returning to, you are growing to a state where you can fully appreciate the Creator’s creation.

And that is why, from the perspective of an ascended master, it is—how shall I put this diplomatically? Oh, yes—it is complete insanity (that is as diplomatic as I can be, as the Chohan of the Fourth Ray). It is complete insanity to believe that only the undifferentiated is real, and you are just, and the world, is just the result of some kind of accident that I cannot explain, and the goal is that you come to realize that yourself is unreal, so you return to nothingness.

What they are overlooking is, what is it that can come to realize that I am not real, that I am a separate self? Well, it is the Conscious You, but the Conscious You cannot come to experience that it is not a self. It can come to experience that it is not a separate self, and that is what happens when you step outside the four lower bodies. You can experience that you are out of the Christ consciousness, but when you have that experience repeatedly and begin to use it to dismantle the structures in your outer mind so you do not superimpose those structures upon the experience, then you connect to your I AM Presence, and you connect to the fact that your I AM Presence has a drive to transcend itself. And that is why it sent you, the Conscious You, into embodiment on a low planet like earth, in an unascended sphere—because the I AM Presence wants to accelerate itself, wants to transcend itself, and reach the Creator consciousness.

The dualistic logical flaw

You see the fundamental logical flaw here, if we can call it a logical flaw. In all of this scenario of the Eastern spirituality in a modern non-duality, is a failure to grasp that because you have the ability to contemplate how reality works, this shows you are more than the environment you are in. You have the potential to transcend the environment you are in without losing all sense of self. You may transcend the separate sense of self, which is an artificial creation, yes, but it is just an experiment with your free will and your imagination. And by experimenting with duality, going into separation, and now accelerating yourself out of it, you have a greater understanding and appreciation for how the Creator’s creation works. And this is just part of your particular path. I am not saying it is the only way to achieve the greater consciousness, but it is part of your path, the path that you chose. But this is what they deny as a result of this reasoning from inside, that only that which is undifferentiated is real. They reason there is no purpose, there is no movement, there is no acceleration. Instead, they think that the ultimate key to spiritual growth is deceleration into nothingness. They are seeking to eradicate all sense of self.

This is using the duality consciousness to reason that: “We see that the fallen beings are seeking to elevate the separate self to the status of a god.” Correct observation. But now you reason that this means that the only way to be free of suffering is to eradicate the self completely. But what is it that is able to think: “Oh, the separate self is causing suffering, therefore, I should have no self.” What is it that is able to think that way? It is the Conscious You. How could the Conscious You eradicate itself? You have self-awareness. How could you ever eradicate it? It cannot be done. Thinking it can be done is insanity, not to speak of vanity, because you think you can define how the world should work instead of using the Christ consciousness to connect to the next level of consciousness up, which is connected to the next level of consciousness up, which is ultimately connected to the Creator, so that you can experience how the world works.

There has always been something

Why am I telling you this with words? I do not want you to believe my words and to get stuck in interpreting these words. I want you to tune into my being and help me and help you accelerate yourself so you can experience the reality of the words I am giving you. I do not want you to be satisfied with the words and settle for the words. And when you experience the fullness of the Christ consciousness, you will experience that your I AM Presence is an individual being that is real. You will experience in the Conscious You a desire to return to oneness with the I AM Presence, which you came out of. You will experience in the I AM Presence and in the ascended realm and in the ascended masters this desire to accelerate, to transcend your current state. And of course, there comes a point where you will experience that you were not created out of the undifferentiated Brahman, because you are a distinct being. You are differentiated from nothingness and as philosophers have debated for thousands of years, something cannot come out of nothing. Correct. Because there is no nothing. You are conscious.  As the philosopher Descartes said: “I think therefore, I am.” We could say: “I experience, therefore, I exist.”

There is something. There has always been something. There has never ever been a state where there was nothing, and then out of that nothing came something. There has been a state where there was nothing seen from inside this world of form, because the Creator had not decided to create. There was even a state where the Creator had created the Christ consciousness, the white page, but nothing was written on it, and that seems like nothing compared to this world of form that is so differentiated. But as I said, beyond the Creator is the Allness, there are Presences that have characteristics in the Allness, and the Creator selected those, built them into the Christ consciousness. The Christ consciousness was not nothing. It was no thing, as you define things in your world of form, but it was not nothing. There has never been nothing.

And I know very well what the linear mind will do with this statement. It will say: “But there must have been a beginning. There must have been a state before the ultimate, or before there was anything that was created. There must have been some ultimate state.” Well, yes, there is an ultimate state. It is everything. But the ultimate state is not completely silent or unmoving. It is accelerating itself constantly. That is the ultimate state. The ultimate state is constant acceleration. There has never been a state where there was no movement, where there was no acceleration, no self-transcendence. It has never existed. This is, again, your reasoning from inside your world projecting upon that which is beyond your world, and therefore, you are failing.

The alternative is to recognize your world was created by beings in a higher state of consciousness. And because your Conscious You is out of those beings, you can connect to those beings, and therefore you can receive something from them, us, the ascended masters, that you cannot reason your way to from inside the world, not even from the mental or lower-identity realm, as I said the Rishi is connected to.

Only from the ascended realm can you receive something that is not affected by what you see in this world and that is why I am telling you it is understandable that you reason that this world had a beginning. And it is correct. Your world of form had a beginning. Your unascended sphere had a beginning in an ascended sphere. But even the first ascended sphere had a beginning in the Christ consciousness when there was nothing. There was just a white page. Yes, all of this is correct. But if you keep going up to the Creator, did the Creator have a beginning? Yes. Did the Allness have a beginning? No.

You see, the linear mind wants to continue reasoning backwards and saying, but there must have been some ultimate state that started it all. This is the linear mind. The linear mind is like one of these old gramophones that is stuck in a track and plays the same notes over and over again. It can only reason in a linear way. There is a current condition. There is change in the world. I observe this so the current condition must have started somewhere. What started this? Well, what started that? And the linear mind wants to go back to some ultimate beginning and this is why the linear mind fails.

No beginning and no end of Allness

But now you are going to say, perhaps: “But are you not contradicting yourself? Are you not saying there was never silence, there was never a standstill? But yet you are saying that when we reason from inside, we cannot understand how the world works.” But there is no contradiction here. The contrast between your world where everything is moving, and even the Christ consciousness, can make it seem from inside your world that the Christ consciousness is not moving. But you see, the Christ consciousness that your Creator has defined for our creation is like the earth. It is moving along with the entire galaxy, just as your Creator is moving along with the Allness. And the linear mind will reason, again, something started this world of form. Something must have started what was before that and if you keep going back, there must have been an ultimate starting point.

But why is it more logical to say this, than to say there was never a starting point? There has always been movement, transcendence, acceleration. And again, as I started out saying, the reasoning mind will then, if it cannot project backwards to an ultimate starting point, it will project forward and say there must be an ultimate end. Because if everything is accelerating, Serapis Bey, there must come a point where you have reached the ultimate acceleration, the end of acceleration. And again, I simply say, why? Why is it more logical that acceleration started at some point, and that it must end at some point, than saying acceleration can and will go on indefinitely? It is only inside a world that had a beginning that you reason everything must have had a beginning.

The dualistic need to define how the world works

I know very well, because I sense the return current from the collective consciousness, as I am speaking this into the collective consciousness, that people will reason about this, will reason against it and they will come up with all kinds of reasonings, so I just return to what I have already stated. When you are in the duality consciousness, you think you can define how the universe should work and that is perfectly fine. You have been given free will. Therefore, you have the right to experiment with the duality consciousness for as long as you want, until you have finally had enough of trying to define how the world should work, and experiencing time and time again, that it does not work that way, because you are still suffering. Or you can shift your mind and say: “I am done with this. I want to know how the world actually works. Let me connect to the next level up, so I can receive a higher view from the ascended masters, than I could ever receive from reasoning from inside the mental box that is earth.” And this is all we have ever attempted to do.

I know that, especially in previous dispensations, people have reasoned that we are seeking to change the world, and it is so epically important to change the world and bring about the golden age, that it justifies forcing people to acknowledge the ascended masters, or that it is justified to force people so they can overcome their suffering. But this has never been our view. There are students who have reasoned that way. I am not blaming them, because in the age of Pisces it was easy to reason that way. Even we said certain things in the age of Pisces that inflated that view. But nevertheless, that is because, as we have said, some students were stuck, and only by bringing their viewpoints to an extreme, did they have a chance to see it, to see the lack of balance, the absurdity of it.

Tuning in to vs. Reasoning backwards

What I have attempted to do here, is to take the teachings we have given so far, but raise them up to a new level where you have an even greater vision of how the Creator started its creation, that it made certain choices. There are certain qualities that the Creator selected as the basis for this creation. And you can say, because I know this is what your minds want, your minds want me to say: “What are they? Tell me, so that I know what they are.” And we will do this, but not all at once.

You already have some hints. The Presence of Unconditional Love, the Presence of Infinite Light, there are others. Yes, there is certainly one of the Presences in the Allness for each of the seven rays, but even for the secret rays. It is a quite complicated picture that I do not wish to give you all of at once, because it will be too much, even for the time-space limitations we always face. But still, I wanted to give you something that can help you start tuning in. And first of all, I want to help you, those of you who have not yet made that switch, to realize that reasoning backwards, reasoning from inside this world of form, especially from a planet like earth, will never help you connect to how the world actually works and therefore, you realize that all spirituality must come from a higher realm in order to be valid.

And that is why progressive revelation is the essential spiritual concept for this age, for the Age of Aquarius. We have called it the Age of The Holy Spirit, the Age of Freedom, the Age of Community, but it is really an Age of Acceleration. Well, you could say every age is an Age of Acceleration, because there is always the potential of what people can go through in that age. But still, the Aquarian Age really cannot be grasped unless you are willing to understand that in the Aquarian Age, we of the ascended masters, intend to give humankind more and more teachings from our level. And you also need to understand that the teachings that have been brought forth in previous ages were a reflection of the collective consciousness and where it was at in those ages, so you need to let go of, if you want to flow with the movement of Aquarius, you need to let go of all sense that the older teachings were more pure than the newer teachings.

You see people who claim to be some of the most advanced spiritual people on the planet, because they understand this non-duality. But their basic view of the world, as I have explained in this dictation, is based on the Vedic teachings that were given thousands of years ago and what was given thousands of years ago was what people could tune into and accept at the time. If you are trying in the modern age to base your world view on these outdated teachings, you will fall into the trap of reasoning from the inside out. Even what was given by us, the ascended masters in previous dispensations, was given primarily for the Piscean Age. There are, of course, many aspects of those teachings that point to the Aquarian Age. But many of them were given for the Piscean Age, for the Piscean mindset, to help people overcome the Piscean mindset and move into Aquarius.

Flowing with the River of Life

Even those are not as progressive as the progressive revelation I am giving you in this discourse. You need to decide: “What is it I want? Do I want to flow with the River of Life? Do I want to flow with the Holy Spirit? Or do I want to hold on to something that is fixed in time?” Because when a spiritual teaching, and again, spiritual teachings, what people call spiritual teachings, can come from the mental realm or the lower identity realm. But when a spiritual teaching comes from the spiritual realm, from the ascended masters, it is valid when it is given. But once it has been put into words that can be printed on the page and therefore become subject to interpretation, well, then it is no longer necessarily the flow. It can help you tune into the flow if you go beyond the written word. But in order to really stay with the flow, you need to stay with the living progressive revelation that is being brought forth through whatever source you can tune into that appeals to you. We are not saying there is only one source. We have never said this through this messenger, because he has no need to feel he is exclusive.

The planetary choice in 2025

The choice in 2025 for the entire planet is: “Do I want to accelerate or do I want to try and defend what I have, thinking I can stand still?” But in reality, you cannot stand still. You will decelerate. If you do not accelerate, you will decelerate. That is the law built into the Christ consciousness, and: “Without him was not anything made that was made”. But it is becoming even more of a choice this year and the rest of this decade. And it has, in a sense, been a choice for the entire decade, which is why you have seen these difficult experiences like the pandemic, the war in Ukraine, the war in the Middle East. You have seen how, when people do not want to accelerate, they are holding on, they are seeking to hold on to something and then there must be other events that breaks down what they are seeking to hold on to and this will continue in the rest of this decade and it will certainly be accelerated in 2025, if people are not willing to accelerate.

With this, you might hear my reluctance to let go because I have enjoyed giving you this discourse. But with this, I have given you what I wanted to give you in this installment. I know I have given you probably more than most of you can handle. But again, you can always go back, listen again, read it and therefore allow yourself to be accelerated. Because I can assure you that all of you can benefit.

There is not a single person in embodiment who cannot benefit from this discourse, who cannot be accelerated by tuning in to my Presence and allowing me to give you something that is beyond the words, that is beyond understanding. Because I am not interested in giving you understanding. I am interested in helping you have the direct experience of my Presence. Because the words can accelerate your understanding, but experiencing my Presence can accelerate your being. And that is what all of us desire to see happen.

With this, I seal you in the immense joy that I AM as the Chohan of the Fourth Ray of Acceleration.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

Let go of appearances to help build a more balanced society

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, October 20, 2024. This dictation was given during the Webinar for America 2024: Invoking a Positive Vision for America.

 

I AM the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha. It is my privilege, my joy, to seal this event, which we from the ascended realm consider an absolute success. It is unprecedented in this dispensation that so many people have come together in this unity of giving these invocations and decrees. This has released a mighty thrust, and we have of course been able to multiply this by a very significant factor. So that there has been sent some very powerful impulses into the collective consciousness, into the energy field of the United States.

It is one of those things where you, as the spiritual people, would naturally like to see a result of your efforts. You may not see a direct physical visible result, but I can assure you that there has been a result at the identity, mental and emotional levels in clearing up that veil of illusion that has been hanging over the American people for a long time and that has allowed this polarization to become more and more pronounced. We have all been able to do various things according to our offices to shatter this illusion, this veil of illusion so that those who are willing can see more clearly.

The people who do not want to change

Now, there are of course those who are not willing. But then the light becomes the judgment of Christ upon these people, and this can have various ramifications. It can cause some of them to actually see what they otherwise were not willing to see. It can cause others to receive a sense of judgment so that after this lifetime they will not be able to re-embody in America because they will have to go to a country that does not have the kind of freedom and democracy that America has because they had demonstrated that now they are not willing to live up to their responsibility as citizens in a democratic nation. And what is that responsibility?

Well, it is first of all to take responsibility for yourself, for your own state of mind. And realize that the essence of a democracy is that the people must be willing to transcend themselves for a democracy to transcend itself. You cannot expect that a society will get better if you are not willing to look at the beam in your own eye, transcend your own world view, your own state of consciousness. If you instead look at the splinter in the eyes of your brothers and appoint your brothers as the scapegoat, and think you do not need to change, you just need to force those other people or to deport them or whatever it is that you think needs to be done, then you are not living up to your responsibility as a citizen in a democratic nation.

And this is becoming more and more pronounced, because as the planet is moving into Saint Germain’s Golden Age, there is much more of a pull upon democratic nations. Therefore, it becomes more difficult for the citizens of democratic nations to refuse to live up to this responsibility of being willing to look at how they need to change. The scapegoating, the pointing the finger at others, the judgment of others after appearances is becoming more and more difficult to obtain. This is quite frankly one of the reasons why you see so many people in America who are getting more and more angry because they sense that they are falling behind. They sense that there is more opposition, that there is a pull on them to change and it is harder and harder for them to resist it and therefore, they become angry because they are not willing to change.

But there are many, many people in other nations that do not have a democratic form of government who are willing to change and therefore, in their next lifetime they will be born into one of the democratic nations, and some among the current democratic citizens will be born in those nations who are not yet democracies so they can experience the contrast.

The unholy alliance

Now, we have talked about this concept of the benevolent narcissist, and what you need to recognize here is that there is a sort of unholy alliance between those citizens who do not want to take responsibility for changing themselves, their world view, their state of mind, and these benevolent narcissists. I am not just talking here about one such narcissist. There are many in the American government, in American businesses, in American bureaucracy, in other areas of American society such as the media. There are many of these narcissists who think that they know better how the country should be run. They even think they know better than the people, they know better than experts and they also think, if they were aware of it, that they know better than Saint Germain or God how America should be functioning.

And this is the unholy alliance. There are people who will not take responsibility for themselves and then there are the benevolent narcissists who will gladly take responsibility for others and for the entire nation or even the entire world or for that matter the entire universe because they think they know better. What happens is that the benevolent narcissists are making the promise: You do not have to do anything other than vote for me, trust for me, blindly follow me, I will take care of everything. And the people who do not want to take responsibility for themselves, they choose to believe in this. And once they believe in this, their minds are taken over by what we can only call a spiritual poison of ignorance. It is a willful ignorance although not a conscious ignorance. And it completely covers their minds, which is why you can see that these people are unreachable. They are unreachable for any kind of arguments, any kind of logical rational reasoning. They suffer from a form of cognitive dissonance, but it is impossible to make them see it because they have decided aforehand, a priori, that they are right about the narcissist and that the narcissist is right about everything.

And the narcissist, of course, loves to have people who believe that they [narcissists] are right, that they are the one who knows best. You see this in so many narcissists throughout history, you see it in today’s world. They reinforce each other because the people believe that the narcissist knows best, and the narcissist believes that: “The fact that people love me and follow me blindly proves that I know best.” And as we have said, this state of illusion cannot last. There will inevitably come a point where the practical realities of the world will challenge this illusion.

Reality check

Now, some may hold on to it for a while, some may never get over it in this lifetime, but there will come points where it will be clear that the narcissist does not know best. And this is because of several factors. One of them is the narcissist’s belief that he knows best, which causes him to disregard the advice from people around him, from those who are experts, those who have experiences. The narcissist lives in this bubble of illusion and thinks the world functions according to his world view.

This is also what the people who follow the narcissist believe. The narcissist then will disregard advice that could have prevented him or her from making a mistake and therefore, the mistakes will be made. But there is also what we call the second law of thermodynamics, where the narcissist uses a dualistic illusion and goes more and more towards the extremes and therefore, creates more and more opposition that will eventually shatter the illusion by disproving that the narcissist is right and knows best.

The simple fact is that once people have gone beyond a certain point of either following the narcissist or being a narcissist, it is only the School of Hard Knocks that can shatter the illusion for them. However, there are still people in America whose minds are not completely taken over by this spiritual poison of ignorance. And they can be awakened by your calls, by our actions based on your calls, so that they can see a higher vision of what America could be and can see some of the things we have pointed out, especially the need to seek unity.

Anchoring the Flame of Peace over the election process

This is what our calls or our work as a result of your calls is aimed at achieving. Now, as a result of the calls you have given, I have decided to provide what we might call a dispensation, where what I will do is I will anchor my Presence, the Flame of Peace that I hold for earth. And I have already anchored it in the rotunda of the Capitol building, but what I will do for the time until the election and somewhat after is that I will anchor my Presence over the entire election process—the Flame of Peace over the entire election process. That means every place where people can cast their ballots, where votes are counted, where the results are processed and moved on in the system. Every place, I will anchor the Presence of Peace, the Flame of Peace, for the purpose of doing one of two things, either making sure that the entire election process runs peacefully so that the people who want to vote will be allowed to vote, so that their votes will be counted accurately, that the counted votes will be tallied accurately, that there will be no interference, no conflict, no struggle, no fighting, no shooting, or if there are those who are not willing to lock into the Flame of Peace, they will be judged by the Flame of Peace.

This is a significant dispensation in an attempt to make sure that the election will happen peacefully and whatever outcome a majority of the people decide upon will be the result that will manifest, that will be recognized, and so that the person who gets the most votes will be enacted, put into office, sworn in as the next president. This flame does not in any way seek to influence the people’s voting. Simply envelop the entire process in peace so that everything can take place smoothly and we can avoid the circus that we saw last time. It may not be possible to avoid the circus despite the Flame of Peace because it cannot override free will, and there are certainly those who are hell-bent on creating as much conflict and struggle as possible around the election process. There are even foreign powers that want to create as much chaos around the election process as possible in order to prove their point that democracy is an inferior form of government to their own. Need I mention names?

High potential for awakening

These are sort of the immediate business items that I wanted to comment on in this release. I will now move on to the vision, a positive vision for the United States. Now, it may seem as if the United States or the people of America are so polarized, so divided between factions, that they are completely trapped in the dualistic mindset, either this extreme or that extreme. Yet the reality on earth is that whatever physical appearance is there, there is a counterpart in the emotional, mental, and identity realms that gives a potential that an extreme physical situation can lead to a breakthrough in the three higher bodies so that people see something that they otherwise would not have seen. In other words, the School of Hard Knocks may provide some very hard knocks at the physical level, but there may be an awakening, a clearing of the illusion at the higher levels. The more polarized America becomes, the more the rhetoric becomes polarized, the more conspiracy theories are put out there, the more there is a potential that a critical mass of people will see the absurdity. And therefore, will say: “This is too much, we have had enough of this, this just cannot be realistic.”

You see how the rhetoric becomes more and more extreme, even to the point where those who are denying that human beings have produced climate change, almost in the same sentence will claim that the government is able to influence the weather and create a hurricane and send it to states with mostly Republican voters. And it is this kind of extreme polarized cognitive dissonance that can cause people to reach that saturation point where things have become so absurd that they finally see it. It is as if something switches in their minds and they say: “Oh, this is too much, this cannot be right.” And they suddenly see the absurdity of this cognitive dissonance.

Towards a more balanced society

And the vision that I hold is not just about the election, it is more what happens after the election. Because it is absolutely necessary that America, that a critical mass of Americans, discover the middle way. Now, this does not mean that I envision that a majority of Americans are going to become Buddhists, are going to study Buddhism or even going to use the concept or the words of the middle way. But it is necessary that they discover that there is a way to look at life that is beyond the pairs, the polarizations.

Many Americans are already there, as many people in other democratic nations have been there for some time. But the critical mass has not yet been reached. And my vision that I hold is that in the coming years, this critical mass will be reached. And America, therefore, will become more balanced, a more balanced society. As we have said, it is the power elite that wants to divide, and they divide by polarizing people. But the middle way can also be seen as the way of practical realism, where instead of creating a mental image and convincing yourself that the world really works according to your mental image, you are willing to look at the practical reality: How does the world actually work? And then you make decisions based on that, based on what is the best for the greatest number of people? What is the best for the nation, for the community of America? And in the little longer one, I also envision that there will be this breakthrough of what Saint Germain called the community spirit, where you see that the whole is more than the sum of the parts, that by coming together in a community, people can attain something, achieve something, that they cannot do as separate individuals who are in competition with each other.

Americans have a very competitive mindset, and this does not promote community spirit. But this I envision will gradually fade so more and more Americans will see the advantage of working together. I envision that this will have many ramifications. First of all, that people will get involved with society at many different levels, that people will get involved in their local communities, for example, to create better schools, better childcare—for many Americans, childcare is a major problem. That they will create better facilities for helping other people, helping those who are in need, the elderly, the sick and so forth.

But also on a national scale, that they will demand public healthcare, that they will demand better education and that they will demand better media, better media coverage that does not cover over the elites’ influence and does not promote conspiracy theories that are absurd. I envision that many more people will get involved into politics, will get involved in their churches, in spiritual organizations, that many more people will start their own businesses.

And I especially envision that new ownership models of businesses will emerge where people will come together. Instead of the traditional view that one person starts a business, there will be people who work together, they will be co-owners of the business, those who work in the business will have part ownership of the business and everyone will be equals in that business. So that the business is not a corporation owned by no one or a company owned by one person but the business is a community that interacts with the greater community in its local area.

I of course also envision that people will be more engaged in politics, that they will realize that in a democracy you are not fulfilling your responsibility if you are complaining about the politicians. You have the old saying that everybody is complaining about the weather but nobody is doing anything about it, well that does not work for politics in a democracy. You have opportunities to do something about it, it is not in everybody’s Divine Plan to do so but I certainly envision that many more people will feel a responsibility to be engaged in politics in whatever way they can and therefore demand better leadership, a non-dualistic leadership.

I envision that more and more people will have had enough of the polarized, toxic debate, the polarized political climate and will begin to demand a non-dual leadership in America that is not based on this polarization, that is not based on this epic mindset that says that: “The other part will destroy America but I will save America.” This just is not a view that can survive in the golden age.

Attaining a sense of peace

Beyond these, we might say outer things, my vision for America is going a little bit further than Saint Germain saying he wants to rekindle the optimism and the joy of Americans because I see also that there are many Americans who are ready to step up to a sense of peace. There are many Americans who are looking into alternative religions, alternative forms of spirituality, it can be Buddhism for some, it can be more modern, western forms of spirituality but I see that more and more Americans will see it as a priority for themselves to attain peace in their own minds so that they can hold a certain spiritual balance for America. There are of course many people who are already doing this but I envision more people doing it and more people doing it consciously and deliberately. I also envision the emergence of organizations that are aimed at raising people’s state of mind so they can have enough inner peace to hold a balance for the nation. This is a necessity if America is to make the transition into the golden age without major upheaval and we of course would all like to see this, not least Saint Germain who would like to begin giving the gifts to America and other nations that he has prepared but that he cannot give until there is that shift in the collective consciousness.

The spiritual community around the world

I will take this opportunity to make a few remarks about the broader spiritual community not only in America but actually around the world. There is a great increase in the awareness that spiritual growth cannot be achieved through the outer path but does require the willingness to look at your own psychology—to heal the psychology. This is something that you who are following this dispensation have realized a long time ago because we have given you so many teachings on this but by you being willing to engage in this path you have pulled up on many other spiritual people so that there is actually a great transformation taking place. This does not mean that all spiritual people have realized just how complex and demanding it is to clear out your subconscious mind of these separate selves but they have at least been willing to recognize that the outer path, the automatic path does not produce the growth that they want.

There are many, many people out there who are talking about this, who are making YouTube videos about it, even writing books about it, creating courses and teaching and more and more people are responding to this and there is a great potential that those who have walked this path for a while can become teachers, guides, coaches, whatever you call it that help other people by sharing their experiences. This is a movement that has been going on for some time obviously but just within the last few years this has gained considerable momentum and it is to a very large extent driven by women.

The highest potential of the decade of women

As we have said before women are generally more open to looking at their psychology, working on their psychology, than men are and you see this very clearly. This is partly because they are tuning in to the fact that this is the decade of women and that if they are to fulfill their individual Divine Plans they need to work on their psychology so that they can overcome the psychological phase of their Divine Plans, resolve enough psychology that they can give the gift they are here to bring.

This does not mean that men are excluded from this process there are of course also many men who are responding to this but there is a larger number of women who have locked into this. This is, when you look at it from a spiritual perspective and look at a world scale, a very significant movement that we envision will be reinforced in the rest of this decade. For truly if the decade of women is to live up to its highest potential then it requires a very large number of women who consciously and deliberately engage in the process of resolving their psychology and raising awareness so that they escape the egoic consciousness as many call it so that they deal with the ‘shadow’ as others call it and so that they go through an awakening experience and reach a permanent higher state of consciousness based on the resolution of psychology. More and more people are locking into this.

The role of the ascended master students

As I said, you who are ascended master students who have been willing to take our teachings, you have played a part in this by pulling up on others, pulling up on the collective consciousness. If you will make an effort to resolve more of your own psychology some of you will see that you have the potential to become teachers, guides in this process and to help others who have not been walking the path for as long as you have. I am not putting any pressure on anyone. I am simply saying that this is the potential that some of you have, some of you have started exercising it, some of you have not yet dared to cross that line to step out from the anonymity in which you feel comfortable or rather your subconscious selves feel comfortable, but you have the potential to do so. It does not mean as we have said before many times that you need to teach ascended master teachings. You can talk in more universal terms to the business community, to other spiritual psychological groups where you talk about the ideas and the concepts without mentioning ascended masters or this messenger. You are as we have said before also free to take the teachings, take the ideas, adapt them to a specific environment and teach based on them.

This messenger has a special role of talking about ascended masters which is why he does so in his YouTube videos but there is plenty of room for some of you to talk about the ideas without mentioning us or this messenger at all. You can mix the teachings with other psychological teachings. There are many possibilities.

I simply want to commend you for the growth that you have been willing to go through, so many of you. Some of you feel like you have made an effort but you have not really broken through. But when you say I have not broken through, you just need to add one simple word. I have not broken through… yet. If you keep using the tools and teachings, if you keep being willing to ask for our guidance, if you keep being willing to step outside of your normal awareness and try to look at a different perspective you will break through. The vast majority of you will break through. And when you do break through you will, as this messenger has experienced and has described, feel that it was all worth it. All of the effort, all of the striving on the path was worth it because you have now achieved this greater vision, this greater peace of mind, this sense of who you are and who you are not.

What one has done, all can do

If you feel like you have not broken through, if you feel like there is still something you do not see and you do not understand what it is then set aside some time, watch the messenger’s videos. Do not focus on the words. Focus on what is beyond the words and ask yourself: “What does the messenger have that I do not have yet?” And then start taking notice of what he says, what it was that caused him to break through. What were the illusions he had that it took him a while to see but he eventually saw them? And this might, if you are opening your mind, help you make the same switch in the mind where you are suddenly free from these selves that you have now that are dominating your life and the way you look at life.

I am not saying this to elevate the messenger. I am simply saying that the law of the ascended masters, the motto of the ascended masters is: “What one has done, all can do.” And you will find very few people who are as open, straightforward and honest about his own path and his own struggles as this messenger. Again, not said to elevate him because the reason he is honest and open is that he does not need to elevate himself therefore he has nothing to hide. Those who want to elevate themselves are always seeking to hide something to create an appearance that hides their inner struggles. And see, one of the things that the messenger has achieved is precisely the freedom from this desire to uphold an appearance. And what many of you have not yet achieved is this freedom because you still have some subconscious selves that want to uphold an appearance. It may be an appearance to the world, it may be an appearance to the ascended masters, it may be an appearance towards specific other people, but it also has an element of maintaining an appearance for yourself where you think you need to have a certain appearance in this world.

Beyond appearances

If you will ask yourself these questions: “What kind of an appearance am I maintaining? What kind of an image would I like people to have of me? How would I like people to look at me? What would I like them to know or not know about myself?” Then, by asking these kind of questions, asking for our help, listening to the messenger’s experiences, you might have that breakthrough where you suddenly see, that you have all of your life—for many lifetimes, attempted to uphold a certain appearance. You have even used your spiritual path, even the teachings of the ascended masters, to continue to uphold or even reinforce that appearance. But you can come to see that upholding this appearance, you think it has some benefit for you. But in reality, it is a straitjacket that keeps you trapped in a very confined space where you can barely move. And therefore, it will be the greatest liberation of your life, of lifetimes, to come to see that appearance, see the self, see the illusion behind the self or the selves, and let the selves die. Because when you no longer need to uphold the appearance, what can you do? You can be yourself. Who is yourself? Your I AM Presence. And that is the breakthrough you are all longing for. However you see it, that is the breakthrough. And you can all achieve it, or you would not have been attracted to these teachings in the first place. But it requires you to be willing to look at the things you have not been willing to look at so far, and to ask yourself: “Why am I seeking to uphold this appearance? Why am I seeking to hide behind this appearance? What is the self or the selves that are hiding behind this appearance? And do I really want to continue doing this for the rest of this embodiment? Or would I rather let those selves die so I can get on with giving the gift that I wanted to bring to this planet, that my I AM Presence wants to bring?”

What one has done, all can do. You think when you look at us as ascended masters, that: “Oh, Gautama was in a special state of consciousness. It was much easier for him to transcend than it is for poor little old me.” But you are not the poor little old you. There is a self that is the poor little old you. But that is not you. That is not who you are. What one has done, all can do, because all have the same potential for transcendence. If there was anything special about me, it was I was more willing to look at my unresolved psychology than most people at the time. For that matter, more than most people today. But you see, it is the willingness that is the difference between you and I, not any God-given ability. All men and women are created equal with the equal potential for self-transcendence. I was not created special by my spiritual parents. This is idolatry to believe this. Of course, many Buddhists have idolatry of me, as many Christians have idolatry of Jesus. But do you, who have all of these teachings we have given, do you need to have this idolatry? Can you not realize that if you have this tendency to think this way, it is a separate self that is trying to prevent you from letting it die by saying: “Oh, poor little old you cannot do what Gautama did.” But you can, if you are willing.

So I leave you with that question. What are you willing to transcend? What appearance are you willing to give up so that you can be at peace with being on earth? So that you can sit under the Bodhi tree and the demons of Mara can do their thing, but they cannot pull you out of that centeredness in peace.

So in that peace, the Buddhic peace that I AM, I seal you and I once again express the gratitude of all of us for the work you have done at this event.

Be sealed then, Gautama, I AM.

 

Copyright © 2024 Kim Michaels

Making the power elite obsolete: Embracing community spirit in America

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, October 20, 2024. This dictation was given during the Webinar for America 2024: Invoking a Positive Vision for America.

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain. I am grateful that you have given me the authority to send my angels to carry out these calls that you have given in my decree, in the invocations and therefore create this momentum that I can magnify, that I can multiply, and I can use them to create real changes in the individual minds of Americans because they are free to see what they cannot see because of this veil of illusion that has been put over their minds by the fallen beings, by the power elite, and by various divisive groups in America that have been used as tools by these dark forces to spread these conspiracy theories, all of this divisive rhetoric, all this us versus them mentality, and all this scapegoating and seeing that it is other people that is the problem. I am therefore able to create a very significant action of shattering this veil of illusion so that more and more people can have that awakening experience of seeing, ‘but the emperor has nothing on’. The emperors of division, the emperors of conflict, they have nothing on.

Shattering the veil of illusion behind the power elite

And when that happens, people will be awakened to see beyond the division, to see that there is something that unites us as Americans. It is the basic humanity. It is the essential humanity. It is both our own potential and the potential of this nation. But first of all, it is this vision that all men and women are created equal and all are endowed by the same rights by their Creator, who is not a physical institution, not the state, not a certain group of people, not the noble class, not the party, not any institution on earth.

It is essential that a critical mass of Americans reawaken to the vision of why America was created. And it is, that is said in this invocation, to give people freedom from power elites, the power elites that have controlled the people throughout history, as you can see in society after society, in every historical epoch. The emperors have put themselves up as being necessary, essential, irreplaceable, so that the people could not possibly do without them. But those emperors have nothing on, and that is what my action based on your calls is aimed at achieving. Not that I expect that tomorrow the major news outlets are going to go out and declare that the biggest problem in America is the power elite, but that a critical mass of people will begin to wake up, will see this, will see the need for a different public discourse, a different approach to politics, and therefore, will vote accordingly.

There is a growing realization among many people in the world of the problem of narcissists. Well, these power elite people are the original narcissists, and it is time that a critical mass of people in America and of course in the rest of the world awaken to this realization, and this is what I am working to achieve, to cut them free so that without any rational argumentation, without any so-called proof or statistics or expert testimony, the veil just drops and they see, but the emperors of power and finance and business have nothing on. They do not have the best interest of the American people at heart, they do not have the best interest of America at heart, and they do not have the best interest of the world at heart, and we will no longer vote for the politicians who are doing the bidding of this power elite.

I hereby, by the power of the Ascended Master Saint Germain, by the authority that you have given me to act, I shatter, shatter, shatter, shatter in the four levels of matter this veil of illusion. Let it drop now so that those who are willing can see beyond this facade that has been created by this power elite that has been upheld for so long. Many people in democratic nations have seen beyond it long ago, but the American people have not seen beyond it. Why is this so? Because as we have talked about, this fascination in America with the individual freedom, too many Americans believe that they themselves might be able to achieve the wealth and the privilege that the elite has, at least the money. But it is necessary that they wake up and see that this can never happen. Yes, as we have said, an individual here and there can, but the majority of the people could never do so. Therefore, it is far better to shift the entire American political and financial system so that instead of funneling money up towards the elite, it spreads the wealth to all of the people, raising the standard of living of the people.

Growing inequality

This is what did happen after the Second World War during the 50s and 60s and a little bit into the 70s where there was optimism in America because people could see that they, by working hard, would be able to create a better life than their parents. Well, now you have in the last few decades a reversal of this where more and more young people, not only in America but also in other parts of the world, are realizing that they will not, no matter how hard they work, be able to create a better life than their parents because things have started sliding downhill. Well, it is not because the economy is going downhill. It is not because there is not enough wealth, because you clearly see that there is more wealth in America today than there was in the 1960s. But the wealth has been concentrated in the hands of fewer and fewer people. That is the problem. And that is the problem that must be corrected. And it will only be corrected when people stand up and demand change. There are, of course, politicians who are fully aware of this, but so far they have not had the ability to cut through in either political party. But this is what can change when a critical mass of the people wake up and realize what is going on. They realize that they have allowed themselves, the American people have allowed themselves to be divided and it has only one purpose, to hide the influence of the power elite.

Expressing individuality within community

What divides the American people? So many things. Basically, every single characteristic that you can almost define has been used to divide people. Men against women, Christians against other religions, materialists against religious people, Republicans against Democrats, capitalists against those who advocate another form of system. It is a wonder that you have not created some division between blonde people and brunettes. But I see that that must be coming at some point.

You see here that there is an elite that is using anything they can to divide the American people. But when the veil drops and more and more people see beyond this outer division, they can lock into what unites Americans, namely that basic humanity. And the basic humanity can give rise to the awareness that individualism can only come to its full expression in a community because individualism that acts as if every man is an island cannot actually reach its highest potential. Now some will object to this and say: “Look at all these billionaires, have they not achieved the highest potential of individualism?” Nay, they have achieved the highest potential of the ego, but the ego is the greatest restrictor of individualism, true individualism, spiritual individualism, divine individualism. In Christ, in the Christ mind, every self-aware being is an individual in the sense that you are an expression of your I AM Presence and your I AM Presence is a unique individual.

But when you realize that you are an expression of the I AM Presence and the I AM Presence is an expression of the One mind, the Christ mind, then you realize that the full expression of your individuality can only happen in a community because God has not created individuals in such a way that they destroy each other’s individuality. God has not created the earth as some kind of power game, as some kind of survival of the fittest, where God throws people onto this planet and is sitting back enjoying the spectacle of who is going to be the gladiator that eliminates all the other gladiators. This is not the game that God has created. This is the game that the fallen beings have attempted to create, but it is not created by God and certainly not by Christ, the Christ mind.

Emergence of a community spirit

Why is it that some of the people who most fiercely defend American individualism and the right of an elite to emerge are Christians, or at least they call themselves Christians? Well, it is because they have not locked into the reality of the Christ mind as the one that unifies people.

We are moving into the age of Aquarius and one aspect of the Aquarian challenge is community. ‘Come ye into unity’. This is what needs to happen in America where the people come into unity. You have this old saying: It takes a village to raise a child. Well, it is an expression of the fact that it takes a community to really be successful at any endeavor. And you have many places in America where there are people who live in smaller communities where they have developed a community spirit. But you also have many other places where this has not materialized and in large part because Americans have been so divided: race, religion. Why is it that you can go into some of these small towns in America that were built a hundred years ago or more and in the center of the town you have a town square and around the square are four churches that all think they are the only true religions and that the members of the other three churches will go to hell? Well, because the power elite have used religion, even the Christian religion, to divide people and that is because those who call themselves Christian ministers have not locked into the Christ mind or they would have transcended these outer divisions.

What is my vision for America? Well, it is precisely this, that people, and I am not saying that all need to move together physically and live in these little communities, although that is certainly what some people can do, but my vision is that people start forming many smaller communities where they seek unity, they seek cooperation, they seek to help each other in their local area. But they also form a community spirit that begins to spread to the entire nation and begins to have an impact on national politics because truly what should Washington DC be? What should Congress and the Senate be? It should be a community where the Senators and the Congress people come together, form a community because they realize they represent the communities around the nation and they are the ones who must be forerunners in forming that community spirit. What is it that you do in a community that has community spirit? Well, you allow freedom of individual expression but you balance it with the interests of the whole so that the individual can express itself in ways that benefit the whole, not in ways that are detrimental to the whole.

I have of course over these many years given many visions for America and they are all still valid as you can see that even though some of these invocations you have given were written a number of years ago, they are still very much in line with the problems that you are facing at this time. But the vision I want to give you here is precisely this. It is this emergence of a community spirit. It is not an emergence of us versus the power elite mentality where the people start to see the power elite as the ultimate scapegoat. Nay, it is an emergence of that sense of community that we Americans need to come into unity and therefore, we need to defend the community against those who are seeking to destroy the unity. And that is not only the power elite but primarily the power elite. It is of course also many other people who are using whatever means they are using to divide people for one simple reason. They think they can profit from it personally either by making money or by gaining political election. The other reason can be that they are trapped in the epic mindset and they are looking to further a particular cause that they think can be promoted and advanced by dividing people into factions setting them up against each other.

There was not so long ago a lawsuit against one of the primary conspiracy theorists who has been operating for a number of years. Well, when you look at how much money this person made, can you really be in doubt that his primary objective was to enrich himself by dividing people against each other and accelerating that division. Can you really be in doubt that there are people who are seeking to further their political interests by dividing people and making it seem like there is such polarization in America that some people have to carry an automatic rifle with them wherever they go in order to feel secure. Can you really be in doubt that there is a certain presidential candidate who for now well over a decade has been doing everything possible to divide the American people, to make it seem like things are so bad in America that he is the only one who can fix it? Can you really not see this? I am speaking into the collective consciousness. Can you really not then see beyond these attempts to divide you and see that the entire purpose of the founding of America was to give you the people the opportunity to form a community where you are not controlled by the power elites that have been controlling people throughout history.

Seeing through narcissists leaders

My vision behind America and most of the founding fathers only grasped glimpses of it—but my vision was to create an alternative to the society you saw in Europe where the kings and the noble class controlled the population. You now have a country where the population is free from the control of the elite. What has happened since then is of course that the elite has gained control in America and they have primarily done this through money, monopoly capitalism that they have used to buy political influence.

But be careful now. I know we have talked about fallen beings but I am not envisioning that the majority of the American people will come to understand our teachings about fallen beings. That is not my vision at least in the short term. But my vision is, the positive vision that I hold for America, is that a critical mass of Americans will be able to take the psychological profile of narcissism, psychopaths and sociopaths and transfer this to the political leaders in America, to the business leaders in America, to the religious leaders in America, to the conspiracy theorists in America and therefore, see that if America is to fulfill the original vision of creating a community of people who are not controlled by the power elite, then the people cannot allow these narcissistic leaders to run the country or the businesses or the economy or the religions.

Unifying element behind all divisions

The people must stand up to the elite. But how can the people stand up to the elite? Not as individuals. Because every time, and you see this in American history, every time an individual attempts to stand up to the elite, what does the elite do? They either kill that person physically or kill that person psychologically. The only way to stand up to the elite is as a community. And therefore, of course, what the elite is trying to do, with all means possible, is to prevent the emergence of this community spirit among the people by dividing the people against each other, creating the impression that there is no people. If you look at many of the media coverage, the political dialogue or the monologue for that matter, and the conspiracy theorists, you would think there is no such thing as the American people, because there is only this group and that group and the next group and they are all against each other.

This is the impression that is being hammered by not only mainstream media, but alternative media, and especially alternative media, 24/7: “Americans are divided, Americans are polarized, this group is the problem, that group is the problem.”

But what is America? What kind of political system do you have? It is called democracy. The idea of a democracy is, among other things, that all people have one vote and that whatever wins the majority of the vote becomes the law of the land. Well, the problem is that the power elite is using this to divide the people. And when the people allow themselves to be divided, nobody is in the majority—all of the time. Everybody belongs to some kind of minority. If you now have an American society that not only sees that there are these minorities that are the enemy and that we can discriminate against because we are the majority who can vote against that particular minority. Then sooner or later everybody has been discriminated against. Because you cannot belong to the majority all of the time. Certainly not in this divisive climate.

The only way out of this is the emergence of this community spirit where people see that we have outer differences. But the outer differences are at a certain level. But we are more than this level because we have a higher potential: our essential humanity. And when we reach for that humanity, we see that beyond the outer differences, there is a deeper element that unites us. All men and women are created equal because they are all expressions of the One mind, the One Spirit, the Christ mind, the One mind that unifies all who are expressions of the Creator with the Creator.

You have all the same rights. What gives you that right? You are endowed by your Creator who is beyond any institution, any division on earth. This is what the founding fathers called “nature’s God”, to make sure that it was seen as not being the God monopolized by any religion. Because it is a God that is beyond any divisions and therefore, cannot be used to divide the people and say that this group of people is the chosen people of this superior God and that group of people is going to go to hell, to eternal torment. The founding fathers saw this, that there is a need for some kind of spirit that unites, that is indivisible. And therefore, because it is indivisible, can give liberty and justice to all.

This is my vision for America. You may say, Well, that sounds pretty far-flung and utopian. But that would then be because you are looking at it from down below and you are focused on all of the outer divisions. Whereas I am looking at it from above and I am seeing that since the foundation of America in 1776 and of course even beyond, primarily going back to the appearance of Jesus on the world scene, but even before that, there has been a gradual raising of awareness. So that more and more people have become aware of this unifying element behind all the outer forms. And I see how this has worked its way into the identity realm, into the mental, into the emotional. And how for many, many people it is very close to breaking through into their waking awareness. Of course, for many people it has already broken through.

Rekindling the vision of the common good in America

What have we talked about in other democracies that have a higher sense of social awareness than America? Well, what is this social awareness? It is the community spirit. Many people already have some awareness of this. Many Americans have it, but many more are on the verge of attaining it. And that is the vision I hold. I am not holding the vision that there is some civil war-like scenario where the people now take their assault rifles and go out and start killing the power elite. I am holding the vision that there is an awakening that has an Alpha and an Omega aspect. The Omega is that you see the influence of the power elite. The Alpha is that you see the unifying element that unifies all people who are not in the narcissistic state of mind. And therefore, what happens is not that the power elite is forcefully, violently dethroned but that they simply lose their influence because people see that the emperor has nothing on. We the people do not need the power elite to run our country when we have the unifying element of the One mind. Because that One mind can run the country better than the power elite and better than we could do without the One mind. But we all have the potential to be the open doors for that One mind and therefore bring forth ideas that can bring the country forward.

Much of the anger that you find among many American people is, as we have said, a sense of being powerless. And that is because the power elite has systematically attempted to break down what is one of the main characteristics of the American nation, the American psyche, namely optimism, the sense of opportunity. They have attempted to take this away from the American people as they have attempted to take it away from all people. But my vision is that this is rekindled, that this is reignited, that people awaken and see the potential of what America could become, see what they could become if they are part of this community. And therefore, they are again excited about being in America, being part of this process, this experiment that America is.

America is not an experiment in individualism. America is an experiment in community. Look back and see how the first people that came to America, the first settlers, how did they manage to overcome these very harsh conditions that they faced in this underdeveloped country. By forming communities and helping each other. The most successful settlers were those who could work together for a common good.

You have also seen, of course, the emergence of individuals who took advantage of freedom. But can you not see the influence of communities? Can you not see that this is what has become lost in the last several decades because of this division? The common good—the vision of the common good has been lost, but can very easily be rekindled. And that is the vision that I hold for America.

Benevolent narcissistic leaders in democracy

We have often talked about the power elite, we have often talked about the fallen beings. And we have said that many of these fallen beings do not have good intentions. But I want to bring your attention to something here that is currently in the current phase that America is in, fooling many people. And it is that some of these power elite people have managed to put themselves in positions and present themselves in certain ways so that it seems like they are working for the good of the people or for the good of the nation and they are really completely altruistic in what they are doing. And many people have been fooled by this over the decades.

What I want to bring to your attention here is a phenomenon that we might call a benevolent narcissist. Now this is not a narcissist that is benevolent because narcissists are never benevolent. But it is a narcissist that has managed to present itself to the people having this facade of benevolence. And they have done this because they believe in it themselves. They actually believe that they are not narcissists, but that they are only working for the good of the country or the good of the people. And this is a phenomenon that also needs to be exposed and that people need to begin to see. They need to realize that there is a tendency in the world where a large part of the population do not have a strong enough individuality to believe in their own ability to make good decisions. That is why they are looking for someone to tell them what to do, how to live their lives. They are looking for someone who tells them: “If you follow me, if you obey me, everything will be good.”

There are people who want to be ruled by these benevolent narcissists. They want to believe in these benevolent narcissists. And they, because they want to surrender their responsibility for their own lives, they are willing to surrender to these benevolent narcissists. And once they have surrendered, it is very difficult to reach into their minds and help them see that the narcissist is not going to make their lives better or not going to make the country better.

And I of course do not expect that I can reach these people at all. But I am radiating into the minds of some of them this vision that I hold because some have the potential to be awakened. But I am also radiating it into the collective consciousness where people will begin to see that it is not actually constructive to portray these benevolent narcissists as enemies. Or even as enemies of the people or enemies of democracy. Because it is not a matter of getting people to fight them. Because the benevolent narcissist is seeking to get people to fight other people. And therefore, it is not constructive to get people to fight the narcissist or those who follow the narcissist. It is again this seeing a higher vision so that the veil drops, the veil shatters, the veil is rent. And people see that the benevolent narcissist has nothing on. Because no matter what facade the person might be able to create, he or she is still a narcissist.

And it is a necessary phase, not just in America but in the democratic world at large, that people begin to see through these benevolent narcissists and realize that these are not the kind of leaders we want. Because they will undermine our freedom, our democracy, our prosperity, they will not be able to deliver on their promises. And you see a number of countries around the world where you have these benevolent narcissists who have set themselves up as leaders. In some cases, it is in dictatorships where they have dictatorial power. In others it is in democracies where they are attempting to take unto themselves dictatorial powers. And it is a phenomenon that right now is the major thing that people in the democratic world need to realize, need to see through so they can demand a better form of leadership. In some countries this has already happened, that is why they do not have these leaders emerging in democracies. But in America it has not happened yet.

The question right now is: will the American people elect a benevolent narcissist as the next president, or will enough people have seen through this so they elect a politician who is not a narcissist. That is the question America is facing, or rather not facing, in this election. Either way, you can say, the lesson will be learned. Because if a benevolent narcissist is elected then certainly that person will outplay its narcissistic tendencies over the next four years, and much of the facade of benevolence will fall away by the mere fact that he cannot deliver on most of his promises.

And why not? Because what is it that a benevolent narcissist does? Well, as any narcissist, that person lives in a fantasy world where it has created mental images of how it wants the world to work. And it is projecting those mental images out. And by getting people to follow them, the narcissist thinks that his images have been validated, because if many people follow him they must be right. And this is very, very easy to project out when you are not in a position of power. Then you can actually believe that you can carry through some of these promises you are making. You are not realizing that you are just telling people what they want to hear in order to get them to vote for you. You are not realizing, at least not consciously, that you have no chance of fulfilling that promise. But if you are elected then it will become obvious that you cannot fulfill those promises.

Either way, what is the lesson that needs to be learned here is that in a democracy you cannot allow a benevolent narcissist to become a leader or leaders, neither in politics nor in businesses. Because they live in a dream world, and sooner or later the ship of their dream is going to be wrecked by the iceberg of practical realism. And the unsinkable ship that the narcissist thinks he has created will sink.

What needs to be seen is that politics is not a realm where there is any more room for these dreams and fantasies. Politics needs to be based on a realistic understanding of how the world works, including the economy. And this is what can happen only through the Christ mind, the community spirit. Where you see that it is not a matter of creating a fantasy that we base our community on. It is matter of a realistic assessment of what is actually best for the whole, for the entire community.

My vision that I hold for America in the short term—and this of course is not replacing all the visions I have for the longer term—but the vision I hold for America in the short term is the awakening from this fantasy of how the world works to a sense of practical realism of what is actually best for the individual, for the community, for the country. A willingness to look at this realistically without what we have called the ideological mindset, but being practical realists.

This is a very strong tendency in the American national psyche: practical realism. It is of course often overshadowed by its polar opposite, so to speak, the unrealistic optimism that is also there in the American psyche. But my vision is that practical realism will win out, will become the stronger tendency. And more and more people will wake up and say: “We do not want these fantasies about how the world should work. We want a country based on an observation of how the world actually works.”

And this breakthrough is closer than you might think, seen from my perspective where I see what is happening at the identity level, the mental level and the emotional level. And how there is a potential that this will break through in a critical mass of people who suddenly see reality.

With this I seal you in the love of my heart and my gratitude for giving me this tremendous impetus of your calls that has enabled me to send angels to shatter the veil of illusion. So that the scales may fall from people’s eyes and they may have a clearer vision for the potential, the realistic potential of America.

 

Copyright © 2024 Kim Michaels

The only solution for America: Not the elite, but raising social awareness

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Elohim Cyclopea through Kim Michaels, October 19, 2024. This dictation was given during the Webinar for America 2024: Invoking a Positive Vision for America.

I AM the Ascended Master the Elohim Cyclopea. As you know, the Fifth Ray is generally regarded as the Ray of Vision. I am grateful, we of the Fifth Ray are grateful that you have authorized us with your calls and invocations to shatter the veil that prevents so many people in America from seeing what is really the important issue in this nation at this time. And that issue is, of course, the power elite, the unequal distribution of wealth and income, taking wealth from the bottom 95% of the population and siphoning it up to the top. This is not a democratic system. This is not a democratic phenomenon and it is not a phenomenon seen in any other democratic country to the extent which it is seen in the United States, with the United Kingdom being a close second.

The lack of social awareness

If you go back to what Archangel Michael said about the cycles, the upward movement towards the peak and then the downward movement towards the low point. What is it that the power elite does? Well, as the upswing goes, it caters to the middle class because they think: “Ah, we can become part of the elite too. We can make as much easy money as we see the financial elite making. We just need to invest the money we have left over, and we will have as much money as the millionaires or the billionaires.” But this of course is a lie. It can never happen. You cannot start out with next to nothing and become a billionaire because that is not how the system works. Well, you can always point to some examples here and there but everybody could not do the same. That is the lie behind an elitist system.

They make the middle class think they can become as rich as the elite. But in reality, it could never happen because the system itself does not allow for that many people to become that rich. What is actually happening is that the power elite is seeking to get the middle class to go into the same state of consciousness that they are in. Namely, that they are totally focused on themselves, do not have any empathy for those who are not as fortunate as they are, and are not willing to do anything to help those who are below them in the societal hierarchy. In other words, the power elite has absolutely no social awareness and when the upswing is going, they are seeking to make the middle class act as if they have no social awareness either. Why is that a problem? Because the opportunity that a society has in an upswing is that the middle class will develop a social awareness and will say: “We have a society now that can afford to take care of those less fortunate by creating a social safety net, by creating public health care, and by creating better education that educates everybody to see the opportunities in life.”

This is the high potential that a democratic society has in the upswing. It must start with the middle class because after all, they have a higher level of consciousness than the less fortunate part of the population. But the question is, will the middle class be pulled down to the lower levels of social awareness that the power elite has, or will they be pulled up by what we might call the creative elite, which is usually not as prominent in society as the power elite. What has happened in the United States was that during this upswing, we can always debate how long that lasted or when it started, but let’s not get lost in details. What has happened in the United States is that during the upswing, not enough among the middle class, not a critical mass among the middle class, developed that social awareness. Many remain stuck in the consciousness of only caring about themselves, their own situation, and feeling that they had succeeded by doing hard work, and therefore everybody else should be able to do the same. This is another lie promoted by the power elite.

Now, of course, many among the power elite have inherited their wealth, but some have started out with nothing or next to nothing and have made it to become millionaires or billionaires and this serves one purpose only. And it is actually something that the power elite who are in the top right now, they will allow a few people to come up from below, just to promote the myth that this is something that anybody could do in a free capitalist economy. But again, some people can do it. But all people cannot do it. And the majority of the people could not do it and certainly not the majority of the middle class. Social awareness means realizing that not everybody has the same level of consciousness and therefore, not everybody is able to make use of the freedoms in a quote-unquote “free economy” and therefore, there is a need for society to take care of those who are not as highly developed in consciousness. This is part of social awareness.

This did not happen in America. Part of why it did not happen is the influence of the power elite. Part of why it did not happen is the influence of certain conservative groups, even Christian groups, who believe in this, what we have previously called the rugged American individualism, that everybody makes his own luck and this is, of course, primarily something that people who vote for the Republican Party espouse, this mindset. There are, of course, some that vote for the Democratic Party, but not quite as many. Anyway, this mindset instead of lifting, has become reinforced in a large part of the American population. And this is why there hasn’t been the transition to a greater social awareness that you see in most of the other developed democracies. Canada, Australia, New Zealand, many of the European nations, you see a higher level of social awareness where the middle class in these nations did transition and said: “We are willing to pay taxes to have a society that has a social safety net so people are not starving to death in the streets, so they don’t die of preventable disease because they cannot afford to go to the doctor.”

High time for public health care reform

In America, too many people still are in this mindset that: “If I have to pay higher taxes for somebody else to go to the doctor, then that’s socialized medicine.” But what if you looked at this from a purely pragmatic standpoint? What if you looked at a person who has this attitude and who, his entire life, refuses to pay higher taxes to pay for other people’s health care? But because there is no public health care, he pays extra money for health insurance for himself and his family. He also, beyond the health insurance, has to pay for certain medical costs. What if you now look at the lifespan of such a person and say: “He paid x amount of dollars for health insurance and medical expenses, but if he had lived in a European nation, he would have paid x amount of dollars more in taxes.”

Well, what would have cost the person more? The current system in the United States or the health care system in one of the other democracies? And you can, of course, always say that for some people, it would have cost less to have the current system in the United States because they were fortunate not to get ill and not have somebody in their family who had one of these very expensive illnesses. You can find some people for whom it would have been cheaper. But certainly not a majority, because given the fact that the health care system in America is driven by profit, whereas in many of the other democracies, it is not driven by profit because it is public health care, the fact of the matter is that most people in the United States would pay less by paying the extra taxes to cover public health care than they are paying now in a privatized system.

Now, there are some that will say: “But I do not pay anything for health insurance. I get that through my company.” Well, but where does the company get the money from to pay for this? They either have to take it out of their pocket, or they have to deduct it from taxes. Either way, you are not making as much money as you would have made if there was public health care. Generally, you see that the standard of living for the average worker in many of the other democracies is actually higher than it is in the United States. I know you can always play with the figures, and you can prove whatever you want to prove, but I am simply raising the question here, or rather I am projecting this into the collective consciousness.

Is it actually cheaper to have the American system or is it actually cheaper for the individual to have a system that is based on social awareness where we say we take care of each other? This is a question that should have been a very prominent issue in the presidential debate this year, but it is not. And why is it not? Well, because as I said, America is in one of these natural unavoidable downturns and the power elite have done everything they can to inflate the anger in many people. Now, it isn’t only the lower classes that are angry, as Archangel Michael described. There are also many among the middle class that are angry because, as I said, they do not want to pay for other people, but they sense at some part of their being that the United States will inevitably have to move in the same direction as the other democracies so there will be higher taxes and they are angry because they want to stop it. They know they cannot, but they are still trying to hang on to some kind of system, some kind of political party, some kind of presidential candidate that they think can stop or at least delay it.

The unasked questions

But what if this is an example of this interesting American saying, that you are shooting yourself in the foot. What if it is not nearly as bad as people think it is because why then has it been done in so many other countries? And why have these countries survived and even thrived and why are people better off, more satisfied, more happy than they are in the United States? You may say, as Americans are so fond of saying: “America is the richest country on earth.” Yes, certainly, America has more billionaires per capita than any other country. But if you look at the average person, America is not the richest country on earth, neither in income nor wealth. But then look at it in another way. There are international surveys that measure the happiness, the contentment of people. And there are many countries that consistently score higher than the United States.

Is richness just a matter of money, or is it a matter of the quality of life? Why doesn’t the richest country in the world have the highest quality of life? Well, there is a question that should have been in the presidential debate but is not. Why is it that certain of these issues are barely even mentioned? Because the power elite is manipulating the debate. And they are doing this for one primary reason, namely to prevent a third issue from becoming part of the political debate, namely the power elite itself and the unequal distribution of wealth and the siphoning of wealth from the lower part of the population to the elite. This is the one issue that the power elite in America wants to hide.

Delaying progress

Now, they know that in all the other democracies, at least most of them, this has been debated and there has been enacted various measures to tax the rich more than the poor. They know it cannot be stopped, but they are hoping they can delay it as much as possible. And how are they delaying it? Well, we are of course the ascended masters. We are not in a dualistic state of consciousness. We are not in the us versus them mentality. We do not want to reinforce the us versus them mentality. But it is a fact that there is an us versus them mentality in the power elite—us versus the people. And this is not understood by most people in America, but it needs to be understood for America to move forward and become a more modern democracy, a more developed democracy. And the only reason why it hasn’t become a prominent feature in the debate is because the power elite has prevented it. And how are they preventing it? With the good old time-tested measure that they have used over and over again throughout history. It is called divide and conquer.

Divide and conquer

You see, the power elite is in the divisive state of consciousness. They see themselves as clearly separated from the people. They are the elite. The people are nothing compared to them. They are fundamentally below them, fundamentally less. If you could see the arrogance and the sense of superiority of many of these people, you would be shocked. If the American people could see it, they would be shocked. But the power elite is fairly good at hiding it. How? Because instead of making the people realize that if there is any us versus them battle in America, it should be between the people and the elite. They have now managed to manipulate the people into thinking that it is us versus those other people. In other words, they have divided the people amongst themselves. The people are now fighting each other, instead of seeing that the problem is the power elite. Just look at how many people see the scapegoat as the cause of the problem. And if we could just get rid of the scapegoat, we would overcome the problem.

Now, obviously, you have a presidential candidate who has, from the moment he entered the political scene, done everything he could to inflame this division, us versus them. Even within the Republican Party, those who are RINOs, Republicans In Name Only. But what has this done to the political debate? He has actually defined the political debate because by promoting this us versus them mentality, the other party has been caught in their version of the us versus them mentality because they are trying to make sure that he does not get elected and that has become more important than promoting other issues. So what has been lost in all of this, to both parties,  is the power elite.

Now, of course, the Republican party does not have a grand tradition for wanting to limit the power elite but the Democratic Party has some tradition and probably has a bigger potential than the Republican party for exposing the power elite. There has at least been talks about this in the Democratic camp. But it has all been lost because it is not considered to be a winning issue. It is not considered to be an issue that can win enough votes to defeat the other guy and all of a sudden, it has become an epic battle. The one side: “I have to get elected.” The other side: “We have to prevent him from getting elected.” Now, I am not promoting a third battle, the people versus the power elite because what has happened in these other democracies that I am talking about that are further developed is that there was not a violent revolution to overthrow the power elite. It happened because of a raising of awareness, of social awareness, and political awareness, and economic awareness.

Raising social, political, and economic awareness

Now, it is perfectly correct that in smaller nations, such as the Scandinavian nations, it has been easier to achieve this transition for the simple reason that these smaller nations do not give the power elite the same sense of power that they get in a bigger nation. And therefore, these smaller nations have not attracted, as members of their power elite, fallen beings that are at as low a state of consciousness as the fallen beings who are belonging to the elite in the United States and certain other nations. So clearly, it is not as easy of a task for the United States. On the other hand, there are many more people in the United States, and that means that the potential for exposing the power elite is very close to the same as it is in the smaller nations. And in a sense, you do not even have to expose the power elite and name and label them as the power elite or as enemies of the people. It can be done by a simple raising of awareness, a social awareness, which basically is what Jesus attempted to teach people 2,000 years ago—Love God with all your heart, mind and soul and love your neighbor as yourself. These are the two greatest commandments of the law so in this self-declared Christian nation, it should be no problem to develop this social awareness, should it?

Cognitive dissonance among American Christians

Then why is it that those who claim to be the most Christian Christians who are, in many ways, enmeshed with the Republican Party, they are the ones who are resisting social awareness. This is another issue that should be part of the debate. Why is it not? Because of cognitive dissonance. You claim to be a good Christian, and you fail to see that you are not acting like one.

Now, there was many years ago a man in India called Gandhi, and he made the statement: “I like your Christ. I do not like your Christians. They are so unlike your Christ.” Unfortunately, most Christians in America would reject it, because who was Gandhi? Ah, he was a Hindu, and they are going to hell, so why should we listen to him? But that is exactly what the scribes and Pharisees said at the time of Jesus. Not the exact words, but the same attitude. Why should we listen to him? He’s a nobody. But you see, this ties in with what Godfre said in his magnificent discourse about what it takes to be a good president when he talked about George Washington. You can only be a good president if you acknowledge there is a higher power. There is a higher principle. There is something that is right from a higher perspective.

Why should you develop social awareness? If you only think about what is good for you, you cannot and you will not develop social awareness. Why should you develop social awareness? Because it is right. Because where did all people come from? They came from the same source. That is right. Jesus clearly saw this or he would not have said: “Love your neighbor as yourself. Do good to those that hate you. Forgive seventy times seven.” How did that become lost in the Christian religion. How? Cognitive dissonance. You talk the good talk, but you do not walk the walk. And this is precisely the biggest block to progress in the United States: cognitive dissonance. It is not just found on one side of the political spectrum. It is found on both sides. There are innumerable examples of this.

Advocating for anarchy

Why am I even bothering to say this? Well, because by saying it, I can use your chakras to project this into the collective consciousness where I can awaken those who are closest to seeing this—as to seeing that there is something that is right. And therefore, you vote based on what is right, not what is expedient, not what is even in your own short-term interest. And one of the things that is right is that you have principles. You have laws. You have a system for conducting elections in a democratic nation. And when that system does what it is designed to do, when it has been monitored as it has been designed to be monitored, and it produces a certain result, then you accept that result because it is right, because if you do not accept the result, you are advocating anarchy.

If you have a supposedly democratic election where the choice is between two people and the one who loses says he will not accept the process, he will not accept the outcome, and he casts all kinds of doubt upon the system and its functioning, then you no longer have democracy, you have the beginning of anarchy. You have a person who is running for democratic office, the highest office in the land, but who is actually advocating anarchy, because he is willing to cast doubt upon the system to get elected instead of getting elected by getting the most votes and then accepting it if you do not get the most votes. And it is not right to democratically elect someone who casts doubt upon the democratic system and its institutions. I am not thereby saying that those democratic institutions are flawless. There is, of course, need for improvement. But it is one thing to advocate improvement. It is another thing to advocate that the system is fundamentally flawed.

The lies of the power elite

As I said, the big problem in the United States is the power elite. But I am not advocating a violent revolution. I am advocating a raising of awareness so that there is a gradual transition, as there has been in many other nations. This is not anarchy. This is working within the democratic system and the constitution and the laws of the land to improve the situation. It is a fundamentally different approach than saying: “Oh, everything is wrong and the country is going to hell unless a certain person gets elected president.” It is a fundamentally different approach. What is it that the power elite has been saying for a very, very long time: “Unless we are in charge, everything will go to hell.”

Who is it that creates the problems? It is the power elite. You look back at all societies in the world, and you see that the vast majority of problems and conflicts have been created by power elite groups. But what is it that the fallen beings behind power elite groups always do? They first create a problem. Then they blame it on somebody else, and then they present themselves as the only ones who can save the people from the problem that they have created. The country of America is not going to go to hell if Donald Trump is not elected. The country of America is not going to go to hell if Donald Trump is elected. Because the country of America is not in any danger of going to hell.

Why? Well, partly because of Saint Germain’s sponsorship, and partly because there are many among the American people who already have risen to a higher level awareness or who are very close to doing so. And whether this person is elected or that person is elected, the next four years will cause an even higher number of Americans to rise to a higher level of consciousness. This can happen in a very painful way or in a less painful way, but it will happen one way or the other and that means America will progress, will move forward, one way or the other. Saying something different is simply the power elite saying: “Unless we are in charge, everything will go bad because the people cannot govern themselves.” Again, they create a problem, then they present themselves as the saviors with the only solution to the problem. You can see this in world history so many times.

The only solution: raising awareness

Therefore, you can see that a person who uses this kind of rhetoric is clearly part of the power elite and therefore cannot give those poor, angry people who worship him as a God, what he is promising them. It can never happen. Because if the poor people in America, are going to improve their situation it can happen in only two ways that are, of course, related. The development of social awareness and the gradual redistribution of wealth from the elite to the lower ranking people in society. And the redistribution of wealth can only happen through social awareness. It cannot be done any other way. Even a violent revolution would not achieve the goal, as has also been proven by various countries. There is only raising of awareness.

Now, I understand fully that those who are at the lowest level of society, often, not always, but often also have the lowest levels of awareness. And therefore, they cannot see that the solution to the problem is a raising of awareness. But consider what the power elite has consistently been saying for thousands of years: “We are the solution.” You have never heard the power elite say: “Oh, the solution is the raising of the people’s awareness.” They have done everything they could, in every society in every historical epoch, to prevent the raising of the consciousness of the people. Because it is only by keeping the consciousness low that they continue to rule and continue to stay hidden.

What I have done and will continue to do—what we of the Fifth Ray will continue to do, is to shatter this veil of illusion that is hanging over America, to shatter the veil of illusion that makes individual people unable to see what is the higher right, the higher principle. And we shall see if enough people will be willing to see this, that it makes a difference on November 5th. Free will reigns supreme. And as I said, one way or the other, in the next four years, many Americans will, one might say, be forced to raise their awareness, to rethink their attitude and to develop that social awareness.

With this, I again express my gratitude, and I seal you in the Flame of Vision. For I will, if you are willing, naturally, help you develop a higher vision in response to you making these calls and authorizing me to do the work that I am here to do for planet earth and for Saint Germain.

 

Copyright © 2024 Kim Michaels

Seeing through the sine wave of the upward movement


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Archangel Michael through Kim Michaels, October 19, 2024. This dictation was given during the Webinar for America 2024: Invoking a Positive Vision for America.

I AM the Ascended Master Archangel Michael, and I first of all want to thank you on behalf of myself and beloved Astrea for having put us to work. It is unprecedented in this dispensation that so many people have given these calls, both to Astrea and myself, along with the invocations, and been so precise in mentioning specifics that we can go after. 

Clearing out the higher realms

You understand, my beloved, that we cannot interfere with people’s free will. We have no desire to interfere with people’s free will. However, people’s free will is not free because so many people, the vast majority of people in the world, have their minds influenced by these demons and entities and fallen beings in the emotional, mental, and identity realm. The free will of human beings in embodiment does not extend to the emotional, mental and identity realms, at least not to the beings who are seeking to manipulate people there. Therefore, when you make these calls, we are authorized to go in and clear out the emotional, mental, and identity realms from the beings that you have given us the authority to clear out.

Therefore, I can assure you that if you could see what is happening right now and will be happening in the next days, you would see that we have sent millions of angels into these realms, with their swords, with their circles of light, and they are clearing out these lower beings, almost like ghosts that are being taken away. You could say that Astrea and myself are the original ghostbusters, and I can assure you that our angels are busting away right now to clear out these realms. This is an unprecedented action, and it gives the American people and many people around the world an unprecedented opportunity to have a clearer vision, a clearer understanding, a clearer grasp of what is happening. Let me say also that this is not just limited to America. Naturally, you who are the Russian-speaking group and you who are in Korea, you have also authorized us to clear out your countries, and especially North Korea and other forces around the world where the forces of war are seeking to create conflicts and warfare, and so this is a very significant action, and you have our undivided gratitude for this. 

The power elite in America 

Now, I want to give you a little bit more of a perspective of what is happening in America. As you will see from some of these invocations that you have given, one of the big problems in America, right now, and of course, over a long period of time, has been elitism. The fact that there is a power elite that since the very beginning, but especially since the late 1800s, have been attempting to control America, especially through the economy, the financial system, and thereby indirectly also by buying influence on the political system. This is, of course, what we have many times called the power elite. Although we do not wish to be too specific about who these people are, you have certainly mentioned some, and this has allowed us to clear out the forces that are behind them. Because you realize, as we have told you many times, that the people in physical embodiment would have relatively little power if they did not have the backing or the influence or the energy from these dark forces and fallen beings in the emotional, mental, and identity realms. Their ability to act would be much more limited, and so by clearing out their backers, so to speak, you take away a lot of their power, and of course, what you also take away is this veil of illusion, this veil of ignorance that they hide behind. 

A sine wave of the upward moment 

Now, if we step back a little bit and look back throughout history, we see that for a long time, if you look at recorded history, there has been a certain upward movement. There has been progress here and there, where you see, for example, the emergence of democracy, the scientific breakthroughs, the emergence of greater and greater wealth and prosperity for a greater and greater part of the population. You see a move towards more equality, more equal opportunity, where you are not born into a certain station where you are condemned to stay there as a worker or a slave for the rest of your life, but there is more freedom to determine your own destiny. This is, of course, not what the power elite wants, so they are doing whatever they can to slow down, manipulate, abort or take advantage of this process. Now, you may say, if the movement is towards more freedom, democracy and equality, how can the elite take advantage of this? Well, that is precisely what I will explain to you. 

Even though, as I say, there has been an upward movement in world history, and I am not here talking about the previous eight years, where there has also been some big downturns, but for this discussion, I am looking at an upward movement. However, this upward movement is not a steady upward growth. It is, as we have talked about before, a sine wave, that you have all seen the drawings of this with the ups and the downs, the peaks and the troughs. Now, this sine wave, however, does not go horizontally, it goes upward in an angle, but there are still peaks and troughs. There are periods where it seems like things are going forward, and there can be great optimism in the world, and then there is a peak, and then things start sliding downwards, and it often leads to the spread of a certain pessimism, at least among a certain group of the population.

 What I am saying is this. The upward movement that you have seen for a very long time now does progress in these cycles, ups and downs. This is not inevitable. As we move further into the golden age, they will eventually disappear. But in a period that we have right now, where we are in a transition phase towards the golden age, where the collective consciousness is as low as it is, the energies in the emotional, mental, and identity realms are as dense as they are, it is inevitable that there will be the ups and downs, even though there is a general progression. Many among the power elite do not, of course, consciously understand that there is this upward progression. They do not wish to acknowledge it. They are just looking at how they can take advantage of it. But there are those more sophisticated ones, few in embodiment, but more in the identity realm, who understand that even though they cannot stop the upward progression, they can take advantage of both the ups and the downs in the cycle.

Taking advantage of the cycles – an upward cycle

What the power elite, or at least the power elite in the identity realm and to some degree in the mental realm, are seeking to do is to take advantage of the upward cycle in a way that when things are moving upward, when the economy is growing, I am not talking necessarily globally, but in certain countries, then these fallen beings seem to make use of what you can call the middle class, because they know that when things are going well, when things are growing and expanding, it is primarily because of the middle class. They are working, they are innovating, they are starting businesses, and they are expanding the economy. 

In an upward cycle, the power elite has relatively little interest in the lower part of the population, what you might call the working class, to use a somewhat outdated expression. But those who are not as well educated, who are primarily looking for a job, looking for a steady job, not seeking to innovate, not seeking to start their own business, these have in an upward cycle relatively little interest for the power elite. 

What they are seeking to do in an upward cycle is to get the middle class to help the power elite make as much money as possible. You can see this in what is called the Roaring Twenties, where those among the middle class who could invest in the stock market, for example, and then this actually helped drive this cycle of uncontrolled speculation that led to the crash in 1929. You can see a similar thing in the 1990s and 2000s, even going back further, where the middle class was investing, starting to invest their pension money, and this led again to this unsustainable expansion in the financial markets that led to the crash of 2008. If we look at the current cycle, we will say that in the decades leading up to 2008, there was an upward movement. Yet 2008 marked the start of the downturn, the start of, it was the peak, and now things started sliding down into one of these natural lows.

 It was not that anybody necessarily did anything to make this happen, other than you could say that the power elite, the top people who control the economy, they got blinded by this belief that they could make unlimited amounts of money, and therefore they made the same mistake that they made in the 1920s. What I am saying is, there was not anybody who deliberately plotted to destroy the economy. It happened largely out of blindness. 

The downward cycle

However, what happens is that when a peak is reached and the downturn starts, then the power elite no longer wants to manipulate or influence the middle class. The reason for this is a little bit complex, but let me, as an example, use Marxism. What was it that Marx did? He defined that the enemy of the changes that were necessary was the bourgeoisie, or what you today would call the middle class. The enemy of the Marxist revolution. But what is Marxism? Well, we might say that capitalism is a movement that takes advantage of the upward climb towards the peak. But Marxism is a movement designed to take advantage of the downward slide from the peak to the trough. 

This is directed by fallen beings in the identity realm who are working in tandem, in unison, seeing these cycles, and seeking to take advantage of them. Now, again, this is not something that happens all over the world at the same time, but you will see the general tendency. During the uphill climb, when everything is going well and the economy is expanding, everybody is a capitalist. But then, in the downward climb, capitalism suddenly becomes questioned because it did not produce what it promised—unrestricted, unending growth. Now, what happens is that the power elite who started Marxism, they now start taking advantage of the downward cycle. This does not mean that they start promoting Marxism today because they have realized that with the fall of the Soviet Union, that cycle was over. They could not use the Marxist-communist ideology anymore because it had relatively little appeal, even though there are still some hybrid forms of Marxism in China, you could argue. Nevertheless, in the West, of course, this does not have the necessary appeal. 

 But what was it that made Marxism take hold in Russia? Well, it was that you had an extremely unequal society where the Tsar and the noble class had a very affluent lifestyle and the vast majority of the people had a very low, very poor lifestyle. What happened was that gradually this inequality in the wealth distribution reached a breaking point. This is what sets the stage for revolutions. But who was it that the Marxists catered to, to get them to take part in the revolution, to get them to fight? Well, it was primarily the lower classes, the uneducated, the peasants, the workers, those who did not have much initiative. But what did they have? They had anger. Anger, when it is stirred up and given a specific direction, can, as you can see from world history, be a very powerful force that can get people to act. What is the best way for the fallen beings to stir up people’s anger and direct it into action? It is to point out that their current misery is not caused by them. It is not a result of their own state of consciousness. It is not a result of what they are projecting into the cosmic mirror. It is caused by those specific other people. And if only we get rid of those specific other people, we will have a much better society. 

This is what the fallen beings do. On the upswing, they cater to the middle class, who have a dream of one day becoming the upper class by investing, making the easy money that they see the upper class making, so that they themselves can become rich. Then, when that dream cracks, as it inevitably will, because the fallen beings can never stop themselves from overheating the economy, then the other group of fallen beings step in, and now they begin to work with, through the identity, mental, and especially through the emotional realm, with the lower part of the population.

 During the upswing, nobody is really that concerned about the lower part of the population. Because it seems like, especially in a capitalist country like the United States, that they will do better when the entire economy does better. This is the eternal promise that “the rising tide lifts all boats”. There is this sense that is promoted by neoliberalism in the United States that, as long as the economy keeps expanding, we do not need to worry about the lower classes, because it will take care of itself. But, once the downturn happens, it becomes more obvious to the lower classes that they are going to be left behind, because they are much worse off than the middle class, who at least have something, even though their standard of living is also being eroded.

The anger and the scapegoat

Now, the dark forces will do everything they can to stir up the anger of the lower parts of society, those who are uneducated, those who do not have the initiative to start their own business, those who are not willing to look at themselves and say: “How can I change myself, how can I change my psychology, so I can have a better life for myself?” And they start working with these people, and what do they do? The same thing they did in pre-revolutionary Russia and revolutionary Russia. They stir up the anger by giving them a scapegoat, an easy target. As you see in the United States right now, the primary scapegoat is immigrants, illegal immigrants, who come into America, take people’s jobs, eat their dogs and cats, and create all kinds of problems. Therefore, if we just create mass deportations, get rid of all these illegal immigrants, there will be plenty of jobs for the lower classes, and a wonderful society will come about.

There is of course another scapegoat, and that is those who are the liberals, the “lefties”, the government apparatus, in other words, the middle class, the bourgeoisie. Not thereby saying that everybody in the middle class is an enemy of the lower people, but many certainly are seen that way because they are doing better than the lower people. And the lower people, do not understand that this is because the middle class have educated themselves, have taken initiative, have worked on themselves: “How do I become a better business person? What do I have in my psychology that I need to change in order to become a better business person or get a better job or get ahead?” They have asked themselves the questions that the lower classes will not ask themselves. You see that there is this polarization where you have a large group of people in America whose primary engagement in politics is driven by anger. And they have been given a seemingly easy target for their anger.

But what did the Soviet Union prove for those who are willing to see? It proved that if you get rid of all those who are willing to take initiative and instead take all of the people who are not willing to take initiative, who only want to follow orders, who are not particularly intelligent, not particularly well educated, and you take all of these people and put them in charge of society, well, what happens? Well, gradually, society becomes dysfunctional. And it has a much lower standard of living than in a more free society. Now, here is where the difficulty comes in because there are those who will look back at the Soviet Union and they will look at how the peasants lived in tsarist Russia, and they will say that they had a better standard of living during Soviet times than before Soviet times. And in a sense, they are right. However, was that because of communism? Because it is still a fact that the working class in the Soviet Union had a much lower standard of living than the working class in the West. But you see, many believed in this because they thought that if we just get rid of those bad people, we will have a better society. 

This is, in a sense, the essence of intolerance, scapegoating. “We do not need to look at ourselves. We do not need to look at the beam in our own eye, even though we claim to be Christians and go to church every once in a while. We just need to direct our anger against the scapegoat and vote for some politicians that will do something about the scapegoat. And then we will automatically have this utopian society.” 

Looking for a simple solution 

This is what you see going on in America, starting in 2008, and not being addressed by anyone, because neither the Republican Party nor the Democratic Party understand this dynamic, which, of course, is not said to blame anybody, because hardly anyone in physical embodiment understands this dynamic. But there are, of course, some, and there are certainly people in the United States, both politicians and economists, who have spoken out against the inequality in the income distribution and have seen this as a major destabilizing factor in American society. They have, however, not been heeded by any of the political parties. 

I am not here saying that one party is the bad guy and the other has the perfect solution. None of the parties actually are capable of addressing this situation. But, of course, those who are driven by anger certainly cannot address it in an accurate way, because they are looking at society through black and white thinking. And in black and white thinking, you always think there is a simple way to look at the problem, and therefore, there is a simple solution. The problem is those people, get rid of those people, and we have the perfect society. If you look at world history, how many times has this been attempted? How many times has it actually worked? Can it actually work? No. Because what do you see? What do you see in societies? The more closed and closed-minded societies become, the more inefficient they become. The more they start to contract, the economy contracts. Whereas you see that the societies that grow the fastest are the ones that are most open. 

In modern times, very few countries have grown as fast as the United States did in the 1800s, early 1900s. Very few countries. Why? Because America was open to new ideas. It was a rushing stream whereas the Soviet Union was a stagnant pond, as China is today, much more stagnant than many other societies. You see that what drives growth, what drives the upward cycle, is an openness to new ideas. But the problem is that if there is not discernment, Christ discernment, then this leads to an over-exuberant optimism that thinks: “Oh, the upward cycle can continue indefinitely on its present track. We just need to continue doing the same thing and we will get richer and richer.” This, as I said, is the fallen beings taking advantage of the middle class who are willing to invest, improve themselves, and they get pulled up by this enthusiasm. And then, when the natural, inevitable peak is reached and the downturn starts, then another group of fallen beings starts working with the lower classes, fueling their anger and giving them a scapegoat.

Creating chaos by fueling anger 

The United States is by no means the only country where this has happened, is happening. I am simply pointing out the pattern there, the pattern of these natural, inevitable ups and downs. Well, they are not natural in the sense that they couldn’t be avoided. But as I said, in the current state, they are natural and inevitable. But the fallen beings, the more sophisticated ones of them, they seek to take advantage of both. Why? Well, first of all, because it always enriches themselves. But second of all, because they are trying to create chaos that will slow down the entire process of manifesting Saint Germain’s Golden Age, which, of course, has as one of its major goals, to get the fallen beings off the planet. They are simply trying to hang on for dear life, so to speak, by creating as much chaos as possible. This is, in a sense, what you see going on in the world right now. And this is another thing that they seek to do to prevent an upturn. Because 2008 was a peak that started a downturn. But now, we are at the point where it is time to start another upturn, another climb up. But the fallen beings are trying to do everything they can to stop this by creating chaos.

Now, you can mention, you can come up with all kinds of reasons why Putin invaded Ukraine, or why Hamas attacked Israel. Or why North Korea is rattling the saber. But behind it all is the fallen beings seeking to create chaos. And one of the ways they always do it is to fuel anger. What drove Hamas to attack Israel? You can mention outer reasons that they had for it. But really behind it was anger that reached a point where they could not hold it back. What drove Putin and those who support him to invade Ukraine? Well, there was an anger that things were not going his way, and something had to be done. You will see how many times the fallen beings have managed to inflate people’s anger and make them make choices that do not make sense, that are not rational, once they are seen from outside the bubble, the perception filter, the veil of illusion created by the anger. Because one thing is absolutely certain, which again you can see over and over again in world history. When people are blinded by anger, they cannot make good decisions.

Anger is an interesting—if we can use that word, emotion. Because fear is paralyzing. When people are afraid, they either become completely paralyzed so they cannot do anything, or they seek to protect themselves against a perceived danger. But when people shift from fear into anger, now they feel they have to take action. And it is so easy for the fallen beings to induce some irrational belief in people who are angry, that if only they do something to this other group of people, all of their problems will be solved. And they will have the kind of society where they do not have to be angry anymore.

But why are the lower classes angry? Because they know that society is moving away from them. They are being left behind. But why are they being left behind? Because they do not want to move up with society. They do not want to change their worldview, their attitude to life. They do not want to educate themselves. They do not want to look at their psychology and say: “How do I need to change so I can actually get a better job?” There are regions of the United States that are economically depressed. There are many people who live there who do not have a good outlook. It will be difficult for them to get good jobs. But you see, in many of those regions, it is not immigrants who are taking people’s jobs. There simply are not jobs in that region. Why? Partly in some cases for purely economic factors, but in many cases, because you have people there that are not good workers when seen from the perspective of someone considering where to place a factory. You could take all of the illegal immigrants out of there, but many of these depressed regions in the United States, they still would not get any jobs unless they moved to where the jobs are, which is what the immigrants are willing to do. The immigrants are also willing to educate themselves, to work hard, to say: “What do I need to do to get a better lifestyle?”

You see, anger comes from the sense of being powerless. But the sense of being powerless comes from an unwillingness to change, an unwillingness to look at yourself, to look at the beam in your own eye. Ironic that many of these people claim to be Christians and go to church every once in a while, pretending to do what Christians do. When Jesus actually told you to look at the beam in your own eye, instead of the splinter in the eyes of your brother, the scapegoat.

And so my beloved, I have given you the thoughts that I wanted to give you in this installment. I am not here by saying that what I have pointed out is the only problem in America, the only issue. But it is certainly something you can make calls on, as you have already done in these invocations and decrees.

Again, I and Astrea simply want to thank you for giving us our marching orders, and I will seal you in the love of my heart, because I have a lot more ghostbusting to do.

 

 

Copyright © 2024 Kim Michaels

Letting go of the self that wants drama—without the drama

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, August 4, 2024. This dictation was given at a Healing Retreat in Chicago: Heal your heart and the heart of America.

I AM the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha, as you have all guessed. You may normally associate me with the crown chakra, but I am of course also very aware of the importance of the heart chakra. And that the opening of the heart is the key to opening the crown. For no one has ever opened the crown chakra without having at least a high degree of opening of the heart chakra. For what would happen if by some black magic someone forced their crown chakra open? Well, their mental capacities would be magnified, but it would be in an unbalanced way because the mind, the thinking, analytical mind, cannot avoid becoming unbalanced if it is not balanced by the heart. What do you see in many people in the world? What do you see in some of these scientists that use the analytical linear mind to discover some secret about how the physical universe works and now they are suddenly able to split the atom and create a bomb that has much greater power than any other weapon? They had the capacity of mind to do this, but did they have the capacity of heart to ask whether what could be done, should be done?

Instead, they got caught up in this typical reaction of the mind: “If we don’t do it, those other people will.” What is behind this kind of reasoning, this serpentine logic? It is really one group of fallen beings saying: “Well, if we don’t do it, that other group of fallen beings will do it, and they will have greater power than we have, and we don’t want that, so we have to do it.” They have no heart. Am I saying the atom bomb should not have been developed? Nay, that is not the issue here. It is irrelevant. I am using it as an example that the mind that is not balanced by the heart has created some of the greatest problems on earth, some of the greatest conflicts. 

The mind with no heart

Look at America. As Jesus said, many people are now at the mental level, focused at the mental level, which is the level of the mind, the thinking mind. What do you see? They are locked, their minds are locked on a certain track. They can only think in terms of conflict, right and wrong, good and bad: “We are good. Those who oppose us therefore must be bad. And if we are really good, then it is justified that we use force against those who are bad, because we have to save America from these bad people who will destroy it.”

That is the mind talking, the mind that has no heart, that is not balanced by the heart, because the mind is the one that comes up with this epic mindset, the epic thinking that there is some ultimate goal that must be reached. And if it is not reached, disaster will follow—“America must become a Christian nation or everything will go to hell.” This is the epic mindset that the fallen beings have used over and over again on this planet and other planets and in previous spheres. It only fools them who are in the mind and do not have an open heart. Because when you have an open heart, you experience the One mind that unifies and therefore you cannot believe that life can be reduced to this black and white thinking. That some people are good and some people are bad. And that it is justified that the good kill the bad to avoid some calamity and manifest a brave new world. The ends can justify the means. 

Denying the Christ within you 

You see what Jesus said, what every religion basically says on earth: “Don’t do unto others what you don’t want them to do to you.” But the mind can override it by saying: “Oh but these other people are so bad that they will prevent God’s epic goal from being fulfilled. And therefore, even though we claim to be good and it is not actually good to kill other people, well for the greater cause it is justified that we do it. Because the end that is so epically important can justify the means even though we know the means are wrong.” This is the mind talking. And when you are at that level of the mind, you can, as we have said, justify anything. You can reason for or against anything. You can come up with all the subtle serpentine logic that seemingly validates why the end must justify the means. 

But when you have heart, you just look at this and you know in your heart this is not reality. This is a mind game. Jesus has often talked about him challenging the scribes and Pharisees. But there is not so much awareness in Buddhism that I also challenged the Brahmins of the Hindu religion and that they challenged me. Now they never got into the extreme measure of crucifying me but it was partly because I challenged them not in as direct a manner as Jesus did. But they did feel very provoked by me and the teachings I brought forth. Because what did I say 2,500 years ago that was exactly the same that Jesus said? I essentially said with different words: “The kingdom of God is within you.” And I said: “You don’t need an outer religion and an outer priesthood to get to the kingdom that is where? Oh yes, within you. If the kingdom is within you, why would you have to go through anything outside yourself? Any institution or priest in order to get to that kingdom that is within you.” That is what I said. I said everything is the Buddha Nature. Meaning you do not need the priesthood of the Hindu religion to get to the kingdom. And that always provokes the fallen beings. They have done everything they can to obscure this one truth—that you have access to the Christ mind, the One mind, the Buddha Nature within yourself. 

This is the truth preached by all valid religions or spiritual teachers. It is the truth that has been denied by all of the religions, philosophies, ideologies created by the fallen beings. I know that Buddhism is not a dominant factor in the United States. But as Jesus said, certainly Christianity is. And what is the purpose of official Christianity starting with the Catholic Church? It is to deny that one truth, that you have access to the kingdom of God within you and that the only way to get to the kingdom is to change your psyche, to transcend your sense of self. 

Shifting the equation in America

Many, many people in America have actually already acknowledged this, but many more are on the brink of acknowledging it and will come to acknowledge this as a result of the impulses we have sent out during this conference. Once you acknowledge that you can go within your own heart and gain a frame of reference that allows you to evaluate any idea and sense, experience whether it is real or unreal, then you can shift the equation. Not only for yourself but for others. When a critical mass of people do this, you can shift an entire nation. Even a large one like America. This is precisely what is happening right now. This conference is shifting the equation in America.

I am not saying this at all to give you a sense of pride, to inflate your egos. But it is definitely valid to acknowledge that even a few people coming together in oneness with each other and in oneness with the ascended masters can influence an entire nation. I am not thereby saying that all problems will be solved by this one conference. But I am saying, as Godfre said, there is a certain configuration of the energetic matrices that are clicked into place. This conference is shifting the equation to a higher level than before. Whether this leads to a decisive shift in the political debate is up to people’s free will. You cannot feel defeated if it does not happen. You need to be content that you have shifted the equation. This will, as I have said before, turn the rudder of a ship a critical degree. Maybe in the long run it will seem like the ship has not really changed course. But you know that a very slight change of the rudder, as the ship moves forward, it leads to a greater change in the destination it is headed for.

We want you to realize this, that with God all things are possible. Or rather, with the ascended masters, all things are possible. Not all things are possible in the sense that anything could be changed. We might modify the statement and say: “With the ascended masters, all things that are possible are possible.” Because at any given moment, given the interdependent originations, certain things are possible. There is a low potential and a high potential of any situation. At any given moment, in any situation, those who will reach out for the ascended masters can shift the situation to the highest potential. That is what we would like all ascended master students to accept and of course many more people who do not necessarily hear about ascended masters, but who are still able to tune in to something inside themselves. You do not need to consciously know about ascended masters to tune in to us. Many people have never heard about ascended masters or ascended master teachings, but are still able to tune in and receive some kind of impulse.

Why has the world progressed the way it has? Because over these past several thousand years, there have been people here and there and everywhere who have been able to tune in to the ascended masters and receive some kind of idea, some kind of impulse. They have implemented it and the equation has shifted a little bit. And this is of course what needs to continue to bring about the golden age. I know very well that there was a previous ascended master dispensation where many students believed that their organization was the one who was going to bring the Golden Age of Saint Germain and that there would come a point where they would get the credit for being the forerunners of this. They would be as famous as Jesus’ disciples and seen as the ones who first recognized the reality of the ascended masters. This is of course not what we are looking for and I know that this is not what you are looking for or you would not be in this dispensation because we do not cater to this feeling, this need to feel special. You are special, but not in the way the ego conceives of it.

Giving up the last ghost of self-focus

I know that all of you sense this. All of you have some awareness of it. You can shift into realizing this and realize this profound truth that is not about me in terms of the outer self. This is the way to overcome this focus on self that we have talked about now several times. I wish to make a certain contribution to help at least some people do this. I want you to envision in your mind that here is this person, he is very much like yourself. Even if you are in a female body, you do not need to feel excluded certainly. Here is this person sitting under a tree. He has walked the spiritual path for some time. He has been very, very focused on himself, on raising his own consciousness. He has even taken some extreme measures. He left a comfortable palace. He left his wife and child. He abandoned everything in the world to go out and live as an ascetic in the forest. But he did this because he was focused on himself, raising himself up, raising his consciousness. He had a sense that this was important. He had a sense that he had some mission, that he was on his way to something, so he ignored everything else in his life and focused on this. Here he is, sitting under this bodhi tree. He has made progress on the path, but he is not quite ready to go into Nirvana, so he has to go through this experience that here are the demons of Mara parading before him, attempting to tempt him, force him, beguile him, fool him into reacting to them. And he is sitting there observing. 

You do understand this is a metaphor correctly, right? You do understand that this situation did not literally happen like this. You do understand that the demons of Mara parading before me is simply a symbol for what you are experiencing in your life. You could look at your life as everything that is happening is the demons of Mara parading before you. What is their goal? Well, this is what I realized when I sat there. I observed them and I observed myself, how I was tempted, really tempted to react to them. I know the Buddhists want to think that, oh, I was so advanced that the demons of Mara could not tempt me. But I had a moment, actually many moments, a period of time where I felt the pull and I could not quite overcome it. I did not react to it. I did not go into a reaction, but I felt the pull. And I knew that as long as I felt the pull, I could not go into Nirvana. What I finally realized is that it was not these outer manifestations that they paraded before me that created the pull. It was not any particular aspect of my psychology, like you could say I had a particular trauma that was not resolved, and this is what created the pull, or, I had a particular belief that created the pull. 

And I realized that what it was, what was left, the one thing that was left was the focus on self. I had walked this path, and I realized that this sense of the “I”that had walked the path, could not take me into Nirvana. It was the last ghost. I was not nailed to the tree—I was just sitting under it. But it was like Jesus hanging on the cross, realizing that he still had the focus on self. That he was so important that God would somehow save him from dying on the cross. And I saw also that the very self that had driven me to walk the path, was the self that could not take me further. In a sense, the self that I had used to walk the path could not take me beyond the path. And as I saw it, in seeing it, I was outside of it. The Conscious You stepped outside of that self that I hithertofore had seen everything through. That colored my entire path. And as I experienced myself as being outside of it, it was not that I consciously decided to let it go—I just felt this spontaneous release. I released it. I let it go. I gave up that last ghost. And then, I was ready to go into Nirvana. 

You can discuss, did I ascend at that point and come back? But I would rather present it this way. That at that point, I had qualified for my ascension. But instead of ascending, which would have entailed leaving the physical body behind, I decided to continue living in the same physical body and teach. But at that point, I was free from earth. Which really means, I was free from the focus on self. And therefore, I could come back and teach without the focus on self. 

The self that wants drama 

And why am I telling you this? Well, because you have the potential to also overcome your focus on self while you are still in embodiment. You see my beloved, there is an inherent danger in what we are doing. By telling the story of how I overcame, and how Jesus overcame, and how other ascended masters had these important embodiments before they ascended, the danger is that you think that earning your ascension must entail some dramatic circumstance. But as we have said, if you want drama, all the dark forces will give you all the drama you can want. But you see, as long as you have the sense that winning your victory entails some kind of drama, how can you give up the focus on self? For, it is only that separate self that focuses on you as a separate self, that wants the drama. Because it wants to seem important. And this ties in with all we have said about avatars. You come as an avatar to this planet and there is something that motivates us to come here. I am not only saying you but including myself. And we feel that it must be fulfilled before we can leave. We must have that sense that we made a difference. But this is also a focus on self. We think therefore that: “Ah, if there is something dramatic, then we have fulfilled. Then it was justified to come here.” 

This is the danger—putting ourselves up this way, especially when people who do not really understand the meaning behind it create this idolatry around us. If you look at what idolatry Buddhists have created around the Buddha, you will be astonished. You see that the danger is that the example can become the exception, can become the idol. But you have freed yourself from this idolatry. You realize that you have the potential to ascend. But some of you have not quite reached that level of awareness where you can see that, there is a certain self that is so focused on itself that it feels like it should be as important as Jesus or Gautama or other ascended masters. In other words, you feel that if this is your last embodiment, you should do something important in this embodiment. You should have some important role. Some of you even look at this messenger and say: “Oh, but look at all Kim has accomplished, all of the books, all of the websites. Surely, he has done something important.” And he used to look at himself that way as well and feel that: “Well, at least I have accomplished something on this planet.” But he saw there was a self that felt: “But is it enough? What if I published another 80 books and created another ten websites and another 500 YouTube videos?” When is it ever enough?

What I am saying here is this: this self that causes you, the Conscious You, to be focused on self, it wants to not make an entrance, it wants to make an exit, some dramatic exit, to leave some kind of legacy. And the messenger had this self, until not so long ago, when he finally, without sitting under a tree or being nailed to a cross, saw it. And you all have the potential to do the same. Now, take note. Of course it is important what the messenger has done. Of course, some of you have a Divine plan that needs you to do something that society or other people would see as important. But there is a very subtle discernment to be made. Because, if you still have that self that feels the need to be seen as important, that self will prevent you from ascending. And it will also often prevent you from actually fulfilling the higher potential of your Divine plan. Because you are trying to force it. You want it to happen so badly. 

I am not asking you to go into a mindset where you think there is nothing important you have to do. You may or you may not. I am asking you to switch your perspective and realize that in the end, when it is your time to ascend, you do not do it by some dramatic circumstance. You do it by just letting go, letting it all go, walking away. And you do not need drama. In fact, the more drama, the harder it is to walk away. 

Again, be careful here. Do not let the outer mind take you to these extremes. Be open to the potential that you have something important to do. But be non-attached to it. Contemplate the difference between doing this from this focus on self, where you are trying to reach some dramatic goal, and doing it from a state of freedom, where you can let it flow from your I AM Presence and the ascended masters. You are just letting it flow without this focus on self, the intent that the self should feel validated and justified and elevated and important. And this or that or the next thing. That is freedom. That is what I experienced as I taught for those years until the physical body was left behind. And I desire all of you to come to that point where you have overcome that focus on self. And then you can live the rest of your life with this freedom. And you may see your service unfold and you do something important, but the self is not there to want it, and want more. Because of course, that self, it will never be enough. This is, in a sense, the problem of the fallen beings, you could say. That they have such a focus on self that they feel they want to achieve something ultimate. But as the Presence of Love said, nothing will ever be ultimate. And there are beings who have fallen and who have continued in the fallen consciousness for eons because they still have that dream of reaching some ultimate state for this separate self. And it is all that is keeping them in the fallen consciousness. And letting go of that focus on self is the ultimate freedom.

And how do you do it? Well, very carefully, gradually. You see what the mind does when I say this: how do you do it? How do you overcome the focus on self? Do you see in your own minds what is coming up? Oh, there must be some ultimate way to do it, some ultimate experience, some drama. But the way to overcome the focus on self is not drama, it is anti-drama. What was it that happened under the tree there when I was sitting there? There was no drama that unfolded. I came to see that the self wanted drama and that this was what was keeping me from Nirvana. And when I saw the drama, I let go of the drama, the need to have any kind of drama. Oh yes, Buddhists look back at this and glorify it and idolize it. But at the moment I gave up the self, there was no drama. Because, if I had had a drama, I could not have given up the self. Because it is only the self that wants the drama. I separated the Conscious You from the self that wanted drama. And I just gave it up without any drama. With Jesus, it may be a little harder to see because he was nailed to the cross. And there were people around him crying and wanting him not to leave. That is why, in a sense, it was harder for him to give up the damn ghost, as we might say. And it took him all this agony. But, as Mother Mary said, he did have a flair for the dramatic. 

But I was just sitting there under the tree, and I just let it go, without any drama. This messenger came to the same point, of realizing there was no drama there. That is why he cannot even point to a single event that caused it. Because there was no drama, it just happens. But it happens of course as a result of the process where you are willing to look at yourself and look for that beam, that self in your own eye. And then it just happens. It actually happens when you have come to see that need for drama. And you see how silly, unreal it is. And you let go of that need for drama. 

Look at the self-improvement industry, as we might call it. Of all of these teachers out there, that talk about instant enlightenment, instant awakening, higher states of consciousness, ego freedom. They are caught in the mechanics of the marketplace. What do you see when you open your TV, at least here in America, where everything is driven by commercials? There are companies that advertise. Why? To tell how their products are so better than anybody else’s. Here you are, you want to set yourself up as a guru in the modern age. You have to have something that nobody else has. You have to be special, so you want to create a drama. Awakening is some dramatic event. Enlightenment is the ultimate drama. The ascension is the ultimate drama, as many students in the Summit Lighthouse believed. And they looked forward to this dramatic event, even someone having their physical ascension. And some students envisioned that they would ascend physically, and thousands of people would be standing around saying, ooh, aah. But if you have the desire for the ooh and aah, how are you going to leave? Because nobody in the ascended realm is going to be particularly impressed by you ascending. There will be ascended masters greeting you when you ascend, but we are not going to stand there saying, ooh, aah.

Consider this. This is what I wanted to get out here. Your freedom, your ascension, your freedom to be who you are while you are in embodiment, does not entail any kind of drama. It entails no drama. In a sense, you could say anti-drama, but even that is a little bit easy for the ego to start doing. The ego can turn everything around. This is what this messenger realized that he is different from many gurus in the sense that he does not make the claim to be special. And there was this little voice that said: “Oh, but you are so special because you do not claim to be special.” And he said: “I don’t need to believe that.” 

Consider this. Be drama free, not ego free. Stop thinking about ego free. Make the ego obsolete by being drama free. Because all dramas come from the ego. 

As much as I would like to continue this interaction with you, which is enjoyable for me as an ascended being, perhaps a slightly different form of enjoyment than what you can have when you are un-ascended, but nevertheless it is enjoyable for me. But I will bend to the constraints of time and space. Even though for me time is not, I know that for you time is. I would once again say, take a moment. Can we not rejoice in each other’s Presence? Can we not feel fulfilled in having reached this point, this point of oneness? With this, I greet you. I greet the Buddha Nature within you. Gautama Buddha I AM. And I leave you without any drama. 

 

Copyright © 2024 Kim Michaels

Give up the ghost of pessimism and realize America’s higher potential

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Godfre through Kim Michaels, August 4, 2024. This dictation was given at a Healing Retreat in Chicago: Heal your heart and the heart of America.

I AM the Ascended Master Godfre. I take this rare opportunity to speak here on American soil, as you well know as ascended master students that I was embodied as George Washington, therefore considered one of the founding fathers of America. And I wish to give you a certain perspective on how I look at America today and what it means from my perspective, what is going on in the current presidential debate.

The vision of America as a physical reality

What was it that was unique about my embodiment as George Washington? I know I have said this before, but it bears saying again. The uniqueness was that after I had been president for some time, I was actually offered that I could be president for life. But I declined because I refused to be like King George of England. Because of what? Because I had the vision that America was meant to be different from the monarchies of Europe and other parts of the world. It was meant to be a government of the people, by the people, for the people, even though Lincoln had not uttered those famous words at my time, but they were certainly there in the etheric and some of us who were the founding fathers were quite able to tune in to Saint Germain and receive ideas from him.

Now why did I have this awareness? Well, it actually started in that desperate situation in Valley Forge where I thought the Revolutionary War was lost. And I went into my tent and went into a state of what has often been called prayer, but it was really communion. Communion with what I saw as a higher force, a higher being that I had had some sense of connection to throughout my life. I felt the despair of the outer situation and I reached out to get some kind of comfort, some kind of vision: Was everything really lost? And I was given the vision that America was an inevitable step in the unfoldment of humankind and this planet. I was literally given the vision that regardless of the outer situation, America was meant to be a reality.

And again, this does not mean that certain things are inevitable, that they inevitably must happen, but it means that the image, the matrix for America was lowered into the identity realm, even though I did not have those concepts at the time, but there it was lowered into the mental, into the emotional and it was ready to break through into the physical. And literally, the manifestation of America as a physical reality depended on one person, namely me. It did not mean that I was the only one who could make it a reality, naturally all of the soldiers were also part of it. But it did mean that if I had given up at that moment where I sat there on my knees, then America would not become a physical reality at that time. But I also saw that it would become a reality later, even if I gave up. And when I saw this, I had this complete shift of consciousness, an epiphany, a revelation if you will, and suddenly instead of giving up, I gave up the ghost of my sense of despair, the sense of what was possible and impossible. And I experienced the reality that there are certain situations in human affairs where with God all things are possible. It does not mean literally all things, but it means that the things that you think from a human perspective are impossible, they are actually possible with God.

Giving up the ghost of despair and pessimism

Now, this does not mean, and it is important for you to contemplate this, that you should take this to an unbalanced extreme as the linear mind will always do. And I say this means that at any time everything should be possible with God. But that is not so, because there are the interdependent originations. There are certain situations that must evolve to a certain point before a shift can happen. The American nation could not have been manifest 10 or 20 years earlier. There was a certain configuration of energy, energetic matrices that had to gradually come into place. But they had, this is what I saw in the valley there, in the dark tent, in the darkness of winter—they had clicked into place. And I saw that I on my own self could not make this happen, but if I opened myself up to the acceptance that with God this was possible, then it could be manifest. It was not all or nothing, America would have happened anyway, but it would have taken time. And time is sometimes of the essence. I realized, as Shakespeare expressed it: “There is a tide in the affairs of men which taken at the flood leads on to fortune.” And I took that tide as I had done before in my life. I grabbed it, I arose, I gave up the ghost of my despair, and I walked out to my men and they could see I had changed. They could see the fire burning in my eyes, and that fire spread to their eyes. And suddenly the entire equation had changed.

But I am not talking about today having Americans be ready to fight for the future of America. I am not talking about those who are ready to take up arms. Who are you going to fight today with guns? The British? They have got enough problems of their own. Are you going to fight your own brothers? Imagine during the Revolutionary War that instead of fighting the British, we had started fighting each other. And the British could have just stepped back, rolled their thumbs, and waited for us to destroy ourselves. Is this the highest vision you have for America? Then I can tell you, you are way behind the times. There is a much higher vision for America. And you may think that this is a divided situation. Some even think it is desperate. Some think it is lost. America is lost. But America is not lost. It is just on the brink of a new beginning. But some, many, have not seen it.

What needs to happen is that a critical mass of people, and that is why I am speaking this into the collective consciousness, to shake them up, they need to get down on their knees and they need to be willing to look at the ghost in their own consciousness of how they look at America and how they look at the situation and how they despair because they do not see a way out. And then they need to give up that ghost and see that with God all things are possible.

Transcendence is always possible

There is also a certain configuration of energetic matrices that have gradually clicked into place and America has the potential to transcend. It is not a given. Certainly, America can go into a temporary detour of conflict and division, of fighting and infighting. But there is a real potential that America can transcend the current division and come out stronger. This is the last thing the dark forces want to see. This is the last thing that the embodied power elite wants to see. This is the last thing that certain external forces such as Putin and Xi in China want to see or the ones in the Arab nations who hate America as the great Satan. Many people in embodiment do not want to see it. Many forces outside of embodiment do not want to see it. They are sitting back, rolling their thumbs, thinking: “Yes, America is in decline.”

But is it in decline? That is up to this critical mass of people, yourselves among them. You can of course help bring about this shift by shifting your own consciousness. Have you been concerned? Have you been pessimistic? Ah, then give up the ghost and realize the potential. See the vision. I am not asking you to grasp some far- flung vision of what America will become in the future, but just grasp the vision that America can transcend the current situation. That there are enough people who really at inner levels have had enough of all the infighting, the animosity, the accusations, the mudslinging. They are ready for a new political reality, a new approach to politics in America, a new way of relating to each other. Is it really about proving other people wrong or is it about doing what is right for the American people and for the country? Where are you at? Are you pessimists who think you are realists or are you the real realists and therefore, acknowledge that with God all things are possible? At least with God it is possible to transcend the current quagmire, the current enigma, the seemingly impossible situation.

What did I face in that tent? A seemingly impossible situation. Why did it seem impossible? Because of the ghost in my mind, so I could not see beyond it. I had fixated my mind on what I thought was a realistic evaluation of the situation and because I fixated on this I could not see beyond my own nose and my own sense of self-importance blended with self-pity that I could not manifest this great result that I had hoped for with the outer mind. But when I gave up this outer mind, this outer desire to be the famous savior, I could see that I myself can do nothing but with God all things are possible, at least it was possible to manifest what could be manifest at the time. And it is the same now and it is essentially the same in every situation no matter what it is. Transcendence is always possible. There is no situation where transcendence is not possible. There are situations where a specific level of transcendence, a specific vision is not possible but transcendence is always possible.

Surely most Americans if they were to hear or read this, would ridicule it, ridicule the idea that George Washington is now an ascended master and refused to even consider these words or take them seriously. Obviously, they have not gone into the rotunda of the Capitol building and looked up on the assumption of George Washington that pompous picture but nevertheless there is a reality behind it. George Washington was not actually assumed into heaven but the lifestream that I am later, did qualify for my ascension after that last embodiment as Guy Ballard.

I am not expecting people to accept this. I do not care if they accept it with their outer minds. My point is to simply use your chakras to send this impulse into the collective consciousness to awaken those who can be awakened. That regardless of how the situation seems, transcendence is always possible. And that is how America was founded. That is how America became a reality because I was willing to transcend myself and those under my command were willing to transcend themselves. And if a critical mass of Americans today are willing to transcend themselves, then America will go up instead of going into some detour.

Is there a God-Made Savior for America?

Just look at the political scenario. Who thinks he is the king who should be president for life? Who thinks he is the savior? And ask yourself a simple question. You have those who believe that this person is sent by God, made by God to save America. Does this person really see it this way or does he just use whatever people believe about him to promote himself? Does he actually believe that God made him to save America? Has he even fathomed the difference between being the savior or being the open door for the power of God? Has he even fathomed that with God all things are possible? But only when you are with God because you have given up the self that is not God. For if you are to be any kind of savior it is not the outer self that is going to be the savior. Only if you give up the outer self, you humble yourself, you go on your knees, you give up that ghost. Has he given up his own self-created ghost, his brand that he has promoted his whole life? Has he given it up? If the answer is no, then this cannot be the savior of America. This cannot bring about one nation under God but it will only bring division and more division. And someone who does not care about the division created as long as he glorifies his own ego is not with God. And therefore, all things are not possible, transcendence of America is not possible and it will go into a decline, a blind alley that will last for some time but not forever because America will transcend itself into the golden age.

Transcending elitism and division

Again, I know you all see it this way or you would not be here, you would have gone away claiming: “This messenger is a false messenger because he does not agree with my political views” but I am speaking it into the collective consciousness. For there are those who are ready to pick up on this, there are people who are right now receiving this thought form of George Washington kneeling in the valley opening himself up to a higher vision and they see that they themselves can open themselves up to a higher vision by giving up the ghost of the pessimism, the sense of inevitability. Nothing is inevitable. Certain things are likely to happen because these energetic matrixes have clicked into place but as I said, had I not given up the ghost, America would not have been manifest at that time. Nothing is inevitable, there is always transcendence.

And what do we of the ascended masters want to see? Do we even have a fixed vision of what America should become? Yeah, somewhat out in the future but for now we are really focused on America being far from the golden age and therefore, what we envision is that America will transcend itself and continue to do so until we can say: “Yes, America is now a golden age society.” Which it is not right now by any means. Why? Because of the division.

What is the golden age of America? One nation under God, indivisible, with freedom and justice for all. Well, is America one nation right now? Is it indivisible or is it divided? Does it have freedom and justice for all? Or only justice for some, those who can pay for it, those who can buy it, those who can buy political influence to their lobbying groups and this and that. Is it justice for all that you have a power elite and control 98% of the wealth of this nation?

There were some among the founding fathers who thought that these gentlemen farmers should be allowed to live their lives on these estates and have slaves do all the work and they should just sit around discussing philosophy and smoking cigars. I enjoyed discussing philosophy and smoking cigars as George Washington, I freely admit it. I thought I was going to be one of these gentleman farmers and I was for the rest of my life. I thought this was a perfectly just system, but looking back of course it was not. I was in somewhat of an elitist mindset, not as much as the financial elites that you see today, but I was in an elitist mindset and I did not ascend by remaining in that elitist mindset but by giving up the ghost.

There are still many Americans who believe that it is necessary to have an elite of these rich people because they drive the economy. Yes, they are driving the economy into the ground. If that is where you want it, well, keep going. But if it is not where you want it, then you have to find a way to address this ghost of the unequal distribution of wealth. Other nations have done it, not perfectly, but they have at least dealt with the problem. America has not even started, even though there are talks here and there.

This must be addressed. We must get the elite out of their privileged positions so that the wealth can be distributed to the people who are producing the wealth. This is justice for all. The privileges of the elite are not just. Even if you think in terms of capitalism and a free enterprise, still this is not just because capitalism is an elitist system, free enterprise is not an elitist system because it is not a system, it is free. But it is up to a democratically elected government to keep the economy free so that the people cannot be exploited by an elite. And the American government has not fulfilled that responsibility. And again, there are people who are already seeing this or who are close to seeing it and this can spread like rings in the water where it becomes clear to a critical mass of people that this must become one of the central points in the presidential debate because the self-proclaimed billionaire is not going to address it. This is an opportunity for those who are neither self-proclaimed nor billionaires to address the issue.

With this I have given you what is my portion of this event which I must say that we ascended masters who are working with America have thoroughly enjoyed. We have enjoyed that you have come together, not only come together physically but come together in this oneness of hearts that we see in the way you are talking to each other, in the even raising of the energy level that you have achieved through this conference. Look at your conversations and how they are at a very high level, joyful, free flowing and rejoice in this! Rejoice in you here below and we above and that you are coming closer to as above so below.

With this I seal you in the flame that I AM. For I am God-free, I am free and in God and I want you to be the same.

 

Copyright © 2024 Kim Michaels

The Flow of Love: Constant Self-Transcendence

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Presence of Love through Kim Michaels, August 4, 2024. This dictation was given at a Healing Retreat in Chicago: Heal your heart and the heart of America.

 

“Oh Presence of Love from higher sphere, manifest your Presence here”—and so here I AM.  What is love? It is a flow. What is life? It is a flow. What is life based on? Love. Where does life come from? Love. Is there anything that is not life? Nay, for even though it may seem on a planet like earth, as if there is something that is not life, like Jesus just said, those who are spiritually dead. Well, the irony of the whole thing is that you can only be spiritually dead because there is life. If you did not have life, how could you choose death? Therefore, you can never be really dead. You can only be in a state of illusion.

The purpose of the earth

You know that the earth is a round ball that is spinning. Many people still have not thought deeply about this. They look up into the sky and they see the sun is moving from East to West, but they do not actually think that this is because the earth is spinning from West to East. Where you are sitting right now, the earth is moving and you are moving with the earth at great speed from West to East. This entire hotel is moving towards the downtown area of Chicago, but it will never catch up because Chicago is moving with it.

We have given you these teachings about fallen beings, who are rebelling against what? Really, against life. And what are they doing? Well, imagine that you go to the city of Chicago and you take the Sears tower. Now, you wrap a large number of ropes around the base of the tower and you distribute them in a westward direction from the tower in the streets. And now, you line up all the people of Chicago and they grab these ropes and they start pulling in a westerly direction, thinking that by pulling West they can slow down the movement of the earth. Just think about it. Yes, they are exerting great effort. They are pulling and pulling, but the point they are pulling on is moving with the earth. They may think they are going in the opposite direction or at least they are pulling in the opposite direction, but the earth under them is moving and they are being moved along with it. Well, the fallen beings are like these people pulling on the ropes thinking they can slow down the rotation of the earth by pulling.

You see, do they have free will? Yes, they have free will. Why? Because in their minds they create the experience that they are pulling against the movement of the earth. That they are going against life. That they are going against creation. In reality life is life. Love is a flow. All beings in this unascended sphere are moving with the flow of love. There are those who think they are going against it. But they are like the people pulling on the rope, thinking they can slow down the rotation of the earth while being on the surface of the earth. Does it not seem like they do not actually have free will? Nay. Well, it may seem like it, but they do have free will. Why? Because the only purpose for this world of form is to give self-aware beings an experience. You can have the experience of flowing with love or of going against love, but either way it is an experience.

Now, you can say of course, does that mean, as some say, that the world is not real, it is created in the mind? Well, the world is created in the mind, but it is not created in your minds. It is created in the minds of the ascended masters who manifested this unascended sphere and this planet earth. Does that mean it is not real? Well, it depends on your vantage point. From your vantage point as being in the unascended sphere, it is real in the sense that the planet is there and your minds do not have the power to change it. At least, only within certain parameters can a collective mind change the planet. But the collective mind, even if all people decided to get together and try to slow down the rotation of the earth, they do not have the power of minds to do it. But you see the purpose of the earth is to give the beings living upon it an experience, to provide an environment in which you can have experiences. That is the purpose of the entire world of form.

Nothing is ultimate

From the perspective of an ascended master who created the earth, is the earth real? Yes, it is real. Because it is created out of their minds and they are ascended beings. And therefore, they are real compared to beings in the unascended sphere. Now, there are beings in embodiment, people in embodiment who would object to this and say: “But there must be something that is ultimately real.” You look at religions, the Vedas, Buddhism, Christianity, Islam, philosophies, ideologies, scientific materialism. Whatever ideas human beings have come up with, they have had a desire to define the ultimate idea. Something that shows what is real, the ultimate reality. And these people will say, fallen beings will say: “Well, if it’s only defined by the minds of the ascended masters, then it isn’t ultimately real.”

Some fallen beings long time ago put themselves up in positions as the Rishis of the Vedic tradition and they defined this saying: “Only Brahman is real. And the world of differentiation is unreal.” And many still believe this. And many religious people think that the world is bad or evil and they need to forsake the world and get away from the world. Is there an ultimate reality anywhere? The answer is no, not as conceived by the fallen mind of something that is ultimate and never changes. We have given you a much more explanatory cosmology than has been given before by telling you about the different spheres, by telling you that you are in one world of form, but there are other worlds of form.

There is even something beyond the level where there are worlds of form, what we have called the Allness. And in the Allness are Presences. I am one such Presence, but I am not speaking to you directly from the Allness. Because in order to speak, I am blending my being with an ascended master in a higher sphere who has reached a certain level of consciousness and a certain level of Oneness with Love. I am speaking through that being, stepping down the vibration of the Allness so that it can be expressed in this world of form. But is the Allness then the ultimate reality? Not if you think that ultimate reality means something that could never change, something that is perfect.

There is nothing that is unchanging, neither in these worlds of form nor in the Allness. Now, as we have explained, in the Allness there is not the same kind of change that you have in a world of form. But there is still change, because a world of form is out of the Allness. And the Presences in the Allness can experience a world of form. And this then gives growth. This is a very complex relationship that I am not intending to explain, because it is too difficult on a planet like earth to even fathom this. But my point really is nothing is unchanging. And therefore, by the definition of many beings on earth nothing is ultimate. There is no ultimate reality.

The flow of love

The difference between an ascended master and an unascended being is that the masters who have created the earth know, experience, that the earth has reality. It is real, it is not created in the minds of the inhabitants of the earth, it is created in their minds, but they also are not identified with their own creation. And therefore, they know it is not ultimate, it is not never changing. It is in fact meant to change because love, life is constant self-transcendence. You can have the experience of flowing with love, where you experience transcending yourself. Or you can have the experience of going against the flow, seeking to avoid transcending yourself. There is a flow of love that is real. The question is, are you, at least in an unascended sphere, experiencing that flow?

We now come to the question that has baffled philosophers. What is consciousness? What is the mind? Go within. We have told you about the Conscious You, pure awareness. You can have an experience of awareness without content. But what is that You? What is consciousness? Consciousness is that which can become aware of its own existence. And in becoming aware of its own existence, it can transcend itself. Consciousness can become aware of itself as a particular self in this world of form. And by becoming aware of its current sense of self, it can transcend that sense of self and become more. And this is flowing with love. Consciousness is really that which makes it possible to have experiences. Many other things could be said, but the point I want to make is this, consciousness is what has experiences.

What is the purpose of an individual self having experiences? It is that by processing those experiences, it can transcend itself. You start out with this very localized sense of self and you can keep transcending yourself until you ascend from the unascended sphere in which you were created. And you can work your way up through these various spheres that make up your world of form till you reach the Creator Consciousness. And in the Creator Consciousness you can choose to go into the Allness and experience what is possible in the Allness. And most Creators do this for a time. Even though there is no time in the Allness, as you conceive of time, as you experience time. And then, you can become a Creator who creates your own world of form. Again, transcending your sense of self.

The belief in something ultimate

And as we have said, the unconditional can always become more. Why? Well, what did I just say? There is no ultimate unchanging reality. And if you want to really baffle your linear mind, you can contemplate this: Where did the Allness come from? When did it start? How did it start? Where is it going? Isn’t there an ultimate goal? Isn’t there going to come a point where there is no more self-transcendence? Well, all I can say is, so far self-transcendence has not stopped, but I can actually say that it never will. There is no never, there was no beginning to consciousness. There was a beginning to your consciousness, but there will be no ending to your consciousness.

Why am I giving this esoteric abstract teaching when other masters have given you more practical teachings about clearing the heart? Well, because what have people done on earth? As I said, the fallen beings have attempted to create something ultimate. Why is that? Because they have rebelled against constant self-transcendence, wanting to stop their sense of self at a certain stage where they felt they had great power and control. For example, they were the almighty leaders on a certain planet. You can, as a result of free will, go into this state of mind where you decide that you want to try and stop, or at least you want to experience that self-transcendence has stopped. And you are allowed to have that for a time.

But how can you have that experience when the reality is that everything is moving? How can you have the experience that you are moving against the revolving of the earth? You can only have it in the mind, when you create an illusion on top of the reality projected from the ascended level. And this is perfectly fine. You are allowed to have that experience. But in order to have that experience you must create some kind of belief system that has something that is ultimate. Look at these religions—god almighty, the almighty, all-powerful, all-knowing god up there in the sky, who actually by some cosmic coincidence seems to look like an old man with a beard. Yeah? Show me an old man with a beard who is almighty. Maybe then we can talk. But you see you must create this sense that there is something ultimate in order to stop the experience of self-transcendence.

What is it that closes the heart? Well, part of it, of course, beyond what has been said by other masters, is this belief in something ultimate. Because as Jesus said when the heart is open, you experience the One mind. And in a horizontal way the Christ mind is the connecting link between all people. But in a vertical way the One mind is the link between every self-aware being in this world of form and the whole, the Creator. And the whole is constantly transcending itself. And therefore, the Christ mind is meant to give you the experience that you are part of the whole, part of the flow. When you open your heart to the Christ mind you experience that flow. How can you shut the heart so you do not experience the flow, but think you are in some static situation that can be prolonged over time? Well, only by creating the belief in something ultimate, something absolute, the absolute truth.

This is an extremely subtle and powerful belief on earth promoted by so many religions, philosophies, thought systems, ideologies and even the so-called scientific materialism. But science in its pure form is a flow, constantly looking to expand the knowledge. And mysticism and spirituality in its pure form is a flow, constantly seeking to transcend the self. When you have taken this belief in something ultimate and taken it into your heart chakra, it forms a very powerful lock that closes the valves in the heart chakra. There comes a point on your upward path towards freedom, inner freedom, where you need to step back and look at your life, look at your mind and consider: “What beliefs do I have in something ultimate? What ideas have I taken in in this lifetime or in past lifetimes of something ultimate?”

The progressive revelation

This messenger many years ago started reading between the lines of the ascended master teachings of a previous dispensation. He started sensing that the masters were actually saying, between the lines—mind you—that even their teachings were not the ultimate truth. This is logical when you think of progressive revelation. How does revelation progress? Well, you give a teaching that helps people raise their consciousness and now they can receive a higher teaching. If the teaching given was some ultimate absolute teaching, how could there be progression? And he started sensing this and he struggled with it for years because he had this belief in his mind: “But there must be something that is true. There must be something I can grasp and rely on.” And what he was really sensing was his ego seeking to grasp onto something unchanging, so that it did not have to transcend itself.

And this is, of course, very understandable because you have this insecurity. When you do not have the fully open heart and you are not connected to the One mind, you are seeking some kind of security in this world. You want to believe that there is something that you can rely on, something that cannot be suddenly ripped away from you. But what he eventually came to realize was that the ascended masters are in a fundamentally higher state of consciousness than he was and is. They see a higher truth, but they cannot give that to people in the unascended state, because you cannot fathom it from the unascended state. He started gradually accepting that even the teachings of the ascended masters are not an absolute truth, because they are adapted to people’s levels of consciousness.

He also started sensing that his ability to grasp the teachings depended on his current level of consciousness. And that as he raised his consciousness, he would be able to see something in the teachings that he could not see now. But still he even started sensing that there was a limit to how high he could go through the outer teaching. Because there comes that point where you can only go higher by not being fixated on the teaching, but by using the teaching to make contact with the being who gave the teaching.

The map of your consciousness

Even though you may think I am this esoteric being who, of course, cannot take embodiment on a planet like earth—and even you may think that as such I cannot really give you any practical tools—I will still give you a practical tool.

When you have time, not during this conference but sometime after, you might read or listen to at least part of this dictation. But then, you take a sheet of paper. It should be letter sized or A4 so there is room. You draw a circle on that paper and your goal is to now draw a map of your consciousness. You go into a quiet room. You may give some chants such as the OM, you may give my decree, you may just listen to this dictation, whatever. You go into a quiet state of mind and then you look at the circle. You close your eyes. You tune in to your consciousness. And your job is now, your task is now to draw smaller circles inside the bigger circle.

You first look at your state of mind and you look at: “What is most important to me? What takes up the most space in my awareness? What is it that fills the most space in my life, in my consciousness, in the way I look at life?” Then, you draw a circle and you write just a short word or description of what that is. Then, you think of something else. What is the next step down? And you draw another circle. And you can keep going, either until you have filled the bigger circle or until you realize that these are the three or four things that take up the most space in your awareness.

And then, you can start looking at what that is. What is it that takes up the most space in your awareness? And then, you look at why does it take up so much space? Why does it seem so important to you? And then, you can consider, you can tune in to the sense that this is important. And you can ask yourself: “Does the sense that this is so important open my heart or close my heart?” And depending on how much psychology you have resolved, how many subconscious selves you have overcome, you will gain a new perspective on your life.

Because many of you, if you can do this neutrally, will be able to see that there are certain outer conditions in this world or often other people—people who are close to you, like parents or children, spouses or whatever—that take up a very large portion of your attention. And you can also tune in and ask yourself: “This particular condition that takes up my attention, does it also give me tension?” And if you see that here is a person that takes up a disproportionately large portion of your attention, this is because that person gives you an inner tension. And when there is tension, this closes your heart.

You can now begin to gain a different perspective on your life, where you can look at this map. And you may not want to start with the biggest circle. You may want to start with one of the smaller ones. But you can identify something that seems like it is manageable and you look at this: Why does this take up so much space? Why does it seem so important to you? Of course, there is a separate self that makes it seem important, but you need to look beyond that and say: “What is the belief I have of why this is important?” You may even ask yourself the question—because what have other masters said? In the end it is a matter of surrender and walking away from the self, because you cannot solve the problem— you might ask yourself, let us say it is another person: “What if I just walked away from that person?” And then, monitor your reaction. There will probably be weeping and gnashing of teeth from these subconscious selves that will project at you all the reasons why you cannot just walk away from that person.

But by looking at this you can expose those selves and you can ask yourself: “What do I love more? My spiritual growth, opening my heart or this situation, this tension?” And you can then realize you do not actually have to walk away from the person, you just have to walk away from the self that makes that person seem so important. And surely some people will say: “Oh, you don’t care about me anymore.” But it is not that you do not care, it is that you care in a way that is not fear-based, that is not driven by a subconscious self, that is not driven by some kind of control game. You can actually, by being free of the tension, come to care in a deeper way. But the point is that when you can look at this neutrally, you can come to expose some of these subconscious selves that are causing your heart to close. Because when a person has too much importance in your mind and it creates this tension and the tension closes your heart.

And you can come to see why you feel you have to close your heart when you are around this person. Maybe to protect yourself, maybe other things. But when you see this, you can really come to a point where you have resolved the self, you have walked away from the self. Does not mean you necessarily have to walk away from the person, although it sometimes will be the outcome. But the real outcome is that you take that circle out of the larger circle of your attention. Or you reduce it in size so it is down there at the bottom of your attention and it does not really pull on you and take up a disproportionate segment of your attention. And then, you can work your way up to one of the bigger circles. And gradually you can work your way up to the point where you have either removed the circles or reduced them in size.

Just to give a practical example, the messenger’s wife has had a difficult relationship with her mother all of her life. In the circle of her attention, the biggest circle was her mother. And it took up a disproportionate amount of space. Because when you are an adult human being who has children and a life of your own, your mother should not be the biggest circle in your attention. By coming to see this, how you may have other people or you may have your own mother or your father or your spouse, that they take up far more attention than they should. Then again, it is not a matter of walking away. It is a matter of walking away from the tension so that it does not pull your attention out of the heart, causing you to close your heart.

The heart: a nexus between the above and below

For the larger circle that represents your attention will have a center and the center of your attention is your heart chakra. And anything, any smaller circles that obscure the heart chakra, prevent you from centering in yourself. And thus, it closes your heart. You want to remove those obstacles. And when you do, when you reduce these smaller circles to their proper size, the center, your heart will be exposed. And now, you can focus your attention on the heart. And you can in a sense realize that the larger circle that I call the circle of your attention really is your heart. Because in a way you can say that the heart represents your self-awareness in the unascended sphere.

The heart, when it is open, encompasses everything, every part of your being in the unascended sphere. It is the open door to what is above, but it is also the open door for your self-expression here below. It is the nexus between the above and below. And when you open the heart, you will experience the flow of love. And you will have fully rejoined that flow and there are no longer elements in your consciousness that pull against the flow. Because what is it that causes, for example, a person to seem so important to you? It is because you have a belief that you cannot transcend this relationship. You cannot change it. You cannot go beyond it. It cannot become better. It is locked in some kind of pattern. And you may feel that out of loyalty to your mother or father or spouse, you cannot change because they are not changing. You cannot just walk away from them in your mind. You are resisting the flow of transcendence, the flow of love. And when you see this and see the belief behind it and decide to let it drop, you are free and you will feel the flow.

This, my beloved, was my contribution to this conference. Naturally, much more could be said, but I aim to give you something that was both esoteric and practical. And I also recognize the limitations of time and space and that there are other masters who want to express something at this conference. Therefore, I shall, with my love, the love that is both unconditional and infinite, yet ever becoming more, seal you and your heart chakras. If you will give me a little attention, perhaps read or listen to parts of this dictation, I will certainly help you gain a greater awareness of what is going on in the circle of your attention. With this, be sealed in the love that I AM.

 

Copyright © 2024 Kim Michaels

The savior of America: The One mind, not the one man! 

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Jesus Christ through Kim Michaels, August 4, 2024. This dictation was given at a Healing Retreat in Chicago: Heal your heart and the heart of America.

I AM the Ascended Master Jesus Christ. It is Sunday morning in America. All over this country, millions of Christians are getting ready to go to thousands of churches, big and small. Others are getting ready to tune in to the television when the televangelists get on and do their thing. So many people go into these Christian churches, they sit down, they expect to be passive recipients of this pastor who gets up there and says: “In the name of Jesus!” And then he gives a sermon where it is: “Jesus this” and “Jesus that”, as if the name Jesus is a baseball bat he can use to hammer the congregation into submission, because who can object to protest to anything said after the name “Jesus”. Is that how you think I want my name to be used? Do you think I want the teachings I brought out to be used to pacify people? I will let that question hang in the air because I want to shift gears.

Likelihood of a civil war-like scenario

I want you to step back mentally and look at America today. There are those who say Americans have never been more divided. Americans are so polarized, the political debate is so polarized, so toxic. They are talking about a civil war-like scenario. But is it really the case? You cannot even begin to fathom how people actually thought during the civil war or in the years leading up to it. You cannot even begin to fathom it in today’s world. But you can at least look at how different the technology is and how different it is to spread knowledge today. There was no internet, there was no television, there was no radio, there were barely even newspapers. Most people in America before the civil war, they never read newspapers or books, certainly not on a regular basis. Many of them could not even read.

Now, we have given you this model that there are four levels of the material universe, the physical, emotional, mental and identity. At civil war times, most people’s attention was focused at the physical level. They were struggling to survive physically. They were constantly seeing physical threats, thinking they had to defend themselves and that is why they could be manipulated into a physical war against their own countrymen.

What has happened in the intervening time is that because of the spread of knowledge, the proliferation of first books, then radio, television and now the internet, people have shifted the focus of their attention. There are some people still focused at the physical level but far fewer than there were before the civil war. There are more people now focused on the emotional. There are still quite a few people focused on the emotional and they are the ones who are the most angry. But most Americans today are focused at the mental level. There is a much larger number today also that are focused at the identity level than during civil war times. And what does this mean?

Well, the physical is the densest, therefore, the most difficult to change. Therefore, if people are focused at the physical level and they see each other, two groups see each other as physical enemies, it is more likely they will see that the only possible solution to their conflict or the only possible outcome of the conflict is a physical confrontation.

If people are focused at the emotional level, they can also be manipulated into taking physical action, but not as easily because when people are focused at the emotional, they are often focused on fear. They are often driven by fear and this may cause them to be angry and to lash out, but they are more afraid to take physical action than those who are focused at the physical level.

When people are focused at the mental level, they are much less likely to take physical action and therefore, what you see today is that when you look at the debate of what is going on in social media and on the internet in general, even in the press and media, this is all mental. And although it sounds very radical and although it sounds very polarized, there is actually a much greater distance from the mental level to physical action than there was before the civil war. The likelihood that there is going to be a civil war-like scenario where people start taking their guns and start shooting is actually much lower today. There are those, of course, who would like to see it happen and who are trying to whip people up into this lynch mob mentality. But most Americans are at the mental level.

A real potential for shift at the higher levels

What does it mean that you are focused at the mental level? Well, if you are focused at the physical level, you can only see physical actions as the solution. But when you are focused at the mental level, you are much more likely to see mental solutions to the issues and the conflicts. It is a matter of resolving things at the level of ideas rather than going all the way down to the physical. And this may be hard to see when you look at the debate. Many people are so angry and talking about physical actions, but again, there is a long way from a person focusing on the mental level to that person taking physical action. Because again, when you are focused on the mental level, what do you do? You analyze, you compare, you evaluate pros and cons. Oh yeah, going on Facebook and spouting off some hateful stuff against other people, that seems to have very little risk at the mental level.

But actually, going out there and physically confronting people, that has a much greater risk for someone focused at the mental level. They may sound angry, they may sound like they are ready to go out and pull the trigger. But when it comes down to actually physical action, most people will step back and say: “In today’s age, we need to find a different solution.” What you also need to take into account is that the physical level is the densest, therefore, the most difficult to change. Emotions are more easy to change, thoughts are actually much more easy to change, and although it may seem contradictory, the identity level is actually in some ways, the easiest to change. The trouble with the identity level is that most people do not even see their identity, but once you see it, it is much easier to change it.

There is a very real potential that the situation, the equation in America can shift and it can shift at the mental level and the identity level. And it can shift by impulses being sent into the collective consciousness at those levels, which is of course, what we have been doing during this conference. And what you who are here physically, you who are on the webinar, you have been the open doors for projecting this into the collective consciousness.

You will probably all know that you are burdened by the collective consciousness, it is projecting thoughts into your mind, it is pulling on your emotional body, but the beauty of that is that you can pull back. You are also affecting the collective mind. By coming to a conference like this, by giving your calls, by studying the teachings, by raising your consciousness, you are pulling up on the collective. And as other masters have said, there are people out there, who have had enough of the polarized debate, the toxic political climate, the gridlock and who are either have already shifted or they are very close to shifting, into simply demanding a new approach. And it may be difficult to see from your level in physical embodiment, but from our level, it is much more easy to see these energetic currents, energetic interactions and we can see how easily it can shift.

It does not take that many people to form the critical mass where something shifts in the equation and all of a sudden people start saying: “Why are we locked on this track of this toxic rhetoric, these accusations, this putting people down, constantly criticizing, constantly judging? Why are we locked on this track, where it seems like, the more nasty you can be, the better chances you have of getting elected? How did we get on this track and is this really what we want to see continue?” And it does not take that much to shift that equation. You see the situation from the Bible with the angry mob that was ready to stone the woman caught in adultery and I stepped into the scene and asked a simple question or made a simple statement that suddenly shattered the bubble that people were in and they walked away one by one.

Similar things can happen today by these impulses sent into the collective consciousness that some people pick up on and they suddenly see: “What have I been doing? Why are we doing this?” And a few people here and a few people there and gradually it builds that critical mass and now the entire debate shifts and people realize: “I cannot cast my vote based on this toxic debate. I need to look for someone who is willing to take the country forward instead of seeking to take it backwards.”

(In)ability to discern between reality and unreality

What I would like to address also in this discourse is the status of Christianity in America but I want to do it in a larger context. If you again step back from America and look at America as a nation, look at the American people, what you see is that there are many people in society today, who believe in things that are not connected to reality. There is no connection between what many people believe and the reality. It may be the political discourse, it may be conspiracy theories, it may be all kinds of things. Now you may be tempted to say that because there are more conspiracy theories and propaganda and lies being spread today than ever before, there are more people who believe in this than ever before, but you can go back to the past and see that people always had beliefs in things that were not real. They always had superstitions and there were as many superstitions 2,000 years ago as there are today. It is not really that it has gotten worse, it is just it has become easier to spread all of this, but still back then it still spread. You have all heard the expression, “word of mouth” or “the jungle drums” and that if you go back, for example, to the civil war times, this was how things spread. People were talking, they meet and they are talking and suddenly these toxic beliefs can spread almost as fast as they do today. Not quite as fast, of course, as the internet, but still they could spread very quickly and so it is not that the situation is not necessarily so much worse.

But the question is, why is it not better? Why are there still so many people who cannot discern what is real and what is just illusions spread for the purpose of manipulating them? Would you not think that as a society has progressed, as knowledge is more readily available, wouldn’t you think that more and more people would have increased their ability to discern between reality and unreality?

And in a sense there are more people today who can discern, but still there is such a large part of the American population that cannot discern. Now you may look at some of the countries that America likes to compare itself to and you may consider what is the situation in those other countries. And you will actually see that in many countries, Canada, Europe, especially northern Europe, Korea, Australia, New Zealand, there are less people who believe in these fictional propaganda outbursts, we might say, than in America. In fact, if you were to compare the level of Americans who believe in this fictional unreality you would have to go to Russia and China or even India to some degree to find people who are as blinded by illusions as Americans are. And that might not be exactly the most popular comparison for Americans but it is reality. And why is it so? Well, this is where Christianity comes into the picture.

Knowing  what is real through the Christ mind

When I walked the earth 2,000 years ago, what was my actual goal? I was a human being like everybody else despite what they claim today, the Christians, so-called Christians. I had walked the spiritual path of raising my consciousness. How did I do this? By connecting to the Christ mind, the One mind, the undivided, the indivisible mind within myself. The kingdom of God is within you. This is no different from mystics of all persuasions seen throughout the ages. I was a mystic like many others. I had a special mission at the beginning of the age of Pisces but I was a mystic. Why? What is the difference between a mystic and a religious person? A religious person believes, a mystic experiences. I did not believe in anything I said. I experienced the reality of what I said but how did I experience that reality? Through the Christ mind within myself because by experiencing the Christ mind, I had a frame of reference for evaluating everything in this world, all the ideas and beliefs that people had at the time.

You see how I sometimes engage the scribes and Pharisees? What were they? They were the intellectuals of the time who attempted to manipulate people by clever intellectual arguments and most people could not see through the arguments. They tended to follow those that seemed to be cleverer than themselves. I saw through the arguments instantly because the Christ mind gave me that frame of reference and you will see that many times I did not even try to argue with them. I simply denounced them: “scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites,” this provoked them immensely. If I had gone into this trying to argue with them, they would have been happy because now they could argue and argue and argue and no matter what I said they would have felt they were still superior because that is what intellectuals can do. You look at the materialistic scientists today, who think they have it all figured out, but they have no experience of the Christ mind. It is all created in their minds, as the scribes and Pharisees were all created in their minds.

My goal for the teachings was what? Was it to create another religion that imposed sophisticated intellectual doctrines upon people, told them what to believe? Nay, it was to help everyone connect to the Christ mind in themselves so they would know what is reality and unreality. Grant you, it was an ambitious goal at the time because people were very focused at the physical, but nevertheless, you have to start somewhere.

Man-made doctrines—foundation for the Catholic Church

Now, there was a turbulent period of the first centuries where Christianity was not really solidified. There were different Christian sects and movements that had different focuses. Some were actually more in tune with my teachings than others and then comes that event, that so dramatic defining event in the history of Christianity, of the formation of the Roman Catholic church, which first of all, elevated me to being the only son of God, therefore I could not be an example anymore. But it also created a set of doctrines that had no basis in the One mind, no basis in the Christ mind. They were all created in the mind of these sophisticated intellectuals. In fact, some of the people who were instrumental in the formation of the Catholic church were reincarnations of the scribes and Pharisees that I confronted physically and some of the Christian ministers today both in America and elsewhere are those same lifestreams reincarnated. Not all of them, of course, but some.

What was it actually that happened when the Catholic church was formed? Well, what happened was that instead of having a movement that was geared towards helping people make contact with the Christ mind in themselves, you now had a movement that was geared towards preventing people from making contact with the Christ mind within themselves and instead causing them to believe in man-made doctrines that are like whitened sepulchers filled with dead men’s bones, or at least, dead men’s thoughts. They are dead in a spiritual sense because they do not have the life of Christ in them because they have no connection to the Christ mind. Therefore, they are spiritually dead, as in let the dead bury their dead.

Did I really say that corpses should bury other corpses? Of course not. I was talking about people who were physically alive but who were spiritually dead and they were the ones who formed the Roman Catholic church and all other churches that have come later. The Protestants did not protest enough to take their churches away from the foundation set by the Catholic church and therefore the Protestant Lutheran churches are just as far removed from reality as the Catholic church is, and even more in some cases were the fundamentalist Christian churches that are looking back to the Bible as the word of God which therefore must be infallible. And they failed to see, as Saint Germain mentioned, that the image of God that I spoke of is fundamentally different than the anger and judgmental God of the Old Testament. You cannot reconcile the two if you are willing to think. But if you think this must be the infallible word of God then you stop thinking. You just believe, have faith!

The impulse into the collective consciousness

Let me ask you something. If you have faith in an illusion, how is that going to get you to the kingdom of God? Oh, just keep believing in the illusion and one day Jesus will come and save you. But your entry into the kingdom of God is dependent on your state of consciousness and I cannot change it for you or I would have done it long ago and be done with this planet. Why is that? Well, where is the kingdom of God to be found? Within you. Does it not stand to reason, at least in this day and age where people know so much more about psychology, that what is keeping you out of the kingdom that is within you is what is going on in your own mind and psyche and therefore, if you are to enter that inner kingdom, you must look at the beam in your own eye and resolve it. Is that really so difficult to figure out in today’s age?

I am speaking into the collective consciousness of course. I know you all know this or you would not be here. But there are so many people out there who are so close to making that shift, so close. And therefore, this impulse going out can be enough to help some people switch over and see what was it Jesus actually said. What did he actually mean? What is the meaning today that the kingdom of God is within you? And it does not come by observing all these outer rules and blindly believing in these doctrines spouted out by Christian churches and Christian ministers as if it was the infallible word of God. Who are the most blind people? Those who believe in an illusion and think it is the infallible word of God. How more blind could you be? How more trapped could you be in your own mind? Stunning really to look at how many Christians in America are trapped in this mindset.

Seeing through the illusions in Christianity

Back to America. Why do so many Americans believe in illusions today and do not have the discernment? Because Christianity has, in the Western world at least, for 17 centuries been a primary tool of the dark forces, the forces of anti-christ, to get people to blindly believe in illusions. And today in America Christianity is the primary force that is pulling against the progress of America, pulling against America going into the golden age, desperately trying to keep people trapped in these illusions. They sense that it is fading, they sense that more and more people are seeing that this must be illusions, are seeing that the churches do not have answers to their questions about life and that it makes no sense what they are spouting off in their doctrines. They sense they are losing the battle and that is why they have become so desperate that they have to act it out in this extreme way. And this is, of course, what will lead to their downfall much quicker because by becoming more and more extreme it also becomes more and more obvious and more and more people will look at this and say: “This cannot be right. This just cannot be right”.

Look at yourselves, those of you who grew up in a Christian background or Christian environment. You had questions. The church could not answer it and you suddenly saw that it does not make sense so you have to look elsewhere for answers. And more and more people are making that shift and therefore, they are refusing to sit there blindly in their churches and listen to these pastors and their “Jesus” this and “Jesus” that.

The key to Christ discernment

What does this have to do with the heart? Well, where do you attain Christ discernment? In the heart chakra. Because the heart chakra is what allows the Conscious You to step outside of the four lower bodies, experience itself as pure awareness, experience that there is a spiritual realm, you have a higher self, there are beings in that spiritual realm. Today we call ourselves ascended masters. Well, you look at the situation of the transfiguration. Two beings of light appeared visibly to my disciples. What could they be but ascended masters, spiritual beings in a higher realm? They have always been around. We have always been around, and we are around today. Nevertheless, the point is the heart chakra is the key to Christ discernment. It is not in the head. You are not thinking your way to Christ discernment.

This is what even some ascended master students have not quite grasped. You cannot analyze your way to Christ discernment because the analytical mind can analyze for or against any issue. There comes a point where you look at the arguments, you look at the different ideas and you just sense intuitively: “Ah, this is what I am going to go with.” It may not be the highest understanding but it is higher than the alternative and so this helps you shift. But this cannot be done by an analysis. Not even a sharpest mind can do this.

This is where actually many spiritual people have been lured by these forces in the mental realm into a blind alley by thinking you can figure it out with the mind. But you cannot. It is only the intuition that can settle this argument, this idea, this higher than the other. It may not be the ultimate because I may not be able to see it at my present level but this is what will take me forward. The heart is the key.

“God’s chosen people”

What did I say 2,000 years ago? “Those who honor me with their mouth for their hearts are far from me.” Because they do not love the truth. They do not love the One mind. They do not love that which is beyond this world. They love that which is in this world, which gives them a certain position, a certain status, a certain sense of security, a certain sense of power, a certain sense that “We are the special people, we are God’s chosen people.”

Have you ever considered why so few Jews accepted me as the Messiah, why so few Jews today are open to the Christian religion? It was because I, when I walked the earth physically, I challenged that fundamental Jewish belief that they were God’s chosen people and they have never overcome it, at least not up until this point. Although some are beginning to overcome it because they are again seeing how the Jewish state is right now, again, acting out into the extreme, going way beyond what was necessary to deal with the situation in the Gaza Strip, losing humanity in the process, whatever humanity they had before. For how can you have basic humanity when you think you are God’s chosen people and all others are going to go to hell?

And this, of course, points right back to America and the Christians. How can you have basic humanity when you believe that the members of your little church are the only ones who are going to be saved and all others are going to go to hell? Your heart is closed to other people. Your heart is closed. You cannot love your brother as yourself. And if there is not that love, how can you call yourself a Christian?

You see that there are people out there who say that all this stuff about loving your enemy and turning your other cheek, that is just weakness. It does not apply to Christians today. Certainly not those Christians who are defending traditional values and claim to be only doing this for the sake of America. But your hearts are far from me and if your hearts are far from me, what else matters? No matter what you believe, no matter what you think about yourselves, what matters if you do not have heart?

What did you see me doing 2,000 years ago? I reached out to everyone. The parable of the Good Samaritan—what was it all about? Showing that Christ does not have human judgments and preferences for Christ is the One mind that is within all people. And in the One mind, how can there be divisions between different groups of people? Those who are the chosen ones, those who will be saved and those who will not.

I can be very, very direct here. If you think there are two groups of people, and your group will be saved and those other people will go to hell and suffer for all eternity, then you will not be saved. Why? Because you cannot enter the kingdom of God that is within you. You have no life in you. You do not have the life of Christ in you. You have no connection to the One mind that unifies all people.

Wake up to the true message of Christ!

Look back at the history of the Christian religion. Has it been a unifying force or a divisive force? It is a rhetorical question. But I will answer it anyway because so many people cannot answer it. And the answer is that Christianity has been a divisive force in the world and still is and right now, Christianity in America is one of the primary divisive forces. Now, Christ seeks to unify all. This is what you can see if you read the Sermon on the Mount and many of my other statements. Christ seeks to unify people. That is why I challenged the Jewish belief that they were the chosen people because that also divided them from all other people. But here Christians have adopted the same mindset as the Jews. We Christians are the chosen people. We are the ones who will be saved and others will not. If you are trapped in this mindset, this is the mindset of anti-christ. The forces of anti-christ want to divide and conquer. This is what they have always done. How hard it is to see that if you have ever looked at the cover of a history book? Christ is a unifying force. But the unification can only happen through the heart when the heart is open.

What was the primary goal of my mission 2,000 years ago? Was it really to get people to believe in certain doctrines, to be members of a certain church? No. It was to open their hearts to the One mind in themselves. Look at these Christian ministers who will look at my statement: “Go ye into all the world and make all people my disciples.” How do they interpret it? Oh yes, all people should become members of their Christian church and they should be forced into it if necessary for their own good, their own salvation. What did I mean by making all people my disciples? That they would open their hearts to the One mind, the Christ mind in themselves. That is what it means to be a disciple of Christ.

I was a mystic, my disciples are mystics, and mystics look beyond this world. They do not believe and accept anything as infallible in this world. A mystic cannot accept any scripture as the infallible Word of God. Because a mystic experiences the Living Word within him or herself and when you experience the Living Word, you realize that the written word is not the Living Word. It can only point to the Living Word. And the purpose of the written word is only to point or help people have the inner experience.

If you have not experienced the Christ mind in yourself, you have not kept my commandments. For that is the overall commandment. And what did I say? “If you love me, keep my commandments.” If you have not kept my commandments, there can be only one reason. You do not love me. You love a man-made image of Christ and that image is anti-christ. And therefore, you have taken a man-made image superimposed it upon Christ, as Peter did and therefore, I must say, as I said to Peter: “Get thee behind me, Satan. Thou art an offense to me”.

Many of these churches in America, and of course elsewhere, you are an offense to me. You savorest not the things that be of God, but the things that be of men, of your own making. You worship an idol, and you call that idol Christ. Get thee behind me. You have no part with me. But you can have part with me if you are willing to be converted and if you are willing to see the errors of your ways and admit it, and then do what I said: “Keep my commandment. What is that to thee? Follow thou me.”

You do not need to beat yourself up or feel bad about having believed in a lie. You just need to admit it is a lie. Leave it behind and walk with me into the light of Christ. I am not seeking here to shame anyone, to put anyone down. I am seeking to awaken those who can be awakened so that, like Paul, the scales will fall from their eyes. The scales of what? Of the serpent. The scales of the serpents that have blinded their eyes for many lifetimes.

Shatter, shatter, shatter that illusion. Shatter the illusion in the four levels of matter. I AM the Ascended Master Jesus Christ, and I call those who are my own but who have been trapped in these outer Christian churches filled with dead men’s bones, dead men’s ideas.

As I send these words out, spoken in the physical, I am sending energy waves that are going far and wide. Some are waking up, some are driving towards their churches and suddenly they see the illusions they have believed in. Others do not realize what is happening, but they become aware that they have always had certain questions, that they have suppressed the questions, they have not dared to really put their minds on them. But suddenly they cannot quite suppress a certain question anymore and that question becomes the open door, that as they contemplate it, gradually they come to open their hearts to a glimpse of the One mind. And once you have a glimpse of the One mind, it is not so easy to suppress.

Truly, as an ascended master, you have no regrets, or you would not have ascended. You would have to stay in embodiment on earth and try to fix what had gone wrong. But still, you can look back at these past 2,000 years, and you can see the potential for the Christian movement, the high potential, and then you can look at what actually came to pass. And I can tell you that there is a huge difference between the two, an almost unfathomable difference. But I also see the potential that in this age, many people are ready to awaken from the illusion, the veil that has been put over Christianity now for so many centuries. More and more people are waking up and they are looking for answers elsewhere and it does not really matter where they are looking for them. Because when you have been trapped in a certain mindset, a certain illusion, the first thing you need to do is distance yourself from that bubble.

Knowing from within

Wherever you look for answers, it is better than staying in that stale situation you were in. And eventually, as people look for answers here and there and everywhere, they come to the point where they start looking within. They find some kind of teaching that talks about going within, and there are many of them out there. Because there is really only one thing that matters, whether it is religion or spirituality, personal growth, mindfulness, this or that.
There is only one thing that matters, that you have a direct experience of the Christ mind in yourself for that is what gives you that frame of reference, where now you can look at all of these ideas that are spread out there on the internet and you read an idea, you instantly sense it is off balance. You read another idea, and there is something here. It is not the full truth, but there is something here. Many of you already have that ability. Some of you have developed it by using these teachings. Others have had it even since childhood. You can have the ability to meet the person, to read an idea, and you just know in your heart—not in your head, you are not analyzing—you just know in your heart: “Ah, this is not real. Oh, this has some reality.” And that was, of course, my goal 2,000 years ago. It was what? It was to free the people from the religious authorities who controlled them through these doctrines and arguments and this and that, and they could only be free in one way. It is not a matter of giving them another doctrine, for no matter what doctrine you give them, it can become a tool to trap them, as Christianity has proven beyond any reasonable doubt.

What I really wanted to give people was that experience of the Christ mind within themselves. For when you connect to and experience the Christ mind in yourself, you cannot be focused on yourself, the outer self anymore. And therefore, you first become focused on helping others, but eventually you come to see that as the Christ mind is in you, it is in everyone. Instead of helping others in concrete ways, you become more focused on helping them connect to the Christ mind in themselves. You may still be doing other things that are valuable and help people, but behind it all is this desire to help people connect to the Christ mind in themselves. Then you can call yourself a Christian. Then you can call yourself a disciple of Jesus Christ. Because through the Christ mind in you, you can connect to me as I am today, instead of projecting a man-made image upon me that has no reality to it.

If thine eye be single, thy whole body is full of light, otherwise you are filled with darkness. But it is not the eye, not even the third eye, it is the heart. If your heart is undivided, because you love the light, you love Christ more than these sophisticated arguments on earth, then your whole energy field is filled with light. That is what I want to see for all of you who are open to these teachings, and of course, for all people.

The One mind, not the one man

Is it not amazing that Christianity is the primary tool that has caused so many Americans to believe in all kinds of illusions, even the conspiracy theories, because they do not have that discernment? They read a conspiracy theory—they do not have that sense: “Ah this is not real.” They go into the mind, and they think maybe there is something to it and their subconscious selves, their egos tell them: “Oh, this is why you cannot change your life. There is a secret conspiracy, but at least you are one of the few special people who know about this conspiracy.” Maybe they feel a little better for a time. And after some time, at least some people have woken up and realized: “This actually did not get me anywhere. I just dug myself deeper and deeper into a hole of feeling angry and powerless.”

Back to the present. A relevant question to ask about the presidential debate in the United States is this—is there one person who can be the savior of America? Is there one person who is made by God to save America in this critical age? Well, those who have experienced the One mind will know that the answer is no, there is not. For what was the whole purpose of the Christian religion, the Christian movement that I started? It was to help people connect to the One mind in themselves so that today there would be millions of people who were connected to the One mind.

What is the savior of America? The One mind, not the one man. Again, complete unreality to believe this. Complete and total illusion—has no reality in Christ. And those who believe and promote this stuff, they have no part with me. They may claim all kinds of things about themselves. They may claim to have authority. They may claim that Jesus is speaking to them. And they are right. The man-made false Jesus that had been created by Christianity for seventeen centuries is speaking to some of these pastors.

But I am not that Jesus—this is not the real Jesus. If you are in doubt, then ask the real Jesus. This simply just needs to be stated in the physical so that those who are open can wake up and see how completely unrealistic it is to think that one person, no matter who that person is, no matter what that person is like, could be the savior of America. In reality, what America needs to be saved from is this very mindset that one person can be so important, so special. All men and women are created equal. That is the foundation for America.

There is no room in America for this hero worship that is promoted so heavily by the movie industry and by the fallen beings. What is the whole purpose of this, that some people are so special? Well, do you not see it going back throughout history? It is the power elite defending their own position, nothing else. The savior of America is the One mind within millions of Americans and what America needs to be saved from is precisely the power elite. And what has been one of the primary tools used by the power elite in this part of the world? Christianity. Look at the medieval societies, the divine right of kings. Who came up with this idea? The Catholic church.

For a thousand years, people were kept as virtual slaves of the kings and the noblemen because they were afraid that if they went against this claim of the Catholic church, they would go to hell. Again, Christianity, starting with the Roman Catholic church, was conceived of and executed as a tool for controlling the population by the power elite. What was my real goal? What did I say? To set people free from the power elite. Stunning, really, that things could be turned on their head to such an extent, but on the other hand, it is still an immense opportunity for growth when people come to see the incredible manipulation. When the scales fall from your eyes and you do not condemn yourself or blame yourself, but simply look at this—you look at it, you see it through the Christ mind, the unreality of it—and then you can say: “Get thee behind me, Satan.” And when enough people say this, Satan will have to get behind.

He has always been behind, he just has not realized it and he may never. I am not the one thinking that I can convince Satan of anything. This messenger used to think so, but the scales eventually fell from his eyes as well because nothing can work against free will. The Christ mind does not work against free will. The Christ mind frees the will from the anti-will. But people are allowed to go into the anti-will. And again, I look at the situation in America. If people, if a majority of the voters in America, want to elect a person that claims to be the savior, well, then they are allowed to have that experience and surely things will be acted out in such an extreme way that many people will come to see the illusion.

As other masters have said, the fallen beings can only keep pushing, but the harder they push, the greater becomes the potential that they push people over the edge, so the scales fall from their eyes and they see it. Unfortunately, some people can only see it through the school of hard knocks, whereas the Christ mind is about helping people see it without having the hard knocks.

But either way, free will must be allowed to outplay itself. It is fine to make your calls for the election, but be non-attached to the outcome. Because the outcome, either way, will be that the extremism and a lack of balance of the fallen beings will be demonstrated, will be seen. You might realize that we of the ascended masters are, of course, not caught up in this current debate. We are not so serious about the situation in America and hopefully that can help you gain some sense of peace, where you have this attitude of come what may. We make the best of it, and we move on. Because I can assure you about one thing, America will move on. There can be no doubt about that in the Christ mind. Turbulence, yes, maybe. But still, the golden age of Saint Germain is on schedule and will be lowered into the physical. Where and when can be debated, but it will move forward and to think that one person can stop that is also an illusion.

Choose life and laugh!

You see again that both sides in the debate are now caught up in the epic mindset. There are two dualistic polarities. One is good, one is bad. But in the Christ mind, they are both unreal. That is what the Christ mind will reveal to those who have an open heart and are looking for a fresh new start. Yes, we are waxing a bit poetic just to give you that sense of lightheartedness that we are not as serious about this situation as so many people are. It has been said that Americans have a tendency to take themselves too seriously and there is some reality to it. There is some reality to it. As you saw the Jews, even today, you see many other people around the world who take themselves so seriously, and this is what will begin to fade away in the golden age.

What did I say 2,000 years ago about entering the kingdom of God? “Unless ye become as little children, you shall in no wise enter the kingdom.” Why? Because the kingdom of God is not serious. It is not taking itself seriously. The Christ mind is lighthearted. What some people would call childlike, but it is not really like children behave. That was just a metaphor. It is just lighthearted. It is the mind of anti-christ that is so serious and takes itself so seriously because it believes that it is epically important that it is proven right.

The Christ mind has no need to be proven right. How can you be right when there is no wrong? And in the Christ mind, there is no division. Yes, I know, if the Christian ministers out there were to hear this, they would say, “This is the work of the devil. Of course, there is right and wrong, good and evil.” But they are just caught in the game. Some fallen beings play the role of evil, others play the role of good. And the ones who have the firmest grip on people’s minds are the ones who claim to be good but they could not sustain that illusion unless they had those who were evil. In the Christ mind, this is all seen as unreality because the Christ mind is single-eyed. It is not a divided vision.

I never meant for my disciples to go into the divisive mindset. I never meant for them to set themselves up as the only true followers of Christ, the only ones who would be saved—the chosen people. If all are created equal, none can be chosen. But there can be those who choose, who choose Christ over anti-christ, who choose life over death. I have set before you life and death. Choose life and laugh! And as I seal you in the joy flame of Jesus Christ. And I thank you for being willing to take part in this release.

You may feel that you are sitting there like the members of these Christian churches and passively receiving, but then you are not really aware what is happening in your chakras as you are taking in, for this is a two-way communication. This is a participatory process. You are not passive recipients. You are broadcasting stations and I do not have the authority to broadcast with the power that we had together have broadcasted because you are in physical embodiment. And as such, you have the authority that I do not have as an ascended master. I have the power that you do not have. Together with your authority, my power, we have a much greater impact. And for this, you have my gratitude.

 

Copyright © 2024 Kim Michaels

Freedom through an open heart and willingness to experiment


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, August 3, 2024. This dictation was given at a Healing Retreat in Chicago: Heal your heart and the heart of America.

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain. If you look at America, what is the one quality that characterizes this nation? It is of course, freedom.

Freedom within

You may think that freedom is a physical condition, but that is a fallacy. There are no physical conditions that can secure your freedom, and this has never been proven more clearly than here in America where you have a greater degree of physical freedom than in most other countries. And yet, look at the American people and look how many of them are not free. Why? Because of their psychology. For where can you find freedom? Only within. And naturally, there are many psychological conditions that can take away your freedom, but no inner condition takes away your freedom more than a closed heart chakra.

If you do not have heart, you cannot be free. For what does it mean to be free? It means to be in the flow from above to below. When you are in the nexus of that flow, when the Conscious You is in that nexus point between the flow of energy from the I AM Presence, from the spiritual realm, into this world, that is when you are in the world but not of the world, and that is the only way to be truly free.

If you do not have heart, you cannot be free. This is simply a fact that most people, of course, are blissfully, or rather not so blissfully, unaware of. But still, people’s lack of awareness has never changed reality and this is precisely what is missing in America today—what is creating and upholding and reinforcing the division and polarization— that too many people have slipped into this mindset that they can define how the universe should work and that the universe will conform to their definition.

The founding principle of America

Why do you think I sponsored this nation instead of sponsoring the nations of Europe? Because Europe was trapped in this ideological mindset where so many thought that they could define a theory, an ideology, a religion, and then the universe had better live up to their definition. And the people of Europe were in such a grip of the Catholic church and of the secular power elites that it was not possible at the time to take European civilization to a higher level and therefore, there was no other option, realistic option, practical option, than to sponsor a new nation with all of the complexity that that entailed, and with all of the time delay that that entailed, because you first had to build the physical nation before you could really start giving people more freedom.

This nation was built by people who wanted to get away from the closed mindset of Europe. They may, in their outer minds, have thought they were getting away from the outer conditions that limited them and condemned them to a lifetime of toil if they were born in the bottom ninety-eight percent of the population. But in reality, they longed to get away from the closed minds, the closed mindset that ruled Europe at the time. And why did you see America blossom and grow so quickly and become so innovative and bring forth so much new technology? Because there was not the closed mindset. There was openness to new ideas and a willingness to experiment, and that is what built this nation, because people were more free in their minds than the people who stayed back in Europe.

The very founding principle of this nation is this openness to new ideas, openness to try something new, to experiment: “Let us see how it works. Let us get some sticks and canvas and put it together with wings and put a motor and a propeller on it and see if this thing can fly.“ And suddenly it flew and a whole new era was ushered in. But if you had had the mindset that things heavier than air cannot fly, how would you have dared to experiment?

New ideas

What is it that is the driving force behind freedom, inner freedom? It is the openness to new ideas, the willingness to experiment with something, something new, something not tried before. But what does it take to be open to new ideas? It takes heart, it takes an open heart chakra. For where do new ideas come from? Well, they come of course, from two sources, but primarily they come from above, from the ascended realm. If people are closed off to an influx of new ideas from the ascended realm, they can by trial and error, by experimentation, come up with new ideas in a, we might say, horizontal way. And they can work and they can bring improvement, but only within certain boundaries. You can, as the old saying goes, invent a better mousetrap within this mindset, but you can come up with something that is beyond the concept of a mousetrap. You can conceive of the possibility that the consciousness could be raised to the point where mice could not even live on the planet.

There will always be limits to what new ideas can be brought forth in a horizontal way and that is why any society that becomes cut off from the ascended realm will stagnate and become subject to the second law of thermodynamics, which, as you know, causes disorder to increase. It lowers the energy, things run out of steam, and they begin to deteriorate and fall apart. You can transfer this from the physical to the psychological and you can say that if the American people become too closed to new ideas, to thinking outside the box, then America can only stagnate, as it has already started doing in some areas of society.

It has not fully stagnated because there are so many people in America who are working on their own consciousness, healing their psychology, raising their awareness through various spiritual philosophies and movements, not limited to ascended master teachings, of course. But there are many Americans who have closed their minds to new ideas and who have become trapped in this mindset that they should look towards the past as if it was a better time in the past.

Looking backward

Has there ever been a better time in the past? Well, if you ask the people who lived in the past, no matter what point in the past they lived, they would say no, for they would look to your time and wish that if they could only have had this or that or the next thing that you take for granted, that would have been so much better than their own time. There are very few people, both in America and in other nations, who would wish to go back to the way it was 50 or 100 years ago. There are very few people from those times that would choose to stay in their own time instead of going to your time if they could. And why is this? Well, it is partly because people always long for something better than what they have. This is the human psychology when people have closed their hearts, because when you close your heart, it becomes very unpleasant to reside in your energetic field. You are longing for something from elsewhere, either to the future or the past, for you cannot stand the present. You do not see the present as a present, but as a burden.

And look at the American people today. Look at those, as I have said before, who are clinging to this concept of traditional values, Christian values. They think America should be a Christian nation. Have they not read the constitution? They think that things would be better if the laws in the United States were based on the Bible. Have they never heard about Sharia law in Muslim countries? Have they never realized that some people in these countries lived like people in America or Europe lived 500 years ago? Have they not realized how many people in those countries long to be free from this burden? And you think it would be better if American laws were based on this kind of a religious, antiquated, backward-looking view?

How can you think this—because your mind is not free. You are not open to looking forward. You are not open to realizing that there has been progress on earth over these last hundreds and thousands of years. And why should this progress not continue? Why should not the future be better than today and at any point in the past? You are not open to this if your heart is closed because then you will fall into what Paul the Venetian said, the fear-based love, the human love. And what does this perverted love make you do? Cling to what you have. You become so afraid of losing what you have, no matter how little that is, that you are afraid of the future. You are afraid of change because you think change could only be for the worse. Have they not looked at history and seen that things were worse in the past? Do you really want to go back to a time where people died of malnutrition, they lost their teeth before the age of thirty and had to have wooden teeth like George Washington? Do you really want to go back to this, where pneumonia would be a fatal disease, where a substantial part of women died in childbirth, where most children did not live beyond the age of 4? Do you really want to go back to this?

But you see, when your heart is closed you cannot think this way. You may say in a way, that these people are not thinking. Why? Because when your heart is closed and there is not a flow of energy from the I AM Presence, then your third eye and crown chakras cannot be activated fully and therefore, people cannot think clearly. Instead, their attention goes down to the lower chakras, often the solar plexus chakra, and now they are just angry. And when you are angry you cannot think clearly. Everyone knows this from experience.

The angry followers in America

What is it that has happened in America? Why have so many people gone into this mindset instead of being in the optimistic mindset? Well, we can mention many causes. But one of them certainly is what only spiritual students will be open to seeing, that the fallen beings have done everything they could to sabotage America, to cast doubt upon the validity of America, the ability of America to transcend itself and solve its problems. And too many people have come to believe in this. They have become pessimists instead of optimists. But it was not pessimists who built this country. The pessimists stayed in Europe and submitted to the kings and the noble class. The optimists were the ones who left and who built America. What has happened? Well, what has happened is in fact, that many of those pessimists who stayed in Europe back then have reincarnated in America and many of the optimists who built America have incarnated in Europe. Which is why you see that in many ways Europe has gone ahead of the United States.

But there is, of course, more to it. And part of this is that there is this tendency among the original inhabitants of the earth that when they attain something they start taking it for granted. They do not appreciate it. They no longer acknowledge how important it was and they become just indifferent, and then what happens is that many people grew up with material affluence and in the last several decades that has been gradually eroded by the concentration of wealth in the hands of the financial elite. But because so many people did not strive for this wealth but grew up with it, they are not willing to make an effort to change conditions, so they become discouraged, they become angry and now they are looking for someone who can change the conditions for them. They are looking for someone to follow. But you see, America was not built by followers, for those who experiment are not following anyone.

A follower cannot experiment. Who were the Wright brothers following? There was no one to follow. There was no one ahead of them. There had been no one who dared to risk their life flying this fragile machine. Have you seen this original airplane of the Wright brothers? Could you imagine putting yourself and your life in the hands of this contraption? But they did it. And they did not do it by following anybody.

So many people today have become followers. They have become angry followers. What are they looking for? They are looking for someone who can tell them that their problems are not their fault—it is those other people’s fault. But if they will vote for him, he will fix all their problems for them, and how many times in world history have you seen this? The blind following the blind, both ending up in the ditch of history.

People with the least heart

Yet again, what is the problem? The lack of heart. So many people in America do not have open hearts anymore. If you have an open heart, you are not following anyone on earth. You are following your I AM Presence and the ascended masters that you have contact with through the open heart. You are not holding on to anything on earth. You are not looking back towards the past. You are not clinging to outdated ideas because you realize that the key to the future is experimentation, renewal, transcendence. What does the second law of thermodynamics say? It says that a closed system will self-destruct. Well, a closed mind will also self-destruct because, as I said, when you close the heart, it becomes unbearable to be in your own energy field. And that is why so many people look for an escape —alcohol, drugs, other addictions, other activities that are meaningless activities, such as staring at the television screen hours a day watching programs with no content whatsoever. Mindless entertainment.

But all of this is not the real problem in America. It is the lack of heart. And where is that problem most pronounced? In the top ten percent of the population. I say top ten percent because they see themselves as the top. I see them as the bottom, as the lowest people who have the least amount of freedom because their hearts are closed. They do not have any humanity. They do not have any compassion for other people. They only want to hoard to themselves power, money, wealth, privileges. Those who set themselves up as an elite, as the noble class of Europe, have no heart.

How could you treat other people as slaves if you have heart? It cannot be done. For if you have heart, if your heart chakra is open, you will look at that person who just came over on a slave ship from Africa, and you will see that that person, despite the black skin and the different looks, has a heart chakra just like yours, has the same potential for self-transcendence that you have. You will see a human being, or rather a spiritual being, because you see yourself as a spiritual being and therefore, when you have heart, you spontaneously do unto others. If you do not have heart, you can force yourself to do unto others, but you are not doing this from the heart, from the sense of connection to others, or connection to your higher self. You are doing it out of fear because you think that you have to be a good Christian in order to make it to heaven.

Have you not read the New Testament where Jesus was asked about the coming of the kingdom, and he said: “The kingdom of God cometh not with observation, for the kingdom of God is within you.” What is within you? The heart, the heart chakra, that is the open door to the kingdom of God. But what is the kingdom of God? An inner state, a state of consciousness, a state of oneness. What does it mean that it does not come with observation? It means that no matter what you do on the outer, it will not bring you to the kingdom.

If you think you are a good Christian who is doing good works, but you are doing it to avoid going to hell, you are no closer to the kingdom no matter what you have done your entire lifetime. You can have been engaged in charitable works for a lifetime. You are no closer to the kingdom because it is not coming from the heart, but from the fear-based mentality. There are those who consider themselves good Christians that I would count among the top ten percent. Even though they are not rich and in the financial elite, they are still in the top/bottom ten percent because they have the least heart.

You find few people that have more closed hearts than some of these holier-than-thou Christians and especially the Christian ministers who are preaching to their congregation hellfire and brimstone, seeking to scare their congregation. Do you really see Jesus trying to scare people into entering the kingdom? What was it Jesus said? Let me just think for a moment. Oh yes: “Fear not little flock, for it is your Father’s good pleasure to give you the kingdom.”

What did that mean? It meant there are no conditions on earth, no observations that will guarantee your entry into the kingdom. For you do not need to live up to any conditions on earth, any standard on earth in order to receive the kingdom. What do you need—to open your heart to receive the kingdom that it is the Father’s good pleasure to give you? How can Christianity as a religion for over seventeen centuries have preached a message that is in direct opposition to this, saying that only those who live up to the requirements defined by the Christian church will go to heaven and all others will go to hell. Have they not read the Bible or have they read it with the mind but not with the heart?

Freedom through an open heart

I have said it before but I will say it again into the collective consciousness. The golden age will not be manifest by holding on to traditional values. The future will not be created by those who look to the past. It cannot be done. I have all of the ideas that can transform America into a golden age society. It is my good pleasure to give them to those who will receive them, but how do you receive them? Through the heart. And if the heart is not open, well, how shall there be a vessel that the ideas can be poured into?

You will notice that I am not talking party politics here. There are those, even ascended master students, who think that surely the ascended masters support this party or that party. I am not concerned about political parties and party politics. I am concerned about people, those who are open to new ideas, those who are willing to experiment. I am not even really concerned about the United States as a nation, for a nation is just an idea in the minds of people. But people are more than ideas when they have heart. For when their hearts are closed, they reduce themselves to being just ideas, concepts, beliefs in those separate selves, that are disconnected, that have been cast out of paradise, to make a living at the sweat of the brow. I am concerned about raising up people, setting them free.

Surely, I would like to see people be free from the power elite and the financial manipulation that funnels wealth upwards and upwards and upwards by stealing it from those who are doing the work. Surely, I would like to see many physical changes. But first of all, I would like to see people be free, but you will not actually be free in the mind no matter how much you know, no matter how much you understand, no matter how much you have figured out. Surely, it helps to have knowledge. Surely, there is more knowledge available than ever before and it sets the foundation for people being free.

But knowledge will never make you free. Only the heart will make you free when you realize you are more than your outer knowledge, you are more than your outer mind. You are something that cannot be defined by anything in this world. Only when you experience that, that you are more than anything in this world, can you be free. Only then can you really tune in to the ideas I am seeking to bring forth.

The lost willingness to experiment

I have a timetable for my golden age. Surely, there is some flexibility, but there are ideas that I would like to release at certain times. If there are no people in America who are free enough to receive certain ideas, I will look elsewhere to see if there are people there who are free to receive the ideas and this could very quickly lead to a point where America is no longer the forerunner of innovation and it all shifts to other nations or regions in the world. And listen very carefully—Americans like to think of America as the greatest nation on earth—but if innovation stops, you will not remain the greatest nation on earth for very long. For what made America the nation it is today, whether it is the greatest or not, is immaterial—what made America what it is today? As I said, innovation, experimentation, coming from that openness where you look at conditions on earth today and you acknowledge they could be better, they could be improved upon.

You are not looking to the past thinking you have to turn time back. You are looking to the future and you realize that the future must be built on ideas. But those ideas will actually not be released in the future. They can only be released in the present and therefore, you then open your mind and say: “No matter what conditions are today, I will look for new ideas.” It may seem impossible to take a bunch of sticks and some canvas and put them together and make it fly through the air. But how will we know if we do not experiment? How will we know? And America has been willing to experiment, but primarily with technology, not so much in other areas of society and human life.

Why does America not have health care for all citizens? Because they are behind in terms of experimentation on the social area. They are behind in reaching that basic humanity where they say: “It is not acceptable to us that people go bankrupt because of medical bills, or that they are dying in the streets because they cannot afford to go to the doctor early enough to avoid a disease becoming fatal, it is not acceptable to us that there are homeless people who are sleeping in a cardboard box under a bridge. How can we be the greatest nation if we treat our own citizens this way?”

You look at other nations that are far ahead of the United States in this area. You look at even nations that are far ahead in terms of avoiding at least the worst of the unequal income distribution by having distributed the wealth more evenly through giving workers better wages, better conditions, through taxation of those who have more than anyone needs. And you see that there are so many ideas that are already brought into the physical and that have already been implemented by other countries.

it does not come from Christ!

Why has not America embraced these ideas? Because too many people do not have heart. What says it is not acceptable to us that people die on the streets? Well, not the mind. Certainly not the fear-based chakras. It is only the heart that says this and you will hear, if you could hear how the elite talks about the people, but you will even hear some people who say similar things publicly: “Why should I be responsible for others? Why should I pay taxes so that others do not have to take responsibility for themselves? Why should I care about other people, that they are dying? How is that my problem? Am I my brother’s keeper?” Well, not according to the Old Testament and an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth. You are not your brother’s keeper. But did Jesus preach an eye for an eye? Or was there something about turning the other cheek, loving your enemy, loving your brothers?

Which time are you living in? The Old Testament or the New Testament? Who is your God? The angry, judgmental God of the Old Testament or the loving Father of Jesus? Or have you not read the Bible and seen that there is no comparison between the Old Testament God and the God that Jesus preached? Have you really not acknowledged this? Do you really think it is the same God? Do you not see that Jesus brought forth a teaching that is revolutionary compared to the Old Testament teaching? Do you really not see that those in the elite are in the Old Testament mindset? They do not care whatsoever about others, but that is not what Jesus preached and demonstrated.

Again, as far as I am concerned, you can be in whatever mindset you want to be in. But I do want to point out that if you are in a different mindset than what Jesus preached, yet you call yourself a Christian or even a representative of Christ, then there is only one word that applies to you. Hypocrites. Hypocrites, all of you. Be selfish if you want, but do not claim to be Christians. Call a spade a spade, to use a common American expression. Jesus did, and he is doing it today. But of course, that cannot be. Oh no, certainly Christ has had nothing to say to humanity in the last 2,000 years. Why not? Because the Christian religion that claims to represent Christ is not open to what Jesus, as an ascended master, has to say today, or at any point in the past. What does that mean? It means that the religion that claims to represent Christ has been the primary tool for shutting out Christ from this world. They do not want any progressive revelation from Christ. Why not? Because they have no heart. Their hearts are far from me, even though they claim to be Christians.

I could of course, go on almost indefinitely with this, but I wanted to send certain impulses into the collective consciousness. I trust you see that they are not aimed at you, but there are those out there who can be awakened by this. They will never know where it comes from, they do not need to know, but suddenly they will lift their heads and something shifts, and they see: “What have we been doing?  What have we been thinking? What have we been believing?” And they sense something stirring in their hearts, and they experience that their hearts have been far from Christ, but they also realize that they love Christ more than they love the outer religion and its doctrines and therefore, they are willing to open their hearts to Christ. And this can awaken enough people that the equation begins to shift, and people start seeing that this polarization, this scapegoating, this making your brothers and sisters the enemy, this cannot come from Christ.

If it does not come from Christ, where does it come from? Well, those who are separated from Christ—where else would it come from? And of course none are really separated, but they are separated in their minds, because their hearts are far from Christ. We look, I look to enough people waking up and realize they have had enough of this polarized political discourse, that it cannot go on any longer, that is long overdue with a change that shifts the equation, so that instead of blaming each other, we do what Christ said, see the Christ in each other, instead of making each other into being the anti-christ.

A debate based on heart

Truly, that is actually possible. Many of you will doubt this because you will look at your own family members and how polarized they are, and how impossible it is to talk to them. But I am talking about opening the hearts of a critical mass of people, that it is enough to shift the equation, to turn the rudder of this big ship a few critical degrees, so that it starts going in a different direction—that brings it to a different destination, that brings it away from those rocks that are currently lying ahead that could wreck the ship.

It is really possible to change the political discourse. There are those who are very close to seeing that continuing the current discourse is not the way to win an election. But as I said, talk about what you are going to do for the American people, instead of demonizing others. And this I ask you, who are our direct students, to hold the vision for, and if you feel that this is important for you, make the calls between now and the election. Make the calls that the right people step forward, who have heart, and can therefore, shatter the current gridlock in the debate, the mud-slinging, this favorite American political pastime, and instead make their contribution to the debate based on heart.

There are people who are very close to making that shift. There are people who will come shortly for their convention in this city. Some will even stay in this hotel. When you leave your rooms tomorrow, you can sprinkle a little pixie dust so they will pick it up and take it with them to the convention, and maybe they will be inspired to say: “We can fly. We can fly above this political quagmire. We can rise to new heights. We can dare to experiment instead of thinking that the only way to get elected is to outdo the other side in being nasty and negative. Instead, we can be positive. We can look forward. We can have heart and we can speak from the heart instead of from those lower chakras based on fear”, where you think that if you are not nastier than the other guy, he is going to win and therefore, you are locked in playing his game, the only game he has.

Is it really the only game you have? Or could you not transcend those games and speak from the heart and speak to the heart? There are many American people among the American people who are fed up with the political discourse. But they do not see an alternative because they have not heard a different voice, but if they were to hear it, they would respond to it, as some have, of course, already done. But it can be accelerated greatly and if some of you will make the calls for this, it can break through and change the entire equation.

Loving freedom more than the conditions in your own mind

Turning to you personally, what can I give you? What gift can I give you that helps you heal the heart, clear the heart? Well, I can only tie into what other masters have said. That is, it is a matter of letting go. As Paul said, you need to love something more and I suggest that for some of you, that something more could very well be freedom. Why are you on the spiritual path? Because you want to be free. What do you want to be free from? The conditions, the selves in your own mind. And if you love freedom more than the bondage of these selves, how hard is it to let the selves die? To let them go, to surrender them, to walk away from them, to stop playing the game?

What is it that takes away your freedom? Your attention—where you place your attention. When you place your attention on the world, on these outer selves that react to the world, you are putting yourself in jail. You are putting yourself in a jail cell, locking it with at least seven locks. Then once you are inside the cell, you chain yourself with handcuffs and chains and this and that, until you can hardly move. You think you have to find the key to unlock the locks, but there is, as Paul so profoundly stated, nothing to figure out. You just have to walk out of the cell. And you can, once you realize that you can, once you accept that you can, but in order to do it, you have to look at the selves and stop playing the game that the selves want you to play indefinitely so they can stay alive by capturing your attention and thereby getting your energy. The world says, other people say, the fallen beings say, you cannot walk away from us. And as long as you think you cannot, because of this or that or the next, you are right. You cannot walk away. But when you realize that you can, you have the right to do so, then you can walk away. It does not mean you need to walk away physically, but in your mind, you can walk away from the bondage that is in the mind.

I am not concerned with what you do on the outer. I am concerned about you gaining that inner freedom that I have had since my ascension and even somewhat before. And once you have that freedom, all you really want to see for others is for them to have that same freedom. For as love is unconditional, well, freedom must surely be unconditional as well. How can you be free if there are conditions? It is the conditions that form the prison.

If you think you have to live up to conditions on earth in order to be free, when will you ever be free? Never. You will only be free when you acknowledge and accept that there are no conditions on earth that can give you freedom and there are no conditions on earth that can take away your freedom. But if you think there are conditions that can take away your freedom, then yes, it will take away your freedom. But is it the conditions or the thinking that takes away your freedom? You will all be able to see that it is the thinking. Then what is left is to look at your thinking. Look at the selves, look at the thinking they are based on and see that it is conditional thinking and it does not come from the heart.

You can think from the heart and that thinking sets you free. Even if you are in a certain situation on earth where you have outer conditions and obligations you need to fulfill, we are not talking about you walking away from your jobs and your families and your obligations and going to a cave in the Himalayas. We are talking about you staying in an active life but being free within. That is actually possible. Your separate selves, other people, the mass consciousness, the fallen beings will scream at you: “He is lying to you, it is not possible.” Who are you going to believe? Well, you do not have to believe anyone. You do not have to believe the outside forces, you do not have to believe the ascended masters.

What do you have to do? Be willing to experiment. For if you are willing to examine your thinking and let go of some of these selves, well, suddenly you will begin to fly spontaneously. The Conscious You cannot stay in the prison and you will fly out of there as if someone had sprinkled pixie dust on you and that someone is I. I have an unlimited supply of pixie dust and it is my good pleasure to sprinkle it here and there and everywhere. So, with a sprinkle of dust and a twinkle of mirth, I seal you in the joy of my heart, the heart that is free, free to be me. Saint Germain, I AM.

 

 

Copyright © 2024 Kim Michaels

A simple formula for growth: loving something more than a separate self

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Paul the Venetian through Kim Michaels, August 3, 2024. This dictation was given at a Healing Retreat in Chicago: Heal your heart and the heart of America.

I AM the Ascended Master Paul the Venetian, Chohan of the Third Ray, as you all well know, but I still enjoy saying it.

Unconditional love vs. conditional love

How do you pervert the heart chakra? How do you close the heart chakra? Through love. How do you heal the heart chakra? Through love. Does this make any sense to anyone? It is not meant to make sense unless you recognize, of course, that there is divine love and there is human love. Or rather, love-based love and fear-based love. Unconditional love and conditional love. The heart chakra is meant to be the open door for divine love to flow into your being and into the world. But when you feel that divine love is rejected, then you decide to close off the heart chakra because you think somehow that you need to protect divine love, as you need to protect the I AM Presence.

But of course, divine love is unconditional. How can anything from an unascended sphere harm or even influence divine love? That which has no conditions cannot be affected by that which has conditions. People almost universally go through this reaction where they feel their love is rejected in this world. This, of course, started with the fallen beings and then they feel the need to close off their heart chakra. But how do you justify closing the heart chakra? Through human love, where you now define conditions. You can only open your heart to other people under certain conditions. And this, once you impose these conditions, is then what keeps your heart chakra closed because you are now in this mindset of evaluating when should love flow and when should love not flow. And you think, or rather the separate selves you have created to deal with the shock and trauma, they think they can define when unconditional love should be allowed to flow and when it should not be allowed to flow. And how do they define this? By the conditions they define.

You see, you use conditions to define when unconditional love should flow or not flow. Again, a clear contradiction, once you see it.  But this is what human beings are into. Just look at human relationships. Once you enter human love, you feel that you can only express love towards another being, another human being, when that person lives up to certain conditions. You have people who “fall in love”, as they say, and now they feel that here is a person that lives up to their conditions, so they are allowing love to flow. Now, in some cases, this is actually genuine love. They still have some opening in their heart chakra and they allow a valve to open at least partially, so some divine love can flow through and this is what makes them feel this flow of love, this joy of being in love.

But there are many other people who do not have an opening in the heart chakra and therefore,  when they feel they are in love, yes, they are expressing love, but it is human love. It is actually conditional love. And it still may feel better than their normal state of mind, but not as good as when you feel divine love flowing through you. Then, time passes, “the honeymoon is over” as they say, and now what happens? Well, people now start feeling that the object of their love is no longer living up to the conditions, and therefore,  they start withholding love, often because they are afraid of getting hurt. Now, what can get hurt? Can unconditional love get hurt? Nay. Only human love can get hurt. Or only the selves that can only see human love can get hurt.

Using love to control others

Now, people go into, or those who are only open to human love are already into this attempt to use love to control the object of love, to control the person they claim to love. You see the innumerable examples from people’s relationships of those who have gone into attempting to control, using love as a means of control. Yet, how can unconditional love be controlled? How can it be used to control others? It cannot. Only conditional love can be used to control. And how do you seek to control? By creating conditions and then projecting on the other person that he or she should live up to those conditions. Many people are in a mindset that is almost like a bargaining mindset, where they think that meeting and being in love is engaging in commerce, in a bargain, in a barter: “You do this to me, I do that to you. You fulfill my conditions, I fulfill your conditions.” This is a love relationship and it is a human love relationship, but it is all based on control.

Let us now look away from the average person out there and look at you, spiritual people who have started opening your heart chakra. Or perhaps you have not really consciously realized this. How do you break this cycle of the human love, being trapped in these control games seeking to control other people, even seeking to control the world? Well, as I said, it is the conditional love that closes the heart and it is the unconditional love that opens it. But if you have not opened the valves, how can you experience unconditional love? You cannot and that is what creates the catch-22. How do you break it? By contemplating what human love is, what conditional love is, by realizing and accepting that divine love is beyond conditions and then looking at yourself. What do I love? Is there something that I love more than these control games based on conditional love? Is there something I love more than this pettiness of the outer self and these meaningless, fruitless, never-ending power and control games that people are playing? And those who are spiritual people, you have, either in this life or in previous lifetimes, found something you love more.

Loving something MORE

You go back to my previous embodiment as Paolo Veronese, the painter in Italy. I loved art more than all of this human nonsense. You see so many people throughout the ages who have risen themselves above this human power struggle because they loved something. It can be, not exactly anything, but it can be many things. It can be a cause, it can be a religion, it can be art, invention. It can be another person that you actually love more than the control games of your lower self. It can be children, it can be nature, it can be beauty. It can be spiritual teachings, spiritual beings, even God. But there is something you love more than the human. What does it mean to love more? It means it is beyond conditions. It does not mean it is fully unconditional, but it is beyond the conditions currently defined by your separate selves that have caused you to close at least one of the valves in your heart chakra.

You must find and cultivate something that you love more and this can of course be accelerated by you using the teachings we have given about the separate selves, coming to identify a certain separate self, seeing the games it is outplaying and then contemplating: “what do I love more than this?” Because if there is something you love more than the pettiness of the separate selves, then you are willing to give up the separate self and let it die in order to reach for the MORE. And it does not mean that you can right away open a valve in the heart and experience the flow of unconditional love. But it means that you can certainly overcome some conditions and then gradually come to a point where you open one, then another, then several of the valves in the heart chakra, eventually opening all of them. It is a simple formula that may seem so simple, too simple, especially to those who have very active minds. But it is a formula that can be used to overcome all of the conditional selves that are causing the valves in the heart chakra to close because when there is something you love more than a self, you can give it up.

And as you give up enough selves, suddenly there will be a vibration, a valve will start pulsating back and forth and suddenly it is flung open, there is a flow of unconditional love. Maybe sometimes you get so surprised and shocked by this unconditional love that you close the valve again and you say: “What happened, what happened, what did I do?” And then, as you process the experience and become more used to it, you can again open the valve a little bit and then maybe close it again and gradually you can keep it open for longer and longer and experience that flow of unconditional love.

Feeling the flow of love

Now it may seem strange to you if you love God or your I AM Presence or an ascended master more and then that helps you open the heart chakra because you are thinking that: “Oh, the I AM Presence is up there, on the other side of the valves in the heart. What good does it do that unconditional love flows through my heart chakra and then back up to the I AM Presence?” But that is not actually what happens. You see, again, the I AM Presence is the source of the flow of love. It does not need to have love directed from you to it, but by loving the Presence or God or an ascended master you are opening the heart chakra, so you can feel the flow of love and it is that experience of the flow of love that gives you the fulfillment. The love does not flow back up, it still flows out in the world. It is just that by focusing on what you love more in the spiritual realm, it opened the heart chakra.

Feeling protected by the self

What do you love more? All of you have something you love more. You might say: “Why am I at a certain level of the spiritual path right now?” Let us say you are at the 87th level of consciousness. How did you get there? By loving something more on each of the steps up to the 87th level. But at this level there is still some separate self you have that you have not yet found something you love more than that self and that is why you are at your current level, whatever the level is. What you need to cultivate is this habit of monitoring yourself, looking at yourself: Is there a reaction? Is there some resistance? Is there something you feel is holding you back? And then you just realize that you have not found something you love more. But why have not you found something you love more? Because you love that self.

Now this may seem shocking to you that you could love a separate self. But you do not actually love it with divine love, you love it with human love just as you can love another person with human love. And why do you love with human love? Because it does something for you, so you think. Why is it that human beings love each other with human love? Because as I said they have struck a bargain: “You are doing something for me, that is why I love you.” Even a separate self, there is a certain human love for the self because: “The self protects me against a certain experience. It prevents me from feeling a certain feeling.” You have to come to that point where you become aware of this and then you contemplate: “Is there something I love more than this self and the idea that I am protected from something by the self?” And this can be a little challenging in the beginning until you make it a habit because you will feel of course that if you give up the self, you will be vulnerable and you will be flooded with this bad feeling that you had in the past.

Let’s take the messenger’s example of feeling embarrassed. He has a separate self that prevents him from feeling embarrassed in certain situations and he thinks that if he gives it up, well, he will be flooded with this sense of being embarrassed. But you see, when was that self created? It was not created in childhood, even if you may have felt embarrassed or had other experiences in childhood, it was created in past lives, a long time ago. That means that you have now risen far beyond the level of consciousness where the self was created. That means you will not have the same reaction to these situations today as you had back then. Why do not you see this? Because you have the self and you think that the only way to respond to such situations is through the self and that is why when you realize you love something more than this, therefore, you want to come up higher, you want to be free of the self. Then you can step outside the self and realize: “Even if I do not have the self I will not react to these situations the same way I did back then because I am a different person now, I have a different reaction.” And therefore, you can dare to let the self die.

Defining conditions to create experience

And this is a simple key again. But you see, love is very simple. It either flows or it does not flow, but unconditional love always flows, nothing can stop it. That is why love is simple. Divine love considers no conditions. How can it be complicated? What complicates? What complicates things? Conditions you define. Now I am not saying that this is wrong to define conditions. You are in an unascended sphere. You are a co-creator. As we have said before, how do you co-create? By forming a concept in the mind and projecting it upon the Ma-ter light and as long as you are unascended, how do you form a concept? By defining conditions. This is of course where things get complicated because you have two kinds of conditions. Dualistic conditions and those that are not dualistic.

The Conscious You starts at the 144th level of consciousness, takes on an illusion, goes to the 143rd, takes on another illusion, keeps going to the 48th level. Taking on an illusion is actually defining a condition. What is the condition? The pure awareness of the Conscious You defines that: “In this world on earth, I am defined by this condition.“ Then it defines another condition. It is like facets of a diamond. Like you have a rough diamond and first you grind off one facet, then another, then another until you are down at the 48th level. You have now created this multifaceted being by defining these conditions. Again, nothing wrong here. This is what you have to do to descend into embodiment in an unascended sphere, even on a natural planet. What do these conditions do? They just give you certain experiences that your I AM Presence then uses to grow.

The dualistic conditions

Now when you step into duality of course you start defining more conditions but they are now based on the dualistic mindset that always has the two opposite but relative polarities and that is when you go into human love. You see, unconditional love is unconditional love, but when you descend to the 48th level of consciousness the love from your I AM Presence flows through all of these conditions, all of these facets of the diamond that you have created and then it is expressed in a reduced form at the 48th level. Now you will still feel this as being very fulfilling at the 48th level but of course as you rise up you will feel it in a more concentrated form and it will feel better and better and better. But when you go into duality you cannot feel the flow of unconditional love even in a reduced form. It is cut off, the heart chakra is closed and therefore, you now start defining what love is, based on the dualistic mind and you define a whole other set of conditions for what kind of a being you are in this dualistic world you now think you are in.

This of course is much more complicated to unravel but it can be unraveled and it can actually be unraveled by using love, by using this formula. Now you may say, could a being who is below the 48th consciousness fathom this teaching and make use of it? Well, they could not actually fathom it, but they could make use of it. They could read it and decide very simply: “I feel limited by my present state of consciousness, I have had enough of being limited by this, is there something I love more?” It would be more difficult, but it could be done and the person could then use this simple formula to rise to the 48th level where it experiences a connection to its I AM Presence and then continue rising from there by, at each step, considering: “What do I love more?” But what happens to many who are below the 48th level is that they get trapped in the serpentine mindset of always reasoning using logic. They get trapped into thinking that it could not be that simple. They might read or hear this dictation and they would say: “Agh! This master does not know what he is talking about. It cannot be that simple! You cannot just say I love something more and then you are free of it. It cannot be that simple. There must be something I have to figure out in order to be free.”

A simple formula for growth

We have of course given these teachings that you need to look at the self you have that corresponds to your present level of consciousness, come to see the illusion. But you see, coming to see the illusion is not the same as figuring something out with the linear, analytical, intellectual mind because how do you come to see an illusion? By experiencing that there is a reality beyond the illusion. What is that reality? Well, it is one of the seven rays. It can be love but it can equally be one of the other rays. So given my position, let us focus on love. If you can experience some love for something more, it gives you a frame of reference to evaluate the illusion you have and by simply comparing the vibration of love to the vibration of fear behind the illusion, you can come to realize that it is an illusion.

You see, so many people have been trapped, especially in the modern age but even in older ages, in thinking that you have taken on an illusion and there is a process of logic and reasoning that leads you to take on that conclusion. You need to unravel that process, see the illusion, see through it and then somehow magically the illusion disappears. It is actually correct that many illusions are created through this process of the serpentine dualistic logic and you can actually reverse the process and therefore, come to see the illusion. But this is just one way, and the other way is to connect to a divine quality and simply read the vibration of the illusion versus the vibration of that which is higher. And again, you will say: “Well below the 48th level you cannot experience and connect to divine love, you just said so.” But yes, but even human love can be a contrast to human fear.

Many people who are below the 48th level have experienced loving their children more than some limitation in their minds and they have said for example, not necessarily consciously, but they have said: “I cannot allow my own psychology to prevent me from taking care of my children.” Many have not been able to do this, but many have. Some have had a love for a pet, some have had a love for a cause, some have had a love for doing something well, whatever that may be. By experiencing a contrast between the level of love for something greater than the self and the vibration of the fear-based self, you can actually come to see the illusion and free yourself from it by letting go of that which is less in order to rise to that which is more.

The enigma of love

Now there are enigmas about love, for I have talked about unconditional love. But what is love really? Love is that which is always more. Love never stands still. Love cannot be captured into any matrix, any form. You cannot create any kind of form and say: “This is love. Look at this. This is the ultimate love.” You cannot. Love will not accept boundaries and conditions. It will flow around them, it will flow through them. It is always more. But the linear mind will say: “What do you mean it is always more? How do we know it is more? There must be a linear scale then. Here is one level of love and in order to be more it goes to another level. But if it has a level, it must have conditions. How can it then be unconditional? How can that which is unconditional become more?”

Ah my beloved, there is the challenge. I am not going to solve this for you. I am just going to leave you with this enigma because when you come to a certain level of the path, contemplating this simple enigma can actually help you separate yourself from the linear mind and many of you have been deeply affected by that linear mind. Many of you realize it, some of you have not yet seen it, how you are always having this program, this evaluation in the back of your mind.  Whenever there is a situation you go into there is this process of thinking, evaluating. Look at yourselves right now. You are sitting here experiencing a dictation from an ascended master. What is going on in the back of your mind? Are you thinking? Are you analyzing? Are you judging? What is he saying? What does it mean? Does it make sense? Does it fit into my world view? Can you identify that process of thinking? Evaluating? Analyzing? There is some part of your mind that thinks: “I have got this figured out. I have got everything figured out. This master is not going to surprise me because whatever he says I can fit it into my world view.”

The constant evaluation

Well, fit that challenge of how the unconditional can be more into your world view, my beloved, and see how far that gets you, but be willing to be honest and look at this evaluation. This messenger realizes fully that he had this for all of his life until the last couple of years. It took him that long after finding the spiritual path to transcend it. Some of you have started to transcend it, but many of you have not really started to see it. Because what is it that happens when you are evaluating? It is a focus on self, the separate self. The separate self wants to survive. How does it survive? By keeping you focused on yourself, thinking you have to figure out how the world works. You are always thinking: “Ah yes, these ascended masters, they are kind of interesting. They have some advanced teachings. If I can grasp them with my mind and fit them into my world view, it makes me special. I am smart, I can figure this out.”

How are you going to be free of this? What the serpentine logic projects into the collective consciousness is that, when you figure out the ultimate mystery you will be free. Look at spiritual teachings, organizations. Look at ascended master organizations. Look at yourselves. Have you not been affected by this idea that there is some ultimate teaching, some ultimate insight? And when you get it, you will have figured it out and then you will be free. Then you will be enlightened. Then you will be ready to ascend. Then you will be smarter than anybody else. We all had it when we were in embodiment. I am not making myself an exception to this. But some of you have not realized it yet. You have not looked at yourself and identified this program, constantly evaluating. It is almost as if your life is a sporting game, and there is this TV commentator that is constantly sitting there: “Oh, that was a good pass. No, that was not far enough. Why did not he see the guy over there who was free?” And this program is constantly evaluating: “Why did not you do this? Why did not you do that? Why did not you think this? What might happen?” Constantly going on, it is like a talking machine in the back of your head.

Does it make any sense what it is saying? Is it talking to help you be free? Is it talking to actually resolve this enigma that it projects? No. It is only talking to keep itself alive. Because it thinks that if it stops talking, you are going to realize that it is not real and it is going to die so it continues to talk and talk and talk to keep you engaged, thinking there is something you have to figure out and evaluate. For some of you, the only thing that keeps you from ascending or at least qualifying for your ascension is this very program, this very focus on self that is trying to figure something out. Some of you have a self that thinks that you will be able to figure out anything. This messenger realized not long ago that he actually thought that he could outsmart the fallen beings. He could come up with some argument that would make them see how illogical it is what they are saying, how contradictory it is what they are saying, how stupid it was what they are saying, as he admitted in Estonia that he had a problem with stupidity.

Well, there is still this self in the back of his mind that is evaluating whether something is stupid or not, when something is too stupid, more stupid than the law allows. Again, the constant evaluation. All of you have something like this. It is not necessarily stupidity; it is something else. The messenger realized that he actually thought that he could expose how ridiculous it is what the fallen beings are saying and doing. Then he realized: “Oh, but wait a minute now, there are actually quite a number of beings who have ascended from earth, and wait a minute now, last I checked I had not ascended. So why have not I and why have they? Why did Paul the Venetian ascend, Master MORE ascend, Saint Germain ascend, Mother Mary ascend, Jesus ascend? What did they figure out that I have not figured out?” Well, he realized: “If it had been possible to prove the fallen beings wrong, was not it conceivable that Jesus or Gautama or Saint Germain would have done this? If I think I can do what these beings who have ascended could not do, am I not thinking I am smarter than them?” And when he saw this, he let the self die because he realized how it could only be a separate self that thought it was smarter than ascended masters. Perhaps it was the separate self that thought it was smarter, and should be smarter, than both ascended masters and fallen beings. That meant he could not let go because he still was looking for that ultimate argument.

Just let it go!

Some of you are looking for some ultimate understanding, but these are conditions you have defined for yourself. Yes, the fallen beings and the serpentine logic might very well have affected you, but in the end, this talking head inside your mind that is like a parrot, that is constantly repeating the same thing, you have defined it. And the wonderful thing about admitting that, is you can un-define it. You just need to see it and see it for what it is: “Why do I need to evaluate everything? Why do I need to constantly look at myself, criticize myself, condemning myself, judging myself for not living up to some standard? Am I going to ascend by finally living up to the standard, finally finding this ultimate argument? Or am I going to ascend when I see the futility of trying to do this and say—What do I love more than this game?” And then, just letting it go, walking away from it. Sure, it is unfinished. Sure, the fallen beings are going to say: “Ha, we were smarter than him or her, too.” But who is the smartest one? The fallen beings or the ascended masters who have ascended? So let the fallen beings think whatever they think. What is that to thee? Follow thou me.

You see, what did I say? Love is simple. It always wants more. In order to have more, you have to let go of what is less. How hard is that to figure out? What is there to figure out? You do not need to figure out anything in the mind because love is entirely experiential. You either experience unconditional love, or you define conditions in the mind that you think are love. There is nothing to figure out about love. You do not need to figure out anything about love. You just need to open yourself to its flow. What keeps you from experiencing the flow is all the sophisticated conditions created in the mind.

Seeing through the conditions you think define you

Now, you can also say from another perspective that what keeps your heart chakra closed is the focus on self, the outer self. What does it mean, then, to love something more than that self? It means it is not about the self anymore. You can say it is not about you. “It is not about me”—but you need to make the discernment that it is not about you as the separate self. It is about you as the real self, the Conscious You.

What does it mean that the Conscious You is pure awareness or neutral awareness? It does not accept any conditions as defining it. Again, a seeming contradiction or enigma to the linear mind because did not I just say that the Conscious You descends to the 144th level, defines a condition, goes on and on all the way to the 48th? Yes, but as long as you have some connection to your I AM Presence, you are not fully identified with the conditions. You see, there is a fundamental difference between even being at the 48th level, where you have a lot of conditions but realizing that these are just a vehicle for interacting with the unascended sphere, and then being below the 48th level, where you have lost your connection to your I AM Presence and therefore, you are fully identified with your conditions. Why are you at a certain level of consciousness, say the 87th? Because there is a condition at the 87th level that you actually think defines you. The Conscious You thinks: “Ah, this condition defines me.” How will you rise to the 88th level? By coming to see: “Oh, that condition at the 87th does not actually define me. There is more to me.” Then you rise to the 88th. In the beginning you are feeling: “Ah, now I know myself. This is who I am.” And after some time you are beginning to realize, perhaps there is still some limitation. “Do I love something more than being at the 88th level?” Well, then you rise to the 89th and so forth.

The inner critic of the monkey mind

I was the painter. What do you see in the world of painters? You have painters and you have critics. What are the critics? They are people who cannot paint, but who think they know better than the painters how the painters should paint and what the painter meant when he was painting this. But does a painter necessarily have some sophisticated meaning behind the painting? Maybe he just paints because he loves beauty, he loves the play of the light of the different colors, the different shades of paint. Maybe he loves that he can actually paint with a certain transparency, where it seems like there is something behind the painting shining through. There is no sophisticated reasoning there.

You may have heard that many years ago some people decided to take some canvases, some brushes and some paint and put it in a room with a bunch of chimpanzees. The chimpanzees started painting on the canvases making these abstract paintings. Then, they decided to submit these paintings to an art exhibition, and here were the critics coming up with all kinds of sophisticated arguments for what this painter meant when he put that gob of red paint on that particular spot. He had some sophisticated deeper intent. Well, how did they feel when they realized it was the chimpanzee who painted that painting?

You see this is your inner critic trying to complicate everything to keep itself alive. Trying to say there must be some sophisticated reasoning, something to figure out, but a lot of your thought process is just the monkey mind painting on the canvas of your mental body. There is nothing to figure out there. Just let it go. And now, when I say this, watch your reaction, watch the reaction from your inner critic: “Oh but you cannot just let it go. No, no, this is not true what he is saying. It cannot be that simple. You cannot just let it go. There is something you have to figure out.” There is nothing you have to figure out in order to get out of the separate mind. You just have to leave it behind, that separate mind. There is nothing you have to find to get out of the separate mind, except, perhaps, unconditional love.

It is NOT complicated

You might contemplate what happens when you are in love. You love this person. You feel this flow of love. Why does that feel good? Because when you are in love, you are not in the mind. You are not trying to figure out anything about how sophisticated the other person is, why you love that person, why that person deserves to be loved. You are just feeling the flow. And then when you fall out of love, what has happened? Well, now the mind has gotten its tentacles into this relationship, and now there is something you have to figure out. And all of a sudden, a relationship that started out being the flow of love can become something entirely different.

As this movie, with a title It is Complicated, suddenly a relationship becomes complicated instead of being the flow of love, but what is it that complicates it? It is that inner critic you have. And why is it complicating it? Is there some real purpose for it? Does it lead somewhere? Is there something you are going to figure out? It complicates it in order to stay alive. Now, some will say: “But look at all these teachings you have given us, that we go into separation, have experiences, but when we go out of separation by rising and seeing the illusions, we grow from that also. Is it not good that it is complicated? Is there not a lesson we need to learn? Is there not some lesson we need to learn?” Well, yes, but what is the overall lesson you need to learn on earth? It is that there is nothing on earth that you cannot let go of. You just have to see it, see that it is not real.

Yes, we are not advocating instant awakening, where you, from any level, can instantly catapult up to the 144th level, but you see what I am saying. Behind the illusions of every level is just this realization that there is nothing to figure out. It is just a matter of letting it go, and you can let it go by just experiencing the contrast between the vibration of the illusion and the vibration of love. There is nothing to figure out. I am tempted to shout, there is nothing to figure out!

Contemplate the enigma of love

I have enjoyed this interaction with you. I hope you have found some enjoyment as well. I have enjoyed interacting with all of you and with you as a group, both you who are here, those who are connected. I have actually interacted with you at an energetic level, beyond the outer words that are spoken. Some of you will be aware of this, some of you not. It does not matter. I have sort of been the artist, with my paintbrush and my palette, painting in your auras, wherever there was something that I could illuminate, make more obvious to you. And if you will, give me a little attention once in a while. Ask me to show you what it is you have not seen. I will assist you to the best of my ability.

You do not need a sophisticated ritual. You do not need to give my decree necessarily, even though you can if you feel like it. You do not need to take my book from the self-mastery series, although you can if you feel like it. You can also make it very simple. You can just contemplate the enigma of unconditional love becoming more. When you feel that this has baffled your outer mind, you can just send me a thought: “Paul the Venetian, help me see something. Help me see what I have not seen” and I will, to the best of my ability, help you see it. What is it that a painter does? So many people are focused on the act of putting paint on the canvas, but a great painter starts by seeing, seeing that which most people do not see. What is the most important ability of a spiritual student? Seeing that which most people do not see. Seeing that, in your own mind, which most people do not see in their own minds.

Again, it has been my enjoyment to interact with you, and I seal you in that joy of the Third Ray. I have radiated unconditional love but during the process of this dictation, I have also become more, more unconditional.

 

Copyright © 2024 Kim Michaels

The broken heart and the focus on self 

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, August 3, 2024. This dictation was given at a Healing Retreat in Chicago: Heal your heart and the heart of America.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary.

Now you all, of course, know how to search the internet, so you know that if you put in a certain word and hit the button you get three and a half million hits. But we have a similar feature in the ascended realm in the form of the akashic records, where you can also search and what you are searching is not, of course, what people have put in the akashic records, but what actually happens. You can actually do a search on the word heart and you can see how many times people have used the word heart in a spoken sentence, and then you can do a more sophisticated search where you see what words people have used in the same sentence as the word heart. And if you search this way you will see that the most common word associated with heart is broke or broken, as in: “It broke my heart”, “He broke my heart”, “My heart is broken.”

The (sense of the) broken heart

The topic I wish to talk about here is this concept of the heart breaking and obviously, I am in no way discounting or making light of people’s experiences. Many people throughout the ages have had this experience that something broke, either in their physical heart or in their heart chakra, even if they were not aware of the chakras they could have this sense that something breaks. And I am not discounting the experience at all. But the question I will start out with, of course the physical heart can break or be damaged, but when we are talking about the heart chakra, can the heart chakra actually be broken?

Is it possible for something in the physical, emotional, mental or identity realm to break the heart chakra? And the answer to that is an unequivocal no, it is not possible. The design of the aura is so that nothing from the lower vibrations of fear can break the chakras. Now take care, we have said that there are valves in the heart chakra, and in all of the chakras of course, that can be closed, but they cannot be broken so they cannot be opened again. We have also said you can take in energies and thoughts and ideas and images from the vibrations of fear into the outer chakra, the part of the chakra that is outside the valves, so the chakras can be polluted but they cannot be broken in a way that could never be repaired.

Healing vc. clearing the heart chakra

And this is important to keep in mind when we are talking about healing the heart, because we have called it healing the heart because it is what most people respond to based on this experience that the heart can be broken. But it is really a matter of clearing the heart, for the heart can take on pollutants, the valves can be closed, but nothing can be broken. When you realize this you can begin to look at experiences. Some of you may have had the experience in this lifetime that your heart felt broken. All of you, all of us, have had it in past lifetimes, certainly when you received the birth trauma.

You can now begin to look at these experiences and at least contemplate that as dramatic as they felt at the time, as it seemed like something had happened that could never be undone, that could never be repaired, while the feeling is there, and I am not discounting it, it is not reality. Nothing can be broken so that it cannot be cleared again. You can very slowly, and I know that for some this will be difficult in the beginning because the trauma is so fresh, it is still so deep, but you can at least begin to contemplate as we have said, with free will. You cannot make a choice you cannot undo by making a more aware choice, but even beyond this you cannot actually be broken by anything that has happened on earth.

Letting die, not fixing

We have said the Conscious You is pure awareness, it cannot be changed by anything that happens on earth. Again, there are deeper layers of understanding of this because the Conscious You can of course, take on the selves and you are then, the way you look at yourself and the way you look at the world is changed, but the point here is you cannot be permanently changed in such a way that you cannot again become whole. And again, I know that many people have felt that they were so hurt that it feels like you could never become whole again.

But that feeling is not the Conscious You, it is a separate self. And if you look only at the separate self you can say, well, it is probably true enough in the sense that the self that was created in a traumatic situation was created in a broken state and it cannot be fixed. What have we said so many times? The self projects there is a problem that must be solved. A self projects your heart was broken and it must be fixed, but what have we said so many times? You do not overcome the self by solving the problem that the self is projecting. You overcome the self by letting the self die and letting go of any desire to fix the problem. You cannot fix the self that projects that the heart was broken. You can only let it go. This of course, is the difficulty. We know this very well from our own experience.

“Consequences that can never be undone”

What does it really mean that it feels like the heart was broken? Well, it means that this self that was created based on, the trauma is based on, this belief that there are things that can happen in the unascended sphere that could never be undone.

This is a belief that has been cultivated originally by the fallen beings, not even in those who fell in the fourth sphere but actually in the sixth sphere. Some fallen beings came up with this idea that if they could get people to make a mistake and then project at them that this could never be undone, this could never be repaired, then they could put people in this catch-22 of trying to repair the irreparable, trying to fix what could not be fixed and therefore, people will be so focused on changing a condition in the physical world that cannot be changed.

You see again, the common experience in the physical realm is that there are choices you can make, things you can do, things that other people can do to you that have consequences that cannot be changed physically. If you are in an accident or in a war and one leg is cut off, well this cannot be undone at the physical level, and this applies at the physical level—there are some consequences that cannot be undone at the physical level. But as we have said so many times before, it is not actually the physical situation that affects you, it is what takes place in the emotional, mental and identity level in reaction to the physical situation, and nothing at those three higher levels can be permanent or unalterable. Whatever has happened to you at those levels, you can overcome by letting the selves die.

I realize, as I said, in terms of healing a physical disease, that this is difficult. If you have lost a leg, it is not easy to make peace with that fact and move on with your life. I am not saying it is easy, but I am saying it is possible. There are physical consequences that cannot be undone, but in the emotional, mental and identity levels there is no consequence whatsoever that cannot be undone by letting the self die. Therefore, your heart chakra, your heart, cannot be permanently broken. Whatever has happened, however strong the reaction was, it can be overcome. It can be transcended. It cannot be fixed, but it can be transcended so that even the physical condition does not take you away from wholeness, does not disturb you, does not stop your growth, does not prevent you from ascending.

The sense of being rejected

Now, if we go deeper into this sense that the heart is broken, what is really behind it? Well, it ties in with the other teachings we have given that you come here to express the individuality of your I AM Presence and you feel it is rejected, put down, “hammered down” as the saying goes, and this gives you that unbearable pain that makes you feel like the heart breaks because as we said, it is through the heart that your divine individuality is expressed. The Conscious You can have this reaction that it does not want that feeling to go up to the I AM Presence, so it wants to close the heart chakra so it cannot go up. But as we have said, whatever feeling the Conscious You has does not affect the I AM Presence the same way, therefore, the Conscious You does not need to protect the Presence. The Presence can take care of itself.

Once you have closed that heart chakra you can have additional traumatic experiences where you again feel like the heart breaks. If you have experienced in this lifetime the sensation of the heart breaking you have most certainly experienced it in past lifetimes also, because once you have gone through that experience one time then it becomes easier to have it again because now you have these outer selves that are based on this feeling that your individuality was rejected. They do not grasp the individuality in the I AM Presence but they feel that you were rejected and so when you have that sense of being rejected for who you are, that can cause you to feel that the heart is breaking. This often happens in a love relationship if a partner leaves you, but of course there are other situations where people feel the heart is breaking, such as if there is an accident or if a loved one dies.

These are the most common experiences. What is it that causes this? If you have a loved one who dies, is it really that you feel that you were rejected because the loved one could not help but die, whereas the love partner that left you could have chosen differently. But the reality is that when you create these subconscious selves, when you create essentially that first self after your birth trauma, the primal self as we have called it, you are now creating an outer self that is meant to make you never again feel the same pain you felt in the birth trauma and the self therefore builds a certain image of the world and how the world should work so that you can be, you can feel you have control over your life and you can avoid being really hurt.

You have a certain sense of how the world should be and you transfer that to, for example, your family members should not die until they eventually get old but certainly no accident should happen and many other conditions where you have a certain view of what should or what should not happen. And then when that view is broken, the self feels that it was rejected. Its worldview was rejected, the worldview that it is identified with.

In a sense we could say that originally the Conscious You felt that your divine individuality was rejected. This created the primal self and now the primal self feels that every time it is demonstrated that it does not have control over your life and the world, it is rejected by the world. If the world does not conform to the worldview of the primal self and other selves, the primal self feels rejected, and of course, when the Conscious You is not aware of the primal self and is inside of it, the Conscious You feels rejected.

Snapping out of the focus on self

What is the way out of it? Well, we have given the tools for how to resolve the selves, the primal self and others, and they are of course useful and valid. You can certainly use them. But what I will give you here is just some thoughts about how you can shift your perspective, because as Kuthumi so carefully explained, the real effect of the birth trauma is that you are now focused on self. You came here not being focused on yourself, focused on raising the whole but after the birth trauma you are now focused on self.

And how do you snap out of this focus on self? Well, there are different ways to do it, so let me start with one. We have very carefully given you these teachings about natural planets and unnatural planets. What is the real message behind this? You can be fascinated with these ideas in various ways, nothing wrong with this, but if you step back from the real message, what is the message behind the teaching that there are natural and unnatural planets and that there is a fundamental difference between the two?

It is that on an unnatural planet you cannot predict what is going to happen and therefore it is dangerous, non-constructive, to have this idea of what should and should not happen. And of course, the primal self is completely based on the evaluation that the birth trauma should not have happened, instead something positive should have happened. But the Conscious You can contemplate these ideas, can look at the very fact that what causes most of your frustration, most of your disappointment in life is precisely that you have an idea of what should happen or what should not happen in a situation and that idea, that expectation, is not fulfilled and this is what causes the frustration.

You can therefore look at yourself, you can look at others and you can come to realize that the only way to actually survive emotionally, mentally, at the identity level, on an unnatural planet is by overcoming this entire conglomerate of selves and even the underlying attitude that certain things should or should not happen. And as Kuthumi explained, the Conscious You actually comes to earth with an expectation of what should happen—you should be able to do something positive to help other people escape suffering, to uplift the planet, perhaps you even have some sense that you should be received as the prince on the white horse, as a hero, the superhero that you see in movies who is able to fix what is going on on the planet.

When we come as avatars we do not have the expectation or even the fear that we could be attacked and put down. We do not really have a sense of what should not happen. But as soon as we come down here in physical embodiment and experience what life is on earth and experience that what we thought should happen is not happening, we very quickly develop this sense that: “Oh, this should not have happened, that should not have happened, this thing should not have happened, this definitely should not have happened.”

You are now caught in this dynamic and the primal self is entirely built on this dynamic of what should and should not happen. But the Conscious You has the ability to step outside of this and see that this is what causes you to be hurt. Why can you have the sense that the heart breaks? Because behind it all was this sense that certain things should never have happened but now they have happened and you are so shocked by this that it feels like your heart is breaking because your whole sense of what your life should be like is shattered, is challenged, and it is such an overwhelming feeling and that feeling of being overwhelmed once again, twice again, a thousand times again is what makes it feel like the heart is breaking.

Mother Mary’s and Jesus’ example

The Conscious You can come to see this mechanism and therefore, you can decide to work on this, to start working on it. And you can take certain examples of this, you can take what you know about the path. If you will allow me for a moment to take you back to the situation where I was in embodiment as the mother of Jesus, I have given birth to Jesus, I have followed him, seen how his potential slowly started unfolding, I have seen him start his last mission knowing that there was a very real risk that he would be killed.

It was not that I was not expecting this. Here we now are, he has been nailed to the cross, I am standing at the foot of the cross looking up at him, and you could say that as a mother watching my son die could have broken my heart, but it did not. It could have, and if I had allowed my heart to break I would not have made my ascension after that lifetime. But what prevented me from going through that trauma was that I had dealt with this idea of what should and should not happen because I saw that Jesus’ mission was to challenge the forces of anti-christ and I knew that it is meaningless to have a sense of what should or should not happen to Jesus as a result of doing this.

The other thing is that for me the experience I had of watching him on the cross was a sense of victory because I watched him suffer and why was he suffering? Not because of the physical pain, as intense as that was, but because he was still struggling with his own sense of what should and should not happen. You see how he even said that he could command God to send legions of angels to free him from the situation and that is what he felt up until he realized that he had to go through this being crucified. But even while he was hanging on the cross he had a sense that he should not die on the cross, God should save him in the last minute in some miraculous way, and then he goes through this shock of realizing this is not going to happen.

Now right there, Jesus’ heart could have broken but he was able to not go into that reaction because he had dealt with his subconscious selves, his primal self before that and therefore, he was able to give up the ghost, that last sense of what should and should not happen so he could accept: “Yes my body is going to die on the cross”, and he therefore let it happen. And I was standing there watching him, actually very much holding the vision, the immaculate concept for him going through this transformation because this very giving up the ghost was the key to his victory on the cross. Of course, no Christian has grasped this but nevertheless. I stood there holding my breath and when I saw him come to that inner resolution and decide to give up that last sense that he should not die on the cross, I knew he had won his victory. It was not a sense of sorrow, not a sense of the heart breaking because I did not go into this sense that: “Oh, my son should not have died on the cross, God should have saved him.”

So, be careful now, if you have experienced that your heart broke in this lifetime. Do not go into thinking that means you cannot make your ascension regardless of what I just said. What I said was that if I had allowed my heart to break and created this self based on the belief that this should not have happened, then I could not have ascended until I had dealt with that self. And even if you have felt that your heart broke in this lifetime, you only created a self and when you let that self die you can still ascend, just as you have other selves you need to let die before you are ready to ascend. Again, there is nothing done that cannot be undone on earth in an unascended sphere.

Gautama’s example

Now take the other situation that we have talked about before. Gautama Buddha is sitting under the tree in meditation, ready to go into Nirvana but he has to pass that last initiation of the demons of Mara trying to pull him into reacting. And what would have been the primary inroad they would have in his consciousness if he had that sense of what should and should not happen? But he did not. He had overcome that so there was nothing that the demons could use. They created all kinds of scenarios in front of him, of masses of people dying because he was just sitting there not doing what he could have done to stop this. But he remained non-attached. There was nothing that should have happened, there was nothing that should not have happened, and that is why he won his victory of going higher and ascending, earning his ascension.

You can transfer that to yourself as this messenger did many years ago when he realized what had actually happened to the Buddha and Jesus on the cross. You can see that they simply demonstrated the path that we all had to walk to earn our ascension, of letting go of all of these selves of what should and should not happen. You are on an unnatural planet. You are on a fairly low, fairly dense unnatural planet. There are other unnatural planets that are not quite as unnatural as earth even though that might be hard to imagine for you. There are also some that are more unnatural than earth which might be even harder to imagine but nevertheless.

The interdependent originations

It is meaningless to say what should or should not happen. This is partly because of the interdependent originations. Everything is affected by everything else. You may take some kind of action in producing a certain result. This is what co-creators do. You have a vision of what you want to manifest and you are moving towards manifesting it, but you cannot know for certain what will happen because you can only have certain probabilities. And as they say in quantum physics, until the moment where the measurement is taken, there is no way to know exactly what the outcome is going to be, because the actual outcome is not defined by a very small situation involving this condition, that condition, this cause, that cause. If you look at a billiard table with three balls and you hit one ball that moves and hits another ball, it seems like a fairly simple system where you can easily figure out how the second ball is going to move if you know the momentum and speed of the first ball. But life is not a billiard table.

It is so much more complex because everything is connected and interdependent. You can of course, envision that something is going to happen, like you are going to start a business or whatever it may be and you can move towards it. But you need to avoid fixing in your mind a specific expectation because this is what sets you up for disappointment and frustration. Again, your heart has been hurt because of this experience that something happened that you thought should not have happened. But you can process this experience, you can come to see the mechanism and you can realize that the key to your freedom, the key to your peace of mind, the key to your spiritual growth, is to let the self die.

Now this does not mean that I am saying you should withdraw to a cave in the Himalayas and sit in meditation for 12 years. You can still take an active part of life. You just have to go into this neutral state of mind. You are taking steps but you are not having this idea that if a certain thing does not happen, you have failed. You can actually go into this state of mind where you realize there is no failure on earth. You are taking a certain action which has a certain direction, you have a certain vision, but whatever the outcome is, it is just an opportunity to learn, to grow, first of all, to grow in becoming non-attached to the fruits of action.

You take right action, you are not attached to the fruits of action. Whatever the fruit of action is, you just adjust, you learn, you step back, you expand your sense of self, you take a new action, a new impulse and if you keep doing this, it will start manifesting, but not necessarily the way you originally envisioned it. And that is what can ultimately lead you to reconsider—as Kuthumi said—what inner selves did you have before you came to earth and you can reconsider those selves and let them go and therefore, be at peace with being on earth and life is whatever it is because there is no should or should not.

The heart and the golden rule

You look at this nation of America, you look at the polarization, you look at the animosity, what is behind it all? Each side has a fixed image of what should or should not happen in this country and they are so focused on that image that they are not in their hearts, they are in their other chakras, many of them the solar plexus chakra or in the throat chakra where they are screaming and yelling at those that they see as the enemy. But they do not have heart and so they cannot connect with each other and they cannot connect to what we have called the basic humanity, because it is only through the heart that you connect to the basic humanity and the basic humanity is what allows you to embody the golden rule, do not do unto others what you do not want them to do to you. You have a certain sense that other people are like you, have the same inalienable rights that you have and therefore, they cannot be the enemy. But when people have closed their hearts perhaps because they felt their hearts were broken by life and they go into this state of anger, then they lose that basic humanity and it is very, very common when people have gone through this sense of the heart breaking that they want someone to blame, and of course it cannot be themselves, so it has to be those other people.

As we have said, when you are connected to the heart, when you are connected to your I AM Presence, to the Christ mind, there comes a point where you see that there are no other people. Nothing is ‘other’ for everything is out of the One mind. But when your heart is closed you cannot connect to this and when your heart is broken you feel like you did not do this, these were these outer circumstances and therefore, you can very easily go into wanting a scapegoat, wanting someone to blame and wanting someone to punish, for when your heart is closed and when you feel like it was broken because something happened that should not have happened, you have this desire to fix it. But if you are not looking inside yourself and seeing that the reaction was entirely inside of you, then the cause must be out there and then you can become so angry that you actually think that if you punish somebody else enough you would feel better, you would somehow feel that order was restored, and this is what people lose when their hearts are closed, this ability to actually connect to the golden rule because what does the golden rule say?

What does this actually say? Step back—the golden rule, do unto others or do not do unto others, what is it actually saying? It is saying that you cannot fix anything by punishing others. It is saying other things, but it certainly is saying that when you feel that others have done something to you that should not have happened to you, you cannot fix the situation by punishing those people. Even if they did something to you, you will only be free by continuing to follow the golden rule, but when people close their hearts, they cannot fathom this. They cannot connect to this and therefore, they become susceptible to the serpentine logic of the fallen beings that says that two wrongs can make a right.

Looking for a scapegoat

This is one of the most subtle serpentine lies spread on this planet. Just look back to biblical times—an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth. They even thought God had given them this rule because they thought that if somebody had hurt you and spilled the blood of your tribe or family, if you spilled the blood of their tribe or family, somehow order would have been restored. Two wrongs can make a right. Has that ever happened in the history of the universe? Nay. But people cannot see this when their hearts are closed, when their hearts are broken.

But what sense does it make that if your heart has been broken, you can heal your broken heart by breaking the heart of someone else? Well, it makes no sense when your heart is open. But when your heart is closed, suddenly this makes sense to people and therefore they think that if they can punish the scapegoat, they will restore their inner sense of order. You take the Nazis in Germany in the 1930s. They had this inflated sense of self-importance and superiority before the First World War. They lost the war and their self-image was shattered. They became so angry at this. But here comes Hitler who says: “Oh, but it was not you, it was the Jews”, the scapegoat. They think, not the general population, but certainly those who were behind the Nazi party, they think that by eradicating the Jews, they can somehow restore their sense of superiority, their sense of being in control because what the German people felt before the war, and of course the French and the English felt exactly the same way, was that they were so superior that they could not possibly lose the war. It should never happen to them that they lost because they were so superior.

You see again the sense of what should and should not happen was shattered and you might say that many among the German people, their hearts were broken. And certainly, many of the Jews that were sent to the concentration camps, their hearts were broken. But did that restore order to the universe? Of course not. What happened to the German people was that when they lost the second war and when the holocaust was exposed, their hearts were broken again. And this is what the golden rule says: If you suddenly start doing to others what you do not want them to do to you, then the universe will do to you what you have done to others and therefore, by hurting others, you are only hurting yourself.

This is a very persuasive beast in the collective consciousness on earth. You see literally thousands of examples in history where groups of people have gone into this mindset. You see it exactly in the United States today. You see the opposition between what we might call the Democrats or the liberals on one side and the ultra-conservatives on the other side. You see that both sides are in opposition. But it is really only those on the conservative side who are ready to take up arms and harm other people. They feel they have to fight for their vision. And this is the same beast that drove the Nazis to persecute the Jews, that drove the Soviets to persecute their own people, that drove people in the Middle East to seek revenge for revenge for revenge in an unending spiral, that has caused tribal warfare in Africa, that has caused so many other conflicts around the world, the cultural revolution in China under Mao, so many conquests. And right now, right here in America today, in what they see as the greatest nation on earth, you have the exact same dynamic that some people are looking for a scapegoat, thinking that if they can just punish the scapegoat or shut out all those immigrants, their sense of order will be restored. But no matter what they could possibly do, their sense of order will never be restored, because what threatens the sense of order is not the outer conditions, the other people, but their own psychological reaction.

Knowing better than Christ

When will enough people wake up from this mass delusion? What you essentially have in the United States right now is that some people have gone into what we could call a lynch mob mentality. Somebody has to be punished, violence has to happen, and then order will be restored. It is a bubble. It is a delusion. It could break at any minute. And why am I talking about this? Why are we giving these teachings about the heart? Because we are sending out impulses that will awaken some people. And if enough people awaken, suddenly the bubble can burst, and people can come to see: “What are we doing? What are we doing? How could we ever come to think that violence would solve any of our problems in this nation?” And some can even awaken and see that: “How have we who claim to be Christians come to contemplate violence and think that turning the other cheek and doing unto others is weakness? How have we come to think that the very thing that gave Jesus his victory is a weakness that we who claim to be followers of Jesus should not fall into? Oh no, we are good Christians, but we should not do what Christ did or what he told us to do. For we know better than Christ.”

Who was it that thought they knew better than Christ two thousand years ago? They thought that Jesus was so dangerous that he had to be executed. Well, they were the forces of anti-christ, those who were in the consciousness of anti-christ, what we have called the fallen beings. Who is it that thinks today, as these leaders of these Christian churches, that they know better than Christ? In some cases, the exact same people reincarnated. There are people incarnated in America today who cry: “Barabbas, Barabbas! Never mind the Living Christ. We do not want him. We prefer a murderer.”

There are those incarnated in America today as leaders of Christian churches who were the very leaders of the Jewish religion that had Jesus condemned to death and now they are doing the exact same thing. Not to Jesus, but to the Christ in their brothers and sisters in America. Does that make sense to anyone? I know it does not make sense to you here, but I am sending this impulse. Does this make sense? Then awaken from your delusion that you know better than Christ and start turning the other cheek and keep turning the other cheek until there is no one hitting you because you have transcended the consciousness that caused you to be in opposition to others.

This is the magic of the golden rule. If you keep doing to others there will come a point where they start doing the same to you. The universe starts giving you back what you are giving to others. You cannot fathom this if your heart is closed, but when your heart begins to open, you can be reborn, and then you are truly a born-again Christian when you fathom what Christ actually said instead of what some pastors in the fallen consciousness think he said.

You who are devoted to the Word of God, what do you think is being spoken right now? This is the Word of God spoken by an ascended being through a human messenger. If you cannot fathom this you are not among the chosen ones, because you have not chosen oneness with Christ. You have chosen death, or you have not been willing to give up your sense of superiority, your sense that you know better than Christ, in order to follow Christ. You have not been willing to lose your life for Christ’s sake. How can you be one of his disciples? How can you represent him? He will say: “I know you not.”

Politics  based on heart

Truly, there is only one thing that can bring America to the next level and that is heart. Many times, in the history of this nation, people have shown heart. But where is it today? Where are those who will break the deadlock, the gridlock, the animosity, who will change the tone of the political debate so that instead of being based on the closed heart, it is based on the open heart. Instead of being based on the solar plexus or the throat chakra perverted, it is based on the open heart chakra.

Where are those who will do this? They are in embodiment. Some of them have already started to awaken, but more can awaken and be awakened by this impulse that I am sending. It is time to wake up. It is time to open your heart to a new way to approach politics in America and make it based on heart, not hate. And when you open your heart, you will clearly see those who are speaking based on hate and have no heart, and how can you vote for someone who does not have heart?

Let this self-focus die

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you in this installment. Again, you will need to go back, reread it, relisten to it, and process it, what it means for you personally. But I trust that those of you who are open to our teachings will have found something here that appeals to you, that applies to you, that you can see how you can use this to start changing this sense of what should and should not happen. And therefore, you can make peace with your life, however it has formed itself so far.

What did the messenger say yesterday? He hopes you can feel accepted for who you are right now. Well, I share that hope. I have no condemnation, no judgment of any of you. Whatever may have happened in your life, whatever you feel should not have happened or should have happened, what you should have done, should not have done, the mistakes you should not have made, it means nothing to me. What means something to me is your potential, that I see much more clearly than you do, and my only desire is that you will come to see it as well and come to accept yourself.

Whatever your life may have been up until this point, there is nothing that cannot be healed. There is nothing that cannot be transcended. There is nothing that cannot be overcome, but it can only be overcome by giving up the ghost, the ghosts, one at a time. And the last ghost to overcome is what Kuthumi talked about, the focus on self.

What was the ghost that Jesus gave up on the cross? What does this say when he said that he could command God to send legions of angels to save him? What does this say about Jesus’ state of mind at that moment? He was focused on himself. I had, in a certain sense, a higher level of non-attachment, a lower level of focus on myself, than Jesus had when he was born. That is why I could be the mother holding the balance for him, and I saw throughout his entire life how [this was] his essential challenge and the only way he could fulfill his mission was to overcome the focus on self. And he did make progress, but still, even during the three years of his public mission, he always had a certain sense of self-importance and the importance of his mission.

I am not criticizing or judging this, it was part of what drove him to do what he did. I am simply pointing out that he only won his victory by letting that ghost die, by giving up that ghost. And it is the same for each and every one of us. And what I am also saying is that some of you, in fact quite a few of you, have the potential to give up that focus on self in this lifetime and still live for a long time on earth without the focus on self, which means, of course, that you will be more at peace, you would enjoy life more, but you will also be the open door for bringing forth something from the ascended realm that is blocked by the focus on self.

And so, my vision, my desire for you, is that you overcome that sense of being so focused on your selves. You are not actually focused on yourself, you are focused on your selves, beginning with the primal self. You are focused in the outer instead of being focused on the pure awareness of the Conscious You, and the I AM Presence and the ascended masters. You are focused on this outer self, but you can give up that ghost anytime. Jesus could not give it up until he was hanging on the cross, but that should not stop you from giving it up without any dramatic events. Jesus had a flair for the dramatic, so he had to go through this extreme situation.

The Buddha, on the other hand, sat under the tree in the forest and just gave it up without any drama. You decide who you want to be because, I tell you, that the world and the fallen beings will gladly give you all the drama you could want. But if you have had enough of the drama on this planet, then it is just a matter of coming to the point where you realize this is the now to give up the ghost. Of course, for many of you it will require a process of letting go of other selves, and that is why we have given you all of these tools. But many of you are already at the point where you have made enough progress that you could actually step back, see that you have this focus on self, see how it is limiting you, and just give up that ghost. That is what would warm my heart more than anything else.

With this, I seal you in the joy of my heart, the heart of the Mother of God, the office that I hold, but even the personal heart of the Ascended Master Mary who loves you, each one of you, in a very personal way that is beyond the office that I hold. Be sealed in that joy.

 

Copyright © 2024 Kim Michaels

Letting go of what brought you to earth 


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Kuthumi through Kim Michaels , August 2, 2024. This dictation was given at a healing retreat in Chicago: Heal your heart and the heart of America.

I AM the Ascended Master Kuthumi and I aim to give you some hints on how to deal with the heart chakra. But in order to do it the way I want to do it, I need to give you a little bit of a background and take you on a little bit of a journey. 

Being a leader on a natural planet

We will start on a natural planet, a nondescript, non-specific natural planet like the ones most of you came from. Here you are, you have grown from a very narrow self-focused sense of identity towards a more and more broad and expanded sense of identity. Naturally you started out in the beginning being very focused on yourself and your immediate environment and gradually you expanded your sense of self. And you grew to become less and less focused on yourself, more and more focused on how to help other people, how to help the planet grow. Those of you who came from natural planets, you grew to become leaders, forerunners, those who were doing something extra, who were doing more than the average person. You experimented with various forms of leadership. 

For some of you I sense that this is hard for you to believe because in this lifetime you have not felt you were leaders. You have in fact been reluctant to take leadership positions, maybe even afraid to take leadership positions, but you must remember this is an unnatural planet and being a leader on a natural planet is very different from a dense planet like earth for various reasons. But chief among them, that on a natural planet you will not be attacked as a leader and therefore, you can safely fulfill the leadership position to the best of your ability while you are still learning, looking at yourself, how to transcend yourself. But you are not attacked or put down or blamed because on a natural planet nothing goes wrong. It is not that a leader makes a big mistake, it is simply that you experiment and you help raise people up and raise the community and ultimately the entire planet that is being raised to a higher and higher level of vibration. 

Expectations vs reality on earth 

Here you are on this natural planet, you feel you have grown as much as you can grow on a natural planet and you look around for other opportunities to grow. There are other natural planets that you can go to that are different design and therefore, give you different challenges, different opportunities for growth, but those of you who are here also realize that there are unnatural planets, but there is a whole different set of challenges. You look at an unnatural planet called earth and you, we, I could say, decide to go there. We have a certain vision, a certain goal for what we want to experience and we are of course continuing this desire to serve the whole, to raise up other people, but naturally also to grow ourselves. We decide to come to this planet of earth and we of course go through this very difficult process of first coming into embodiment in these bodies that are so much more dense than what we are used to on a natural planet. But then of course when we experience what it is actually like to be in embodiment on a planet like this, to be in this dense physical body that you cannot get out of, you cannot withdraw from and you cannot therefore, run away from the situations you are exposed to and all of us went through this.

First the sense that we are being ignored by most people on this planet, but then comes the attack that we have never experienced before by the fallen beings where we are deliberately put down, hunted you might say, and we are naturally shocked by this, we are traumatized by this, we feel this sense of: “How could this happen when we are here to help? Does not everybody want to grow, does not everybody want to transcend the suffering that we clearly see on this planet, do not they realize they are suffering, do not they realize there is a way out and why are they not taking the hand that we are stretching out to them?” 

Focus on self

What is it that then happens in this process? Well, you start out on a natural planet being focused on yourself, you gradually become less and less focused on yourself until you are focused on the whole. But then you come to earth, you are attacked and what do you do? You contract. You contract in order to avoid being hurt. 

Again, it is natural, it is unavoidable, but the result of this is that you came to earth being focused on others and now you become focused on yourself again. Not the same way you were when you were new on a natural planet because on a natural planet you were not attacked, so it is a different level of self-focus, but what I am saying is you contracted and you become focused on yourself. We all did this, every one of us, no exceptions. As a result of this birth trauma, you now have this focus on self, the outer self, the separate selves that you created in reaction to earth. Again, understandable, in a way unavoidable that it happened, but of course that does not mean that it cannot be overcome, it cannot be transcended, of course it can. 

But the problem is that the focus on self closes the heart chakra, because what is the heart chakra? Well, it is the open door for your divine individuality to be expressed and what you experience is that it is not only just ignored, but it is actively put down, ridiculed, made to look like it is wrong and can only be wrong. And therefore, you feel that the most precious thing you have that you took with you from a natural planet has now been dragged into the dirt, put down in some ultimate way, and you want to naturally avoid that feeling and therefore, as we have said, you close the heart chakra thinking you have to protect your I AM Presence. And then as you go deeper into these reactions, you start to think that you have to protect your I AM Presence from what is happening on earth, but you have to protect yourself from condemnation from your I AM Presence. You are now in this situation where as a result of these attacks, you feel attacked from the outside and you fear that your I AM Presence might even attack you from the inside because of what you perceive as mistakes you have made here on earth. 

Identification with the outer self

You now have this situation where you are focused on self and what I mean with that is you are focused on the outer self, the self you created in reaction to earth. Now how are you going to break out of this catch-22? You have closed your heart chakra and as a result of closing the heart chakra, you cannot reach your I AM Presence and therefore, you identify yourself with the outer self, the separate self. You see, when you were on a natural planet, it is not that you did not have what we can call selves on a natural planet. They were not dualistic selves, they were not separate selves. But in order to do anything, in order to co-create, you create selves, you create structures in your identity, mental and emotional bodies that you are projecting onto the Ma-ter light. That is how you co-create, that is how we all co-create. You had selves on a natural planet, but you were not identified with them because you were identified with the I AM Presence. The selves were just a tool that you used to co-create and as you grew, you created more and more sophisticated, broader selves that were focused on serving the whole. Whereas in the beginning you were more focused on yourself and your own growth and what you wanted to experience. 

Now you come to earth and you create these outer selves, but because the heart chakra is closed and you do not have the contact with the I AM Presence, what do you do? What do we do? We come to identify with these outer selves. We think this is who we are, and in a sense this is who we are in relation to earth because it is such a difficult planet and we have such a strong reaction to it. But how do you break this catch-22? How do you break out of it? This is the enigma that people have been facing for thousands upon thousands of years. Various spiritual teachings have been released on this planet by the ascended masters who were working with the planet in the past, aimed at helping people break this. 

The Buddha’s teachings is one example, Jesus’ teachings another, but there are of course many others. It is not that these teachings cannot work, they have worked for some people but not for large numbers of people. And that is why we aim to give some teachings that can hopefully help more people break through this stalemate, catch-22, cross the gap between the teaching and what you can actually embody. And of course it helps tremendously when you have the broader teachings we have given, Mother Mary, Shiva, but also of course the many teachings we have given about the separate selves and your I AM Presence and the Conscious You being pure awareness. Because the key to it all is of course that the Conscious You needs to stop identifying itself with the outer self, the outer selves that are created in reaction to earth, it needs to recognize that it is more than these selves. 

Breaking out of the prison of the self-focus

But ideally on a natural planet of course you know you are more because you have a sense of connection to your I AM Presence. When you lose that, how do you then realize you are more than the outer selves? How do you connect to the I AM Presence? This is the central enigma and it is an enigma that is really centered on the heart chakra because as I said the heart chakra is the open door for your I AM Presence to express itself through you but the heart chakra is also where you connect to other people. 

There are two ways to break out of the prison. And one of them is we might say the Omega aspect that you somehow make the shift of focusing on serving other people or even a cause where you make the decision that you cannot be so focused on yourself that you cannot help other people. Many people throughout the ages have gone into some kind of service whether through this religion or that philosophy or just in general they have developed this desire to help others and when you go into this it gradually helps you overcome the focus on self. Other people have somehow grasped that there must be more to understand about life than what you see in the material world. There must be a spiritual realm beyond the material. There must be something you can connect to beyond this earth. People then go into a spiritual path where they often withdraw from the world and focus on spiritual pursuits however they see it. These are the traditional ways. 

The challenge behind a mystical experience

But there are other ways, in fact several other ways. And one of them is of course the teachings we have given where you ask yourself simply: “Who am I? What kind of being am I? Am I my physical body? No. Am I my emotions? Am I my thoughts? Am I my sense of identity? What am I? Am I more than this outer?” And then it is possible by this, what some call self enquiry, that the Conscious You suddenly steps outside of these four lower bodies and experiences itself without the filter of the four lower bodies. We have called it pure awareness, neutral awareness, but you have a direct experience that there is more to you than the outer selves. This means that it is no longer a belief, a theoretical concept. It is no longer a mental image that you have, you have a direct experience. This is what has traditionally been called a mystical or an intuitive experience. Millions of people have had them but the challenge of having such an experience is that it of course only lasts for a certain time, often a very short time. Then you go back, the Conscious You goes back into the outer personality and how do you now deal with the experience? 

You look back throughout the ages, you see that so many people have had great difficulty dealing with such an experience. Because once you are back into the outer personality, the outer mind, these separate selves that make up the ego are desperate to get you to interpret the experience in such a way that they can maintain control over you. We might say that in order to have this experience, there is a valve, at least one valve in the heart chakra that has to flip open for a brief time so that the Conscious You can exit the outer personality. Now you are outside and then you go back in but the experience is so different from your normal state of mind that the Conscious You can actually become shocked by it. And now even the Conscious You is looking for a way to explain this so that it is not too disturbed. 

And why is this disturbing? Because the outer personality that you have built in reaction to earth gives you a certain sense of security on earth. You sort of know how you fit in, you sort of know how to avoid being hurt because these separate selves are constantly observing everything that is going on around you and seeking to identify any potential threat that could hurt you and then reject it before it actually hurts you. You find ways to explain it away, to avoid it, to run away from it, many different ways that people do this and so you become familiar with this and it gives you a certain sense of security where you feel you have life on earth under some control, you can avoid being hurt. 

Fitting the experience into your worldview

Suddenly now the Conscious You steps outside of this protection apparatus. It is almost like this noble man in the Middle Ages who has grown up in this stone castle with thick walls and suddenly he is catapulted out in the clear sunshine and he is blinded by the light and does not know what to do with himself. And that is how the Conscious You can feel after experiencing itself as pure awareness. You will actually see when you look at many of the spiritual teachings, even older spiritual teachings, how a part of the purpose for these teachings is to put this experience into some context where people can deal with it. And what we are attempting to do with these teachings we are giving now is in a certain sense the same thing. 

We are giving you some kind of context where you can deal with this jarring experience of pure awareness where you actually experience that you have no personality. You have no structure in yourself as the Conscious You because in the beginning you will just experience being outside the outer personality but you will not experience the Presence because you are, so to speak, you are outside but you are looking back towards the outer personality. But we are also attempting to give you teachings that can help you much more quickly adjust to this experience and come to the point where you can accept that you do not need to explain the experience through the structures in your outer mind. You do not need to take the world view of your outer selves, your separate selves, and fit the experience of pure awareness into it. This is what you see so many people doing including what you today call this non-dual teachers who teach non-duality and a state of no-self. 

Yes, it is understandable that when the Conscious You steps outside of the outer personality, it is an experience that it has no self as it is used to seeing itself. But when you then interpret this from the viewpoint of being back in the dualistic selves to mean that you should actually strive to have no self, no personality, then you are putting yourself into another catch-22 than before you had had the experience. You are bringing the experience into the dualistic mental box and explaining it there. What we are seeking to help you do is to realize that, even though it can be disturbing to have this experience of pure awareness, it is just a stepping stone to where you, now instead of looking back at the outer personality, you can look to the I AM Presence. And begin in the beginning to connect to the I AM Presence eventually as we have talked about leading to oneness, a sense of oneness with the Presence. If you can do this you can make much faster progress and this is really a matter of the Conscious You becoming more conscious of the entire process. 

Seeing through the meaning projected onto the experience

We can say that traditionally it has been said that the heart chakra has 12 valves or petals that can open or close. And we can say that for each of those 12 there is a certain illusion you have taken on that caused that valve to close. In a sense in order to open the heart chakra you need to look at each of these 12 illusions, come to see it consciously and let it go. Then you open one valve and this in itself is great progress because most people on earth have all of the valves firmly shut. And when you have one valve open the light can flow through from your I AM Presence and therefore, you will never again feel completely cut off from the I AM Presence. But of course you will not regain the full openness, your full creative powers until all of them are opened. Most of you have either at least one valve that is open or that opens occasionally and then closes again, at least that, but many of you have several valves that are open. 

Some of you will feel like you do not have it. Some of you will feel like you have not experienced pure awareness. I would say that if you are here listening to these teachings you have experienced it. But you have not connected the experience to the words—pure awareness, in your mind it is different. And this is an enigma that we face as spiritual teachers, that we have to communicate with words but words are only a description of an experience, not the experience. No matter what words we might choose, some people will not connect those words with the experience they have had. But you can look at it this way. If you are open to these teachings, it is because you know there is something beyond the worldly teachings, the worldly worldview and your outer personality. How can you know this? 

You could say: “Yes I can read a spiritual book and gain some intellectual understanding.” But this is not going to drive you to pursue the spiritual path. You are going to take it as a form of entertainment. But when you have made the commitment to be on the path, to look at yourself, to look at your own psychology, it is because you know there is a reality and you can only know that through experience. So you have had the experience and if you think you have not, you need to try to go beyond the words, pure awareness or neutral awareness and identify what form the experience takes for you and what your outer mind might have used to explain the experience and put it into its worldview. This will be helpful for you to recognize that you have had the experience. It will also make it easier for you to have more of these experiences because it is truly the experience that becomes the driving force on the spiritual path.

And some of you come from a background where you have been programmed we might say to believe that a spiritual experience is some otherworldly very dramatic experience. But in reality there is nothing dramatic about pure awareness or neutral awareness. It is neutral and this is of course what is unique about it because nothing you experience through the separate selves is neutral. It always has a meaning that is projected upon it by the separate selves. And that is why we are saying that even the experience of neutral awareness, the separate selves will project their meaning upon it as the entire concept of no-self. Or that some people feel that because they have had a certain experience they must be very special, very advanced. And now they set themselves up as spiritual teachers and try to teach others to just have a spontaneous awakening instead of giving them a step by step path that leads them higher and higher. 

You need to contemplate how your separate selves have projected a meaning onto the experience of pure awareness so you can identify what the experience is that you have had that is actually pure awareness and not the meaning that the outer self projects upon it. Because this is what makes it easier for you to open your mind to having more of these experiences because you can start recognizing the meaning and dis-identifying from the self that projects that meaning. And this you can do when you have these teachings about the Conscious You that it is not the outer personality. You can then begin to see that you have had the experience and what it means. 

The dilemma of the dark forces

Now there may be some of you that are thinking: “But if somebody is now completely trapped in the outer personality, has closed the heart chakra and do not have any contact with the I AM Presence, how can the Conscious You ever step out of the outer personality and have that experience of pure awareness? How is this possible?” Well, it is possible because the Conscious You is pure awareness and it can never lose it. That is also why we say you cannot make a choice with your free will that you cannot undo by making another choice because the Conscious You can make the choice to go into the outer personality but it cannot become trapped in it permanently. It can choose to go out. 

And here is where there is an enigma for the dark forces because when they expose you to some kind of traumatic situation, the more intense the situation is, the more of a potential there is that the Conscious You will step outside the outer personality. You will see that there are many people who have been in accidents or other dramatic situations where they suddenly felt like they were outside their bodies or outside their normal personality. They were just witnessing the situation. They felt calm within, totally at peace and they just allowed the situation to unfold instead of resisting it. 

You see here, the dark forces also face certain dilemmas for how they can control people and sabotage your path. And the harder they push, the greater the, from their viewpoint—risk, from our viewpoint—opportunity, that the Conscious You will be catapulted out of the outer personality and suddenly experience that there is a different way to look at this threatening difficult situation than through the outer personality. And this then helps the Conscious You gradually dis-identify itself from the outer personality, realize there is another way to relate to these situations. 

We might say that the dark forces cannot stop themselves from applying force. They would in a sense be smarter if they could take you into separation and then leave you there. And that is what they to some degree do with most people on earth who are not in the process of growing, they are stagnating. But still when it comes to avatars, the dark forces cannot help but see them as a threat. And therefore, they will push and push and push because they think, they think, they can destroy you. They actually think they can destroy the Conscious You, which of course cannot happen because you cannot destroy pure awareness that has no structure in this world. But they think they can cause you to build so many layers of separate selves that you cannot free yourself from them. But in fact, the more selves you have, the more stressful your experience is going to be, and again, it increases the potential that the Conscious You will suddenly have had enough, will suddenly feel overwhelmed and therefore, it slips out. As we as spiritual teachers face certain dilemmas, the dark forces face certain dilemmas because as there is no guarantee that we can help you, there is no guarantee that they can stop or prevent your growth. They cannot, as I said, destroy you. When you realize this, when you accept these teachings and begin to use them and contemplate it, then you can come to greater and greater dis-identification from these outer selves and that can greatly be accelerated by using these teachings about how to open the heart. 

 How do you deal with rejection?

Now you may say: “What about the other chakras?” Well, there may be some of you who have such a disturbance in a particular chakra that you need to focus on that for a while because it takes your attention away from looking at the heart chakra. But if you do not have that, then focus on the heart chakra because once you clear that, it becomes so much easier to clear the others. But you do have to start looking for these illusions. And Mother Mary’s tool for looking at love relationships is certainly one way to do this. There are other tools that can be used, but really it is a matter of observing yourself and your reactions. There is not like a magical wand I can give you and you wave it and then you see the illusion. You have to gradually observe yourself looking for one illusion at a time and come to see this. 

But what we can say is that all of the illusions relating to the heart chakra revolve around this mechanism that you feel that the expression of your true self, your higher self, your spiritual individuality is being rejected. And how do you deal with that? And there are 12 shadings of how you can deal with it and therefore, you can contemplate this: how do you deal with rejection, the rejection of who you are? What is your general reaction to this when I say rejection? You can imagine that there is a situation where you felt rejected. How do you look at it? You can use a technique, having a notepad ready, counting down and then spontaneously writing what comes to you. But you can also simply observe this rejection. How have you dealt with this? And then you can gradually come to see the different illusions you have revolving around this sense of being rejected. 

Some of you will feel like this messenger has realized that when he felt rejected, he felt it was because he was not good enough to help these people so he had to improve himself. But when you are in separation, what does it mean to improve yourself? How do you, when you see yourself as a separate being, improve yourself? Well, you create another separate self. 

Here you are, you have the desire to help other people, you feel they reject you, you feel: “Oh, it is because I am not good enough, I have not come up with the right argument that makes them see this.” What do you do? You attempt to create a separate self that has this ultimate argument that will convince all people. But of course, separate selves are based on duality. How can one separate self convince another separate self that it is not real? How can one unreal self convince another unreal self that the second unreal self is not real and that the first unreal self is real? It cannot be done. It is an impossible situation. You think you have improved yourself, you come up with a better argument, a better reasoning process, you feel rejected again, now you think you have to create an even more sophisticated separate self and this can then go on and on until you build layers and layers of this. 

The intention that brought us to earth 

How do you get out of this? How do you deal with rejection? Well, what does rejection come from? You have an intent to change other people. You are approaching other people with some intent to get something out of it, that they are somehow going to accept you and what you are saying and feel that they have been helped by you. But what if you did not have the intent? How could you then feel rejected? You can then begin to look at, even going back to when you came as an avatar, how did you look upon earth and what you could do here? As we have said before, many of you will realize when you contemplate this, that you came here with a certain intent. For example, to remove suffering, to help people overcome suffering.

You see that this is even the case for the Buddha who even after he had, as the Buddhic wording says, gone into Nirvana and returned to give his teachings, the First Noble Truth that he formulated was that life is suffering. This shows you that the Buddha, before he came to earth as an avatar, was focused on helping people escape suffering. Many of you were the same, but some of you had other things you were focused on. You could say suffering is very general, but many of you were focused on specific kinds of suffering, not just suffering in general. You see that even the Buddha had some kind of intent. Now, was he attached to it? Was it a separate self that drove it? No. But nevertheless, in order to actually ascend, Gautama had to actually overcome this desire to help people overcome suffering, because he had to accept that all he could do was offer them a way out of suffering but he could not allow himself to be attached to whether people took it or not. 

And it is the same for all of us. In order to ascend, we have to reconnect to what brought us here and simply let it go, simply let go of any intent of changing other people or changing the planet. This does not mean that you will not make a contribution to changing the planet and helping other people, because by overcoming this specific desire to help people you can serve as an example and you can pull up on the collective consciousness. But it is not done from this sense of wanting to change other people. 

The higher perspective on the Conscious You 

Now, this may seem to be a long way around, but it goes back to the focus on self. Again, it is understandable that you were hurt, you were shocked, and it caused you to contract and focus on self. But what the spiritual path is really about is overcoming the focus on self that you went into after you came to earth, and that means overcoming that reaction where you, for example, felt rejected. You felt that rejection of your divine individuality. There can be other reactions, but they all revolve around this sense that you were rejected for who you are.

Who were you when you came to earth? Were you the Conscious You? Were you actually pure awareness? Or was there more to the Conscious You than pure awareness? Well, this is where it may seem like we are contradicting what we have said before, but we are simply giving a higher level of teaching. Take care of what we have said several times. You were on a natural planet, you looked down upon earth. You did not look down, but you looked at earth being at a lower vibration, and you formulated an intent to come here based on a certain motivation. What did I say? Even on a natural planet you create selves, they are not based on duality and separation, but they are selves. You formulated, you created certain selves that then motivated you to come to earth and so you came here with those selves. 

Are they at the level of the I AM Presence? Well, this is a delicate topic. The answer is yes and no because, as we have said, your I AM Presence is not an ascended being and therefore it can have certain intent, certain viewpoint that then causes you to create these selves that are not part of your divine individuality, but they are part of how you express yourself in the world. For practical purposes, we will say that they become part of the Conscious You. They become structures in the Conscious You. What does that mean? Well, it depends on how you interpret the words “pure awareness”. If you want to interpret it completely literally as meaning that if the Conscious You is pure awareness, it has to be empty of any kind of structure or individuality, then we have in a sense given you a misleading teaching by talking about pure awareness. Yet, if you realize that our teaching was given to help you step from the separate self into a higher awareness, then pure awareness—neutral awareness—is simply a way to describe that the Conscious You is outside the outer personality.

Again, you see how words are subject to interpretation and it depends on from which viewpoint are you looking at the words. From the viewpoint of you being inside the outer personality, pure awareness is an accurate description of what the Conscious You experiences when it steps outside that personality. Because when you first have these experiences you will experience pure awareness. You will not be able to connect to these selves, this structure that you brought with you from a natural planet. And of course, you can say that for the original earth’s inhabitants, when the Conscious You steps outside the outer personality, there is no structure that was brought from another planet to earth.

Unrealistic expectations 

In the beginning, when you experience pure awareness, you experience no structure. But as you become more experienced, as you dis-identify from the outer personality, you can begin to experience both the I AM Presence, but also that there are certain structures in the Conscious You, around the Conscious You, that you brought with you from a natural planet to earth and this is what we have talked about before. You came with a certain intent and you can learn to identify this, and when you identify it you can come to that point where you see a certain intent. You now compare it to the actual experience you have had on earth, and you see that because you had not experienced earth, you did not have an accurate expectation or intent for what you could accomplish on this planet.

We have said before that you were used to being very accomplished on a natural planet and we all naturally thought that we could do on earth what we did on a natural planet. We could manifest whatever we wanted to manifest, but we had not experienced the density of earth. When you now look at your expectation, your intent, compared to the reality of how dense the planet is, how dense the people’s consciousness is, how unwilling they are to change, how unwilling they are to overcome suffering, you can look at that intent and just let it go. It is like any self. You see that it is limiting you, you see that it is based on a certain illusion, and you just let it die. You let it fall away. 

In the beginning this is very difficult for all of us because you want it to mean something, that you came to earth. You want to feel you have accomplished something by coming to earth. And therefore, you resist letting go of what drove you to come here that built the expectation of what you could accomplish. 

But what is the greatest thing you could accomplish on earth? If we look at it strictly from the perspective of the ascension of your I AM Presence, what is the greatest thing you could accomplish by coming to earth? It is overcoming the selves, the expectations that brought you to earth, the illusion you had when you looked at earth and what you thought could be accomplished here. If you can overcome that, you are ready to ascend, and that is the greatest accomplishment at a personal level. 

Now, you may still say: “Well, have I accomplished anything for others? Have I helped other people on the planet? Have I helped the masters? Have I helped Saint Germain manifest the Golden Age?” Well, if you can overcome these selves that I am talking about while you are still in embodiment, you can be the open door for your I AM Presence and the ascended masters and then this can accomplish something for the earth and that is the greatest service you can give.

“Is this the only way to react to earth?”

I know very well that what I am talking about here requires some contemplation. I am not expecting you to grasp this by listening to this dictation once or by reading it once. It requires a process. But you can speed up your progress if you can grasp the need to question your focus on self. This messenger has described how he has, throughout this lifetime, struggled with the sense of feeling embarrassed, of making a mistake, doing something that he thought was stupid, or that he thought other people thought was stupid. You all have a similar thing, similar mechanism. But what does it come from? Why would you feel embarrassed about anything you have done on earth? Because you are focused on self, on yourself. You think there is something that you should have been able to accomplish, or there is some mistake you should have avoided on earth and therefore, you are focused on avoiding the feeling, whether it is embarrassment or something else, avoiding that feeling. You are constantly on guard, whether you realize it consciously or not, there are these subconscious selves that are looking at every situation you encounter, wondering: “Am I going to be embarrassed? Am I going to feel stupid? Am I going to feel rejected? Am I going to feel I am not good enough?” And this eats up your attention, your energy.

If you can become aware of this and start looking at it, asking yourself: “Why should I feel this way? Do I really have to feel this way?” You will see that it ties in with the attitude, the expectations you had when you came to earth for what you could accomplish. Why did this messenger feel embarrassed? Because he experienced a situation that triggered this reaction that he could not accomplish what he came to accomplish so he was not good enough at doing it, and it was embarrassing to him. He was not conscious of this, just as most of you are not conscious of your reaction, but that is the mechanism. You are always focused on self, but you can become aware that you are focused on self because what happens is that when you are focused on self, you do not see it. You think this is the only way to react, this is the only way to look at life, this is the only way to look at yourself. 

But when you can become aware that you are doing this, you have already started breaking this hypnotic spell that this has over the Conscious You. And you can start asking yourself: “Why should I feel this way? Is this the only way to feel? Is this the only way to react to earth?” You can then start asking yourself why should you feel embarrassed over anything you have done on a planet like earth?”

Letting go of the self that brought you here

If you ask yourself these questions, you will realize you do not actually feel embarrassed because of anything you have done, but because you thought you had not accomplished the goal that brought you here. You see what I am trying to do? I am trying to trick you out of the focus on self. When you are focused on self, you think: “It is the outer situation that makes me feel embarrassed or rejected or this or that.” Your attention is going out, trying to avoid what is coming from the outside. But it is not about what is coming from the outside. It is all about what is going on inside yourself, where you feel you cannot live up to your own expectation. When you begin to see this you can come to see that, as we have said before, nobody ever did anything to you. Nobody ever made this messenger feel embarrassed. Who made him feel embarrassed? Himself. But what self made him feel embarrassed and what self felt embarrassed? Well, of course, a separate self. 

Then you can begin to see that your reaction here on earth comes from a separate self. But even your view of what you could accomplish on earth and what brought you here comes from a self. Not separate in the same way as a separate self created from duality, but still a self based on an illusion. And when the Conscious You becomes aware of this—that it is, in a sense, trapped between two selves, the outer self and the inner self, we might say, the self that brought you here—then suddenly the Conscious You can step outside of even the inner self and take a look at this and say: “Why should I hold on to this idea of what I could accomplish here on earth? Why? Why am I holding on to this? Why am I not just letting it go?” And as you let go of these selves, you become the open door, fully open door for the I AM Presence.

Not only can you let go of the outer selves, but even those inner selves, as we might call them, you can let go of. You have no intent for what you are going to do or accomplish or not accomplish on earth. You are just flowing with the River of Life, allowing your life to unfold. What is there to be embarrassed about? What is there to feel rejected about? I know very well that what I am giving you here is a teaching that requires a certain reasoning process. And there is always the danger that you can then go into this logical analytical linear mind, as we have called it, and try to set up some linear process that you need to go through, some linear steps and stages. But it is really my intent to help you just shift out of the selves and experience that what traps you on earth is precisely what brought you to earth. And the only way to get away from earth is to let go of what brought you here in the first place.

There are the outer reactions that will keep you here, yes. But even if you overcame those, still your intent will keep you here as long as you felt it was not fulfilled. And quite frankly, we can never come to a point where we feel we have fulfilled our intent for coming here, because how likely is it that in the rest of your lifetime, suffering will disappear from planet earth? We all had to come to a point where we were willing to acknowledge that we simply had to leave, even though we had not finished what we came for. That it is time to leave, because we see that it was an impossible quest that brought us here. 

Now, does that mean that I, who is now the Ascended Master Kuthumi, wasted millions of years being in embodiment on earth? That it made no difference at all that I was here? No, it does not mean that and it does not mean that for you either. We have made a difference by being here. We have actually accomplished something but it was not what we envisioned when we came here. And that is what we need to come to see before we can look at the planet and say: “I can leave, even though I have not accomplished what brought me here. I can walk away. There is nothing I have to do on earth.” 

Raising the whole

Now, some of you may not be ready to do this in this embodiment, because it is part of your Divine plan that you come back after this embodiment to help manifest Saint Germain’s Golden Age. But there will come a point where you are ready to ascend and where you have to go through this. It is still valuable for you to have this teaching, to take it in, to integrate it, so that when the time comes, it is there and can be brought to your conscious awareness and you can come to that point of the final release of your self from earth, where the Conscious You releases itself from any tie to this planet, and then you ascend.

You can still stay with the planet. You can say, have I, as the Ascended Master Kuthumi, overcome all ties to earth, given that I am still here? What about Gautama Buddha, Jesus, Master MORE, Saint Germain, Mother Mary, Kuan Yin? Why are we still here? Because when you are not focused on your self, you can focus on the larger self and seek to raise others. But you are not doing it in order to accomplish something as the self you saw yourself as when you came to earth. You are doing it from a completely unselfish perspective that is not centered on yourself, even as an ascended master, because it is centered on the whole, raising the whole. And that is something you can experience in glimpses, but you will not experience it fully until you ascend.

I know this has been a long and very complex discourse, but you realize, I hope, that we are attempting to give you a higher teaching. And you cannot expect that these teachings are simple, straightforward, and can be fathomed the first time you hear or read them. It is not a teaching that is aimed at producing instant results, but of taking your path to a higher level so that you gradually produce those results of seeing through the illusions, that makes you more and more free and you have all experienced how the teachings set you free, make you feel more free. It is simply a matter of continuing this process, taking it towards these gradually higher and higher levels until you have that final release that brings you into the ascended state. 

And of course, you are not walking that path just for your own sake, but because each of you are at the top of a pyramid, and there are other lifestreams beneath you in that pyramid that will go up as you go up, because you are pulling them up. Of course, you being at the top of this pyramid, you are also part of a larger pyramid where there is an ascended master ahead of this that is also pulling up on everyone below it, even those who are unascended. This is how the whole progresses. Pyramids within pyramids within pyramids, rings within rings, and it all leads up to the Creator, which might be said to be at the top of the greatest pyramid of them all. But we could just as well say that the Creator is at every level of every pyramid. But that, of course, is something that is more difficult to see, and that you cannot see until you overcome that focus on the self.

With this, I thank you for being willing to participate in this release that has gone into the collective consciousness and reached some people who may never hear about you, who may never hear about ascended masters or these teachings, but they can still be pulled up by the energetic impulses that have been sent through the outer vehicle of this dictation and your chakras. With my gratitude and my joy, I seal you in the heart of Kuthumi that I AM.

 

 

Copyright © 2024 Kim Michaels

Shifting the equation in America with Shiva 

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Shiva through Kim Michaels, August 2, 2024. This dictation was given at a healing retreat in Chicago: Heal your heart and the heart of America.

I AM the Ascended Master Shiva. This statement would of course surprise many people from the Eastern religions that have the name of Shiva, and that have an entire mythology built around the God Shiva. But I am not that God. I am not that mythological image any more than the real Creator is the angry judgmental God in the sky.

I am an ascended master. I have risen to the level where I can hold the spiritual office that gave inspiration to the Eastern myth of Shiva. It is a real office, it has been held by various ascended masters in the time span that the earth has existed and it is an office that first of all is designed to break down illusion and set people free from illusions. You might say if you look at this concept of the Trinity, Brahma, Vishnu, Shiva, that there has to be a God who creates form, there has to be a God who maintains form, but there has to be one who breaks down form. Why? Because otherwise the self-aware beings sent into the world of form to co-create the world of form could become trapped in their own creation. This then is the very principle embodied by the office that I hold, to give people the assistance so they can escape the entrapment in their own creation.

The illusion of a lack of resources

Now this has two aspects, one is that humankind on earth has co-created over a long period of time the current physical conditions you see on earth, such as the lack of so-called natural resources. Well, there are no natural resources, there are only spiritual resources and there is only one spiritual resource, but it has of course various manifestations such as the seven rays. But humankind has perverted the rays, created the separate selves, gone into separation and therefore have broken down the original creation of the earth, the original natural state of the earth where there was abundance of resources for all. And therefore, they have co-created this state of lack that many people have come to see as inevitable, either because it was created that way by some God or other, or because it was created that way by natural laws. Well, there are no natural laws, there are only spiritual laws and one of them is that as you sow, so shall you reap.

Because what you project into the cosmic mirror, the cosmic mirror must reflect back to you. And this is why it is possible that people can create conditions on a planet such as lack of resources, come to believe it is inevitable, it is mandated by God or nature, and therefore they think they can do nothing to create it. They go into this entire drama, this epic drama of thinking that one day the earth will run out of resources. And then they create the other epic drama that this is because there are just too many people on the planet. And what do they envision is the solution? Mass genocides, or have they just not thought about what could be the solution? Well, the solution is of course the transcendence of the consciousness that created the lack of resources because the planet was designed to maintain a comfortable standard of living for 10 billion people. But why do you not have that? Is it just because people have gone into separation? No, it is because there is that small power elite of what we have called the fallen beings who have manipulated life on earth so they are hoarding natural resources and wealth to themselves, taking it from the majority of the population.

The lack of heart

And what is this a sign of? A closed heart, a complete lack of heart, a complete lack of consideration for anyone but oneself. And where does this lack of consideration come from? From the perverted heart, from the closed heart. Because if you have an open heart, you are through your open heart connected to your higher self which you know is an expression of the One mind and therefore you will see that all other people are expressions of the One mind and therefore what is best for all is what is best for you. And therefore, you cannot take from others in order to hoard for your separate self. The most blatant expression of the lack of heart on the planet is the power elite hoarding wealth and resources and power to themselves, seeking to enslave the majority of the population under this extreme poverty, under this extreme control of the power elite. There is no more severe lack of heart than this condition.

Now why am I bringing this up in clearing the heart? Well, because you need to clear your individual heart of this very belief in the lack of resources, in the inadequacy of planet earth to provide for the people living upon it. This is the hatred of the mother spoken about in the invocation you just gave. To accept that the earth cannot sustain the people living on it, is hatred of the mother. Because the mother can, but humankind has perverted the mother, has perverted the planet and now they are blaming the planet for their own self-created condition. And this is hatred of the mother leading to self-hatred. Who has self-hatred? Those who have a closed heart. Who have the most closed hearts? Well, what we have called the fallen beings of course. Therefore, you cannot fully grasp the process of clearing and healing the heart, unless you are aware of the existence of the fallen beings who have closed their own hearts and who are seeking to make everyone else on earth close their hearts and keep them closed. What is then the best thing you could possibly do for the raising up of this planet? To heal your heart from the onslaught of the fallen beings. Because if you do not know that there are beings both in and out of embodiment who are doing everything they can to destroy your heart, to pervert your heart chakra, you cannot fully free yourself and heal the heart. If you cannot heal your own heart, you cannot heal the heart of the planet, the heart of humankind.

Self-hatred

Now what is behind this manipulation of the fallen beings, their attempt to we might say destroy the heart? It is really an attempt to prevent your I AM Presence from expressing itself in this world. And this ties in with these teachings given by Mother Mary of how you have been manipulated into feeling that your divine spiritual individuality is not acceptable on this planet, it is put down, it will be criticized, they will attempt to destroy you. This is because the fallen beings feel that they have ownership of this planet. But they do not have ownership of planet earth. For I, Shiva, have the right to execute my office and break down the illusions that keep people trapped in a lesser state. Not only do I have a right, it is my divine mandate, my divine calling. The fallen beings want you to believe that you have no right to express your divine individuality on this planet because it somehow belongs to them. They have come up with many clever schemes throughout the ages seeking to justify their existence, their presence on this planet, their denial, their hatred of the light, their hatred of the Father, their hatred of the Mother, their hatred of the Son, their hatred of the Holy Spirit, their hatred of Brahma, Vishnu, Shiva, the hatred of all other people on the planet, which of course all springs from self-hatred.

How can you hate yourself? Well, how can you not hate yourself when you have closed your heart to your I AM Presence? For what then is the self that is left? Well, it is the Conscious You, but the Conscious You is so trapped inside all of these separate selves that you have created based on the duality consciousness that it cannot see itself. It cannot see itself as pure awareness. It sees itself as the selves. You cannot hate pure awareness. You can for that matter not love pure awareness, but you can feel unconditional love streaming through pure awareness. You cannot feel hate streaming through pure awareness because hatred is not pure. It is not unconditional. It is the ultimate conditioning. The fallen beings have gone into this state of hating themselves, but they cannot admit this, they cannot even see it because they are constantly directing that hatred outside themselves, placing blame somewhere else. And they are seeking to get everybody else to do the same or rather to follow them in their definition of who are the people who deserve to be hated—what are the conditions that people should hate.

Why is it that people follow along with this? Because they have been hurt by the fallen beings so they have shut off their hearts. And therefore, it is the classical situation that the fallen beings have created a problem and now they try to present themselves as the saviors who can save people from the problem. But how could this logically be done? It cannot be done when you see with Christ logic. Therefore, people must obscure this Christ logic through the use of serpentine logic. And that is why you see so many examples of this serpentine logic that seeks to get people to deny their potential, to transcend themselves and instead feel that the only way to overcome their problems is to force some other group of people or potentially kill them all.

One people under God

What is the problem in America right now? Is it other people or is it we the people? For this nation was founded on the principle of unity, of oneness—one people, one nation under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all. If there is division, there cannot be liberty and justice for all. For there will be some people who hate another group of people wanting to limit them, restrict them or get them out of the country, thinking that if we just force all of these other people our suffering will be over. But your suffering will not be over because the suffering takes place inside your mind. And it is not created by those other people for there are no other people. There are only people on the planet. Even the fallen beings are not ‘other’ people. They see themselves as such, but the Christ does not see themselves as such. For the Christ is wise as serpents, harmless as doves.

Look at the political debate. Look at the tendency to single out other groups of people and identify them as the problem. And now look at how this mentality has been magnified and has been blown up to the point where there is talk of civil war. What was it that caused the first civil war in America? It was the concept that there are other people that can be owned as property. Now here we are so many years later and again this serpent of other people rears its ugly head and is again being used as serpentine logic to create division in America. Where can this division come from? Only from a closed heart, a heart that has been so wounded that people have shut off their connection to their higher selves. Because it is only through that connection that you can see that there are no other people.

The serpentine logic of division

You who are the spiritual people can take a look at the nation. You can see who is it that is magnifying this idea that other people are the problem. And then you can clearly see if you use your intuition who is a fallen being or who has their minds taken over by fallen beings. They are spouting out this serpentine rhetoric in various disguises, thinking themselves that they also are the other people but they are the superior people. For some are superior and some are inferior. That is what inevitably happens whenever you have a division. What does it say in the founding document of this nation? All men, including wo-men, are created equal. By whom? Oh yes, by their Creator who has given all inalienable rights that cannot be overwritten by the state as was the case in King George’s England and any other dictatorship on the planet. The serpentine logic makes people believe we can divide humanity into at least two groups of people, us and them. We are superior, they are inferior. They are causing the problems in our society. If we deal with them, we will solve the problem and we will all be happy. This is serpentine logic.

Why? Because happiness is an inner condition that cannot be brought about by outer conditions. You could have paradise on earth in an outer sense and the people trapped in this mindset would not be happy at all. The serpentine logic makes people believe that you can divide the population into at least two groups and that you can solve the problem of the nation by suppressing or in other ways getting rid of the inferior group. This is what can only lead towards dictatorship of some form because democracy is by its very nature based on the recognition that all people have the same rights, the same right to exist, the same right to be here. Without this, there cannot be democracy. It is an impossibility.

You can begin to identify this serpentine logic. You can make the calls for it to be exposed. You can make the calls for the cutting-free of those who have the potential to tune into Saint Germain’s heart without knowing who he is, without mentioning him, but still bringing out these ideas that will expose this serpentine logic. You do not have to call it that, you just have to expose it and how it is the antithesis of the very principles upon which this nation is founded.

Of course, we might say, what is this nation founded upon? Is it wisdom? Is it power? Is it truth? Is it peace? Is it any of the other qualities or any other quality you can come up with? No, it is founded upon the heart. Give me your tired, your poor, your huddled masses yearning to breathe free. This is the heart speaking. What was it that was lacking in Europe in the 1700s? A small power elite of the kings and the noble class and the clergy had virtually enslaved the majority of the population.It was a total lack of heart. What was America? An  attempt to give room to those who were the huddled masses. What has America been turned into? Another country where the power elite rules, where they are stealing more and more of the wealth of the people and now in order to maintain their own existence and in order to stay hidden, they are putting the people against each other so that people can start fighting each other rather than identifying that the problem is not other people. It is actually the power elite that are not people because they do not see themselves as being part of the people. They do not see themselves as we the people, they see themselves as “We the elite.”

Healing the heart of America

This is the overarching underlying problem in America. It is a problem many other places in the world, but that is not the issue because changing the rest of the world will not heal the heart of America. Only the people of America can heal the heart of America by healing their own hearts. By opening up their own hearts and therefore, who is going to bring about such a shift? Well, only the most spiritually aware people can do so and I count you among them but you are not the only ones. There are of course many other people in various spiritual movements and some that are not even outwardly spiritual who have started opening their hearts and who can see the direction that America is going in. You can of course work on yourselves to form that magnet. You can call for other people to be cut free for the healing of their hearts of those who are closest to opening their hearts because what is going to bring about Saint Germain’s Golden Age? Which country is going to be the first one to magnetize Saint Germain’s Presence and materialize the golden age? The one who has the most open heart and right now that is not America.

There are other nations that are far ahead of America when it comes to opening the heart. One among them of course Canada, right north of America. Unfortunately, we cannot count Mexico among those nations but there are other nations in Europe, in Asia, Australia, New Zealand that have a higher degree of the opening of the heart than America. This is not what Saint Germain desires to see although he is of course grateful for any nation that opens the heart. But America is behind. It is behind many other nations. And think about Americans and how competitive they are. They want to be ahead, they want to be the greatest nation on earth. Well, you will not become the greatest nation on earth through force. That is what Vladimir Putin is attempting to do with Russia. It will not work. It will lead to the same crash and burn syndrome that you saw in Nazi Germany. You will not become the greatest nation through force, only through love, through the opening of the heart.

The serpentine lies

Again, you who are the spiritual people, you cannot fully understand what is burdening your heart unless you understand what we have said about the fallen beings and how they have done everything they could to hurt you in past lives so you would close off your heart and come to perhaps even accept the serpentine logic that you have no right to be here because maybe it is their world after all. And maybe you should just let them have it and not express your divine individuality here since it is not welcome and so reviled and there are so many people that reject you or ignore you or deliberately seek to destroy you when you dare to express who you are.

But you see, you have a right to be here and express that divine individuality. That is what Buddha demonstrated, that is what Jesus demonstrated, that is what others have demonstrated in smaller or larger measure. Many of you are already demonstrating it. We are simply saying—keep transcending yourselves and you can accelerate the transcendence by looking at your heart, being willing to identify that the fallen beings have done everything they could to get you to close that heart chakra, those valves, and to get you to feel that you cannot allow yourself to be who you really are, you cannot allow yourself to express your divine individuality from your I AM Presence because you either need to protect your I AM Presence or you need to live up to some standard of perfection to avoid being judged by your I AM Presence as Mother Mary so carefully explained. All of it is lies, all of it is lies, and especially it is a lie that some higher force has given this planet to the devil and the fallen beings. What has given earth to the fallen beings is the choices of humankind, the original inhabitants who have not been willing to take responsibility for themselves.

Pulling up on the collective consciousness

But you see, the law of free will mandates in one sense that, as we have said before, the fallen beings cannot alone destroy the planet, the avatars cannot alone save the planet, for it is the original inhabitants that decide whether the planet goes up or down. However, right now, the original inhabitants, such as the majority of the people in the United States, are not actually deciding whether the country or the planet should go up or down. They are not deciding on the future of America because they are too divided. And that gives an opportunity for those who have a higher spiritual awareness, who are willing to look at themselves and transcend themselves. It does not mean you can decide for people, but it does mean that the effect that you have of pulling up on the collective consciousness can be multiplied many times by the ascended masters.

And this can then help pull more and more people above this downward pull of the fallen beings so they become able to actually see what is happening, so they become able to take responsibility for themselves and their nation and therefore, make a conscious decision instead of either making unconscious decisions or making no decision because they do not know what to decide. They do not dare to believe in a better future for themselves and this nation.

Divide and conquer

If you look back to the time of the founding of this nation in the 1700s, what was the situation of most people in Europe? They were born as peasants and all they could think of was that they would live the rest of their lives as peasants. They could not envision that there could be a better future for them (and there could not be in Europe at the time). But here comes the United States or rather the colonies where there is space and suddenly some people can see the opportunity and they immigrate, but many stay because they did not dare to believe that their situation could be improved.

And that is precisely what the fallen beings want to manipulate people into, what they have been trying to manipulate the majority of the people in the United States into thinking that their living standard cannot be improved even though the living standard of their parents was improved greatly. They are trying to get people to accept a lower standard of living, accept a stop to economic growth and economic prosperity, but times have moved on since the 1700s. It is much more difficult to make people accept this today and even though you can begrudgingly make them accept it, they will feel that inner frustration and anger because they know it is not right, they just do not know what it is that is not right. And here comes then those who say: “Let’s try the good old trick of defining an external enemy. Look what we could get people to do during the Crusades in terms of fighting each other.”

What was the problem during the Crusades? It was that the fallen beings had taken over both the religion of Christianity and the religion of Islam. Some people were beginning to wake up to that. You had the Inquisition, you had the witch hunts, but first of all you had the Crusades where you got Christians and Muslims to fight each other instead of acknowledging the influence of the fallen beings on both of their religions. Here you have the situation repeating itself today. More and more people are becoming frustrated. The fallen beings do not want to change the economy and give more wealth to the people. How can they deal with the rising frustration? Oh yeah, put people up against each other. Republicans and Democrats, rich and poor, this or that. Original Americans against immigrants.

Hello! Who were the original Americans? Are they, the Native Americans, fighting to shut down immigration? Nay. Who are those who claim to be the real Americans that want to shut out others? What right do they have to make that claim? They think they have to defend “traditional values”, Christian values, because they have to turn America into a Christian nation. What did Christ say? Do unto others, forgive, love your enemies, be your brother’s keeper. What do they say now, these so-called Christians: “Oh this is weakness, this is liberal values. We are going to be militant Christians!” Yeah, like the Crusaders who went out and thought that they killed in the name of Christ.

Shiva’s dispensation

Are you really saying that in today’s America you are ready to kill in the name of Christ and thinking that Jesus will approve of this? How self-deluded can you be? I, Shiva, am here to speak this truth in the physical and SHATTER this illusion. You have no right to call yourselves Christians or representatives of Christ if you are ready to go and kill your fellow man in the name of Christ. This is madness, absolute utter madness.

And I for one will do everything I can to consume this if some of you will make the calls to me. I will also give you a special dispensation that those who will call to me, I will clear out your heart chakras of these negative energies as much as can be done. You can make any kind of calls you want. Simply call Shiva or the Om Shiva or other mantras to Shiva. But you have to be willing to do the work also to look at these separate selves that cause you to close your heart and believe it was necessary.

This is of course what Mother Mary has laid the foundation for, which other masters will build upon, but I wanted to give this impetus because someone has to speak in the physical that all of this hypocrisy of claiming to be Christians and seriously considering killing or forcing your fellow men, this is utter and absolute madness. And it must stop now. I say this of course with full respect for the law of free will. But by stating it so unequivocally, it can go into the mass consciousness and awaken some people, because some people will be awakened by this dictation to see the madness that they cannot see right now because of the scales covering their eyes. What happened to Paul on the road to Damascus? What was Paul doing? Persecuting Christians. What brought him out of that state of mind? The scales fell from his eyes. Why? Because he opened his mind to an experience of Christ. And when he had experienced the reality of Christ, rather than this false image of Christ that he had before, he knew he could no longer persecute his fellow men.

And that is what will happen to some people who are part of the Christian movement. They will see the madness they have been pulled into in thinking that this could possibly be what Jesus Christ wants. Jesus Christ does not want America to become a Christian nation. He wants it to become a nation of people who are embodying and living the teachings, the true teachings of Christ, which is, all life is one, therefore, there are no ‘other’ people in Christ.

The forces of the anti-christ in Christianity

Why am I giving this dictation when most Christians would immediately be turned off by the name Shiva? Because I am not seeking to convert any Christians. I am seeking to send an impulse into the collective consciousness that will awaken people even though they will never know why they were awakened. I do not need recognition. The messenger does not need recognition, certainly not from Christians. We just need to see the consciousness shift. I have made the contribution I wanted to make to bring about this shift. And as Gautama said, some will understand, some will allow the scales to fall from their eyes and see just how far they have strayed from the true teachings of Christ, thinking that their interpretation represented Christ when it represents anti-christ, the serpentine mind, of those who killed Christ, who perverted his teachings, turned him into an exclusive exception rather than an example, and turned the Christian religion into a suppressive religion that is a tool of the forces of anti-christ.

Because Christianity from the Catholic Church forward has been a tool for the forces of anti-christ to undermine the mission of Jesus Christ. I know you can point to various churches and say: “But are they not doing good works?” But what is the road to hell paved with? Good intentions. What does good works on a local scale do if it keeps the entire planet on a downward track that slides it further and further into the grips of the forces of Antichrist? How is that doing the works of Christ? It is not, and it never can be. I could go on, but enough has been said to reach those who can be reached. And I am grateful for you who are here, you who are on the internet, who have been willing to open your minds and chakras to accelerate this message and its power to go into the collective consciousness.

And that is why I give you this dispensation that I will give you an extraordinary measure of clearance of your heart chakra when you will call to me. I give you the opportunity now, first call to me silently and say what you want me to consume in your heart chakra. Do this now. And now we will together say Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva!

And now, make the calls for what you want me to consume in this nation of America and in the hearts of those who are open to have the scales fall from their eyes and have their heart shackles cleared so they can truly lock in to the reality of Christ. Make the calls now. And now we will together say: Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva! Shiva!

Now my beloved, I know that many times we ask you to make calls for this, or calls for that, or calls for the third thing, and many times you feel like, is it having an effect? Are we seeing a result? But I am asking you to realize here, it is not a matter of the outer results you see, it is a matter of the inner knowing in your heart. Can you feel my vibration? I know that this has worked, and that this has shifted the equation in America. I know this. Do you know this? Then rejoice in having made a difference, and therefore, I seal you in the joy of Shiva.

 

Copyright © 2024 Kim Michaels

Opening your heart for the love of the I AM Presence 

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, August 2, 2024. This dictation was given at a Healing Retreat in Chicago: Heal your heart and the heart of America.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary, and it is with great joy that I welcome all of you who are here physically and all of you who are tuned in via this wonderful invention of the internet. So, greetings from my heart and the heart of all of us, all of us who are going to speak, all of us who are supporting this gathering and the goal of clearing the heart of both yourselves and of this nation of the United States, which is not so united right now because the heart has taken a back seat for too many people to either the other chakras or to the thinking, linear, analytical, judging mind. 

The heart chakra and the secret chamber of the heart

What is the heart? Well, when we talk about clearing the heart, we are of course not primarily talking about the physical heart, even though there is of course, as you just saw in this invocation you gave, there is a connection between the physical heart and the emotional, mental and identity bodies and of course the heart chakra. The heart chakra and the physical heart are very closely related and quite frankly, you can see a correlation between the frequency of heart diseases that you see in society and the closing of people’s heart chakras. This for most people happened many years ago and I am in no way trying to blame anyone. It is very, very difficult to be in embodiment on a dense planet like earth and be exposed to such severe trauma such as war or many other physical traumas without having the heart chakra close up. But why is that? Why is it that the heart chakra closes when people are exposed to trauma, whether it is physical trauma or psychological trauma? Well, that is what I wish to discourse on. 

For what is then the heart chakra? Well, you know of course that it is the center of the seven chakras, three above it, three below it. There are various teachings out there that talk about the flow of the Kundalini energy from the base chakra to the crown, but truly nothing can flow between the chakras without involving the heart chakra. And why is that? It is because the heart chakra is the open door between the I Am Presence and the Conscious You and the four lower bodies. Now, some teachings say that it is the crown chakra because it is the highest, but this is actually not what we of the Ascended Masters teach. 

The heart chakra is where the light from your I Am Presence enters. We have in previous teachings given the image of the threefold flame in the heart that springs from the white fire, but of course there is in reality a sevenfold flame in the heart representing all of the chakras. But as a part of progressive revelation, we often do not give the most advanced teaching to begin with because it is overwhelming to people at the time. So, there truly is a replica of each of the chakras in the heart chakra. And of course, many of you are familiar with the concept that there is a secret chamber of the heart. And this is actually, really you can look at it as not being a separate chakra because it is interlinked with the heart chakra, yet it is separate in the sense that even if the heart chakra closes or even if it takes in impurities, this will not affect the secret chamber of the heart. Nothing from earth, nothing from below, nothing from the outside can enter or pollute the secret chamber. That is why in previous dispensations it has been called the secret chamber. Because it is secret to those who are in the anti-christ consciousness—in the state of duality and separation. They cannot even see it and therefore they cannot direct anything against it. So, becoming more aware of this secret chamber of the heart is important for opening the heart chakra. Yet, this represents somewhat of an enigma for us because while your heart chakra is closed, how can you be aware of the secret chamber of the heart chakra? If your heart chakra is closed, how can you see what is behind it? I will therefore begin by talking about the heart chakra itself. 

Now as I said, the light from your I AM Presence enters the secret chamber of the heart then goes into the heart chakra. In an ideal situation, the light is then distributed from the heart chakra to the other chakras. But when you close the heart, there is of course a very reduced amount of energy flowing out of the heart to the other chakras, which means that when you close the heart, you are also at least partially closing the other chakras. And there really is, I was tempted to say, no point in seeking to cleanse the other chakras until you have cleansed the heart, but this is not entirely the case. You can gain progress by working on the other chakras. But if you really want to clear your chakras, it is the fastest way to start with the heart chakra. Now I know we have not always done that in teachings such as for example the Course in Self-Mastery, where we of course start with the throat chakra that corresponds with the First Ray and then work our way up. But for the purpose of this teaching that we are giving at this conference about clearing the heart, we will start by focusing on the heart chakra, and clearing the heart and thereby making it easier to clear the other chakras. 

Defense mechanism in the heart

Now why is it that when you are exposed to this trauma, you close the heart? Well, it is a defense mechanism and it is not for most people a conscious defense mechanism. It is actually a safety mechanism built into the design of the heart chakra where in order to prevent impulses from reaching the secret chamber of the heart, there are valves that close in the heart chakra. Therefore, closing the doorway for anything from the outside to enter. Now you may say: “But the light, the energy that is directed at us that vibrates at a lower level than the Christ mind, a lower level than love, how could that enter the secret chamber of the heart anyway?” To grasp this takes a little bit of contemplation. It is actually not that the energies themselves enter, but that the thought matrices carried by the energy waves can enter into the heart chakra and therefore color the light as soon as it comes out of the secret chamber. I know this is a little abstract to grasp with the outer mind, but if you contemplate it intuitively, you can experience an intuitive image of what I am saying. 

You see, it is very tempting for people to believe that there is something that can protect you against any lower impulse. And in a sense our teachings can play into this by telling you that you can invoke light from Archangel Michael, and it will seal you from dark forces. But we have also told you, especially in this dispensation, that we of the ascended masters cannot override and will not override your free will. Therefore, you need to recognize that your lower system, your lower energy system of the four lower bodies, the chakras, is subject to your free will. And you can, while not allowing energy, you can allow certain thought forms to enter, even the secret chamber of the heart. The energy cannot enter, that is below the level of love, but certain thoughts can. 

Alpha and omega of energy

Now some of you may not have contemplated the difference between energy and thoughts, energy and ideas, mental images. And this is very understandable to us, because again our teachings that were given for a certain level of understanding can block your grasp of what I am telling you now. You see, we have said before that everything is energy. So, it is of course easy to reason that your feelings are obviously energy, your thoughts are also energy, your sense of identity is energy, everything is energy. This is correct, but it is not the full understanding. 

So, we can say that there are certain energies that are moving energies. You take light, light from the sun, it is a physical energy that is moving through space. You take a radio wave, a radio wave is moving through space, but a radio wave carries words. So, there is an energy wave that is kind of like the driving force, the propellant of the radio wave. But superimposed upon that energy wave is a higher form of energy of the sound that is coming through as music or voices when you tune your radio to a certain station. And of course, when you are talking about voices, or for that matter even a song, there is meaning carried by those words. The words release a certain meaning in your mind. The same of course with television waves where you have actual images that also impact your mind, but you also have often spoken dialogue that then your mind assigns a meaning to. So, you see there is an alpha and omega of energy: there is the raw driving force of the energy, and there is the higher form of energy that is carried with it, and therefore in your mind can release a certain reaction because you assign a certain meaning to it based on the contents of your emotional, mental and identity bodies, especially the mental and the identity bodies. 

The Conscious You’s basic reaction to earth

So, your energy system, your chakras, your four lower bodies are in the material world, and anything in the material world is subject to free will, the free will of the Conscious You. Now we have hinted at it before at least that you can talk about the free will of the I AM Presence and the free will of the Conscious You. So, here is your I AM Presence in the spiritual realm, it looks into the un-ascended sphere, it decides to send an extension of itself into embodiment in this un-ascended sphere, and that extension is the Conscious You. The Conscious You is an extension of the I AM Presence, but once it is sent into embodiment it gains a separate sense of self. When I say separate, I do not mean that the Conscious You goes into duality, that is a choice that the Conscious You can make at the 48th level. But you still have a sense of identity that is separate from the I AM Presence. When you descend to the 48th level, you see yourself as connected, a connected being, but you will at the 48th level experience a distance, a difference in vibration between the Conscious You and the I AM Presence. And therefore, there is even at the 48th level and above a certain sense of separation from the Presence. This means that the Conscious You experiences the situations it encounters in the material world in a different way than the I AM Presence does. This is of course part of the purpose of sending the Conscious You into embodiment, to have experiences that the I AM Presence cannot have from the spiritual realm. But it also means that the Conscious You in order to have those experiences, it has a will that is not a clone of, not in total alignment with the I AM Presence. And therefore, the Conscious You has the option to go into duality and separation, what we have called the separate mind based on the duality consciousness with the two opposite polarities. And this is simply an inevitable part of taking embodiment, sending the Conscious You into embodiment.

I know that for many of you who are focused down here in the physical realm, experiencing the world as it is, experiencing various traumas, carrying some of these wounds with you from past lives, even going back to your birth trauma, it can seem like this is kind of a raw deal for the Conscious You. Because the Conscious You is the one who is down here in embodiment experiencing the world through the four lower bodies, having to make choices based on all of these chaotic conditions, and the Conscious You is the one who can feel really, really hurt by conditions, while the I AM Presence is sitting up there, not experiencing all of the pain and trouble that the Conscious You is experiencing. And it is perfectly understandable that you have that reaction. I certainly had it when I was in embodiment. All ascended masters who have been in embodiment, especially on a dense planet like earth, we have all had to go through that reaction. 

Even though this was a long, seemingly sidetrack, it relates to the Heart Chakra because while you cannot take the raw energy waves of a lower vibration into the secret chamber of the heart, you can take certain images. And one of the images you can take is this sense that you were the one who got the hard end of the deal. You are the one who is here in embodiment, you are the one who is experiencing all of this. And why did the I AM Presence allow this? And why did the ascended masters allow this? And why have they not protected you from all of the things that have happened? It is a very understandable reaction. Now I am using specific words here. Each of you may have other words that are more meaningful to you. But we can basically say that at some point in the past, when you were exposed to what we have called the cosmic birth trauma or other traumas, you had a certain reaction in the secret chamber of your heart. And when you had that reaction, that there was something that happened that should not have happened, you inevitably felt that you want this never to happen again. And therefore, you want to protect yourself from this happening again. And as a result of that, you want to close the valves in your heart chakra so that no thoughts or ideas can enter the secret chamber of the heart from earth. Again, it is a very understandable reaction that we all have had, those of us who have ascended from earth. It is almost inevitable. I do not even really need to say almost, because given the density of the planet, the darkness, the amount of fallen beings on the planet, it is inevitable. 

So, a long explanation I know, but it is important to set the foundation for what we will teach you during this conference. So, you see here that in the secret chamber of the heart is your basic reaction to earth, the Conscious You’s basic reaction to earth, but it is sealed behind the closed heart chakra, the valves in the heart chakra. This means that the Conscious You is outside those valves. And therefore, you cannot see that reaction. You can, if you have started clearing your heart chakra, you may see it in glimpses. And some of you have already seen it, you have already sensed that you have a certain reaction to earth. And this is because you have opened enough of the valves that you can get at least a partial sensation of what is the basic way that you look at earth.

The essence of the spiritual path

This is the deepest dynamic of what is going on in the heart chakra. That when you look at your heart chakra from the outside, when the heart chakra is closed, you cannot see that reaction to earth. And if you look at human beings out there in the world who are not on a spiritual path, they have no idea of what I am saying. If I was giving this teaching in some kind of public forum where people would be exposed to it, which would have to be by force, as people would not even voluntarily connect to the teaching— but if that were to happen, that people were exposed to it, they would have no idea what I am talking about. When I say that you have a basic reaction to life on earth, they would have no way to even relate to what I am saying. Because their basic reaction is the only way they think you can react to life. 

You who are spiritual people, based on all the teachings we have given about separate selves, subconscious selves, that cause you to react, you can see, or at least you can switch your mind and begin to see, that although the reaction that you had was understandable and inevitable, it was only a reaction. When I say it was inevitable that you reacted, I do not mean that the reaction itself was inevitable and therefore can never be changed. You reacted, the Conscious You reacted, by making a choice to accept a certain idea, a certain view. By becoming conscious of that choice, you can consciously change it. And that is of course the whole point of all of our teachings, is that everything in your life, in your consciousness, in your being, is subject to free will. And as we have said many times, there is no choice you can make with your free will that you cannot change with your free will. And this of course is what the vast majority of people on earth are unable to grasp at their present level of consciousness. They, of course, also made a choice to accept a certain reaction to earth. But it is buried so deep that they have no concept of what it really means. And therefore, they think that the way they react to life is the only way to react to life. 

Now, some people have started to become more aware, and they can see: “Oh, other people are actually not reacting to certain situations the way I am.” And therefore, they could become open to a teaching that would show them that they have some very, very deep reactions to earth, but that not everyone has the same reaction. It can, of course, be helpful to you, even as spiritual people, to talk about your basic reaction to earth, so you can see that all of you did not have the same reaction. And when you see that other people reacted to earth differently than you did, you suddenly gain the perspective—as I said, it was inevitable that you reacted—but your specific reaction was not inevitable. And therefore, it was just a choice you made. It may have been a very understandable choice, but it was just a choice. And because it was just a choice, you can change it by making a more aware choice. 

What are you ready for?

This, right here, is the essence of the spiritual path. Very, very few teachings on the planet teach this. Very, very few teach this. Why? Because the vast majority of spiritual people are not ready to take this kind of responsibility for themselves. You are, or you would not be here. And why are you ready? Even if your conscious mind does not feel like it is ready, even if you still have some subconscious self that is kicking and screaming, why are you ready?  Because you have certain questions in your mind that nothing else answered, but you could not ignore or deny the questions. So you kept looking until you found this teaching. I am not saying this to give you any sense of pride that you are more advanced than all other spiritual students. We have seen what this does to even ascended master students when they think they have the highest teaching on the planet. It is not a matter of evaluating high or low. It is a matter of evaluating what are you ready for. What are you ready for? And when the student is ready, the teacher appears. So, have I appeared to you? So, you are ready. Now, you may have some separate selves that you need to work through before you can start looking at the deeper attitude to life that I am talking about here. And this, of course, we will help you look at. 

How do you look at love?

Just to, perhaps, go a little bit down to a more practical level, the heart chakra. Again, what is it? Well, at a certain level, of course, it is the open door for the energies from your I AM Presence. But it is, of course, also an outgoing chakra, like all of the chakras. It radiates light out. And, of course, it is associated with the third ray of love. 

If we now step away from the higher perspective I have given you, step to a more practical level. And you as an individual student, you are contemplating, what is the status of my heart chakra? How can I start getting a feel for what I need to heal in my heart chakra? In other words, instead of looking at this higher perspective I have given you, more practical, what do I need to start to heal? And the first thing you of course can look at is the way you look at love, the way you relate to love, the way you think about love, the way you feel about love. 

And this, of course, can most easily be seen in your relationships with other people. Naturally, this is a very complex topic. We have given teachings about relationships before, but it is an extremely complex topic. But I will attempt to give you a tool that can help you at least get started on seeing what is blocking your individual heart chakra. Because at the, we might say, surface level of the heart chakra, what is blocking your heart chakra is the experiences you have had with love relationships. I am not just talking about a personal love relationship, I am also talking about parents, children, other people, good friends, basically anybody that you have a deeper relationship with, it is a love relationship. 

The Mother Mary’s meditation 

What I want to give you as a practical tool here, is that I want to take you through a meditation. And at the end of the meditation, I want you to take the notepads that you should all have had on your chairs and tables, and a pen, so I want you to take that out now and be ready. Because at the end of the meditation I want you to write down the first thing that comes to you. Do not analyze. We did this at the last conference in Estonia. Do not analyze, do not think. There is no wrong answer. You do not have to share this with anyone. It is an exercise to help you get some feel for what is blocking your heart chakra. 

Now, I am asking you to close your eyes. We are first focusing on your physical body, sitting here in a chair in this room. You are mentally now stepping back from the body, stepping up. You are looking at your body from the outside, in your mind, and you realize: “I am not the body, I am mind.” Now you step back again. You are looking at your emotional body. Maybe there are some turbulent feelings. Maybe your emotional body is more calm with some undercurrents. But again, you are not the emotions. You are not your emotions. And now, you mentally step back, and up, and now you are above your mental body. 

There are probably all kinds of thoughts going on in your mind right now. But you are above it. You are looking down. You do not need to engage the thoughts, because you are not your thoughts. You are more than your thoughts. You step up again. You look at your identity. You are a man or a woman. You are this nationality. You grew up in this place. But you are more than all of this. You do not need to engage it. You do not need to go inside of it. You can actually exist without that outer identity that you have taken on. For what are you when all comes down to it? You are that Conscious You. You are not the lower bodies. You are not your feelings, thoughts and your sense of identity. You are not who you see yourself as being. We have called it pure awareness, because you are awareness, but there are no characteristics. That is why you can go into your four lower bodies. If you had some kind of characteristic or structure as the Conscious You, you could not go into your identity body and feel like a human being on earth. And you know you are not a human being; you are more than that. 

Now, from this perspective, you are looking down, and you are allowing to arise in your mind some kind of love relationship you have had in this lifetime. Not all of them. Just one comes to your mind. You are not thinking about it. You are not going into it, looking at it from the inside. You are just looking at it from the outside. And now, when I count down, when I get to zero, you will write whatever comes to you about that relationship. Do not think about what should come to you. Do not start analyzing. Just keep your attention gently on the relationship and be ready to write down the first thing that comes to you.

So I am counting. Ten, nine, eight, seven, six, five, four, three, two, one, one half, one quarter, one eighth and now write (3 minute pause) 

Now stop writing. 

You can always, when you have a quiet moment during this conference or after the conference, you can look at what you wrote, if you managed to write anything. If you did not, it is perfectly fine. You can do the exercise again and see what comes to you.

The highest gift you can give

But what you will see, for many of you, is that you have a certain view of love relationships. For many of you, it will be related to trust, that you feel that you have been hurt in love relationships and therefore, you find it difficult to trust other people. Why is it you cannot trust? You may say: I have been hurt. Yes. But why have you been hurt? What was it that caused the hurt? 

And now we need to go back, and we need to look at the heart chakra. What is it that the heart chakra is? The heart chakra is the open door—ideally, the open door for the I AM Presence. What is coming from the I AM Presence, through the heart chakra, being expressed in the world? Well, I talked about there is the energy that is the raw energy, the energy waves that can carry a higher form of energy, thoughts, feelings, so forth, but they can also carry the individuality of your I AM Presence. As the I AM Presence is sending you energy, those energy waves are imbued with the individuality of the I AM Presence. And this means what? It means that when you first came to earth, you came here to express the individuality of your I AM Presence. You received that energy that gave you, well, first of all, consciousness. You are conscious because of the energy. It filled your identity body, your mental body, your emotional body, even your physical, so that you had the energy to do something, to express something, to be creative, to give some kind of a gift to the world. And that gift was individual to each of you. And the highest gift you can give is really, the individuality of your I AM Presence as it was at the time. 

Now, if you look at some earlier teachings that were given about the I AM Presence, you can get the impression from these teachings that the I AM Presence is like this perfect being up there in the spiritual realm. It is almost like a god-like figure that knows everything and has the answers to everything. But as we have started telling you not so long ago, the I AM Presence is not ascended. That is why it is sending the Conscious You. The I AM Presence is learning. At the time that the I AM Presence decides to send a Conscious You, it has a certain individuality. Why is it sending the Conscious You? To expand that individuality, to grow its sense of self, to transcend itself. That means that the I AM Presence is not the same being today that originally sent you into embodiment on earth. It has transcended itself many times as a result of the experiences you have had. 

The lost connection and fear of rejection

Here you are, Conscious You, in embodiment, you are exposed to this trauma, you close your heart chakra. Why did you do that? Because the Conscious You felt that it, as it saw itself, and as I said, you descend with the sense that you are somewhat separated—you are not in separation and duality, but you are separated from the I AM Presence seeing yourself as the separate being—you felt hurt, and you did not want your I AM Presence to be hurt like you had been. Therefore, you shut down your heart chakra, thinking, perhaps not really consciously, but at least at some level, so that the I AM Presence would not be hurt. 

What has this got to do with your love relationships? Well, what is it you do when you are in a close relationship with another human being? You are exposing yourself. You can hide from a lot of people; you can hide who you are. But in a love relationship, it is much more difficult. Some people still manage to hide themselves pretty well, but it is definitely more difficult. You see, you were hurt by the world, you shut down your heart chakra, which means what? It means you lose your connection to your I AM Presence. Now you do not feel the love of your I AM Presence, so you seek love from other people. But in order to get that love, you have to open yourself and be vulnerable. And then when you get disappointed by other people, what do you feel? You feel that they judged or rejected your individuality. The very being that you are, you feel that you were rejected for who you are. And that is why you are afraid to open yourself to other people, because you are afraid that they will reject you, as you have been rejected in the past. You are afraid to expose yourself for who you are. Originally, this is because the Conscious You felt that the individuality of the I AM Presence was rejected.

Seeking acceptance in a love relationship

Now, of course, you do not have a clear view of that individuality, you have created an individuality in your identity, mental and emotional bodies. That is, of course, in many cases, you have these separate selves that are based on separation. They are, of course, much more vulnerable to being hurt. But you see the dynamic. In a love relationship, you cannot fully hide who you are and you are so afraid of being rejected for who you are. What is it that people seek in a love relationship? They are seeking a person who will accept them for who they are, and not criticize, not condemn, not try to change them, not blame them. And it is very understandable. It is what everybody seeks in a love relationship. Some people may have some separate selves that cause them to seek this by controlling others. But even behind these control games, everybody is actually seeking acceptance for who they are. 

Now, this can take individual forms. That is why some of you will have written down something that may seem like it does not quite connect to what I am saying. But if you look at it more deeply, you will find that behind it, the specific form that it has for you, there is this push-pull of the desire to be accepted for who you are, and the fear of being rejected for who you are. 

The Hollywood fantasy

Now, I know this has already been a very complex release that will take some contemplation. I do not expect you to really grasp everything that I have released here by just listening to it once. But I want to take it and give it a slight turn, and hopefully make it more practical. Because what you can do with this exercise that I have given you, you can give it again and again, and get more clarity about what it is for you individually that is the basic dynamic in love relationships. How do you actually look at love? What does love specifically mean for you? What is it as an energy? And you have all been affected by this Hollywood happy ever after, finding the ideal partner. And I understand why you are laughing. But if you could see how deeply these projections from the movie industry and the book industry have been ingrained in the collective consciousness, you would be shocked. It is so deeply ingrained. And it is deliberately done by the fallen beings, because they know this keeps people seeking something outside themselves that you can only find inside yourself. 

What you can do is contemplate how the way you look at love causes you to look out there. And what is it you are looking for? You will have individual views of these individual words that you will use to describe it, but you are looking for something in a love relationship. And now there are two aspects of this. The one aspect is that you have the separate selves that are looking for something that could never be found. 

Why? Because the separate self is based on the duality consciousness. And what we have said many times, what the messenger has explained in some of his YouTube videos about non duality and duality is that you have two polarities that are relative to each other. But the duality consciousness takes one of them and elevates them to the status of being the absolute. If you talk about love, it is the absolute love. That is the Hollywood fantasy, the ultimate love. And all you need to do is find the right person, the one and only. But you see, it can never be found because no dualistic polarity can ever be ultimate, they are always relative. They can never be fully satisfied. They can never fill you. That is why I said earlier, why have you found this teaching? Because there were questions you could not find answers to, but you could not just drop them. You had to keep looking. Well, that is what you have to do in this world. And that is why you can never find another person who is going to fill all of your needs. You are on an impossible quest. 

Looking for love outside yourself

The other aspect of this is, of course, that you have some unresolved subconscious selves. And any person you are going to find will have their own unresolved subconscious selves. When the honeymoon is over, the selves would start clashing. And when you have a subconscious self that is clashing with a subconscious self of another person, this will actuate this deeper sense that you were rejected in the past for who you are. Because you are inside the self, you are now identified with the self, it become part of your emotional, mental and identity body. When the other person’s separate self rejects your separate self, you feel it is rejecting you. And this is just inevitable. Look at relationships, the ones you have had, look at other people. It is inevitable. 

But what does it come from? It comes from the fact that you are looking for something outside yourself that you can never find outside yourself. I am not here saying that you cannot have fulfilling love relationships, but you cannot have them if you are so identified with these separate selves. And this means that you need to, instead of looking for this perfect love outside yourself, you need to redirect and go within and realize where is the love going to come from that is going to fulfill you. It is going to come from your I AM Presence. It cannot come from anywhere else. You need to open your heart chakra so you can feel that love. Some of you have already felt it. Some of you have felt it and you are not aware of it.Some of you have only had a brief glimpse. Some of you have not felt it because your heart chakra is still too closed. And we will of course give you other tools for opening the heart chakra. 

No need to protect the I AM Presence

But what is sort of the conclusion that I want you to take away from this release? It is simply this, the Conscious You does not need to protect the I AM Presence. You think you do. It is very deeply ingrained in all of us after we have been exposed to these traumas. We think we have to protect the Presence. But what did I say in the beginning? The I AM Presence does not experience your life on earth the way you do as the Conscious You. Even though you have been deeply hurt, the Conscious You will not be hurt by that experience. The first thing you need to recognize here is that you, as the Conscious You, you do not need to protect the I AM Presence. You do not need to close your heart chakra in order to prevent anything from coming from the world, going into the secret chamber of your heart and up to the Presence. It is not necessary because the I AM Presence will not experience it the way you do. You may be traumatized by an experience but the I AM Presence will not be traumatized by that experience. It will process it in a different way than you can do as the Conscious You or at least that you could do at the time and therefore, it has an entirely different experience. 

Now, when the Conscious You starts clearing out the subconscious selves, you can connect to the I AM Presence and you can come to experience how the I AM Presence looked at a certain traumatic situation from this life or past lives. And that means the Conscious You can now come to experience how the I AM Presence experienced that situation and that will be the ultimate healing for the Conscious You. But you cannot do that as long as you are trying to protect the I AM Presence from feeling the way you are feeling because then you are blocking yourself from experiencing the love from your I AM Presence and therefore, you are stuck. You are in a CATCH-22. One way to break it is to realize you do not need to protect the I AM Presence but the other aspect of it, the Alpha to the Omega of not protecting the I AM Presence, is to realize what we have said so many times.

Think about how many times in the last few years we have said something like this. Please do not project at us or your I AM Presence that we judge you the way the fallen beings do. We are not in duality. Your I AM Presence is not in duality. It does not condemn the Conscious You for any choice the Conscious You has ever made. It does not matter what you have done. It does not matter what mistakes you think you have made. The I AM Presence does not judge you. It loves you unconditionally and it is willing, in fact it is constantly radiating that unconditional love to the Conscious You. But as long as you think you either have to protect the Presence or you have to protect yourself from the judgment of the Presence, the angry God in the sky, that is another image of the fallen beings. Then how can you experience the love of the I AM Presence or the love of the ascended masters? And therefore, you are caught on this treadmill of seeking to get this ultimate love from this world that you can only receive from the world beyond this.

The love from above

And you can be in this state for many, many lifetimes which most people on the planet have been. But many of you have even in past lifetimes started to go beyond it. You have found something that you loved more than anything in this world. Why do you have these questions that cause you to keep seeking until you found the teaching? Because there is something you love more than anything in this world. And that something that you love more, loves you more. Because that something is your I AM Presence and the ascended masters that are your spiritual teachers. Even the ascended masters that created your I AM Presence out of their beings. As we have said, we who are the most known ascended masters working with earth, we did not create your I AM Presence because we are not so much older beings than you are. But there are of course ascended masters who created your I AM Presence originally and my I AM Presence and Jesus’ I AM Presence and so forth. And those are ultimately what you long back for. Those are your spiritual parents.

We who are the ascended masters working with earth are working with earth because we ascended from earth. And therefore, we know how difficult of a planet it is and we can serve as examples —what one has done all can do. But there are ascended masters who created your individual I AM Presence out of their own being. And they are also radiating unconditional love to you through your I AM Presence. And that is what you love more than anything on earth. And they love you more than anything on earth. In fact, they love you more than any other being because you are out of their own beings. And that is ultimately what you seek. 

The love of Mother Mary

Again, I know I have given you a very big mouthful. It may as we have said before seem like too much for the beginning of a conference. But we have a certain teaching we want to bring out and we had to set a foundation so we have something to build on. I trust that you can come back to this teaching, study it, listen to it, read it, do the exercise and gradually come to see what is the immediate thing that blocks your heart chakra, namely your approach to love relationships.

With this I have given you what I wanted to give you in this installment. I know this has been more of a teaching dictation touching upon many complex topics that might appeal to the mind more than the heart. But I trust that behind it you can feel what motivates me for giving this teaching. And what motivates me is that I love you, each and every one of you. I cannot love you the same way as the ascended masters who created your I AM Presence. I cannot love you the same way as your I AM Presence. But I can certainly love you as the representative of the Divine Mother for each one of you is in a spiritual sense my children. And I love each one of you and I have absolutely no condemnation, no judgment for any of you, for anything you have done or gone through. There is only love. There is only a desire to help you transcend. 

You tend to think that it was easier for me to ascend than it is for you. You tend to think it was easier for Jesus or Saint Germain, but it was not. Why was it not? What do you have to overcome in order to ascend? Your individual psychology. Do you really think that it was easier for me to overcome my psychology than it is for you to overcome your psychology? How could it be? I had created as the Conscious You my psychology and therefore, it was as difficult for me to see through my psychology, my separate selves as it is for you. Because I was looking at mine from the inside just as you are looking at yours from the inside. I know exactly what you are all going through and I have no other desire than to see you be free of it and rise as I know it is possible to rise. I have no other desire than to see you overcome these selves that cause you to reject my love because you think you are not worthy of it. But as this messenger went through a long time ago, a process of realizing that unconditional love cannot have conditions. Your mind rebels against this idea because anything that comes from duality wants to say: “But there must be conditions. God must be the angry God. There must be criteria you need to fulfill in order to ascend.”

But you see, in order to ascend you have to transcend the mind that wants to create conditions because that is duality. And therefore, you have to come to see the conditions that you have created that you think keep you out of the ascended state. That you think because you see them from the inside or perhaps you do not see them because you are inside. But they all mean absolutely nothing. They only have the reality that you give them and they will only fully disappear when you step outside of that self and see that it is not real. But you are real. The core of your being is real. And that is why, as is said in this invocation, there can come that realization: that which is real cannot be affected by that which is unreal. With this I leave you enveloped in my love.

 

Copyright © 2024 Kim Michaels